This is a modern-English version of Michael Faraday, His Life and Work, originally written by Thompson, Silvanus P. (Silvanus Phillips). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Transcriber’s Note

Transcription Note

Larger versions of most illustrations may be seen by right-clicking them and selecting an option to view them separately, or by double-tapping and/or stretching them.

Larger versions of most illustrations can be viewed by right-clicking them and choosing the option to view them separately, or by double-tapping and/or pinching to zoom.

THE CENTURY SCIENCE SERIES

The Century Science Series

Edited by SIR HENRY E. ROSCOE, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.

Edited by SIR HENRY E. ROSCOE, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.

MICHAEL FARADAY
HIS LIFE AND WORK


Ever Yours Truly
M Faraday

Yours truly,
M Faraday


THE CENTURY SCIENCE SERIES

THE CENTURY SCIENCE SERIES

MICHAEL FARADAY
HIS LIFE AND WORK

MICHAEL FARADAY
HIS LIFE AND WORK

BY
SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, D.Sc., F.R.S.

BY
SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, Ph.D., F.R.S.

Principal of and Professor of Physics in the City and Guilds
of London Technical College, Finsbury

Principal and Professor of Physics at the City and Guilds of London Technical College, Finsbury

CASSELL and COMPANY, Limited
LONDON, PARIS, NEW YORK & MELBOURNE
1898
[ALL RIGHTS RESERVED]

CASSELL & COMPANY, Limited
London, Paris, New York & Melbourne
1898
[ALL RIGHTS RESERVED]



ON A PORTRAIT OF FARADAY.

ON A PORTRAIT OF FARADAY.

vii

vii

Was ever man so simple and so sage,
So crowned and yet so careless of a prize!
Great Faraday, who made the world so wise,
And loved the labour better than the wage.
And this you say is how he looked in age,
With that strong brow and these great humble eyes
That seem to look with reverent surprise
On all outside himself. Turn o’er the page,
Recording Angel, it is white as snow.
Ah God, a fitting messenger was he
To show Thy mysteries to us below.
Child as he came has he returned to Thee.
Would he could come but once again to show
The wonder-deep of his simplicity.
Cosmo Monkhouse.

PREFACE

Shortly after the death of Faraday in 1867, three biographies of him—each admirable in its own line—were published. The “Life and Letters of Faraday,” by Dr. Bence Jones, secretary of the Royal Institution, which was issued in 1868 in two volumes, has long been out of print. “Faraday as a Discoverer,” written in 1868 by Professor Tyndall, which, though slighter as a record, brings out many points of character into striking relief, is also now exhausted. Dr. Gladstone’s “Michael Faraday,” published in 1872, so rich in reminiscences, and so appreciative of the moral and religious side of his character, is also out of print. Other and briefer biographies exist; the “Éloge Historique” of M. Dumas; the article “Faraday” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica” by Professor Clerk Maxwell; and the chapter on Faraday in Dr. W. Garnett’s “Heroes of Science.” But there seems room for another account of the life and labours of the man whose influence upon the century in whichviii he lived was so great. For forty years he was a living and inspiring voice in the Royal Institution, beyond all question the greatest scientific expositor of his time. Throughout almost the whole of that time his original researches in physics, and chiefly in electricity, were extending the boundaries of knowledge and laying the foundations not only for the great developments of electrical engineering of the last twenty years but for those still greater developments in the theories of electricity, magnetism, and light which are every year being extended and made fruitful. Were there no other reason than these developments in practice and theory, they would amply justify the effort to review now, after so many years, the position of Faraday amongst the eminent men of the century now drawing to its close.

Soon after Faraday's death in 1867, three biographies of him—each impressive in its own way—were published. The “Life and Letters of Faraday,” by Dr. Bence Jones, secretary of the Royal Institution, was released in 1868 in two volumes and has long been out of print. “Faraday as a Discoverer,” written in 1868 by Professor Tyndall, is a lighter record but highlights many aspects of his character very effectively; it is also now sold out. Dr. Gladstone’s “Michael Faraday,” published in 1872, is rich in memories and appreciates the moral and religious aspects of his character, and is also out of print. There are other shorter biographies, such as the “Éloge Historique” by M. Dumas, the article “Faraday” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica” by Professor Clerk Maxwell, and the chapter on Faraday in Dr. W. Garnett’s “Heroes of Science.” However, there seems to be room for another account of the life and work of the man whose impact on the century in which he lived was so significant. For forty years, he was a dynamic and inspiring voice at the Royal Institution, undoubtedly the greatest scientific communicator of his time. Throughout nearly all of that period, his original research in physics, especially in electricity, was expanding the limits of knowledge and laying the groundwork not just for the major advancements in electrical engineering of the last twenty years, but also for even more significant developments in the theories of electricity, magnetism, and light that continue to grow and flourish each year. Even if there were no other reasons than these advancements in practice and theory, they would sufficiently justify the effort to reassess Faraday's standing among the distinguished figures of the century that is now nearing its end.

Those who were intimately acquainted with him are a fast dwindling band. In the recollection of such as have survived him, his image lives and moves, surrounded with gracious memories, a vivid personality instinct with rare and unselfish kindliness. But the survivors are few, and their ranks grow thinner with each succeeding year. And so it comes about that the task of writing of his life and work has been entrusted to one who never ceases to regret that he never met Faraday.

Those who knew him well are quickly becoming fewer. In the memories of those who remain, his image is alive and vibrant, filled with warm recollections, a unique personality full of genuine kindness and selflessness. But there are only a few left, and their numbers decrease with each passing year. As a result, the job of writing about his life and work has fallen to someone who always wishes they had met Faraday.

ix

ix

Thanks to the permission of the managers of the Royal Institution, a number of short extracts from Faraday’s notebooks, hitherto unpublished, are now printed for the first time. Much more remains which it is to be hoped, for the benefit of science, may be published ere long. The author desires further to acknowledge the kindness of Messrs. Longmans & Co. in allowing the reproduction of the illustrations on pages 3 and 258, which are taken from Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” published in 1868. Mr. Elkin Mathews has kindly permitted the insertion of the sonnet by Mr. Cosmo Monkhouse which follows the title-page. The author is also indebted to Dr. J. Hall Gladstone, F.R.S., for many valuable notes and suggestions, and to Miss M. K. Reynolds for photographs used in preparing Fig. 14. Most of all he is indebted to Miss Jane Barnard for access to Faraday’s private papers, and for permission to print certain extracts from them.

Thanks to the approval of the managers of the Royal Institution, several short excerpts from Faraday’s notebooks, previously unpublished, are now being printed for the first time. Much more is yet to be published, which we hope will benefit science in the near future. The author would also like to thank Messrs. Longmans & Co. for allowing the use of the illustrations on pages 3 and 258, which are taken from Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” published in 1868. Mr. Elkin Mathews has generously allowed the inclusion of the sonnet by Mr. Cosmo Monkhouse that follows the title page. The author is also grateful to Dr. J. Hall Gladstone, F.R.S., for many valuable notes and suggestions, and to Miss M. K. Reynolds for the photographs used in preparing Fig. 14. Most importantly, he is thankful to Miss Jane Barnard for giving access to Faraday’s private papers and for permitting the publication of certain excerpts from them.

S. P. T.

S.P.T.


x

x

CONTENTS

PAGE
Chapter 1—Early Life, Education, and Travels 1
Chap. II.—Life at the Royal Institution 35
Chap. III.—Scientific Researches—Initial Phase 75
Chap. IV.—Scientific Researches—Second Phase 102
Chapter 5 - Scientific Research - Phase Three 172
Chap. VI.—Middle and Later Life 222
Chap. VII.—Thoughts on the Pursuit of Science and Education 261
Chap. VIII.—Beliefs 286

xi

xi

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Portrait Frontispiece
FIGS.   PAGE
1. Riebau’s Shop 3
2. Electromagnetic Rotations (facsimile sketch) 88
3. Apparatus for Rotation (facsimile sketch) 88
4. Faraday’s Ring (facsimile sketch) 108
5. Induction Experiment (facsimile sketch) 111
6. The “New Electrical Machine” (facsimile sketch) 121
7. The Teetotum Apparatus 123
8. The Revolving Copper Cylinder (facsimile sketch) 124
9. Earth Inductor 125
10. A Spark from a Magnet (facsimile sketch) 129
11. How to Cut the Magnetic Lines 133
12. Illustration of the New Terms (facsimile sketch) 145
13. Bundle of Wires (facsimile sketch) 151
14. Apparatus for Investigating Dielectric Capacity 159
15. Block of Heavy-glass (facsimile sketch) 176
16. Action of Magnet on Light (facsimile sketch) 177
17. Arrangements of Magnets (facsimile sketch) 178
18. The Ring Electromagnet (facsimile sketch) 179
19. The Equatorial Position 188
20. Illustration of Lateral Vibrations 195
21. A Lecture Model 239
22. Cottage at Hampton Court 258


CHAPTER I.
Early Life, Training, and Travel.

On the 22nd of September, 1791, was born, at Newington Butts, then an outlying Surrey village, but since long surrounded and swallowed up within the area of Greater London, the boy Michael Faraday. He was the third child of his parents, James and Margaret Faraday, who had but recently migrated to London from the little Yorkshire village of Clapham. Clapham lies under the shadow of Ingleborough, on the western border of the county, midway between Settle and Kirkby Lonsdale. The father, James Faraday, was a working blacksmith; the mother, daughter of a farmer of Mallerstang, the romantic valley which runs past Pendragon Castle to Kirkby Stephen. James Faraday was one of the ten children of a Robert Faraday, who in 1756 had married Elizabeth Dean, the owner of a small homestead known as Clapham Wood Hall, since pulled down. All Robert Faraday’s sons appear to have been brought up to trades, one being a shoemaker,2 another a grocer, another a farmer, another a flax-worker, and another a shopkeeper. Descendants of some of these still live in the district.

On September 22, 1791, in Newington Butts, which was then a suburban village in Surrey but has since become part of Greater London, Michael Faraday was born. He was the third child of James and Margaret Faraday, who had recently moved to London from the small Yorkshire village of Clapham. Clapham is located near the Ingleborough, on the western edge of the county, halfway between Settle and Kirkby Lonsdale. James Faraday worked as a blacksmith, while Margaret was the daughter of a farmer from Mallerstang, the picturesque valley that runs past Pendragon Castle to Kirkby Stephen. James Faraday was one of ten children born to Robert Faraday, who married Elizabeth Dean in 1756; she owned a small farm called Clapham Wood Hall, which has since been demolished. All of Robert Faraday’s sons were trained in various trades, including shoemaking, grocery, farming, flax-working, and shopkeeping. Some descendants of these trades still live in the area.

After Michael’s birth, his parents moved to the north side of the Thames, living for a short time in Gilbert Street, but removing in 1796 to rooms over a coach-house in Jacob’s Well Mews, Charles Street, Manchester Square, where they lived till 1809. In that year, young Michael being now nearly eighteen years old, they moved to 18, Weymouth Street, Portland Place. Here in the succeeding year James Faraday, who had long been an invalid, died; his widow, who for some years remained on at Weymouth Street, maintaining herself by taking in lodgers until her sons could support themselves and her, survived till 1838. Though a capable woman and a good mother, she was quite uneducated. In her declining years she was wholly supported by her son, of whom she was very proud, and to whom she was devoted.

After Michael was born, his parents moved to the north side of the Thames, living for a short time on Gilbert Street, but in 1796 they relocated to a room above a coach house on Jacob’s Well Mews, Charles Street, Manchester Square, where they stayed until 1809. That year, with young Michael almost eighteen, they moved to 18 Weymouth Street, Portland Place. The following year, James Faraday, who had been unwell for a long time, passed away; his widow, who stayed at Weymouth Street for several years, supported herself by taking in lodgers until her sons could take care of themselves and her. She lived until 1838. Although she was a capable woman and a good mother, she was completely uneducated. In her later years, she was fully supported by her son, of whom she was very proud and to whom she was devoted.

Michael received very little schooling. One of his nephews tells the following tale of his boyhood. He was at a dame’s school; and, either from some defect in his speech or because he was too young to articulate his r’s properly, he pronounced his elder brother’s name “Wobert.” The harsh schoolmistress, bent on curing the defect by personal chastisement, sent the aforesaid “Wobert” out with a halfpenny to get a cane, that young Michael might be duly flogged. But this refinement of cruelty reacted on itself; for Robert, boiling with indignation, pitched the halfpenny over a wall, and went home to tell his3 mother, who promptly came down to the scene of action and removed both boys from the school. From the age of five to thirteen Michael lived at Jacob’s Well Mews, spending his out-of-school hours at home or in the streets playing at marbles and other games with the children of the neighbourhood.

Michael had very little formal education. One of his nephews shares this story from his childhood. He was at a dame’s school, and due to some speech issue or simply being too young to pronounce his r’s correctly, he called his older brother “Wobert.” The strict schoolmistress, determined to fix the problem through punishment, sent “Wobert” out with a halfpenny to buy a cane so young Michael could be properly whipped. However, this cruel approach backfired; Robert, full of anger, threw the halfpenny over a wall and went home to tell their mother, who promptly arrived at the school and took both boys out. From ages five to thirteen, Michael lived at Jacob’s Well Mews, spending his free time either at home or outside playing marbles and other games with the neighborhood kids.

RIEBAU’S SHOP.
BOOKBINDER’S ERRAND-BOY.

In 1804 he went on trial for twelve months as errand-boy to a bookseller and stationer at No. 2, Blandford Street—Mr. George Riebau. This house, which is still kept as a stationer’s shop (by Mr. William Pike), is now marked with an enamelled tablet recording its connection with the4 life of Faraday.1 When he first went to Mr. Riebau, it was his duty to carry round the newspapers in the morning. He has been graphically described as a bright-eyed errand-boy who “slid along the London pavements, with a load of brown curls upon his head and a packet of newspapers under his arm.” Some of the journals were lent out, and had to be called for again. He was very particular on Sunday mornings to take them round early, that he might complete his work in time to go with his parents to their place of worship. They belonged—as his grandfather before him—to the sect known as Sandemanians, a small body which separated from the Presbyterian Church of Scotland towards the middle of the eighteenth century. Their views, which were very primitive, were held with intense earnestness and sincerity of purpose. Their founder had taught that Christianity never was or could be the formal or established religion of any nation without subverting its essential principles; that religion was the affair of the individual soul; and that “the Bible” alone, with nothing added to it or taken away from it by man, was the sole and sufficient guide for the soul. They rejected all priests or paid ministers, but recognised an institution of unpaid eldership. Their worship was exceedingly simple. Though their numbers were few, they were exceedingly devout, simple, and exclusive in their faith. Doubtless the rigorous moral influences pervading the family and5 friends of James Faraday had a great part in moulding the character of young Michael. To his dying day he remained a member of this obscure sect. As he was no merely nominal adherent, but an exceedingly devoted member, and at two different periods of his life an elder and a preacher, no review of his life-work would be complete without a fuller reference to the religious side of his character.

In 1804, he spent a year working as an errand boy for a bookseller and stationer at No. 2 Blandford Street—Mr. George Riebau. This shop, which is still running as a stationer's (now owned by Mr. William Pike), is marked with a plaque noting its connection to the life of Faraday.4 When he first joined Mr. Riebau, his job was to deliver newspapers in the morning. He has been described as a bright-eyed errand boy who “glided along the London sidewalks, with a head full of brown curls and a bundle of newspapers under his arm.” Some of the journals were lent out and had to be picked up later. He made sure to deliver them early on Sunday mornings so he could finish his work in time to go with his parents to church. They belonged—just as his grandfather did—to a group known as Sandemanians, a small sect that broke away from the Presbyterian Church of Scotland in the mid-eighteenth century. Their beliefs, which were very basic, were held with deep sincerity and seriousness. Their founder taught that Christianity could never be the official or established religion of any country without undermining its core principles; that religion was a matter for the individual soul; and that “the Bible” alone, without any additions or omissions by man, was the only sufficient guide for the soul. They rejected all priests or paid ministers but recognized a system of unpaid elders. Their worship was very simple. Although they were a small group, they were extremely devout, straightforward, and exclusive in their faith. Undoubtedly, the strong moral values from James Faraday's family and friends significantly shaped young Michael’s character. He remained a member of this little-known sect until his death. Since he was not just a nominal follower but a very dedicated member—serving as an elder and a preacher at two different times in his life—any overview of his life’s work would be lacking without a deeper look at the religious aspect of his character.5

APPRENTICED AS BOOKBINDER.

After the year of trial, Michael Faraday was formally apprenticed to learn the arts of bookbinder, stationer, “and bookseller,” to Mr. Riebau. The indenture2 is dated October 7, 1805. It is stated that, “in consideration of his faithful service, no premium is given.” During his seven years of apprenticeship there came unexpected opportunities for self-improvement. Faraday’s lifelong friend and co-religionist, Cornelius Varley, says:—“When my attention was first drawn to Faraday, I was told that he had been apprenticed to a bookbinder. I said he was the best bookworm for eating his way to the inside; for hundreds had worked at books only as so much printed paper. Faraday saw a mine of knowledge, and resolved to explore it.” To one of his friends he said that a book by Watts, “On the Mind,” first made him think, and that the article on “Electricity” in a cyclopædia which came into his hands to be bound first turned his attention to science. He himself wrote:—“Whilst an apprentice I loved to read the scientific books which were under my hand; and,6 amongst them, delighted in Marcet’s ‘Conversations in Chemistry’ and the electrical treatises in the ‘Encyclopædia Britannica.’ I made such simple experiments in chemistry as could be defrayed in their expense by a few pence per week, and also constructed an electrical machine, first with a glass phial, and afterwards with a real cylinder, as well as other electrical apparatus of a corresponding kind.” This early machine3 is now preserved at the Royal Institution, to which it was presented by Sir James South. Amongst the books which he had to bind were Lyons’ “Experiments on Electricity” and Boyle’s “Notes about the Producibleness of Chymicall Principles,” which books, together with Miss Burney’s “Evelina,” all bound with his own hands, are still preserved in the Royal Institution.

After a year of trying things out, Michael Faraday officially started his apprenticeship to learn the trade of bookbinding, stationery, and bookselling under Mr. Riebau. The contract2 is dated October 7, 1805. It mentions that “in exchange for his dedicated service, no premium is given.” Throughout his seven years of apprenticeship, he found unexpected chances for self-improvement. Faraday’s lifelong friend and fellow believer, Cornelius Varley, said: “When I first noticed Faraday, I was told he had been apprenticed to a bookbinder. I remarked he was the best bookworm for digging his way to the inside; hundreds had treated books merely as printed paper. Faraday saw a treasure trove of knowledge and decided to explore it.” He once told a friend that a book by Watts, “On the Mind,” was what first got him thinking, and that an article on “Electricity” in a cyclopedia that he was binding was what sparked his interest in science. He wrote himself: “While I was an apprentice, I loved to read the scientific books that were available to me; among them, I particularly enjoyed Marcet’s ‘Conversations in Chemistry’ and the electrical essays in the ‘Encyclopædia Britannica.’ I conducted simple chemistry experiments that only cost a few pence a week, and I also built an electrical machine, first with a glass vial and later with a real cylinder, as well as other related electrical devices.” This early machine3 is now kept at the Royal Institution, where it was donated by Sir James South. Some of the books he had to bind included Lyons’ “Experiments on Electricity” and Boyle’s “Notes about the Producibleness of Chymicall Principles,” which, along with Miss Burney’s “Evelina,” he bound with his own hands and are still preserved in the Royal Institution.

NEW ACQUAINTANCES.

Walking near Fleet Street, he saw displayed a bill announcing that evening lectures on natural philosophy were delivered by Mr. Tatum at 53, Dorset Street, Salisbury Square, E.C., price of admission one shilling. With his master’s permission, and money furnished by his elder brother Robert, who was a blacksmith and (later) a gasfitter, Michael began to taste scientific teaching. Between February, 1810, and September, 1811, he attended some twelve or thirteen lectures. He made full and beautiful notes of all he heard: his notebooks, bound by himself, being still preserved. At these lectures he fell in with several thoroughly congenial comrades, one7 of them, by name Benjamin Abbott, being a well-educated young Quaker, who was confidential clerk in a mercantile house in the City. Of the others—amongst whom were Magrath, Newton, Nicol, Huxtable, and Richard Phillips (afterwards F.R.S. and President of the Chemical Society)—several remained lifelong friends. Happily for posterity, the letters—long and chatty—which the lad wrote in the fulness of his heart to Abbott have been preserved; they are published in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters.” They are remarkable not only for their vivacity and freshness but for their elevated tone and excellent composition—true specimens of the lost art of letter-writing. The most wonderful thing about them is that they should have been written by a bookbinder’s apprentice of no education beyond the common school of the district. In his very first letter he complains that ideas and notions which spring up in his mind “are irrevocably lost for want of noting at the time.” This seems the first premonition of that loss of memory which so afflicted him in after life. In his later years he always carried in his waistcoat pocket a card on which to jot down notes and memoranda. He would stop to set down his notes in the street, in the theatre, or in the laboratory.

Walking near Fleet Street, he saw a poster announcing that evening lectures on natural philosophy would be delivered by Mr. Tatum at 53 Dorset Street, Salisbury Square, E.C., with an admission fee of one shilling. With his master’s permission and money provided by his older brother Robert, who worked as a blacksmith and later as a gasfitter, Michael began to explore scientific education. Between February 1810 and September 1811, he attended about twelve or thirteen lectures. He took detailed and beautiful notes of everything he heard; his notebooks, which he bound himself, are still preserved. At these lectures, he met several like-minded friends, one of whom was Benjamin Abbott, a well-educated young Quaker who worked as a confidential clerk in a trading firm in the City. Among the others—such as Magrath, Newton, Nicol, Huxtable, and Richard Phillips (who would later become an F.R.S. and President of the Chemical Society)—several became lifelong friends. Fortunately for posterity, the letters—long and chatty—that the young man wrote with enthusiasm to Abbott have been preserved and published in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters.” They are remarkable not only for their liveliness and freshness but also for their elevated tone and excellent writing—true examples of the lost art of letter-writing. The most astonishing thing about them is that they were written by a bookbinder’s apprentice with no education beyond the local common school. In his very first letter, he complains that ideas and thoughts that arise in his mind “are irrevocably lost for want of noting at the time.” This seems to be the first sign of the memory loss that troubled him later in life. In his later years, he always carried a card in his waistcoat pocket to jot down notes and reminders. He would stop to write down his notes in the street, in the theater, or in the laboratory.

Riebau, his master in the bookbinding business, seems, from the way he encouraged the studies of his young apprentice, to have been no ordinary man. His name would suggest a foreign extraction; and to his shop resorted more than one political refugee. There lodged at one time at Riebau’s an artist named8 Masquerier,4 who had painted Napoleon’s portrait and had fled from France during the troublous times. For the apprentice boy, who used to dust his room and black his boots, Masquerier took a strong liking. He lent him books on perspective and taught him how to draw. Another frequenter of Riebau’s shop was a Mr. Dance, whose interest in the industry and intelligence of the apprentice led him to an act which changed the whole destiny of his life. Faraday himself, in the very few autobiographical notes which he penned, wrote thus:—

Riebau, the master of the bookbinding shop, seems to have been quite an extraordinary person, especially considering how he encouraged his young apprentice's studies. His name suggests he might be from another country, and his shop attracted more than one political refugee. At one point, an artist named Masquerier stayed at Riebau’s place—he had painted Napoleon’s portrait and had escaped from France during turbulent times. Masquerier really took a liking to the apprentice boy, who used to dust his room and clean his boots. He lent the boy books on perspective and taught him how to draw. Another regular at Riebau’s shop was Mr. Dance, whose interest in the trade and awareness of the apprentice’s potential led him to take an action that completely changed the course of the boy's life. Faraday himself, in the few autobiographical notes he wrote, stated:—

During my apprenticeship I had the good fortune, through the kindness of Mr. Dance, who was a customer of my master’s shop and also a member of the Royal Institution, to hear four of the last lectures of Sir H. Davy in that locality.5 The dates of these lectures were February 29, March 14, April 8 and 10, 1812. Of these I made notes, and then wrote out the lectures in a fuller form, interspersing them with such drawings as I could make. The desire to be engaged in scientific occupation, even though of the lowest kind, induced me, whilst an apprentice, to write, in my ignorance of the world and simplicity of my mind, to Sir Joseph Banks, then President of the Royal Society. Naturally enough, “No answer” was the reply left with the porter.

During my apprenticeship, I was fortunate, thanks to Mr. Dance, a customer of my master’s shop and a member of the Royal Institution, to attend four of Sir H. Davy's last lectures in that area.5 The lectures took place on February 29, March 14, April 8, and April 10, 1812. I took notes on them and then wrote out the lectures in more detail, adding in drawings I could manage. My eagerness to be involved in scientific work, even in a small way, led me, as an apprentice, to write to Sir Joseph Banks, the President of the Royal Society at the time, in my naivety. Unsurprisingly, the response I got was “No answer” left with the porter.

LETTERS TO ABBOTT.

He submitted his notes to the criticism of his friend Abbott, with whom he discussed chemical and electrical problems, and the experiments which they had individually tried. Out of this correspondence,9 one letter only can be given; it was written September 28, 1812, ten days before the expiry of his apprenticeship:—

He shared his notes for feedback with his friend Abbott, with whom he talked about chemical and electrical issues, as well as the experiments they both had conducted. From this exchange,9 only one letter can be included; it was written on September 28, 1812, ten days before his apprenticeship completed:—

Dear A——, ... I will hurry on to philosophy, where I am a little more sure of my ground. Your card was to me a very interesting and pleasing object. I was highly gratified in observing so plainly delineated the course of the electric fluid or fluids (I do not know which). It appears to me that by making use of a card thus prepared, you have hit upon a happy illustrating medium between a conductor and a non-conductor; had the interposed medium been a conductor, the electricity would have passed in connection through it—it would not have been divided; had the medium been a non-conductor, it would have passed in connection, and undivided, as a spark over it, but by this varying and disjoined conductor it has been divided most effectually. Should you pursue this point at any time still further, it will be necessary to ascertain by what particular power or effort the spark is divided, whether by its affinity to the conductor or by its own repulsion; or if, as I have no doubt is the case, by the joint action of these two forces, it would be well to observe and ascertain the proportion of each in the effect. There are problems, the solution of which will be difficult to obtain, but the science of electricity will not be complete without them; and a philosopher will aim at perfection, though he may not hit it—difficulties will not retard him, but only cause a proportionate exertion of his mental faculties.

Dear A——, ... I’ll quickly move on to philosophy, where I feel a bit more confident. Your card intrigued and pleased me. I was really impressed by how clearly the path of the electric fluid or fluids (I'm not sure which) was outlined. It seems that by using a card like this, you've found a great way to illustrate the difference between a conductor and a non-conductor; if the medium had been a conductor, the electricity would have passed straight through without being divided; if it had been a non-conductor, it would have jumped across as a spark without dividing. However, with this varied and broken conductor, it has been split very effectively. If you decide to explore this further, it will be important to figure out what specifically causes the spark to divide, whether it's attracted to the conductor or repelled by its own force; or if, as I believe, it's the combined action of both forces, it would be useful to observe and determine how much each contributes to the effect. There are problems that will be tough to solve, but the study of electricity won’t be complete without them; a philosopher strives for perfection, even if they fall short—challenges won’t slow them down, but will instead provoke a greater use of their mental abilities.

I had a very pleasing view of the planet Saturn last week through a refractor with a power of ninety. I saw his ring very distinctly; ’tis a singular appendage to a planet, to a revolving globe, and I should think caused some peculiar phenomena to the planet within it. I allude to their mutual action with respect to meteorology and perhaps electricity....

I had a fantastic view of the planet Saturn last week through a telescope with a power of ninety. I clearly saw its rings; it's a unique feature for a planet, a rotating globe, and I imagine it leads to some unusual phenomena for the planet itself. I'm referring to their interaction regarding weather patterns and maybe even electricity...

The master, a French emigré named De la Roche, of King Street, Portman Square, to whom he engaged himself as a journeyman bookbinder, was of a10 very passionate disposition, and made Faraday very uncomfortable. He longed to get out of trade, and under the encouragement of Mr. Dance he wrote to Sir Humphry Davy, sending, “as a proof of my earnestness,” the notes he had taken of Davy’s last four lectures. Faraday’s letter, which has been preserved but never published, is an astounding example of the high-flown cringing style in vogue at that date. Davy’s reply was favourable, and led to a temporary engagement of some days as amanuensis at the time when he was wounded in the eye by an explosion of the chloride of nitrogen. Faraday himself, nearly twenty years afterwards, wrote6 a full account of the circumstances.

The master, a French emigrant named De la Roche, who lived on King Street in Portman Square, hired him as an apprentice bookbinder. He had a very passionate temperament and made Faraday quite uncomfortable. Faraday wanted to leave the trade, and with Mr. Dance's encouragement, he wrote to Sir Humphry Davy, sending “as a proof of my seriousness” the notes he had taken from Davy’s last four lectures. Faraday’s letter, which has been kept but never published, is an incredible example of the overly formal, fawning writing style of that time. Davy's response was positive, leading to a temporary position for a few days as a secretary when he was injured in the eye by an explosion of nitrogen chloride. Faraday himself, nearly twenty years later, wrote6 a complete account of the events.

[M. Faraday to Dr. J. A. Paris.]

[M. Faraday to Dr. J. A. Paris.]

Royal Institution, December 23, 1829.

Royal Institution, December 23, 1829.

My dear Sir,—You asked me to give you an account of my first introduction to Sir H. Davy, which I am very happy to do, as I think the circumstances will bear testimony to his goodness of heart.

Dear Sir,—You asked me to share how I first met Sir H. Davy, and I’m glad to do so, as I believe the details will show his kindness.

When I was a bookseller’s apprentice, I was very fond of experiment and very adverse to trade. It happened that a gentleman, a member of the Royal Institution, took me to hear some of Sir H. Davy’s last lectures in Albemarle Street. I took notes, and afterwards wrote them out more fairly in a quarto volume.

When I was a bookseller's apprentice, I loved experimenting and really disliked the business aspect. One day, a gentleman who was part of the Royal Institution took me to attend some of Sir H. Davy’s last lectures on Albemarle Street. I took notes during the lectures and later wrote them out neatly in a quarto volume.

My desire to escape from trade, which I thought vicious and selfish, and to enter into the service of Science, which I imagined made its pursuers amiable and liberal, induced me at last to take the bold and simple step of writing to Sir H. Davy, expressing my wishes, and a hope that, if an opportunity came11 in his way, he would favour my views; at the same time, I sent the notes I had taken of his lectures.

My longing to get away from trade, which I viewed as corrupt and self-serving, and to join the field of Science, which I believed made its followers kind and generous, finally drove me to take the brave and straightforward step of writing to Sir H. Davy. I shared my aspirations and expressed hope that, if an opportunity arose on his end, he would support my goals. At the same time, I included the notes I had taken from his lectures.11

The answer, which makes all the point of my communication, I send you in the original, requesting you to take great care of it, and to let me have it back, for you may imagine how much I value it.

The answer, which is the main point of my message, I'm sending you in the original. Please take great care of it and return it to me, as you can imagine how much I value it.

You will observe that this took place at the end of the year 1812, and early in 1813 he requested to see me, and told me of the situation of assistant in the laboratory of the Royal Institution, then just vacant.

You will notice that this happened at the end of 1812, and early in 1813 he asked to meet with me and told me about the assistant position in the laboratory of the Royal Institution, which was then just open.

At the same time that he thus gratified my desires as to scientific employment, he still advised me not to give up the prospects I had before me, telling me that Science was a harsh mistress; and in a pecuniary point of view but poorly rewarding those who devoted themselves to her service. He smiled at my notion of the superior moral feelings of philosophic men, and said he would leave me to the experience of a few years to set me right on that matter.

At the same time that he satisfied my wishes for a scientific career, he still urged me not to give up the opportunities ahead of me, saying that Science could be a tough taskmaster and didn't pay well for those who dedicated themselves to it. He chuckled at my idea that philosophers had higher moral standards and said he would let me figure that out for myself over the next few years.

Finally, through his good efforts I went to the Royal Institution early in March of 1813, as assistant in the laboratory; and in October of the same year went with him abroad as his assistant in experiments and in writing. I returned with him in April, 1815, resumed my station in the Royal Institution, and have, as you know, ever since remained there.

Finally, thanks to his efforts, I arrived at the Royal Institution in early March 1813 as a lab assistant. In October of that same year, I traveled abroad with him as his assistant in experiments and writing. I returned with him in April 1815, resumed my position at the Royal Institution, and, as you know, I have remained there ever since.

I am, dear Sir, very truly yours,
M. Faraday.

I am sincerely yours,
M. Faraday.

WINS FAVOUR WITH DAVY.

The following is Davy’s note:—

The following is Davy’s note:—

Mr. P. Faraday, 188, Weymouth St., Portland Place.

Mr. P. Faraday, 188 Weymouth St., Portland Place.

December 24, 1812.

December 24, 1812.

Sir,—I am far from displeased with the proof you have given me of your confidence, and which displays great zeal, power of memory, and attention. I am obliged to go out of 12Town, and shall not be settled in town till the end of Jany I will then see you at any time you wish. It would gratify me to be of any service to you; I wish it may be in my power.

Dude,—I am actually quite pleased with the trust you've shown me. It reflects your enthusiasm, strong memory, and focus. I need to leave town and won’t be back until the end of January. After that, I'm available to meet whenever you want. It would make me happy to help you in any way I can; I hope I’ll be able to.

I am Sir
your obt. humble servt.
H. Davy.

I am Sir
your most humble servant.
H. Davy.

Accordingly, Faraday called on Davy, who received him in the anteroom to the lecture theatre, by the window nearest to the corridor. He advised him then to stick to bookbinding, promising to send him books from the Institution to bind, as well as other books. He must have been agreeably impressed, otherwise he would not, when disabled, have sent for Faraday to write for him. Early in 1813 the humble household, in which Faraday lived with his widowed mother in Weymouth Street, was one night startled by the apparition of Sir Humphry Davy’s grand coach, from which a footman alighted and knocked loudly at the door. For young Faraday, who was at that moment undressing upstairs, he left a note from Sir Humphry Davy requesting him to call next morning. At that interview Davy asked him whether he was still desirous of changing his occupation, and offered him the post of assistant in the laboratory in place of one who had been dismissed. The salary was to be twenty-five shillings a week, with two rooms at the top of the house. The minute appointing him is dated March 1, 1813:—

Accordingly, Faraday visited Davy, who welcomed him in the anteroom of the lecture theater, by the window closest to the corridor. He then advised him to stick with bookbinding, promising to send him books from the Institution to bind, along with other titles. Davy must have been favorably impressed; otherwise, he wouldn't have called Faraday to write for him when he was disabled. In early 1813, the modest home where Faraday lived with his widowed mother on Weymouth Street was suddenly surprised one night by the arrival of Sir Humphry Davy’s grand coach, from which a footman got out and knocked loudly on the door. For young Faraday, who was undressing upstairs at the time, Davy left a note requesting him to come by the next morning. During that meeting, Davy asked if he was still interested in changing his job and offered him the position of assistant in the laboratory, replacing someone who had been let go. The salary was set at twenty-five shillings a week, along with two rooms at the top of the house. The appointment letter is dated March 1, 1813:—

ENTERS ROYAL INSTITUTION.

Sir Humphry Davy has the honour to inform the managers that he has found a person who is desirous to occupy the situation in the Institution lately filled by William Payne. His name is Michael Faraday. He is a youth of twenty-two years of age. As far as Sir H. Davy has been able to observe13 or ascertain, he appears well fitted for the situation. His habits seem good, his disposition active and cheerful, and his manner intelligent. He is willing to engage himself on the same terms as those given to Mr. Payne at the time of quitting the Institution.

Sir Humphry Davy is pleased to inform the managers that he has found someone who is eager to take the position in the Institution that was recently held by William Payne. His name is Michael Faraday. He is twenty-two years old. From what Sir H. Davy has observed or learned, he seems well-suited for the role. His habits appear to be good, his attitude is active and cheerful, and he comes across as intelligent. He is willing to accept the same terms that were offered to Mr. Payne when he left the Institution.13

Resolved—That Michael Faraday be engaged to fill the situation lately occupied by Mr. Payne on the same terms.7

Resolved—That Michael Faraday be hired to take the position recently held by Mr. Payne under the same terms.7

There have come down several additions to the story. One, probably apocryphal, says that Faraday’s first introduction to Davy was occasioned by Davy’s calling at Riebau’s to select some bookbinding, and seeing on the shelves the bound volume of manuscript notes of his own lectures. The other was narrated by Gassiot to Tyndall, as follows:—

There are several additional stories about this. One, likely not true, suggests that Faraday first met Davy when Davy visited Riebau’s to choose some bookbinding and noticed a bound volume of manuscript notes from his own lectures on the shelves. The other story was told by Gassiot to Tyndall, as follows:—

Clapham Common, Surrey,
November 28, 1867.

Clapham Common, Surrey, November 28, 1867.

My dear Tyndall,—Sir H. Davy was accustomed to call on the late Mr. Pepys in the Poultry, on his way to the London Institution, of which Pepys was one of the original managers; the latter told me that on one occasion Sir H. Davy, showing him a letter, said, “Pepys, what am I to do?—here is a letter from a young man named Faraday; he has been attending my lectures, and wants me to give him employment at the Royal Institution—what can I do?” “Do?” replied Pepys,14 “put him to wash bottles; if he is good for anything he will do it directly; if he refuses, he is good for nothing.” “No, no,” replied Davy, “we must try him with something better than that.” The result was, that Davy engaged him to assist in the Laboratory at weekly wages.

Dear Tyndall,—Sir H. Davy used to visit the late Mr. Pepys in the Poultry on his way to the London Institution, of which Pepys was one of the founding managers; Pepys told me that one time Sir H. Davy, showing him a letter, said, “Pepys, what should I do?—I have a letter from a young man named Faraday; he’s been attending my lectures and wants me to hire him at the Royal Institution—what can I do?” “Do?” Pepys replied,14 “make him wash bottles; if he’s worth anything, he’ll do it right away; if he refuses, he’s no good.” “No, no,” Davy responded, “we need to give him something better than that.” The result was that Davy hired him to help in the Laboratory for a weekly wage.

Davy held the joint office of Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Laboratory; he ultimately gave up the former to the late Professor Brande, but he insisted that Faraday should be appointed Director of the Laboratory, and, as Faraday told me, this enabled him on subsequent occasions to hold a definite position in the Institution, in which he was always supported by Davy. I believe he held that office to the last.

Davy had the dual role of Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Laboratory; he eventually handed over the professor position to the late Professor Brande, but he insisted that Faraday be appointed as Director of the Laboratory. As Faraday mentioned to me, this allowed him to have a solid role in the Institution, where Davy consistently backed him. I believe he kept that position all the way to the end.

Believe me, my dear Tyndall, yours truly,
J. P. Gassiot.

Trust me, my dear Tyndall, yours truly,
J.P. Gassiot.

In 1808 Mr. Tatum had founded a City Philosophical Society.8 It consisted of thirty or forty young men in humble or moderate rank, who met on Wednesdays for mutual instruction; lectures being given once a fortnight by the members in turn. Tatum introduced Faraday to this Society in 1813. Edward Magrath was secretary. Amongst Faraday’s notes of his life is the following:—

In 1808, Mr. Tatum founded a City Philosophical Society.8 It was made up of about thirty or forty young men of modest means who gathered on Wednesdays for shared learning; members took turns giving lectures every two weeks. Tatum introduced Faraday to this Society in 1813. Edward Magrath served as the secretary. Among Faraday’s life notes is the following:—

During this spring Magrath and I established the mutual-improvement plan, and met at my rooms up in the attics of the Royal Institution, or at Wood Street at his warehouse. It consisted perhaps of half-a-dozen persons, chiefly from the City Philosophical Society, who met of an evening to read together, and to criticise, correct, and improve each other’s15 pronunciation and construction of language. The discipline was very sturdy, the remarks very plain and open, and the results most valuable. This continued for several years.

During this spring, Magrath and I set up a mutual-improvement plan and met at my place in the attic of the Royal Institution or at his warehouse on Wood Street. It included about half a dozen people, mainly from the City Philosophical Society, who gathered in the evenings to read together and critique, correct, and enhance each other’s15 pronunciation and language skills. The atmosphere was very straightforward, the feedback was direct and honest, and the results were incredibly valuable. This went on for several years.

AT WORK IN CHEMISTRY.

He writes, after a week of work at the Royal Institution, to Abbott:—

He writes, after a week of work at the Royal Institution, to Abbott:—

Royal Institution, March 8, 1813.

Royal Institution, March 8, 1813.

It is now about nine o’clock, and the thought strikes me that the tongues are going both at Tatum’s and at the lecture in Bedford Street; but I fancy myself much better employed than I should have been at the lecture at either of those places. Indeed, I have heard one lecture already to-day, and had a finger in it (I can’t say a hand, for I did very little). It was by Mr. Powell, on mechanics, or rather on rotatory motion, and was a pretty good lecture, but not very fully attended.

It’s now around nine o’clock, and I suddenly realize that conversations are happening both at Tatum's and at the lecture on Bedford Street; however, I believe I'm better occupied than I would have been at either of those places. In fact, I’ve already sat through one lecture today and played a minimal role in it (I can’t say I did much). It was by Mr. Powell on mechanics, or more specifically, on rotational motion, and it was a pretty good lecture, but not very well attended.

As I know you will feel a pleasure in hearing in what I have been or shall be occupied, I will inform you that I have been employed to-day, in part, in extracting the sugar from a portion of beetroot, and also in making a compound of sulphur and carbon—a combination which has lately occupied in a considerable degree the attention of chemists.

As I know you’ll enjoy hearing about what I’ve been up to or what I will be doing, I want to share that today I spent some time extracting sugar from some beetroot, and also working on a mix of sulfur and carbon—a combination that has recently drawn a lot of interest from chemists.

With respect to next Wednesday, I shall be occupied until late in the afternoon by Sir H. Davy, and must therefore decline seeing you at that time; this I am the more ready to do as I shall enjoy your company next Sunday, and hope to possess it often in a short time.

With regard to next Wednesday, I'll be busy with Sir H. Davy until late afternoon, so I’ll have to pass on seeing you then; I’m more than happy to do this since I’m looking forward to spending time with you next Sunday, and I hope to enjoy your company regularly in the near future.

The next letter to Abbott, dated April 9, recounts an explosion in which both he and Sir Humphry Davy received considerable injury. In June he wrote to Abbott four very remarkable letters concerning lectures and lecturers. He had already heard Tatum and Davy, and had now assisted Brande and Powell in their lectures, and had keenly observed their habits, peculiarities, and defects, as well as the effects they16 produced on the audience. He writes without the slightest suspicion of suggestion that he himself has any likelihood of becoming a lecturer, and says that he does not pretend to any of the requisites for such an office. “If I am unfit for it,” he says, “’tis evident that I have yet to learn; and how learn better than by the observation of others? If we never judge at all, we shall never judge right.” “I, too, have inducements in the C[ity] P[hilosophical] S[ociety] to draw me forward in the acquisition of a small portion of knowledge on this point.” “I shall point out but few beauties or few faults that I have not witnessed in the presence of a numerous assembly.”

The next letter to Abbott, dated April 9, talks about an explosion that seriously injured both him and Sir Humphry Davy. In June, he wrote Abbott four notable letters about lectures and lecturers. He had already listened to Tatum and Davy and had now helped Brande and Powell with their lectures, carefully observing their habits, quirks, and flaws, along with the impact they had on the audience. He writes without any hint that he thinks he might become a lecturer himself and states that he doesn’t believe he has the qualities needed for that role. “If I’m not fit for it,” he says, “it’s clear that I still have more to learn; and how better to learn than by watching others? If we never judge at all, we’ll never judge correctly.” “I, too, have reasons in the C[ity] P[hilosophical] S[ociety] that motivate me to gain some knowledge on this subject.” “I will mention only a few strengths or weaknesses that I haven’t observed in front of a large audience.”

He begins by considering the proper shape of a lecture-room; its proper ventilation, and need of suitable entrances and exits. Then he goes on to consider suitability of subjects and dignity of subject. In the second of the letters he contrasts the perceptive powers of the eye and ear, and the proper arrangements for a lecturer’s table; then considers diagrams and illustrations. The third letter deals with the delivery and style of the lecture, the manner and attitudes of the lecturer, his methods of keeping alive the attention of the audience, and duration of the discourse. In the fourth of these letters (see p. 228), he dwells on the mistakes and defects of lecturers, their unnecessary apologies, the choice of apt experiments, and avoidance of trivialities.

He starts by thinking about the right design of a lecture room, its proper ventilation, and the need for appropriate entrances and exits. Then he discusses the suitability and importance of topics. In the second letter, he compares the sensory abilities of the eye and ear, along with the ideal setup for a lecturer's table; then he talks about the use of diagrams and illustrations. The third letter focuses on the delivery and style of the lecture, the lecturer's manner and body language, their methods for keeping the audience engaged, and the length of the talk. In the fourth letter (see p. 228), he discusses the mistakes and shortcomings of lecturers, their unnecessary apologies, the selection of fitting experiments, and the need to steer clear of trivial matters.

PROPOSALS FOR FOREIGN TRAVEL.

In September, 1813, after but six months of work in the laboratory, a proposition came to him from Sir Humphry Davy which resulted in a complete change of scene. It was an episode of foreign travel, lasting,17 as it proved, eighteen months. In the autobiographical notes he wrote:—

In September 1813, after just six months of working in the lab, he received a proposal from Sir Humphry Davy that led to a significant change of scenery. It turned out to be an episode of international travel that lasted, as it turned out, eighteen months. In his autobiographical notes, he wrote:—

In the autumn Sir H. Davy proposed going abroad, and offered me the opportunity of going with him as his amanuensis, and the promise of resuming my situation in the Institution upon my return to England. Whereupon I accepted the offer, left the Institution on October 13, and, after being with Sir H. Davy in France, Italy, Switzerland, the Tyrol, Geneva, &c., in that and the following year, returned to England and London April 23, 1815.

In the fall, Sir H. Davy suggested going abroad and offered me the chance to accompany him as his assistant, along with the assurance that I could return to my position at the Institution when I got back to England. So, I took the offer, left the Institution on October 13, and after spending time with Sir H. Davy in France, Italy, Switzerland, the Tyrol, Geneva, etc., during that and the following year, I returned to England and London on April 23, 1815.

Before he left England, on September 18, 1813, at the request of his mother, he wrote to an uncle and aunt the following account of himself:—

Before he left England, on September 18, 1813, at his mother's request, he wrote to an uncle and aunt the following account of himself:—

I was formerly a bookseller and binder, but am now turned philosopher, which happened thus:—Whilst an apprentice, I, for amusement, learnt a little of chemistry and other parts of philosophy, and felt an eager desire to proceed in that way further. After being a journeyman for six months, under a disagreeable master, I gave up my business, and, by the interest of Sir H. Davy, filled the situation of chemical assistant to the Royal Institution of Great Britain, in which office I now remain, and where I am constantly engaged in observing the works of Nature and tracing the manner in which she directs the arrangement and order of the world. I have lately had proposals made to me by Sir Humphry Davy to accompany him, in his travels through Europe and into Asia, as philosophical assistant. If I go at all I expect it will be in October next, about the end, and my absence from home will perhaps be as long as three years. But as yet all is uncertain. I have to repeat that, even though I may go, my path will not pass near any of my relations, or permit me to see those whom I so much long to see.

I used to be a bookseller and binder, but now I've become a philosopher, and here's how that happened: While I was an apprentice, I picked up some chemistry and other areas of philosophy for fun, and I developed a strong desire to learn more. After working as a journeyman for six months with a difficult master, I decided to leave that job. Thanks to Sir H. Davy, I got the position of chemical assistant at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, where I still work and spend my time observing nature and figuring out how she organizes and arranges the world. Recently, Sir Humphry Davy offered me a chance to travel through Europe and into Asia with him as a philosophical assistant. If I go, I expect it will be at the end of October, and I might be away for as long as three years. But right now, everything is still up in the air. I want to emphasize that, even if I do go, my travels won’t take me anywhere near my family or allow me to see the people I miss so much.

To Faraday, who was now twenty-two years old, foreign travel meant much more than to most young18 men of equal age. With his humble bringing up and slender resources, he had never had the chance of seeing the outside world; he had never, to his own recollection, even seen the sea. When on Wednesday, October 13, he started out on the journey to Plymouth, in order to cross to the port of Morlaix, he began his journal of foreign travel thus:—

To Faraday, who was now twenty-two years old, traveling abroad meant a lot more than it did for most young men his age. Growing up with a humble background and limited means, he had never had the opportunity to see the world outside; he couldn't even remember ever having seen the sea. So, when he set off on Wednesday, October 13, for the journey to Plymouth, aiming to cross over to the port of Morlaix, he began his travel journal like this:—

This morning formed a new epoch in my life. I have never before, within my recollection, left London at a greater distance than twelve miles.

This morning marked a new chapter in my life. I have never, to my knowledge, left London at a distance greater than twelve miles.

A NEW ELEMENT.

This journal he kept with minute care, with the sole purpose of recalling events to his mind. It gives full details as to Davy’s scientific friends and work, intermingled with graphic descriptions of scenery; and is remarkable also for its personal reticence. As with many another, so with Faraday, foreign travel took in his life the place of residence at a University. In France, in Italy, he received enlarged ideas; and what he saw of learned men and academies of science exercised no small formative effect upon one then at the most impressionable age. He comments gaily on the odd incidents of travel; the luminescence of the sea at night; the amazing fuss at the Custom House; the postilion with his jack-boots, whip, and pouch; the glow-worm (the first glow-worm he had ever seen); and the slim pigs of Normandy. At Paris he visits the Louvre, where his chief comment on its treasures is, that by their acquisition France has made herself “a nation of thieves.” He goes to the Prefecture of Police for his passport, in which he is described as having “a round chin, a brown beard, a large mouth, a great nose,” etc. He visits the19 churches, where the theatrical air pervading the place “makes it impossible to attach a serious or important feeling to what is going on.” He comments on the wood fires, the charcoal used in cooking, the washerwomen on the river bank, the internal decorations of houses, the printing of the books. Then he goes about with Davy amongst the French chemists. Ampère, Clément, and Désormes come to Davy to show him the new and strange substance “X,” lately discovered by M. Courtois. They heat it, and behold it rise in vapour of a beautiful violet colour. Ampère himself, on November 23rd, gives Davy a specimen. They carefully note down its characters. Davy and his assistant make many new experiments on it. At first its origin is kept a profound secret by the Frenchman. Then it transpires that it is made from ashes of seaweed. They work on it at Chevreul’s laboratory. Faraday borrows a voltaic pile from Chevreul. With that intuition which was characteristic of him, Davy jumps almost at once to a conclusion as to the nature of the new body, which for nearly two years had been in the hands of the Frenchmen awaiting elucidation. When he leaves Paris, they do not wholly bless his rapidity of thought. But Faraday has seen—with placid indifference—a glimpse of the great Napoleon “sitting in one corner of his carriage, covered and almost hidden by an enormous robe of ermine, and his face overshadowed by a tremendous plume of feathers, that descended from a velvet hat”; he has also met Humboldt, and he has heard M. Gay Lussac lecture to about two hundred pupils.

This journal was kept with meticulous care, solely to jog his memory about events. It includes detailed accounts of Davy’s scientific colleagues and work, mixed with vivid descriptions of landscapes; it’s also notable for its personal restraint. Like many others, foreign travel replaced university life for Faraday. In France and Italy, he gained broader perspectives, and what he observed about scholars and scientific institutions had a significant impact on him during a particularly impressionable time. He cheerfully notes the quirky moments of travel; the glowing sea at night, the hectic scenes at customs, the postilion wearing jack-boots, wielding a whip, and carrying a pouch, the glow-worm (the first he’d ever seen), and the lean pigs of Normandy. In Paris, he visits the Louvre, where his main comment about its treasures is that through their acquisition, France has made itself "a nation of thieves." When he goes to the Prefecture of Police for his passport, he’s described as having “a round chin, a brown beard, a large mouth, a big nose,” etc. He tours the churches, noting that the theatrical atmosphere "makes it impossible to attach a serious or important feeling to what is happening." He comments on the wood fires, the charcoal used for cooking, the washerwomen at the riverbank, the interior designs of homes, and the printing of books. Then he spends time with Davy among the French chemists. Ampère, Clément, and Désormes approach Davy to show him a new and unusual substance “X,” recently discovered by M. Courtois. They heat it and watch it rise as a beautiful violet vapor. On November 23rd, Ampère gives Davy a sample. They meticulously record its characteristics. Davy and his assistant conduct many new experiments with it. Initially, its source is kept a closely guarded secret by the French. Eventually, it’s revealed to be made from seaweed ashes. They experiment with it in Chevreul’s lab. Faraday borrows a voltaic pile from Chevreul. With his characteristic intuition, Davy quickly arrives at a conclusion about the nature of the new substance, which had been with the French for nearly two years awaiting clarification. When he leaves Paris, they don’t completely support his swift thinking. But Faraday has calmly seen—without much concern—a glimpse of the great Napoleon "sitting in one corner of his carriage, draped and nearly concealed by a massive ermine robe, his face overshadowed by a huge plume of feathers descending from a velvet hat"; he has also met Humboldt and listened to M. Gay Lussac lecture to around two hundred pupils.

20

20

Dumas has recorded in his “Éloge Historique” a reflection of the impressions left by the travellers. After speaking of the criticism to which Davy was exposed during his visit, he says:—

Dumas has captured in his “Éloge Historique” a reflection of the impressions left by the travelers. After discussing the criticism Davy faced during his visit, he says:—

His laboratory assistant, long before he had won his great celebrity by his works, had by his modesty, his amiability, and his intelligence, gained most devoted friends at Paris, at Geneva, at Montpellier. Amongst these may be named in the front rank M. de la Rive, the distinguished chemist, father of the illustrious physicist whom we count amongst our foreign associates. The kindnesses with which he covered my youth contributed not a little to unite us—Faraday and myself. With pleasure we used to recall that we made one another’s acquaintance under the auspices of that affectionate and helpful philosopher whose example so truly witnessed that science does not dry up the heart’s blood. At Montpellier, beside the hospitable hearth of Bérard, the associate of Chaptal, doyen of our corresponding members, Faraday has left memories equally charged with an undying sympathy which his master could never have inspired. We admired Davy, we loved Faraday.

His lab assistant, long before he became famous for his work, gained devoted friends in Paris, Geneva, and Montpellier because of his humility, kindness, and intelligence. Among them, M. de la Rive, the renowned chemist and father of the famous physicist who is one of our foreign associates, stands out. The kindness he showed me during my youth played a significant role in bringing Faraday and me together. We happily remembered that we met through the guidance of that caring and supportive philosopher, whose example truly showed that science doesn’t stifle the spirit. In Montpellier, at the welcoming home of Bérard, who worked with Chaptal and was the elder statesman of our corresponding members, Faraday left behind memories filled with an enduring sympathy that his mentor could never have inspired. We admired Davy, but we loved Faraday.

It is December 29 when the travellers leave Paris and cross the forest of Fontainebleau. Faraday thinks he never saw a more beautiful scene than the forest dressed in an airy garment of crystalline hoar frost. They pass through Lyons, Montpellier, Aix, Nice, searching on the way for iodine in the sea-plants of the Mediterranean. At the end of January, 1814, they cross the Col de Tende over the snow at an elevation of 6,000 feet into Italy, and find themselves in the midst of the Carnival at Turin. They reach Genoa, and go to the house of a chemist to make experiments on the raia torpedo, the electric skate,21 trying to ascertain whether water could be decomposed by the electrical discharges of these singular fishes. From Genoa they go by sea to Lerici in an open boat, with much discomfort and fear of ship-wreck; and thence by land to Florence.

It’s December 29 when the travelers leave Paris and cross the Fontainebleau forest. Faraday thinks he’s never seen a more beautiful sight than the forest covered in a delicate layer of crystalline frost. They pass through Lyon, Montpellier, Aix, and Nice, looking for iodine in the sea plants of the Mediterranean along the way. At the end of January 1814, they cross the Col de Tende over the snow at an altitude of 6,000 feet into Italy and find themselves in the middle of the Carnival in Turin. They arrive in Genoa and visit a chemist’s house to conduct experiments on the raia torpedo, the electric skate,21 to see if water can be decomposed by the electrical discharges from these unusual fish. From Genoa, they take an open boat to Lerici, experiencing a lot of discomfort and fear of shipwreck; then they travel by land to Florence.

WITH DAVY IN ITALY.

At Florence he goes with Davy to the Accademia del Cimento. He sees the library, the gardens, the museum. Here is Galileo’s own telescope—a simple tube of paper and wood, with lenses at each end—with which he discovered Jupiter’s satellites. Here is the great burning glass of the Grand Duke of Tuscany. And here is a numerous collection of magnets, including one enormous loadstone supporting a weight of 150 pounds. They make “the grand experiment of burning the diamond” in oxygen by the sun’s heat concentrated through the Grand Duke’s burning glass. They find the diamond to be pure carbon. Then early in April they depart for Rome.

At Florence, he goes with Davy to the Accademia del Cimento. He sees the library, the gardens, and the museum. Here is Galileo’s own telescope—a simple tube made of paper and wood, with lenses on both ends—used to discover Jupiter’s moons. Here is the large burning glass of the Grand Duke of Tuscany. And here is an extensive collection of magnets, including a massive loadstone that can support a weight of 150 pounds. They conduct “the grand experiment of burning the diamond” in oxygen using the sun's heat focused through the Grand Duke’s burning glass. They find that the diamond is pure carbon. Then, in early April, they leave for Rome.

From Rome Faraday wrote to his mother a long chatty letter summarising his travels, and sending messages of kindly remembrance to his old master Riebau and others. He tells how, in spite of political troubles, Sir Humphry Davy’s high name has procured them free admission everywhere, and how they have just heard that Paris has been taken by the Allied troops.

From Rome, Faraday wrote a long, friendly letter to his mother, summarizing his travels and sending warm regards to his former teacher Riebau and others. He shares that, despite political issues, Sir Humphry Davy’s respected name has granted them free access everywhere, and they just learned that Paris has been captured by the Allied troops.

At Rome they witness unconvinced some attempts of Morichini to impart magnetism to steel needles by the solar rays. They pass the Colosseum by moonlight, making an early morning start across the Campagna, on the road to Naples, with an armed guard for fear of brigands. Twice, in the middle of22 May, they ascend Vesuvius, the second time during a partial eruption rendered all the more vivid by the lateness of the hour—half-past seven—at which the edge of the crater was reached. In June they visit Terni, and note the nearly circular rainbow visible in the spray of the cataract; and so across the Apennines to Milan.

In Rome, they skeptically observe Morichini's attempts to use sunlight to magnetize steel needles. They pass the Colosseum under the moonlight, starting early in the morning across the Campagna, heading toward Naples with an armed guard to protect against bandits. Twice, in the middle of22 May, they climb Vesuvius, with the second ascent coinciding with a partial eruption that was even more dramatic because they reached the crater's edge at half-past seven. In June, they visit Terni and notice the nearly circular rainbow visible in the spray of the waterfall; then they continue their journey across the Apennines to Milan.

At Milan occurs the following entry:—

In Milan, the following entry occurs:—

Friday 17th [June, 1814], Milan. Saw M. Volta, who came to Sir H. Davy, an hale elderly man, bearing the red ribbon, and very free in conversation.

Friday 17th [June, 1814], Milan. Met M. Volta, who visited Sir H. Davy, a healthy older man, wearing the red ribbon and very open in conversation.

He does not record how the ceremonious old Count, who had specially attired himself in his Court uniform to welcome the illustrious chemist, was horrified at the informal manners and uncourtly dress of the tourist philosopher.

He does not mention how the formal old Count, who had dressed up in his Court uniform to greet the famous chemist, was shocked by the casual demeanor and unrefined clothing of the traveling philosopher.

So, travelling by Como and Domo d’Ossola, they come to Geneva, and here remain a long time; and Faraday writes again to his mother and to Abbott. He can even find time to discuss with the latter the relative merits of the French and Italian languages, and the trend of civilisation in Paris and in Rome. Twice he sends messages to Riebau. One of his letters to Abbott, in September, contains passages of more than transient interest:—

So, traveling through Como and Domo d’Ossola, they arrive in Geneva, where they stay for quite a while; and Faraday writes again to his mother and to Abbott. He even finds time to talk with the latter about the pros and cons of the French and Italian languages, as well as the direction of civilization in Paris and Rome. He sends messages to Riebau twice. One of his letters to Abbott in September includes sections of more than temporary interest:—

Some doubts have been expressed to me lately with respect to the continuance of the Royal Institution; Mr. Newman can probably give a guess at the issue of them. I have three boxes of books, &c., there, and I should be sorry if they were lost by the turning up of unforeseen circumstances; but I hope all will end well (you will not read this out aloud). Remember23 me to all friends, if you please. And “now for you and I to ourselves.”...

Some people have been expressing doubts lately about the future of the Royal Institution; Mr. Newman might have an idea about what will happen. I have three boxes of books and other things there, and I’d be really upset if they got lost due to unexpected events; but I hope everything will turn out okay (please don’t read this out loud). Please remember me to all our friends. And “now it’s just you and me.”...

In passing through life, my dear friend, everyone must expect to receive lessons, both in the school of prosperity and in that of adversity; and, taken in a general sense, these schools do not only include riches and poverty, but everything that may cause the happiness and pleasure of man, and every feeling that may give him pain. I have been in at the door of both these schools; nor am I so far on the right hand at present that I do not get hurt by the thorns on my left. With respect to myself, I have always perceived (when, after a time, I saw things more clearly) that those things which at first appeared as misfortunes or evils ultimately were actually benefits, and productive of much good in the future progress of things. Sometimes I compared them to storms and tempests, which cause a temporary disarrangement to produce permanent good; sometimes they appeared to me like roads—stony, uneven, hilly, and uncomfortable, it is true—but the only roads to a good beyond them; and sometimes I said they were clouds which intervened between me and the sun of prosperity, but which I found were refreshing, reserving to me that tone and vigour of mind which prosperity alone would enervate and ultimately destroy....

As we go through life, my dear friend, everyone should expect to learn lessons, both from times of happiness and from times of hardship. In a broad sense, these experiences include not just wealth and poverty, but everything that can bring joy and pleasure to a person, alongside every emotion that can cause pain. I've had my share of both these experiences; I'm not so far along one path now that I don't still feel the pricks of the other. Regarding my own journey, I've often realized (after some time and reflection) that what initially seemed like misfortunes or bad luck actually turned out to be blessings, leading to much good in the long run. Sometimes I likened them to storms and tempests that disrupt things temporarily to foster lasting benefits; at other times, they seemed to me like roads—rocky, uneven, hilly, and uncomfortable, yes—but the only routes to a greater good beyond them. At times, I thought of them as clouds that blocked my view of the sun of prosperity, but I later discovered that they were refreshing, helping me maintain a sharp and vigorous mindset that prosperity alone might weaken and eventually destroy.

HINTS OF DISCOMFORT.

You talk of travelling, and I own the word is seducing, but travelling does not secure you from uneasy circumstances. I by no means intend to deter you from it; for though I should like to find you at home when I come home, and though I know how much the loss would be felt by our friends, yet I am aware that the fund of knowledge and of entertainment opened would be almost infinite. But I shall set down a few of my own thoughts and feelings, &c., in the same circumstances. In the first place, then, my dear B., I fancy that when I set my foot in England I shall never take it out again; for I find the prospect so different from what it at first appeared to be, that I am certain, if I could have foreseen the things that have passed, I should never have left London. In the second place, enticing as travelling is—and I appreciate fully its advantages and pleasures—I have several times been24 more than half decided to return hastily home; but second thoughts have still induced me to try what the future may produce, and now I am only retained by the wish of improvement. I have learned just enough to perceive my ignorance, and, ashamed of my defects in everything, I wish to seize the opportunity of remedying them. The little knowledge I have gained in languages makes me wish to know more of them, and the little I have seen of men and manners is just enough to make me desirous of seeing more; added to which, the glorious opportunity I enjoy of improving in the knowledge of chemistry and the sciences continually determines me to finish this voyage with Sir Humphry Davy. But if I wish to enjoy those advantages, I have to sacrifice much; and though those sacrifices are such as an humble man would not feel, yet I cannot quietly make them. Travelling, too, I find, is almost inconsistent with religion (I mean modern travelling), and I am yet so old-fashioned as to remember strongly (I hope perfectly) my youthful education; and upon the whole, malgré the advantages of travelling, it is not impossible but that you may see me at your door when you expect a letter.

You talk about traveling, and I admit the idea is appealing, but traveling doesn't protect you from uncomfortable situations. I definitely don’t want to discourage you; while I would love to find you at home when I return, and I know our friends would deeply feel your absence, I also understand that the knowledge and experiences you could gain are nearly limitless. Still, I want to record some of my own thoughts and feelings in similar circumstances. First of all, my dear B., I think that when I set foot in England, I might never want to leave again; the reality is so different from what it initially seemed that I’m certain if I had known what would happen, I would never have left London. Secondly, as tempting as traveling is—and I fully recognize its benefits and joys—I’ve often been on the verge of rushing back home. But after some reflection, I’ve chosen to see what the future holds, and right now, I’m motivated by a desire for self-improvement. I’ve learned just enough to realize how much I don’t know, and feeling embarrassed about my shortcomings, I want to take the chance to fix them. The little knowledge I have in languages makes me eager to learn more, and my limited exposure to people and cultures makes me want to see even more. Plus, the amazing chance I have to deepen my understanding of chemistry and the sciences keeps me committed to finishing this journey with Sir Humphry Davy. However, wanting to enjoy those benefits means I have to give up a lot; and while these sacrifices might seem minor to a humble person, I can’t make them easily. Also, I find that modern travel often clashes with my beliefs (especially my religious ones), and I still hold on to the values from my youth. So overall, despite the benefits of traveling, it’s not impossible that you might find me at your door when you’re expecting a letter.

You will perceive, dear B., that I do not wish you hastily to leave your present situation, because I think that a hasty change will only make things worse. You will naturally compare your situation with others you see around you, and by this comparison your own will appear more sad, whilst the others seem brighter than in truth they are; for, like the two poles of a battery, the ideas of each will become exalted by approaching them. But I leave you, dear friend, to act in this case as your judgment may direct, hoping always for the best.

You will see, dear B., that I don’t want you to rush into leaving your current situation because I believe that a quick change will only make things worse. You’ll naturally compare your situation with others you see around you, and this comparison will make your own feel more dismal, while the others seem better than they actually are; because, like the two poles of a battery, each idea will seem more intense as you get closer to it. But I'll leave it to you, dear friend, to decide what to do based on your judgment, always hoping for the best.

* * * * *

Sir Humphry works often on iodine, and has lately been making experiments on the prismatic spectrum at M. Pictet’s. They are not yet perfected, but from the use of very delicate air thermometers, it appears that the rays producing most heat are certainly out of the spectrum and beyond the red rays. Our time has been employed lately in fishing and shooting; and many a quail has been killed in the plains of25 Geneva, and many a trout and grayling have been pulled out of the Rhone.

Sir Humphry often works with iodine and has recently been conducting experiments on the prismatic spectrum at M. Pictet’s place. They aren’t perfected yet, but with the use of very sensitive air thermometers, it seems that the rays producing the most heat are definitely outside the spectrum and beyond the red rays. Recently, we’ve spent our time fishing and shooting; many quails have been taken in the plains of 25 Geneva, and several trout and grayling have been caught from the Rhone.

* * * * *

I need not say, dear Ben, how perfectly I am yours,

I don't need to say, dear Ben, how completely I belong to you,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

ARISTOCRATIC HAUTEUR.

This letter reveals, what the diary of travel so scrupulously hides, the existence of circumstances which were hardly tolerable in Faraday’s position. To make the reference intelligible it should be remembered that Davy, who had come up to London in 1801 as a raw youth, of immense ability but very uncouth exterior, had developed into a fashionable person, had become the idol of the hour, had married a very wealthy widow, had been knighted, and had given himself up very largely to the pursuits of fashionable society and to the company of the aristocratic beau monde. Lady Davy accompanied Sir Humphry in this Continental tour; and though Faraday had been taken with them as secretary and scientific assistant, it would seem that he had not always been treated with the respect due to one in that position. The above letter evidently disquieted Abbott, for he wrote back to Faraday to inquire more closely into his personal affairs, telling him he was sure he was not happy, and asking him to share his difficulties. Faraday, who was now back in Rome, replied in January in a long letter of twelve pages,926 which he says he had intended to fill with an account of the waterfalls he had seen, but which gives instead a detailed account of his vexations. He had, he said, written his former letter when in a ruffled state of mind. He now gives the explanation. Before, however, this letter could reach Abbott, the latter had written yet more urgently to know what was the matter. To this Faraday replied on February 23rd. As this shorter letter summarises the previous one it may be given here. Both are printed in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters”:—

This letter reveals what the travel diary carefully hides: the tough circumstances that Faraday faced. To understand the reference, it’s important to remember that Davy, who arrived in London in 1801 as a young man with immense talent but a rough appearance, had transformed into a fashionable figure, becoming the sensation of the moment. He married a wealthy widow, was knighted, and largely immersed himself in fashionable society and the company of the aristocratic beau monde. Lady Davy accompanied Sir Humphry on this trip across Europe, and although Faraday was taken along as a secretary and scientific assistant, it seems he wasn’t always treated with the respect that position warranted. This letter clearly troubled Abbott, as he wrote back to Faraday asking more about his personal situation, expressing that he was sure Faraday was unhappy, and urging him to share his difficulties. Faraday, now back in Rome, responded in January with a long twelve-page letter, 926 where he mentioned he had planned to write about the waterfalls he had seen but instead detailed his frustrations. He explained that he had written his previous letter while feeling agitated. However, before this letter could reach Abbott, Abbott had already written again, urgently asking what was wrong. Faraday replied on February 23rd. Since this shorter letter summarizes the earlier one, it can be included here. Both are printed in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters:—

Rome, February 23, 1815.

Rome, Feb 23, 1815.

Dear B——,—In a letter of above twelve pages I gave answers to your question respecting my situation. It was a subject not worth talking about, but I consider your inquiries as so many proofs of your kindness and the interest you take in my welfare, and I thought the most agreeable thanks I could make you would be to answer them. The same letter also contained a short account of a paper written by Sir Humphry Davy on ancient colours, and some other miscellaneous matters.

Dear B—,—In a letter of more than twelve pages, I answered your questions about my situation. It wasn’t really a topic worth discussing, but I see your inquiries as clear signs of your kindness and concern for my well-being, so I thought the best way to thank you would be to respond. That same letter also included a brief summary of a paper by Sir Humphry Davy on ancient colors and some other random topics.

SECRET OF MORTIFICATION.

I am quite ashamed of dwelling so often on my own affairs, but as I know you wish it, I shall briefly inform you of my situation. I do not mean to employ much of this sheet of paper on the subject, but refer you to the before-mentioned long letter for clear information. It happened a few days before we left England, that Sir H.’s valet declined going with him, and in the short space of time allowed by circumstances another could not be got. Sir H. told me he was very sorry, but that, if I would do such things as were absolutely necessary for him until he got to Paris, he should there get another. I murmured, but agreed. At Paris he could not get one. No Englishmen were there, and no Frenchman fit for the place could talk English to me. At Lyons he could not get one; at Montpellier he could not get one; nor at Genoa, nor at27 Florence, nor at Rome, nor in all Italy; and I believe at last he did not wish to get one: and we are just the same now as we were when he left England. This of course throws things into my duty which it was not my agreement, and is not my wish, to perform, but which are, if I remain with Sir H., unavoidable. These, it is true, are very few; for having been accustomed in early years to do for himself, he continues to do so at present, and he leaves very little for a valet to perform; and as he knows that it is not pleasing to me, and that I do not consider myself as obliged to do them, he is always as careful as possible to keep those things from me which he knows would be disagreeable. But Lady Davy is of another humour. She likes to show her authority, and at first I found her extremely earnest in mortifying me. This occasioned quarrels between us, at each of which I gained ground, and she lost it; for the frequency made me care nothing about them, and weakened her authority, and after each she behaved in a milder manner. Sir H. has also taken care to get servants of the country, ycleped lacquais de place, to do everything she can want, and now I am somewhat comfortable; indeed, at this moment I am perfectly at liberty, for Sir H. has gone to Naples to search for a house or lodging to which we may follow him, and I have nothing to do but see Rome, write my journal, and learn Italian.

I feel pretty embarrassed about focusing so much on my own situation, but since I know you want to hear it, I’ll quickly fill you in on what’s going on. I don’t want to take up too much space on this letter about it, so I’ll refer you to the previously mentioned long letter for more details. A few days before we left England, Sir H.’s valet decided not to go with him, and there wasn’t enough time to find a replacement. Sir H. said he was really sorry, but if I could handle the essential things for him until we reached Paris, he would find someone else there. I complained a bit but agreed. In Paris, he couldn’t find anyone. There were no Englishmen around, and no Frenchman suitable for the job could speak English to me. He couldn’t find anyone in Lyons, Montpellier, Genoa, Florence, Rome, or anywhere in Italy, and I think by the end, he didn’t really want to find anyone. So, we’re in the same situation we were in when he left England. This obviously puts responsibilities on me that I didn’t agree to, and which I don’t want to do, but they’re unavoidable if I stay with Sir H. Fortunately, there aren’t many; he’s used to taking care of himself since he was young, so he still does most things and leaves very little for a valet. He’s also aware that I don’t find it pleasant, and that I don’t feel obligated to do those things, so he tries to keep the disagreeable tasks from me as much as possible. But Lady Davy is different. She likes to assert her authority, and at first, she was very determined to annoy me. This led to arguments between us, and with each one, I gained ground while she lost it; the frequency of the arguments made me indifferent, weakening her authority, and after each one, she softened her behavior. Sir H. has also made sure to hire local servants, called lacquais de place, to handle everything she needs, so now I’m somewhat comfortable; in fact, at this moment, I’m completely free, as Sir H. has gone to Naples to look for a house or a place for us to stay, and I have nothing to do except explore Rome, write in my journal, and learn Italian.

But I will leave such an unprofitable subject, and tell you what I know of our intended route. For the last few weeks it has been very undecided, and at this moment there is no knowing which way we shall turn. Sir H. intended to see Greece and Turkey this summer, and arrangements were half made for the voyage; but he has just learned that a quarantine must be performed on the road there, and to do this he has an utter aversion, and that alone will perhaps break up the journey.

But I’ll skip such a pointless topic and share what I know about our planned route. For the past few weeks, it’s been pretty uncertain, and right now, it’s unclear which direction we’ll take. Sir H. planned to visit Greece and Turkey this summer, and some arrangements were partially made for the trip; however, he just found out that we’ll have to go through quarantine to get there, and he absolutely hates the idea of that, which might just cancel the whole journey.

* * * * *

Since the long letter I wrote you, Sir H. has written two short papers for the Royal Society—the first on a new solid compound of iodine and oxygen, and the second a new gaseous28 compound of chlorine and oxygen, which contains four times as much oxygen as euchlorine.

Since the lengthy letter I sent you, Sir H. has written two brief papers for the Royal Society—the first on a new solid compound of iodine and oxygen, and the second on a new gaseous compound of chlorine and oxygen, which has four times the amount of oxygen as euchlorine.

The discovery of these bodies contradicts many parts of Gay-Lussac’s paper on iodine, which has been very much vaunted in these parts. The French chemists were not aware of the importance of the subject until it was shown to them, and now they are in haste to reap all the honours attached to it; but their haste opposes their aim. They reason theoretically, without demonstrating experimentally, and errors are the result.

The discovery of these bodies goes against many aspects of Gay-Lussac’s paper on iodine, which has been highly praised around here. The French chemists didn’t realize how important the topic was until it was pointed out to them, and now they are eager to take all the credit for it; however, their eagerness works against them. They reason theoretically without proving things through experiments, and mistakes are the outcome.

* * * * *

I am, my dear Friend, yours ever and faithfully,
M. Faraday.

I am, my dear friend, always here for you and sincerely,
M. Faraday.

The equivocal position thus forced upon Faraday by the hauteur of Lady Davy nearly caused a contretemps during the stay at Geneva, which lasted from the end of June, 1814, to about the middle of September. Bence Jones’s account, derived from Faraday himself, is as follows:—Professor G. de la Rive, undazzled by the brilliancy of Davy’s reputation, was able to see the true worth of his assistant. Davy was fond of shooting, and Faraday, who accompanied them, used to load Davy’s gun for him, while De la Rive loaded his own. Entering into conversation with Faraday, De la Rive was astonished to find that the intelligent and charming young man whom he had taken hitherto for a domestic was really préparateur de laboratoire in the Royal Institution. This led him to place Faraday, in one respect, on an equality with Davy. Whilst they were staying in his house, he wished them to dine together at his table. Davy, it is said, declined, because Faraday acted in some things as his servant. De la Rive expressed29 his feelings strongly, and ordered dinner in a separate room for Faraday. A rumour spread years after that De la Rive gave a dinner in Faraday’s honour: this is not so, however.

The unclear situation that Faraday found himself in because of Lady Davy's high status almost led to an awkward incident during their stay in Geneva from the end of June 1814 to around mid-September. Bence Jones’s account, based on Faraday’s own words, goes like this: Professor G. de la Rive, unimpressed by Davy’s illustrious reputation, could recognize the true value of his assistant. Davy loved to shoot, and Faraday, who accompanied them, would load Davy’s gun while De la Rive loaded his own. As they talked, De la Rive was surprised to discover that the intelligent and charming young man he had thought was just a domestic worker was actually a laboratory assistant at the Royal Institution. This realization led him to view Faraday as an equal to Davy in some ways. While they were staying at his home, he wanted them to have dinner together at his table. Davy reportedly refused because Faraday acted as his servant in certain matters. De la Rive strongly voiced his feelings and arranged for Faraday to have dinner in a separate room. Years later, a rumor spread that De la Rive hosted a dinner in honor of Faraday, but that isn’t true.

VISIT TO GENEVA.

Of that Geneva visit Faraday says, in 1858, to M. A. de la Rive:—

Of that Geneva visit, Faraday says in 1858 to M. A. de la Rive:—

I have some such thoughts (of gratitude) even as regards your own father, who was, I may say, the first who personally at Geneva, and afterwards by correspondence, encouraged and by that sustained me.

I have similar feelings of gratitude towards your father, who, I might add, was the first person in Geneva to personally support me and later encouraged me through our correspondence.

This correspondence, which began with the father and was continued with the son, lasted altogether nearly fifty years.

This correspondence, which started with the father and continued with the son, lasted almost fifty years in total.

From Geneva the travellers went northward, by Lausanne, Vevay, Bern, Zürich, and Schaffhausen, across Baden and Würtemburg to Munich. After visiting this and other German towns, they crossed Tyrol southwards to Vicenza, halting in the neighbourhood of the Pietra Mala to collect the inflammable gas which there rises from the soil. They spent a day in Padua, and three days in Venice; and on by Bologna to Florence, where Davy completed his analysis of the gas collected at Pietra Mala. Early in November they were again in Rome. He writes once and again to his mother, while his anxiety about the Royal Institution makes him send inquiries to Abbott as to what is going to happen there, and to charge him, “if any change should occur in Albemarle Street,” not to forget his books which are lying there. “I prize them now more than ever.”

From Geneva, the travelers headed north through Lausanne, Vevay, Bern, Zürich, and Schaffhausen, traveling across Baden and Würtemburg to Munich. After exploring this and other German cities, they made their way south through Tyrol to Vicenza, stopping near Pietra Mala to collect the flammable gas that rises from the ground there. They spent a day in Padua and three days in Venice, then continued on to Bologna and Florence, where Davy finished his analysis of the gas collected at Pietra Mala. By early November, they were back in Rome. He writes repeatedly to his mother, expressing his worry about the Royal Institution and asking Abbott about what’s going to happen there. He also reminds him, “if any changes occur on Albemarle Street,” not to forget his books that are still there. “I value them now more than ever.”

To his former master, Riebau, he wrote from Rome as follows:—

To his former master, Riebau, he wrote from Rome as follows:—

30

30

Rome, Jan. 5th, 1815.

Rome, January 5, 1815.

Honoured Sir,

Dear Sir,

It is with very peculiar but very pleasing and indeed flattering sentiments that I commence a letter intended for you, for I esteem it as a high honour that you should not only allow but even wish me to write to you. During the whole of the short eight years that I was with you, Sir, and during the year or two that passed afterwards before I left England, I continually enjoyed your goodness and the effects of it; and it is gratifying to me in the highest degree to find that even absence has not impaired it, and that you are willing to give me the highest proof of (allow me to say) friendship that distance will admit. I have received both the letters that you have wrote to me, Sir, and consider them as far from being the least proofs of your goodwill and remembrance of me. Allow me to thank you humbly but sincerely for these and all other kindness, and I hope that at some future day an opportunity will occur when I can express more strongly my gratitude.

It’s with very unusual but also very pleasant and truly flattering feelings that I start this letter for you, as I consider it a great honor that you not only allow but actually want me to write to you. Throughout the short eight years I spent with you, Sir, and in the year or two that followed before I left England, I enjoyed your kindness and its effects. It’s incredibly rewarding for me to see that even distance hasn’t diminished it, and that you’re willing to give me the greatest proof of (if I may say) friendship that distance allows. I’ve received both letters you’ve written to me, Sir, and I see them as clear signs of your goodwill and memories of me. Please let me humbly but sincerely thank you for these and all your other kindnesses, and I hope that one day I will have the chance to express my gratitude more strongly.

I beg leave to return a thousand thanks to my kind Mistress, to Mr. and Mrs. Paine and George for their remembrances, and venture to give mine with respect in return. I am very glad to hear that all are well. I am very much afraid you say too much of me to Mr. Dance, Mr. Cosway, Mrs. Udney, etc., for I feel unworthy of what you have said of me formerly, and what you may say now. Since I have left England, the experience I have gained in more diversified and extended life, and the knowledge I have gained of what is to be learned and what others know, have sufficiently shown me my own ignorance, the degree in which I am surpassed by all the world, and my want of powers; but I hope that at least I shall return home with an addition to my self-knowledge. When speaking of those who are so much my superiors, as Mr. Dance, Mr. Cosway, and Mrs. Udney, etc., I feel a continual fear that I should appear to want respect, but the manner in which you mention their names in your letter emboldens me to beg that you will give my humblest respects 31to those honored persons, if, and only if (I am afraid of intruding) they should again speak of me to you. Mr. Dance’s kindness claims my gratitude, and I trust that my thanks, the only mark that I can give, will be accepted.

I want to express my heartfelt thanks to my kind Mistress, Mr. and Mrs. Paine, and George for their thoughtful gestures, and I hope my respect in return is conveyed. I’m really pleased to hear that everyone is doing well. I’m quite worried that you might be saying too much about me to Mr. Dance, Mr. Cosway, Mrs. Udney, and others, because I feel unworthy of the compliments you’ve given me in the past and those you might give now. Since leaving England, my experiences in a wider and more diverse life, along with what I've learned about knowledge and others’ insights, have clearly highlighted my own ignorance, how far behind I am compared to everyone else, and my lack of abilities; but I hope at the very least that I will return home with a deeper understanding of myself. When discussing those who are so much my betters, like Mr. Dance, Mr. Cosway, and Mrs. Udney, I constantly worry that I might come across as disrespectful. However, the way you mention their names in your letter gives me the courage to ask you to send my deepest respects to those esteemed individuals, if—and only if, I’m hesitant to intrude—they happen to speak of me again. Mr. Dance’s kindness deserves my gratitude, and I hope my thanks, the only way I can express my appreciation, will be accepted. 31

BOOKS AND BOOKSELLERS.

Since I have been abroad, my old profession of books has oftentimes occurred to my mind and been productive of much pleasure. It was my wish at first to purchase some useful book at every large town we came to, but I found my stock increase so fast that I was obliged to alter my plan and purchase only at Capital Cities. The first books that I wanted were grammars and dictionaries, but I found few places like London where I could get whatever I wanted. In France (at the time we were there) English books were very scarce, and also English and French books; and a French grammar for an Englishman was a thing difficult to find. Nevertheless the shops appeared well stocked with books in their own language, and the encouragement Napoleon gave to Arts and Sciences extended its influence even to the printing and binding of books. I saw some beautiful specimens in both these branches at the Bibliothèque Impériale at Paris, but I still think they did not exceed or even equal those I had seen in London before. We have as yet seen very little of Germany, having passed rapidly through Switzerland and stopping but a few days at Munich, but that little gave me a very favorable idea of the Booksellers’ shops. I got an excellent English and German dictionary immediately I asked for it, and other books I asked for I found were to be had, but E. and G. Grammars were scarce, owing to the little communication between the two Empires, and the former power of the French in Germany. Italy I have found the country furnished with the fewest means—if books are the means of disseminating knowledge, and even Venice which is renowned for Printing appeared to me bare and little worthy of its character. It is natural to suppose that the great and most estimable use of printing is to produce those books which are in most general use and which are required by the world at large; it is those books which form this branch of trade, and consequently every shop in it gives an account of the more valuable state of the art (i.e.) the32 use made of it. In Italy there are many books, and the shelves of the shops there appear full, but the books are old, or what is new have come from France; they seem latterly to have resigned printing and to have become satisfied with the libraries their forefathers left them. I found at Florence an E. and I. Grammar (Veneroni’s), which does a little credit to Leghorn; but I have searched unsuccessfully at Rome, Naples, Milan, Bologna, Venice, Florence, and in every part of Italy for and E. and I. Dictionary, and the only one I could get was Rollasetti in 8vo. E. F. and I. A circumstance still more singular is the want of bibles; even at Rome, the seat of the Roman Catholic faith, a bible of moderate size is not to be found, either Protestant or Catholic. Those which exist are large folios or 4tos and in several volumes, interspersed with the various readings and commentaries of the fathers, and they are in the possession of the Priests and religious professors. In all shops at Rome where I ask for a small pocket bible the man seemed afraid to answer me, and some Priest in the shop looked at me in a very inquisitive way.

Since I’ve been abroad, my old passion for books has often come to mind and brought me a lot of joy. At first, I wanted to buy a useful book in every large town we visited, but my collection grew so quickly that I had to change my plan and only buy in major cities. The first books I looked for were grammars and dictionaries, but I found few places like London where I could get what I needed. In France, during our visit, English books were very rare, along with English and French books; finding a French grammar for an Englishman was quite challenging. Nevertheless, the shops seemed well-stocked with books in their own language, and the support Napoleon provided for the arts and sciences even impacted book printing and binding. I saw some beautiful examples of both at the Bibliothèque Impériale in Paris, but I still think they didn't surpass or even match what I had seen in London before. We’ve seen very little of Germany so far, having rushed through Switzerland and only stopping a few days in Munich, but that little gave me a very positive impression of the bookstores. I found an excellent English and German dictionary as soon as I asked for it, and other books I inquired about were available, though English and German grammars were scarce due to the limited interaction between the two Empires and the former power of the French in Germany. I have found Italy to be the least equipped with resources—if books are indeed a means of spreading knowledge— and even Venice, famous for printing, seemed bare and unworthy of its reputation. It’s natural to assume that the greatest and most valuable use of printing is to produce those books that are most widely used and needed by the general public; these books define this trade, and therefore every shop reflects the more valuable state of the art (i.e.) the usage made of it. In Italy, there are many books, and the shelves of the stores seem full, but the books are old, or the new ones have come from France; they seem to have recently given up on printing and settled for the libraries left by their ancestors. I found an English and Italian Grammar (Veneroni’s) in Florence, which somewhat reflects well on Leghorn; however, I searched unsuccessfully in Rome, Naples, Milan, Bologna, Venice, Florence, and every part of Italy for an English and Italian Dictionary, and the only one I could find was Rollasetti in 8vo. English, French, and Italian. An even stranger situation is the lack of bibles; even in Rome, the center of Roman Catholic faith, a moderately sized bible isn’t available, either Protestant or Catholic. The ones that exist are large folios or quartos in several volumes, filled with various readings and the commentaries of the church fathers, and they are owned by priests and religious scholars. In all the shops in Rome where I asked for a small pocket bible, the clerks seemed afraid to respond, and some priest in the store looked at me very curiously.

I must now, Kind Sir, put an end to this letter, which I fear you will think already too long. I beg you will have the goodness to send to my Mother and say I am well, and give my duty to her and my love to my brother and sisters. I have wrote four or five times lately from Rome to various friends. Remember me, if you please, to Mr. Kitchen, and others who may enquire after me. I thank you for your concluding wishes and am, Sir,

I must now, kind sir, finish this letter, which I worry you will think is already too long. Please be so kind as to send a message to my mother to let her know I am well, and give her my regards along with my love to my brother and sisters. I have written four or five times recently from Rome to different friends. Please remember me to Mr. Kitchen and others who may ask about me. I appreciate your kind wishes and am, sir,

Your most dutifully,
Faraday.

Your most faithfully,
Faraday.

To his sisters he wrote also. To the elder, on the Church festivals, the Carnival, and the ruins of the Colosseum. To the younger, on the best way of learning French. His diary is full of the Carnival, the foolishness of which afforded him much amusement. He witnessed the horse-races in the Corso, went four times to masked balls, where his boyish33 love of uproarious fun broke out beyond restraint, for to the last one he went disguised in a night-gown and night-cap. Between gaieties in the evenings and chemical experiments with Davy in the day, his time must have been pretty fully occupied. They had had the intention of going on to Greece and Turkey, but owing to dread of quarantine these projects were abandoned, and at the end of February, 1815, they moved southwards to Naples. Here is a characteristic entry:—

He also wrote to his sisters. To the older one, about the church festivals, Carnival, and the ruins of the Colosseum. To the younger one, about the best way to learn French. His diary is filled with Carnival stories, the silliness of which gave him a lot of laughs. He watched the horse races in the Corso and attended four masked balls, where his youthful love for outrageous fun exploded unchecked; for the last one, he showed up dressed in a nightgown and nightcap. Between the evening festivities and daytime chemical experiments with Davy, his schedule must have been pretty packed. They had planned to go on to Greece and Turkey, but due to fears of quarantine, those plans were dropped, and by the end of February 1815, they headed south to Naples. Here’s a typical entry:—

Tuesday, March 7th.—I heard for news that Bonaparte was again at liberty. Being no politician, I did not trouble myself much about it, though I suppose it will have a strong influence on the affairs of Europe.

Tuesday, March 7th.—I heard news that Bonaparte was free again. Since I'm not really into politics, I didn't let it bother me too much, although I guess it will have a big impact on Europe's situation.

He went with Sir Humphry to explore Monte Somma, and ventured to make another ascent of the cone of Vesuvius, with the gratification of finding the crater in much greater activity than during the visits of the preceding year.

He went with Sir Humphry to explore Monte Somma and took the chance to climb the cone of Vesuvius again, pleased to find the crater much more active than it had been during their visits the year before.

THE END OF THE TOUR.

Then, for reasons not altogether clear, the tour was suddenly cut short. Naples was left on March 21st, Rome on 24th, Mantua was passed on 30th. Tyrol was recrossed, Germany traversed by Stuttgardt, Heidelberg, and Cologne. Brussels was reached on 16th April, whence London was regained viâ Ostend and Deal. A letter written from Brussels to his mother positively overflows with the joy of expected return. He does not want his mother to be inquiring at Albemarle Street as to when he is expected:—

Then, for reasons that aren’t entirely clear, the tour was suddenly cut short. They left Naples on March 21st, Rome on the 24th, and passed Mantua on the 30th. They crossed back over Tyrol and traveled through Germany, stopping in Stuttgart, Heidelberg, and Cologne. They reached Brussels on April 16th, from where they returned to London via Ostend and Deal. A letter written from Brussels to his mother is filled with excitement about his upcoming return. He doesn’t want his mother to be asking at Albemarle Street about when he is expected:—

You may be sure that my first moments will be in your company. If you have opportunities, tell some of my dearest34 friends, but do not tell everybody—that is, do not trouble yourself to do it. I am of no consequence except to a few, and there are but a few that are of consequence to me, and there are some whom I should like to be the first to tell myself—Mr. Riebau for one. However, let A. know, if you can...

You can be sure that my first moments will be spent with you. If you have the chance, let some of my closest friends know, but don’t worry about telling everyone—that is, you don’t need to make an effort to do so. I don’t matter much except to a few people, and there are only a few who matter to me. There are some I’d like to tell personally first—Mr. Riebau, for example. Still, let A. know if you can...

Adieu till I see you, dearest Mother; and believe me ever your affectionate and dutiful son,

Goodbye until I see you, dear Mom; and know that I am always your loving and devoted son,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

[P.S.] ’Tis the shortest and (to me) the sweetest letter I ever wrote you.

[P.S.] It's the shortest and (to me) the sweetest letter I've ever written to you.

A fortnight after his return to London, Faraday was re-engaged, at a salary of thirty shillings a week, at the Royal Institution as assistant in the laboratory and mineralogical collection. He returned to the scene of his former labours; but with what widened ideas! He had had eighteen months of daily intercourse with the most brilliant chemist of the age. He had seen and conversed with Ampère, Arago, Gay-Lussac, Chevreul, Dumas, Volta, De la Rive, Biot, Pictet, De Saussure, and De Stael. He had formed a lasting friendship with more than one of these. He had dined with Count Rumford, the founder of the Royal Institution. He had gained a certain mastery over foreign tongues, and had seen the ways of foreign society. Though it was many years before he again quitted England for a foreign tour, he cherished the most lively recollection of many of the incidents that had befallen him.

A couple of weeks after getting back to London, Faraday was hired again at the Royal Institution as a lab assistant in the mineral collection, earning thirty shillings a week. He returned to where he had previously worked, but his perspective had expanded significantly! He had spent eighteen months interacting daily with one of the greatest chemists of his time. He had met and talked with Ampère, Arago, Gay-Lussac, Chevreul, Dumas, Volta, De la Rive, Biot, Pictet, De Saussure, and De Stael. He formed lasting friendships with several of them. He even had dinner with Count Rumford, the founder of the Royal Institution. He had gained some fluency in foreign languages and experienced different social customs. Although it would be many years before he left England again for a trip abroad, he held vivid memories of many of the events that had happened to him.


Amongst the scientific societies of Great Britain, the Royal Institution of London occupies a conspicuous place. It has had many imitators in its time, yet it remains unique. A “learned society” it may claim to be, in the sense that it publishes scientific transactions, and endeavours to concentrate within itself and promote the highest science, within a certain range of subjects. In some respects it resembles a college; for it appoints professors, and provides them with space, appliances, and materials for research, and a theatre wherein to lecture. For its members it provides a comfortable, well-stocked library, and a reading-room where daily and periodic journals may be consulted. But it has achieved a reputation far in excess of any it would have held, had that reputation depended solely on its publications, or on the numerical strength of its membership.

Among the scientific societies in Great Britain, the Royal Institution of London holds a prominent position. It has inspired many imitators over the years, yet it remains one of a kind. It may call itself a “learned society” because it publishes scientific transactions and aims to gather and advance the highest science within a specific range of subjects. In some ways, it is similar to a college; it hires professors and provides them with space, equipment, and materials for research, along with a venue for lectures. For its members, it offers a comfortable, well-stocked library and a reading room where daily and periodical journals can be accessed. However, it has earned a reputation that far exceeds what it would have had if that reputation relied solely on its publications or the number of its members.

Founded in the year 1799 by that erratic genius Count Rumford, as a sort of technical school,10 it would speedily have come to an end had not others stepped in to develop it in new ways. From the certain ruin which seemed impending in 1801, it was36 saved by the appearance upon the scene of the brilliant youth Humphry Davy, whose lectures made it for ten years the resort of fashion. In 1814 it was again in such low water that Faraday, travelling on the Continent at that time as amanuensis to Sir Humphry, was every month expecting to hear of its collapse. Until about 1833, when the two Fullerian Professorships were founded, it was continually in financial difficulties. The persistent and extraordinary efforts made by Faraday from 1826 to 1839, and the reputation of the place which accrued by his discoveries, were beyond all question its salvation from ruin. When it was founded it was located in two private houses in Albemarle Street, then regarded as quite out of town, if not almost suburban; the premises being altered and an entrance hall with staircase added. A little later the lecture-theatre, much as it still exists, was constructed. The exterior at first remained unchanged. The stucco pilasters of Grecian style, which give it its air of distinction, were not erected until 1838. The fine rooms of the Davy-Faraday laboratory at the south end were only added in 1896 by the liberality of Mr. Ludwig Mond. Besides the laboratories for research in physical chemistry, which have thus been associated with the older part of the Institution, additional rooms for the library have been provided in this munificent gift to science. The older laboratories of the Institution, though they retain some features from Rumford’s time, have been considerably remodelled. The old rooms where Davy, Young, Brande, Faraday, Frankland, and Tyndall conducted their researches are still37 in existence; but the chief laboratory was reconstructed in 1872 in Tyndall’s time; and it has been quite recently enlarged and reconstructed to accommodate the heavy machinery required in Professor Dewar’s researches on liquid air and the properties of bodies at low temperatures.

Founded in 1799 by the unpredictable genius Count Rumford as a kind of technical school, it would have quickly come to an end if others hadn't stepped in to innovate. In 1801, when it faced certain ruin, it was saved by the brilliant young Humphry Davy, whose lectures made it the place to be for the next ten years. By 1814, it was struggling again, and Faraday, who was traveling in Europe at the time as an assistant to Sir Humphry, was expecting to hear about its collapse every month. Until around 1833, when the two Fullerian Professorships were established, it continually faced financial problems. The relentless and remarkable efforts made by Faraday from 1826 to 1839, along with the reputation built from his discoveries, undoubtedly saved it from disaster. When it first opened, it was situated in two private houses on Albemarle Street, which was then considered far out of town, if not almost suburban; the buildings were altered, and an entrance hall with a staircase was added. Soon after, the lecture theater, much like it is today, was constructed. The exterior initially stayed the same. The stucco pilasters in a Grecian style that give it its distinguished look weren't added until 1838. The impressive rooms of the Davy-Faraday laboratory at the south end were only built in 1896 thanks to the generosity of Mr. Ludwig Mond. Along with the laboratories for research in physical chemistry, which are now linked to the older part of the Institution, additional rooms for the library were included in this generous contribution to science. The older laboratories of the Institution, while still retaining some aspects from Rumford’s time, have been significantly remodeled. The original rooms where Davy, Young, Brande, Faraday, Frankland, and Tyndall carried out their research still exist; however, the main laboratory was rebuilt in 1872 during Tyndall’s era, and it has been recently expanded and renovated to accommodate the heavy machinery needed for Professor Dewar’s studies on liquid air and the properties of materials at low temperatures.

The spirit of the place may be summed up very briefly. It has existed for a century as the home of the highest kind of scientific research, and of the best and most specialised kind of scientific lectures. It was here that Davy first showed the electric arc lamp; that he astonished the world by decomposing potash and producing potassium; that he invented the safety lamp. It was here that Faraday worked and laboured for nearly fifty years. Here that Tyndall’s investigations on radiant heat and diamagnetism were carried on. Here that Brande, Frankland, Odling, Gladstone, and Dewar have handed on the torch of chemistry from the time of Davy. Professorships, of which the educational duties are restricted to a few lectures in the year, giving leisure and scope for research as the main duty, are not to be found anywhere else in the British Islands; those at colleges and universities being invariably hampered with educational and administrative duties.

The essence of this place can be summed up quite simply. For a century, it has been a hub for top-tier scientific research and specialized lectures. This is where Davy first demonstrated the electric arc lamp, amazed everyone by breaking down potash to create potassium, and invented the safety lamp. It’s where Faraday dedicated nearly fifty years to his work. This is also where Tyndall conducted his research on radiant heat and diamagnetism. Here, Brande, Frankland, Odling, Gladstone, and Dewar have continued the legacy of chemistry since Davy’s time. Professorships that focus primarily on research, with minimal teaching duties limited to a handful of lectures each year, are unique to this place in the British Islands; those at colleges and universities typically face additional educational and administrative responsibilities.

ROYAL INSTITUTION LABORATORIES.

As for the lectures at the Royal Institution, they may be divided under three heads: the afternoon courses; the juvenile lectures at Christmas; the Friday night discourses. The afternoon lectures are thrice a week at three o’clock, and consist usually of short courses, from three lectures to as many as twelve, by eminent scientific and literary men. Invariably38 one of these courses during the season, either before or after Easter, is given by one of the regular Professors; the remaining lecturers are paid professional fees in proportion to the duration of their course. The Christmas lectures, always six in number, are given, sometimes by one of the Professors, sometimes by outside lecturers of scientific reputation. But the Friday night discourses, given at nine o’clock, during the season from January till June, are unique. No fee is paid to the lecturer, save a contribution toward expenses if applied for, and it is considered to be a distinct honour to be invited to give such a discourse. There is no scientific man of any original claim to distinction; no chemist, engineer, or electrician; no physiologist, geologist, or mineralogist, during the last fifty years, who has not been invited thus to give an account of his investigations. Occasionally a wider range is taken, and the eminent writer of books, dramatist, metaphysician, or musician has taken his place at the lecture-table. The Friday night gathering is always a brilliant one. From the salons of society, from the world of politics and diplomacy, as well as from the ranks of the learned professions and of the fine arts, men and women assemble to listen to the exposition of the latest discoveries or the newest advances in philosophy by the men who have made them. Every discourse must, so far as the subject admits, be illustrated in the best possible way by experiments, by diagrams, by the exhibition of specimens. Not infrequently, the person invited to give a Friday evening discourse at the Royal Institution will begin his preparations five or six months39 beforehand. At least one instance is known—the occasion being a discourse by the late Mr. Warren De la Rue—where the preparations were begun more than a year beforehand, and cost several hundreds of pounds. And this was to illustrate a research already made and completed, of which the bare scientific results had already been communicated in a memoir to the Royal Society. A mere enumeration of the eminent men who have thus given their time and labours to the Royal Institution would fill many pages. It is little cause for wonder then that the lecture-theatre at Albemarle Street is crowded week after week in the pursuit of science under conditions like these; or that every lecturer is spurred on by the spirit of the place to do his subject the utmost justice by the manner in which he handles it. There are no lectures so famous, in the best sense of the word so popular, certainly none sustained at so high a level, as the lectures of the Royal Institution.

The lectures at the Royal Institution are grouped into three categories: afternoon courses, Christmas juvenile lectures, and Friday night discourses. The afternoon lectures take place three times a week at three o’clock and usually consist of short series, ranging from three to twelve talks, delivered by notable scientists and authors. Usually, one of these courses each season, either before or after Easter, is presented by a regular Professor, while the other lecturers receive professional fees based on the length of their courses. The Christmas lectures, always six in total, are sometimes given by a Professor and sometimes by well-known external lecturers. However, the Friday night discourses, which happen at nine o’clock from January to June, are truly special. The lecturer doesn’t receive a fee but may request a contribution toward expenses, and it’s considered a great honor to be invited to present one of these talks. Over the past fifty years, no significant scientist—be it a chemist, engineer, electrician, physiologist, geologist, or mineralogist—has gone without an invitation to share their research in this setting. Occasionally, the lineup is broadened to include prominent authors, playwrights, philosophers, or musicians. The Friday night gatherings are always lively, attracting attendees from high society, politics, and various professional and artistic fields, all eager to hear the latest discoveries or advancements in philosophy from leading experts. Every talk must be well-illustrated with experiments, diagrams, and specimen displays whenever possible. Often, those invited to give a Friday night discourse begin prepping five or six months in advance. In at least one known case—when the late Mr. Warren De la Rue spoke—the preparations started over a year ahead and incurred costs of several hundred pounds to showcase completed research that had already been summarized in a report to the Royal Society. A list of the distinguished individuals who have dedicated their time to the Royal Institution would fill many pages. It’s no surprise, then, that the lecture theater on Albemarle Street is packed week after week for these scientific pursuits, or that each lecturer feels the inspiring atmosphere, pushing them to present their subjects with the utmost care. There are no lectures more famous in a good way, and certainly none offered at such a high level, as those at the Royal Institution.

THE FAMOUS LECTURES.

But it was not always thus. Davy’s brilliant but ill-balanced genius had drawn fashionable crowds to the morning lectures which he gave. Brande proved to be a much more humdrum lecturer; and though with young Faraday at his elbow he found his work of lecturing a task “on velvet,” he was not exactly an inspiring person. During Davy’s protracted tour abroad things had not altogether prospered, and his return was none too soon. Faraday threw himself whole-heartedly into the work of the Institution, not only helping as lecture assistant, but giving a hand also in the preparation of the Quarterly40 Journal of Science, which had been established as a kind of journal of proceedings.

But it wasn't always like this. Davy's brilliant but uneven genius had attracted fashionable crowds to the morning lectures he gave. Brande turned out to be a much more conventional lecturer; and although he found his lecturing work “on velvet” with young Faraday at his side, he wasn't exactly inspiring. During Davy's lengthy tour abroad, things hadn't gone so well, and his return was just in time. Faraday threw himself completely into the work at the Institution, not just helping as a lecture assistant, but also lending a hand in preparing the Quarterly40 Journal of Science, which had been established as a sort of proceedings journal.

But now Faraday was to take a quiet step forward. He appears at the City Philosophical Society in the character of lecturer. He gave seven lectures there, in 1816, on chemistry, the fourth of them being “On Radiant Matter.” Extracts are given from most of these lectures in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday”; they show all that love of accuracy, that philosophic suspense of judgment in matters of hypothesis, which in after years were so characteristic of the man.

But now Faraday was about to take a quiet step forward. He appeared at the City Philosophical Society as a lecturer. He gave seven lectures there in 1816 on chemistry, with the fourth one titled “On Radiant Matter.” Extracts are provided from most of these lectures in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday”; they demonstrate his love for accuracy and his philosophical hesitation in dealing with hypotheses, which would later become defining traits of the man.

He also kept a commonplace book filled with notes of scientific matters, with literary excerpts, anagrams, epitaphs, algebraic puzzles, varieties of spelling of his own name, and personal experiences, including a poetical diatribe against falling in love, together with the following more prosaic aphorism:—

He also maintained a notebook filled with notes on scientific topics, literary quotes, anagrams, epitaphs, math puzzles, different spellings of his own name, and personal experiences, including a poetic rant about falling in love, along with the following more straightforward aphorism:—

What is Love?—A nuisance to everybody but the parties concerned. A private affair which every one but those concerned wishes to make public.

What is Love?—A hassle for everyone except the people involved. A private matter that everyone except those directly involved wants to make public.

It also includes a piece in verse, by a member of the City Philosophical Society—a Mr. Dryden—called “Quarterly Night,” which is interesting as embalming a portrait of the youthful Faraday as he appeared to his comrades:—

It also includes a poem by a member of the City Philosophical Society—a Mr. Dryden—called “Quarterly Night,” which is interesting as it captures a portrait of the young Faraday as he appeared to his friends:—

Neat was the youth in dress, in person plain;
His eye read thus, Philosopher in grain;
Of understanding clear, reflection deep;
Expert to apprehend, and strong to keep.
His watchful mind no subject can elude,
Nor specious arts of sophists ere delude;
41
His powers, unshackled, range from pole to pole;
His mind from error free, from guilt his soul.
Warmth in his heart, good humour in his face,
A friend to mirth, but foe to vile grimace;
A temper candid, manners unassuming,
Always correct, yet always unpresuming.
Such was the youth, the chief of all the band;
His name well known, Sir Humphry’s right hand.

At this date there were no evening duties at the Royal Institution, but Faraday found his evenings well occupied, as he explains to Abbott when rallied about his having deserted his old friend. Monday and Thursday evenings he spent in self-improvement according to a regular plan. Wednesdays he gave to “the Society” (i.e. the City Philosophical). Saturdays he spent with his mother at Weymouth Street; leaving only Tuesdays and Fridays for his own business and friends.

At this time, there were no evening commitments at the Royal Institution, but Faraday kept himself busy in the evenings, as he explains to Abbott when teased about abandoning his old friend. On Monday and Thursday evenings, he focused on self-improvement following a regular plan. He dedicated Wednesdays to "the Society" (i.e. the City Philosophical). Saturdays were spent with his mother on Weymouth Street, leaving only Tuesdays and Fridays for his own work and socializing with friends.

CITY PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

And so the busy months pass, and he gives more lectures in the privacy of the City Society, one of them, “On some Observations on the Means of obtaining Knowledge,” attaining the dignity of print at the hands of Effingham Wilson, the enterprising City publisher, who a few years later printed Browning’s “Paracelsus” and Alfred Tennyson’s first volume, “Poems: Chiefly Lyrical.” By the time he has given nine lectures he has gained confidence. The discourses had all been written out beforehand, though never literally “read.” For the tenth lecture—on Carbon—he wrote notes only. This is in July, 1817, and in these notes he touches on a matter in which he had been very busily aiding Sir Humphry Davy, the invention of42 the safety lamp. Many of the early forms of experimental apparatus constructed, and some of the early lamps, are still preserved in the museum of the Royal Institution. Dr. Clanny had, in 1813, proposed an entirely closed lamp, supplied with air from the mine, through water, by bellows. After many experiments on explosive mixtures of gas and air, and on the properties of flame, Davy adopted an iron-wire gauze protector for his lamp, which was introduced into coal mining early in 1816. In Davy’s preface to his work describing it, he says: “I am myself indebted to Mr. Michael Faraday for much able assistance in the prosecution of my experiments.”

And so the busy months go by, and he gives more lectures at the City Society, one of them, “On Some Observations on the Means of Obtaining Knowledge,” getting published by Effingham Wilson, the ambitious City publisher, who a few years later published Browning’s “Paracelsus” and Alfred Tennyson’s first collection, “Poems: Chiefly Lyrical.” By the time he has delivered nine lectures, he has gained confidence. The talks were all written out in advance, though he never actually "read" them. For the tenth lecture—on Carbon—he only jotted down notes. This is in July 1817, and in these notes he discusses a project he had been actively assisting Sir Humphry Davy with, the invention of the safety lamp. Many of the early experimental devices created and some of the early lamps are still kept in the museum of the Royal Institution. Dr. Clanny had proposed a completely enclosed lamp in 1813, supplied with air from the mine, through water, using bellows. After many experiments on explosive gas-air mixtures and on flame properties, Davy adopted an iron-wire gauze protector for his lamp, which was introduced in coal mining in early 1816. In Davy’s preface to his work explaining it, he says: “I am personally grateful to Mr. Michael Faraday for much valuable assistance in my experiments.”

A RIFT WITHIN THE LUTE.

And well might Davy be grateful. With all his immense ability, he was a man almost destitute of the faculties of order and method. He had little self-control, and the fashionable dissipations which he permitted himself lessened that little. Faraday not only kept his experiments going, but made himself responsible for their records. He preserved every note and manuscript of Davy’s with religious care. He copied out Davy’s scrawled researches in a neat clear delicate handwriting, begging only for his pains to be allowed to keep the originals, which he bound in two quarto volumes. Faraday has been known to remark to an intimate friend that amongst his advantages he had had before him a model to teach him what he should avoid. But he was ever loyal to Davy, earnest in his praise, and frank in his acknowledgment of his debt to his master in science. Still there arose the little rift within the lute. The safety lamp, great as was the practical advantage it brought43 to the miner, is not safe in all circumstances. Davy did not like to admit this, and would never acknowledge it. Examined before a Parliamentary Committee as to whether under a certain condition the safety lamp would become unsafe, Faraday admitted that this was the case. Not even his devotion to his master would induce him to hide the truth. He was true to himself in making the acknowledgment, though it angered his master. One Friday evening at the Royal Institution—probably about 1826—there was exhibited an improved Davy lamp with a eulogistic inscription; Faraday added in pencil the words: “The opinion of the inventor.”

And Davy certainly had reason to be thankful. Despite his incredible talent, he lacked the ability to stay organized and methodical. He had little self-discipline, and the trendy distractions he indulged in made that even less. Faraday not only kept his experiments running but also took on the responsibility for documenting them. He carefully preserved every note and manuscript of Davy’s, treating them with great care. He transcribed Davy’s hurried research into neat, clear, and delicate handwriting, only asking to keep the originals, which he bound into two quarto volumes. Faraday has been known to tell a close friend that his experience served as a model to show him what to avoid. Yet he remained loyal to Davy, genuinely praising him and openly acknowledging his debt to his mentor in science. Still, there was a small discord. The safety lamp, despite the significant benefits it provided to miners, was not always safe. Davy didn’t want to accept this and would never admit it. When questioned by a Parliamentary Committee about whether the safety lamp could pose risks under certain conditions, Faraday confirmed that it could. Not even his loyalty to Davy could make him deny the truth. He remained true to himself in making that acknowledgment, even though it upset his mentor. One Friday evening at the Royal Institution—likely around 1826—an improved Davy lamp was displayed with a flattering inscription; Faraday added in pencil the words: “The opinion of the inventor.”

At this time he began to give private lessons in chemistry to a pupil to whom he had been recommended by Davy. His lectures at the City Society in Dorset Street were continued in 1818, and at the conclusion of those on chemistry he delivered one on “Mental Inertia,” which has been recorded at some length by Bence Jones.

At this point, he started giving private chemistry lessons to a student recommended to him by Davy. He continued his lectures at the City Society on Dorset Street in 1818, and at the end of his chemistry series, he gave a talk on "Mental Inertia," which has been documented in detail by Bence Jones.

In 1818 he attended a course of lessons on oratory by the elocutionist Mr. B. H. Smart, paying out of his slender resources half a guinea a lesson, so anxious was he to improve himself, even in his manner of lecturing. His notes on these lessons fill 133 manuscript pages.

In 1818, he took a series of lessons in public speaking from the elocutionist Mr. B. H. Smart, spending half a guinea per lesson from his limited funds because he was determined to better himself, including his lecturing style. His notes from these lessons fill 133 manuscript pages.

His other notes now begin to partake less of the character of quotations and excerpts, and more of the nature of queries or problems for solution. Here are some examples:—

His other notes now start to feel less like quotes and excerpts, and more like questions or problems to solve. Here are some Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

“Do the pith balls diverge by the disturbance of electricity in consequence of mutual induction or not?”

“Do the pith balls move apart due to the effect of electricity from mutual induction or not?”

44

“Distil oxalate of ammonia. Query, results?”

“Distill ammonium oxalate. Any updates?”

“Query, the nature of the body Phillips burns in his spirit lamp?”

“Ask, what is the nature of the body Phillips burns in his spirit lamp?”

The Phillips here mentioned was the chemist Richard Phillips (afterwards President of the Chemical Society), one of his City friends, whose name so frequently occurs in the correspondence of Faraday’s middle life. Phillips busied himself to promote the material interests of his friend who—to use his own language—was “constantly engaged in observing the works of Nature, and tracing the manner in which she directs the arrangement and order of the world,” on the splendid salary of £100 per annum. The following note in a letter to Abbott, dated February 27, 1818, reveals new professional labours:—

The Phillips mentioned here was the chemist Richard Phillips (later President of the Chemical Society), one of Faraday's City friends, whose name often appears in the correspondence from Faraday's middle life. Phillips worked to support the material interests of his friend who—to quote him—was “constantly engaged in observing the works of Nature, and tracing the manner in which she directs the arrangement and order of the world,” on the impressive salary of £100 per year. The following note in a letter to Abbott, dated February 27, 1818, reveals new professional work:—

I have been more than enough employed. We have been obliged even to put aside lectures at the Institution; and now I am so tired with a long attendance at Guildhall yesterday and to-day, being subpœnaed, with Sir H. Davy, Mr. Brande, Phillips, Aikin, and others, to give chemical information on a trial (which, however, did not come off), that I scarcely know what I say.

I have been more than busy. We've even had to skip lectures at the Institution; and now I’m so worn out from a long day at Guildhall yesterday and today, being called as a witness along with Sir H. Davy, Mr. Brande, Phillips, Aikin, and others to provide chemical information for a trial (which, by the way, didn’t happen), that I can hardly think straight.

Shortly afterwards Davy again went abroad, but Faraday remained in England. From Rome Davy wrote a note, the concluding sentence of which shows how Faraday was advancing in his esteem:—

Shortly after, Davy went abroad again, but Faraday stayed in England. From Rome, Davy wrote a note, and the final sentence shows how much Faraday was gaining in his esteem:—

Rome: October, 1818.

Rome: October 1818.

Mr. Hatchett’s letter contained praises of you which were very gratifying to me; for, believe me, there is no one more interested in your success and welfare than your sincere well-wisher and friend,

Mr. Hatchett’s letter had some really nice things to say about you, which made me very happy; because, honestly, there's no one more invested in your success and well-being than your genuine supporter and friend.

H. Davy.

H. Davy.

45

45

In the next year Davy wrote again, suggesting to Faraday that he might possibly be asked to come to Naples as a skilled chemist to assist in the unrolling of the Herculaneum manuscripts. In May he wrote again, from Florence:—

In the following year, Davy wrote again, proposing to Faraday that he might be invited to Naples as a skilled chemist to help with the unrolling of the Herculaneum manuscripts. In May, he wrote again, from Florence:—

It gives me great pleasure to hear that you are comfortable at the Royal Institution, and I trust that you will not only do something good and honourable for yourself, but likewise for science.

It makes me really happy to hear that you're comfortable at the Royal Institution, and I hope you’ll not only do something good and honorable for yourself but also for science.

I am, dear Mr. Faraday, always your sincere friend and well-wisher,

I am, dear Mr. Faraday, always your genuine friend and supporter,

H. Davy.

H. Davy.

The wish that Davy expressed that Faraday might “do something” for himself and likewise for science was destined soon to come to fulfilment. But in the case of one who had worked so closely and had been so intimately associated as an assistant, it must necessarily be no easy matter always to draw a distinction between the work of the master and that of the assistant. Ideas suggested by one might easily have occurred to the other, when their thoughts had so long been directed to the same ends. And so it proved.

The desire that Davy hoped for—that Faraday would “do something” both for himself and for science—was about to come true. However, for someone who had worked so closely and been so intimately involved as an assistant, it was undoubtedly challenging to always distinguish between the work of the master and that of the assistant. Ideas proposed by one could easily have been thought of by the other, especially when their minds had been focused on the same goals for so long. And that’s exactly what happened.

BEGINS ORIGINAL RESEARCHES.

Reference to Chapter III. will show that already, beginning in 1816 with a simple analysis of caustic lime for Sir Humphry Davy, Faraday had become an active worker in the domain of original research. The fascination of the quest of the unknown was already upon him. While working with and for Davy on the properties of flame and its non-transmission through iron gauze, in the investigation of the safety lamp, other problems of a kindred nature had arisen. One46 of these, relating to the flow of gases through capillary tubes, Faraday had attacked by himself in 1817. The subject formed one of the six original papers which he published that year. In the next two years he contributed in all no fewer than thirty-seven papers or notes to the Quarterly Journal of Science. In 1819 began a long research on steel which lasted over the year 1820. He had already given evidence of that dislike of half-truths, that aversion for “doubtful knowledge” which marked him so strongly. He had exposed, with quiet but unsparing success, the emptiness of the claim made by an Austrian chemist to have discovered a new metal, “Sirium,” by the simple device of analysing out from the mass all the constituents of known sorts, leaving behind—nothing.

Reference to Chapter III. will show that starting in 1816 with a basic analysis of caustic lime for Sir Humphry Davy, Faraday became an active contributor to original research. He was already captivated by the pursuit of the unknown. While collaborating with Davy on the properties of flame and its inability to pass through iron gauze during the safety lamp investigation, other related issues emerged. One of these, concerning the flow of gases through capillary tubes, Faraday took on by himself in 1817. This topic was one of the six original papers he published that year. In the following two years, he contributed a total of thirty-seven papers or notes to the Quarterly Journal of Science. In 1819, he began extensive research on steel that lasted throughout 1820. He had already demonstrated his strong dislike for half-truths and his aversion to "doubtful knowledge." He quietly but effectively exposed the baseless claim made by an Austrian chemist of discovering a new metal, "Sirium," simply by separating known elements from the mass, leaving behind—nothing.

HE FALLS IN LOVE.

And now, Faraday being twenty-nine years of age, a new and all-important episode in his life occurred. Amongst the members of the little congregation which met on Sundays at Paul’s Alley, Red Cross Street, was a Mr. Barnard, a working silversmith of Paternoster Row, an elder in the Sandemanian body. He had two sons, Edward Barnard, a friend of Faraday’s, and George, who became a well-known water-colour artist; and three daughters; one who was already at this time married; Sarah, now twenty-one years of age; and Jane, who was still younger. Edward had seen in Faraday’s note-book those boyish tirades against falling in love, and had told his sister Sarah of them. Nevertheless, in spite of all such misogynistic fancies, Faraday woke up one day to find that the large-eyed, clear-browed girl had grown to a place in his heart that he had thought barred47 against the assaults of love. She asked him on one occasion to show her the rhymes against love in his note-book. In reply he sent her the hitherto unpublished poem:—

And now, Faraday was twenty-nine years old when a new and significant chapter in his life began. Among the members of the small group that met on Sundays at Paul’s Alley, Red Cross Street, was a Mr. Barnard, a working silversmith from Paternoster Row, who was an elder in the Sandemanian community. He had two sons, Edward Barnard, a friend of Faraday's, and George, who became a well-known watercolor artist; as well as three daughters: one who was already married at that time, Sarah, who was now twenty-one, and Jane, who was still younger. Edward had noticed Faraday's youthful rants against falling in love written in his notebook and shared them with his sister Sarah. However, despite all those anti-love thoughts, Faraday suddenly realized that the large-eyed, clear-browed girl had found a place in his heart that he believed was closed off from love. On one occasion, she asked him to show her the poems he had written against love in his notebook. In response, he sent her the previously unpublished poem:—

R. I.
Oct. 11th, 1819.

R.I. Oct. 11, 1819.

You ask’d me last night for the lines which I penn’d,
When, exulting in ignorance, tempted by pride,
I dared torpid hearts and cold breasts to commend,
And affection’s kind pow’r and soft joys to deride.
If you urge it I cannot refuse your request:
Though to grant it will punish severely my crime:
But my fault I repent, and my errors detest;
And I hoped to have shown my conversion in time.
Remember, our laws in their mercy decide
That no culprit be forced to give proof of his deed:
They protect him though fall’n, his failings they hide,
And enable the wretch from his crimes to receed (sic).
The principle’s noble! I need not urge long
Its adoption; then turn from a judge to a friend.
Do not ask for the proof that I once acted wrong,
But direct me and guide me the way to amend.

M. F.

M.F.

What other previous passages between them are hinted at in the letter which he sent her, is unknown; but on July 5, 1820, he wrote:—

What other past interactions between them are suggested in the letter he sent her is unclear; but on July 5, 1820, he wrote:—

Royal Institution.

Royal Institution.

You know me as well or better than I do myself. You know my former prejudices, and my present thoughts—you know my weaknesses, my vanity, my whole mind; you have converted me from one erroneous way, let me hope you will attempt to correct what others are wrong.

You know me as well as or better than I know myself. You understand my past biases and my current thoughts—you know my flaws, my vanity, my entire mindset; you have helped me change from one mistaken path, and I hope you will try to fix what others have gotten wrong.

* * * * *

Again and again I attempt to say what I feel, but I cannot.48 Let me, however, claim not to be the selfish being that wishes to bend your affections for his own sake only. In whatever way I can best minister to your happiness either by assiduity or by absence, it shall be done. Do not injure me by withdrawing your friendship, or punish me for aiming to be more than a friend by making me less; and if you cannot grant me more, leave me what I possess, but hear me.

Again and again I try to express what I feel, but I can't.48 Let me, however, assert that I am not the selfish person who wants to manipulate your feelings solely for my own benefit. In whatever way I can best support your happiness, whether through my presence or by giving you space, I will do it. Please don't hurt me by withdrawing your friendship or punish me for wanting to be more than just a friend by making me feel less; and if you can't give me more, at least let me keep what I have, but please listen to me.

Sarah Barnard showed the letter to her father. She was young, and feared to accept her lover. All her father would say by way of counsel was that love made philosophers say many foolish things. The intensity of Faraday’s passion proved for the time a bar to his advance. Fearing lest she should be unable to return it with equal force, Miss Barnard shrank from replying. To postpone an immediate decision, she went away with her sister, Mrs. Reid, to Ramsgate. Faraday followed to press his suit, and after several happy days in her company, varied with country walks and a run over to Dover, he was able to say: “Not a moment’s alloy of this evening’s happiness occurred. Everything was delightful to the last moment of my stay with my companion, because she was so.”

Sarah Barnard showed the letter to her dad. She was young and afraid to accept her boyfriend. All her dad said for advice was that love makes philosophers say a lot of silly things. The intensity of Faraday's feelings kept him from progressing for a while. Worried that she might not be able to reciprocate his feelings equally, Miss Barnard hesitated to reply. To delay making a decision, she went away with her sister, Mrs. Reid, to Ramsgate. Faraday followed her to pursue his case, and after several enjoyable days together, filled with country walks and a trip to Dover, he could say: “Not a moment's shadow darkened this evening's happiness. Everything was wonderful up until the last moment of my time with my companion, because she was so.”

Of the many letters that Faraday wrote to his future wife a number have been preserved. They are manly, simple, full of quiet affection, but absolutely free from gush or forced sentiment of any kind. Extracts from several of them are printed by Bence Jones. One of these, written early in 1821, runs as follows:—

Of the many letters that Faraday wrote to his future wife, several have been preserved. They are straightforward, genuine, and filled with quiet affection, but completely free from exaggerated emotions or artificial sentiment. Bence Jones has printed extracts from several of them. One of these, written in early 1821, goes as follows:—

I tied up the enclosed key with my books last night, and make haste to return it lest its absence should occasion49 confusion. If it has, it will perhaps remind you of the disorder I must be in here also for the want of a key—I mean the one to my heart. However, I know where my key is, and hope soon to have it here, and then the Institution will be all right again. Let no one oppose my gaining possession of it when unavoidable obstacles are removed.

I tied the enclosed key with my books last night and rushed to return it to avoid any confusion. If it has caused any, it might remind you of the chaos I'm dealing with here for not having a key—I’m referring to the one to my heart. However, I know where my key is and hope to have it here soon, then everything will be fine again. No one should stand in my way when the unavoidable obstacles are cleared.

Ever, my dear girl, one who is perfectly yours,
M. Faraday.

Always, my dear girl, someone who truly belongs to you,
M. Faraday

Faraday obtained leave of the managers to bring his wife to live in his rooms at the Institution; and in May, 1821, his position was changed from that of lecture assistant to that of superintendent of the house and laboratory. In these changes Sir Humphry Davy gave him willing assistance. But his salary remained £100 a year.

Faraday got permission from the managers to have his wife move into his rooms at the Institution; and in May 1821, his role changed from lecture assistant to superintendent of the house and laboratory. Sir Humphry Davy was happy to help with these changes. However, his salary stayed at £100 a year.

Obstacles being now removed, Faraday and Miss Barnard were married on June 12. Few persons were asked to the wedding, for Faraday wished it to be “just like any other day.” “There will,” he wrote, “be no bustle, no noise, no hurry ... it is in the heart that we expect and look for pleasure.”

Obstacles now out of the way, Faraday and Miss Barnard got married on June 12. Not many people were invited to the wedding because Faraday wanted it to be “just like any other day.” “There will,” he wrote, “be no fuss, no noise, no rush ... it is in the heart that we expect and look for joy.”

A HAPPY MARRIAGE.

His marriage, though childless, was extremely happy. Mrs. Faraday proved to be exactly the true helpmeet for his need; and he loved her to the end of his life with a chivalrous devotion which has become almost a proverb. Little indications of his attachment crop up in unexpected places in his subsequent career; but as with his religious views so with his domestic affairs, he never obtruded them upon others, nor yet shrank from mentioning them when there was cause. Tyndall, in after years, made the intensity of Faraday’s attachment to his wife the50 subject of a striking simile: “Never, I believe, existed a manlier, purer, steadier love. Like a burning diamond, it continued to shed, for six and forty years, its white and smokeless glow.”

His marriage, although without children, was incredibly happy. Mrs. Faraday turned out to be exactly the right partner for him, and he loved her for his entire life with a noble devotion that has become almost legendary. Small signs of his affection appear in unexpected places throughout his later career; but like his religious beliefs, he never forced these aspects of his life onto others, nor did he hesitate to mention them when appropriate. Tyndall later described the depth of Faraday’s love for his wife with a powerful comparison: “Never, I believe, has there been a love so manly, pure, and steady. Like a burning diamond, it continued to emit, for forty-six years, its white and smokeless glow.”

In his diploma-book, now in possession of the Royal Society, in which he carefully preserved all the certificates, awards, and honours bestowed upon him by academies and universities, there may be found on a slip inserted in the volume this entry:—

In his diploma book, now held by the Royal Society, where he meticulously kept all the certificates, awards, and honors given to him by academies and universities, there can be found on a slip inserted in the volume this

25th January, 1847.

January 25, 1847.

Amongst these records and events, I here insert the date of one which, as a source of honour and happiness, far exceeds the rest. We were married on June 12, 1821.

Among these records and events, I’m adding the date of one that, as a source of pride and joy, far surpasses the others. We were married on June 12, 1821.

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

And two years later, in the autobiographical notes he wrote:—

And two years later, in the autobiographical notes he wrote:—

On June 12, 1821, he married—an event which more than any other contributed to his earthly happiness and healthful state of mind. The union has continued for twenty-eight years, and has nowise changed, except in the depth and strength of its character.

On June 12, 1821, he got married—an event that contributed more than anything else to his happiness and well-being. The marriage has lasted for twenty-eight years and has only deepened and strengthened over time.

When near the close of his life, he presented to the Royal Institution the bookcase with the volumes of notes of Davy’s lectures and of books bound by himself, the inscription recorded that they were the gift of “Michael and Sarah Faraday.”

When he was nearing the end of his life, he gave the Royal Institution a bookcase filled with volumes of notes from Davy’s lectures and books that he had bound himself. The inscription noted that they were a gift from “Michael and Sarah Faraday.”

Every Saturday evening he used to take his wife to her father’s house at Paternoster Row, so that on Sunday they should be nearer to the chapel at Paul’s Alley. And in after years, when he was away on scientific work, visiting lighthouses, or attending51 meetings of the British Association, he always tried to return for the Sunday.

Every Saturday evening, he would take his wife to her father's house on Paternoster Row, so they would be closer to the chapel on Paul's Alley for Sunday. In later years, when he was off doing scientific work, visiting lighthouses, or attending meetings of the British Association, he always tried to come back for Sunday.

A letter from Liebig in 1844 (see p. 225) gives one of the very few glimpses of contemporary date of the impression made by Mrs. Faraday upon others.

A letter from Liebig in 1844 (see p. 225) provides one of the rare insights into the impression Mrs. Faraday had on others at that time.

One month after his marriage Faraday made his profession of faith before the Sandemanian church, to which his wife already belonged, and was admitted a member. To his religious views, and his relations to the body he thus formally joined, reference will be found later.

One month after his wedding, Faraday expressed his beliefs before the Sandemanian church, which his wife already attended, and was accepted as a member. His religious views and his connection to the group he officially joined will be discussed later.

FIRST ELECTRICAL DISCOVERY.

Faraday now settled down to a routine life of scientific work. His professional reputation was rising, and his services as analyst were being sought after. But in the midst of this he was pursuing investigations on his own account. In the late summer of this year he made the discovery of the electro-magnetic rotations described in Chapter III.—his first important piece of original research—and had in consequence a serious misunderstanding with Dr. Wollaston. On September 3rd, working with George Barnard in the laboratory, he saw the electric wire for the first time revolve around the pole of the magnet. Rubbing his hands as he danced around the table with beaming face, he exclaimed: “There they go! there they go! we have succeeded at last.” Then he gleefully proposed that they should wind up the day by going to one of the theatres. Which should it be? “Oh, to Astley’s, to see the horses.” And to Astley’s they went. On Christmas Day he called his young wife to see something new: an electric conducting-wire revolving under the influence of the52 magnetism of the earth alone. He also read two chemical papers at the Royal Society, announcing new discoveries; one of them in conjunction with his friend Phillips. In July, 1822, he took his wife and her mother to Ramsgate, whilst he went off with Phillips to Swansea to try a new process in Vivian’s copper works. During this enforced parting, Faraday wrote his wife three letters from which the following are extracts:—-

Faraday settled into a routine of scientific work. His professional reputation was growing, and people were seeking his expertise as an analyst. In the midst of this, he was pursuing his own investigations. In late summer of that year, he made the discovery of the electro-magnetic rotations described in Chapter III.—his first significant piece of original research—and as a result, he had a serious disagreement with Dr. Wollaston. On September 3rd, while working with George Barnard in the lab, he saw an electric wire for the first time spin around a magnet's pole. Clapping his hands and dancing around the table with a big smile, he exclaimed: “There they go! There they go! We’ve finally succeeded.” Then, he excitedly suggested that they wrap up the day by going to a theater. Which one? “Oh, let’s go to Astley’s, to see the horses.” And off they went to Astley’s. On Christmas Day, he called his young wife to show her something new: an electric conducting wire spinning purely under the influence of the earth's magnetism. He also presented two chemical papers at the Royal Society, announcing new discoveries; one of them was co-authored with his friend Phillips. In July 1822, he took his wife and her mother to Ramsgate while he went with Phillips to Swansea to test a new process at Vivian’s copper works. During this time apart, Faraday wrote three letters to his wife, from which the following are excerpts:—-

“A MERE LOVE-LETTER.”

(July 21, 1822).

(July 21, 1822).

I perceive that if I give way to my thoughts, I shall write you a mere love-letter, just as usual, with not a particle of news in it: to prevent which I will constrain myself to a narrative of what has happened since I left you up to the present time, and then indulge my affection.

I realize that if I let my thoughts take over, I’ll end up writing you another typical love letter with no real news in it. To avoid that, I’ll stick to telling you what’s happened since I left you and then allow myself to express my feelings.

Yesterday was a day of events—little, but pleasant. I went in the morning to the Institution, and in the course of the day analysed the water, and sent an account of it to Mr. Hatchett. Mr. Fisher I did not see. Mr. Lawrence called in, and behaved with his usual generosity. He had called in the early part of the week, and, finding that I should be at the Institution on Saturday only, came up, as I have already said, and insisted on my accepting two ten-pound bank-notes for the information he professed to have obtained from me at various times. Is not this handsome? The money, as you know, could not have been at any time more acceptable; and I cannot see any reason, my dear love, why you and I should not regard it as another proof, among many, that our trust should without a moment’s reserve be freely reposed on Him who provideth all things for His people. Have we not many times been reproached, by such mercies as these, for our caring after food and raiment and the things of this world? On coming home in the evening, i.e., coming to Paternoster Row home, I learned that Mr. Phillips had seen C., and had told her we should not leave London until Monday evening.53 So I shall have to-morrow to get things ready in, and I shall have enough to do. I fancy we are going to a large mansion and into high company, so I must take more clothes. Having the £20, I am become bold....

Yesterday was a busy day—nothing too major, but nice. I went to the Institution in the morning and spent the day analyzing the water, then sent a report to Mr. Hatchett. I didn’t see Mr. Fisher. Mr. Lawrence stopped by and was as generous as ever. He had visited earlier in the week and learned that I would only be at the Institution on Saturday, so he came by, as I mentioned, and insisted I take two ten-pound notes for the information he said I had shared with him over time. Isn’t that generous? The money couldn’t have come at a better time, and I really don’t see any reason, my dear, why we shouldn’t view it as another sign—among many—that we can completely rely on Him who provides for all His people. Haven’t we often been reminded by blessings like these that we shouldn’t worry about food, clothing, and worldly things? When I got home in the evening, meaning back to Paternoster Row, I found out that Mr. Phillips had seen C. and told her we wouldn’t be leaving London until Monday evening. So tomorrow, I’ll need to get things packed, and I’ll have plenty to do. I think we’re headed to a large house and high society, so I need to bring more clothes. With the £20, I’m feeling more daring...

And now, how do my dear wife and mother do? Are you comfortable? are you happy? are the lodgings convenient, and Mrs. O. obliging? Has the place done you good? Is the weather fine? Tell me all things as soon as you can. I think if you write directly you get this it will be best, but let it be a long letter. I do not know when I wished so much for a long letter as I do from you now. You will get this on Tuesday, and any letter from you to me cannot reach Swansea before Thursday or Friday—a sad long time to wait. Direct to me, Post Office, Swansea; or perhaps better, to me at — Vivian Esq., Marino, near Swansea, South Wales....

And now, how are my dear wife and mother doing? Are you comfortable? Are you happy? Are the accommodations alright, and is Mrs. O. being helpful? Has the place been good for you? Is the weather nice? Please tell me everything as soon as you can. I think if you write directly, it will be best, but make it a long letter. I can’t remember when I wanted a long letter from you as much as I do right now. You’ll get this on Tuesday, and any letter you send me won't reach Swansea until Thursday or Friday—a long wait. Address it to me at the Post Office, Swansea; or maybe better to me at — Vivian Esq., Marino, near Swansea, South Wales....

And now, my dear girl, I must set business aside. I am tired of the dull detail of things, and want to talk of love to you; and surely there can be no circumstances under which I can have more right. The theme was a cheerful and delightful one before we were married, but it is doubly so now. I now can speak, not of my own heart only, but of both our hearts. I now speak, not with any doubt of the state of your thoughts, but with the fullest conviction that they answer to my own. All that I can now say warm and animated to you, I know that you would say to me again. The excess of pleasure which I feel in knowing you mine is doubled by the consciousness that you feel equal joy in knowing me yours.

And now, my dear girl, I need to put work aside. I'm tired of the boring details, and I want to talk about love with you; and surely, there’s no better time for it. This topic was joyful and delightful before we got married, but it’s even better now. I can now express not only my own feelings but also how our hearts connect. I speak with complete confidence that your thoughts mirror my own. Everything I feel passionately and warmly for you, I know you would respond with the same feelings for me. The joy I feel in knowing you’re mine is magnified by the awareness that you feel just as happy knowing you’re mine.

FROM HUSBAND TO WIFE.

Marino: Sunday, July 28, 1822.

Marino: Sunday, July 28, 1822.

My Dearly Beloved Wife,—I have just read your letter again, preparatory to my writing to you, that my thoughts might be still more elevated and quickened than before. I could almost rejoice at my absence from you, if it were only that it has produced such an earnest and warm mark of affection from you as that letter. Tears of joy and delight fell from my eyes on its perusal. I think it was last Sunday evening, about this time, that I wrote to you from London; and I again resort to this affectionate conversation with you,54 to tell you what has happened since the letter which I got franked from this place to you on Thursday I believe.

My Beloved Wife,—I just read your letter again before writing to you, so my thoughts could be even more uplifted and energized than before. I could almost feel happy about being away from you, simply because it has brought forth such a heartfelt expression of love from you in that letter. I shed tears of joy and happiness while reading it. I think it was last Sunday evening, around this time, that I wrote to you from London; and I’m reaching out for this heartfelt conversation with you,54 to update you on what has happened since the letter I sent you from here on Thursday, I believe.

* * * * *

We have been working very hard here at the copper works, and with some success. Our days have gone on just as before. A walk before breakfast; then breakfast; then to the works till four or five o’clock, and then home to dress, and dinner. After dinner, tea and conversation. I have felt doubly at a loss to-day, being absent from both the meeting and you. When away from London before, I have had you with me, and we could read and talk and walk; to-day I have had no one to fill your place, so I will tell you how I have done. There are so many here, and their dinner so late and long, that I made up my mind to avoid it, though, if possible, without appearing singular. So, having remained in my room till breakfast time, we all breakfasted together, and soon after Mr. Phillips and myself took a walk out to the Mumbles Point, at the extremity of this side of the bay. There we sat down to admire the beautiful scenery around us, and, after we had viewed it long enough, returned slowly home. We stopped at a little village in our way, called Oystermouth, and dined at a small, neat, homely house about one o’clock. We then came back to Marino, and after a little while again went out—Mr. Phillips to a relation in the town, and myself for a walk on the sands and the edge of the bay. I took tea in a little cottage, and, returning home about seven o’clock, found them engaged at dinner, so came up to my own room, and shall not see them again to-night. I went down for a light just now, and heard them playing some sacred music in the drawing-room; they have all been to church to-day, and are what are called regular people.

We've been working really hard here at the copperworks, and we've had some success. Our days have stayed pretty much the same. A walk before breakfast, then breakfast, then off to work until around four or five o'clock, and then home to get ready for dinner. After dinner, we have tea and chat. I’ve felt especially lost today since I’m away from both the meeting and you. When I've been away from London before, I’ve had you with me, and we could read, talk, and walk together; today, I haven’t had anyone to fill your spot, so I’ll share how my day went. There are so many people here, and their dinner is so late and drawn out that I decided to skip it, if I could, without standing out too much. So, I stayed in my room until breakfast time, and we all had breakfast together. Soon after, Mr. Phillips and I went for a walk out to Mumbles Point, at the far end of this side of the bay. We sat down there to enjoy the beautiful scenery around us, and after taking it in for a while, we slowly made our way back home. We stopped in a little village on the way called Oystermouth and had lunch at a small, tidy, cozy house around one o'clock. After that, we returned to Marino, and after a bit, we went out again—Mr. Phillips to visit a relative in town, and I went for a walk along the beach and the edge of the bay. I had tea in a small cottage and, when I got back home around seven o'clock, they were all having dinner, so I went up to my room and won’t see them again tonight. I just went downstairs for a light and heard them playing some sacred music in the drawing room; they all went to church today and are what you’d call regular people.

The trial at Hereford is put off for the present, but yet we shall not be able to be in town before the end of this week. Though I long to see you, I do not know when it will be; but this I know, that I am getting daily more anxious about you. Mr. Phillips wrote home to Mrs. Phillips from here even before I did—i.e. last Wednesday. This morning he received a letter55 from Mrs. Phillips (who is very well) desiring him to ask me for a copy of one of my letters to you, that he may learn to write love-letters of sufficient length. He laughs at the scolding, and says that it does not hurt at a distance....

The trial in Hereford has been postponed for now, but we still won’t be able to get to town until the end of this week. Even though I can’t wait to see you, I’m not sure when that will be; what I do know is that I’m getting more worried about you every day. Mr. Phillips wrote home to Mrs. Phillips from here even before I did—last Wednesday. This morning, he received a letter from Mrs. Phillips (who is doing very well) asking him to request a copy of one of my letters to you so he can learn how to write love letters that are long enough. He laughs off the criticism and says it doesn’t bother him from afar...

It seems to me so long since I left you that there must have been time for a great many things to have happened. I expect to see you with such joy when I come home that I shall hardly know what to do with myself. I hope you will be well and blooming, and animated and happy, when you see me. I do not know how we shall contrive to get away from here. We certainly shall not have concluded before Thursday evening, but I think we shall endeavour earnestly to leave this place on Friday night, in which case we shall get home late on Saturday night. If we cannot do that, as I should not like to be travelling all day on Sunday, we shall probably not leave until Sunday night; but I think the first plan will be adopted, and that you will not have time to answer this letter. I expect, nevertheless, an answer to my last letter—i.e. I expect that my dear wife will think of me again. Expect here means nothing more than I trust and have a full confidence that it will be so. My kind girl is so affectionate that she would not think a dozen letters too much for me if there were time to send them, which I am glad there is not.

It feels like it's been ages since I left you, so I’m sure a lot must have happened. I can’t wait to see you with so much joy when I come home that I might not even know how to handle myself. I hope you’re well, vibrant, cheerful, and happy when we meet. I’m not sure how we’ll manage to get away from here. We definitely won’t be done before Thursday evening, but we’ll really try to leave this place on Friday night, which would get us home late Saturday night. If that doesn’t work, since I wouldn’t want to travel all day on Sunday, we probably won’t leave until Sunday night; however, I think we’ll go with the first plan, and I doubt you’ll have time to write back to this letter. Still, I'm expecting a reply to my last letter—meaning I hope my dear wife will think of me again. Here, “expect” just means I trust and have complete confidence that it will happen. My sweet girl is so loving that she wouldn’t think it’s too much to send me a dozen letters if there was time for that, which I’m thankful there isn’t.

Give my love to our mothers as earnestly as you would your own, and also to Charlotte or John, or any such one that you may have with you. I have not written to Paternoster Row yet, but I am going to write now, so that I may be permitted to finish this letter here. I do not feel quite sure, indeed, that the permission to leave off is not as necessary from my own heart as from yours.

Give my love to our mothers as sincerely as you would your own, and also to Charlotte or John, or anyone else you might have with you. I haven't written to Paternoster Row yet, but I'm about to write now so that I can finish this letter here. I'm not entirely sure, actually, that the permission to stop writing is needed as much from my own heart as it is from yours.

With the utmost affection—with perhaps too much—I am, my dear wife, my Sarah, your devoted husband,

With all my love—maybe even too much—I am, my dear wife, my Sarah, your devoted husband,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

Faraday’s next scientific success was the liquefaction of chlorine (see Chapter III., p. 93). This discovery, which created much interest in the scientific56 world, was the occasion of a serious trouble with Sir Humphry Davy; for doubtless Davy was annoyed that he had left such a simple experiment to a mere assistant. Writing on the matter years after, Faraday said:—

Faraday's next scientific breakthrough was the liquefaction of chlorine (see Chapter III., p. 93). This discovery sparked significant interest in the scientific community and led to a serious issue with Sir Humphry Davy, as Davy was clearly frustrated that he had allowed such a straightforward experiment to be handled by a mere assistant. Reflecting on this years later, Faraday said:—

When my paper was written, it was, according to a custom consequent upon our relative positions, submitted to Sir H. Davy (as were all my papers for the “Philosophical Transactions” up to a much later period), and he altered it as he thought fit. This practice was one of great kindness to me, for various grammatical mistakes and awkward expressions were from time to time thus removed, which might else have remained.

When I finished my paper, it was submitted to Sir H. Davy, following a custom based on our respective positions, just like all my papers for the "Philosophical Transactions" for quite a while thereafter. He made changes as he saw fit. This practice was really helpful for me because it corrected various grammatical errors and awkward phrases that might have otherwise stayed in the text.

In point of fact, Davy on this occasion added a note (which was duly printed) saying precisely how far he had any share in suggesting the experiment, but in no wise traversing any of Faraday’s claims. Although he thus acted generously to the latter, there can be no question that he began to be seriously jealous of Faraday’s rising fame. The matter was the more serious because some who did not have a nice appreciation of the circumstances chose to rake up a charge which had been raised two years before against Faraday by some of Dr. Wollaston’s friends—in particular by Dr. Warburton—about the discovery of the electro-magnetic rotations, a charge which Faraday’s straightforward action and Wollaston’s frank satisfaction ought to have dissipated for ever. And all this was doubly aggravating because Faraday was now expecting to be proposed as a candidate for the Fellowship of the Royal Society, of which Sir Humphry was President.

In fact, Davy added a note (which was printed) clarifying exactly how much he contributed to suggesting the experiment, but without disputing any of Faraday’s claims. Even though he acted generously toward Faraday, it’s clear that he started to feel seriously jealous of Faraday’s rising fame. The situation was even more serious because some people, who didn’t fully understand the circumstances, decided to bring up an accusation that had been made two years earlier against Faraday by some of Dr. Wollaston’s friends—particularly by Dr. Warburton—regarding the discovery of electro-magnetic rotations. This accusation should have been put to rest by Faraday’s straightforward actions and Wollaston’s clear approval. All of this was even more frustrating because Faraday was now expecting to be nominated as a candidate for the Fellowship of the Royal Society, of which Sir Humphry was the President.

57

57

PROPOSED FOR THE FELLOWSHIP.

At that time, as now, the proposal paper or “certificate” of a candidate for election must be presented, signed by a number of influential Fellows. Faraday’s friend Phillips took in hand the pleasant task of drawing up this certificate and of collecting the necessary signatures. The rule then was that the certificate so presented must be read out at ten successive meetings of the Society; after which a ballot took place. Faraday’s certificate bears twenty-nine names. The very first is that of Wollaston, and it is followed by those of Children, Babington, Sir John Herschel, Babbage, Phillips, Roget, and Sir James South.

At that time, just like now, a candidate's proposal paper or "certificate" for election has to be submitted, signed by several influential Fellows. Faraday's friend Phillips took on the enjoyable task of creating this certificate and gathering the necessary signatures. The existing rule was that the certificate had to be read aloud at ten consecutive meetings of the Society; after that, a ballot would take place. Faraday's certificate has twenty-nine names on it. The very first is Wollaston, followed by Children, Babington, Sir John Herschel, Babbage, Phillips, Roget, and Sir James South.

On the 5th of May, 1823, Faraday wrote to Phillips:—

On May 5, 1823, Faraday wrote to Phillips:—

A thousand thanks to you for your kindness—I am delighted with the names—Mr. Brande had told me of it before I got your note and thought it impossible to be better. I suppose you will not be in Grosvenor Street this Evening, so I will put this in the post.

A thousand thanks for your kindness—I’m really pleased with the names. Mr. Brande told me about it before I got your note and thought it couldn't get any better. I assume you won’t be in Grosvenor Street this evening, so I’ll send this in the mail.

Our Best remembrances to Mrs. Phillips.

Our best wishes to Mrs. Phillips.

Yours Ever,
M. Faraday.

Forever Yours,
M. Faraday.

The certificate was read for the first time on May 1st. The absence of the names of Davy and Brande is accounted for by the one being President and the other Secretary. Bence Jones gives the following account of what followed:—

The certificate was read for the first time on May 1st. The absence of Davy's and Brande's names is explained by one being the President and the other the Secretary. Bence Jones provides the following account of what followed:—

That Sir H. Davy actively opposed Faraday’s election is no less certain than it is sad.

That Sir H. Davy actively opposed Faraday’s election is just as certain as it is unfortunate.

Many years ago, Faraday gave a friend the following facts,58 which were written down immediately:—“Sir H. Davy told me I must take down my certificate. I replied that I had not put it up; that I could not take it down, as it was put up by my proposers. He then said I must get my proposers to take it down. I answered that I knew they would not do so. Then he said, I as President will take it down. I replied that I was sure Sir H. Davy would do what he thought was for the good of the Royal Society.”

Many years ago, Faraday shared the following facts with a friend,58 which were noted down right away:—“Sir H. Davy told me I had to take down my certificate. I responded that I hadn't put it up myself; I couldn't take it down since it was put up by my proposers. He then suggested I should ask my proposers to take it down. I replied that I was certain they wouldn't do that. Then he said, as President, he would take it down. I answered that I was confident Sir H. Davy would do what he believed was best for the Royal Society.”

Faraday also said that one of his proposers told him that Sir H. Davy had walked for an hour round the courtyard of Somerset House, arguing that Faraday ought not to be elected. This was probably about May 30.

Faraday also mentioned that one of his supporters told him that Sir H. Davy had walked for an hour around the courtyard of Somerset House, arguing that Faraday shouldn’t be elected. This was likely around May 30.

Faraday also made the following notes on the circumstance of the charge made by Wollaston’s friends:—

Faraday also made these notes on the situation regarding the charge made by Wollaston’s friends:—

1823. In relation to Davy’s opposition to my election at the Royal Society.

1823. About Davy's disagreement with my election to the Royal Society.

Sir H. Davy angry, May 30.

Sir H. Davy was angry on May 30.

Phillips’ report through Mr. Children, June 5.

Phillips' report via Mr. Children, June 5.

Mr. Warburton called first time, June 5 (evening).

Mr. Warburton called for the first time on June 5 (evening).

I called on Dr. Wollaston, and he not in town, June 9.

I visited Dr. Wollaston, but he wasn't in town on June 9.

I called on Dr. Wollaston, and saw him, June 14.

I visited Dr. Wollaston and met him on June 14.

I called at Sir H. Davy’s, and he called on me, June 17.

I visited Sir H. Davy, and he came to see me on June 17.

On July 8 Dr. Warburton wrote that he was satisfied with Faraday’s explanation, and added that he would tell his friends that “my objections to you as a Fellow are and ought to be withdrawn, and that I now wish to forward your election.”

On July 8, Dr. Warburton wrote that he was happy with Faraday’s explanation and added that he would tell his friends that “my objections to you as a Fellow are and should be dropped, and that I now want to support your election.”

Bence Jones adds:—

Bence Jones adds:—

On June 29, Sir H. Davy ends a note, “I am, dear Faraday, very sincerely your well wisher and friend.” So that outwardly the storm rapidly passed away; and when the ballot was taken, after the certificate had been read at ten meetings, there was only one black ball.

On June 29, Sir H. Davy ended a note with, “I am, dear Faraday, very sincerely your well-wisher and friend.” So, outwardly, the storm quickly faded away; and when the vote was taken, after the certificate had been read at ten meetings, there was only one negative vote.

59

59

FELLOWSHIP AND MAGNANIMITY.

The election took place January 8, 1824.

The election happened on January 8, 1824.

Of this unfortunate misunderstanding,11 Davy’s biographer, Dr. Thorpe, writes:—

Of this unfortunate misunderstanding, 11 Davy’s biographer, Dr. Thorpe, writes:—

The jealousy thus manifested by Davy is one of the most pitiful facts in his history. It was a sign of that moral weakness which was at the bottom of much of his unpopularity, and which revealed itself in various ways as his physical strength decayed....

The jealousy that Davy displayed is one of the saddest facts in his history. It was a sign of the moral weakness that contributed to much of his unpopularity, and it showed itself in different ways as his physical strength declined....

Faraday allowed himself in after days no shade of resentment against Davy; though he confessed rather sadly that after his election as F.R.S. his relations with his former master were never the same as before. If anyone recurred to the old scandal, he would fire with indignation. Dumas in his “Éloge Historique” has given the following anecdote:—

Faraday didn’t hold any resentment towards Davy after some time; however, he did admit quite sadly that after he was elected as F.R.S., his relationship with his former mentor was never the same as it used to be. If anyone brought up the old scandal, he would react with anger. Dumas in his “Éloge Historique” has shared the following story:—

Faraday never forgot what he owed to Davy. Visiting him at the family lunch, twenty years after the death of the latter, he noticed evidently that I responded with some coolness to the praises which the recollection of Davy’s great discoveries had evoked from him. He made no comment. But, after the meal, he simply took me down to the library of the Royal Institution, and stopping before the portrait of Davy he said: “He was a great man, wasn’t he?” Then, turning round, he added, “It was here12 that he spoke to me for the first time.” I bowed. We went down to the laboratory. Faraday took60 out a note-book, opened it and pointed out with his finger the words written by Davy, at the very moment when by means of the battery he had just decomposed potash, and had seen the first globule of potassium ever isolated by the hand of man. Davy had traced with a feverish hand a circle which separates them from the rest of the page: the words, “Capital Experiment,” which he wrote below, cannot be read without emotion by any true chemist. I confessed myself conquered, and this time, without hesitating longer, I joined in the admiration of my good friend.

Faraday never forgot what he owed to Davy. When I visited him at a family lunch, twenty years after Davy’s death, I could tell that I seemed a bit cool towards the praises prompted by memories of Davy’s great discoveries. He didn’t say anything about it. But after the meal, he simply took me to the library of the Royal Institution, and stopping in front of Davy’s portrait, he said, “He was a great man, wasn’t he?” Then he turned around and added, “It was here12 that he spoke to me for the first time.” I nodded. We went down to the laboratory. Faraday took out a notebook, opened it, and pointed with his finger to the words written by Davy at the moment when he had just used the battery to decompose potash and had seen the first globule of potassium isolated by man. Davy had feverishly drawn a circle that separated them from the rest of the page: the words “Capital Experiment,” which he wrote below, can’t be read without emotion by any true chemist. I admitted defeat, and this time, without any hesitation, I joined in my good friend’s admiration.

Dr. Thorpe in his life of Davy adds:—

Dr. Thorpe in his life of Davy adds:—

... To the end of his days he [Faraday] regarded Davy as his true master, preserving to the last, in spite of his knowledge of the moral frailties of Davy’s nature, the respect and even reverence which is to be seen in his early lecture notes and in his letters to his friend Abbott.

... To the end of his life, he [Faraday] saw Davy as his true mentor, maintaining until the very end, despite knowing about Davy’s moral shortcomings, the respect and even admiration reflected in his early lecture notes and in his letters to his friend Abbott.

In 1823 the Athenæum Club was started by J. Wilson Croker, Sir H. Davy, Sir T. Lawrence, Sir F. Chantrey, and others, as a resort for literary and scientific men. Faraday was made Club Secretary; but he found the duties totally uncongenial, and in 1824 resigned the post to his friend Magrath.

In 1823, the Athenæum Club was established by J. Wilson Croker, Sir H. Davy, Sir T. Lawrence, Sir F. Chantrey, and others as a place for literary and scientific individuals. Faraday was appointed Club Secretary, but he found the responsibilities completely unappealing, and in 1824, he handed the position over to his friend Magrath.

Faraday was advanced in 1825 to the position of Director of the Laboratory of the Royal Institution, Brande remaining Professor of Chemistry. One of the first acts of the new Director was to hold evening meetings of the members in the laboratory, when experiments were shown and some demonstration was given. There were three or four of these informal gatherings that year. In the next year these Friday evening meetings were held more systematically. There were seventeen during the season, at six of61 which Faraday gave discourses (see p. 100). In 1827 there were nineteen, of which he delivered three. By this time the gatherings were held in the theatre as at present, save that ladies were only admitted at that date, and for many years, to the upper gallery. He also originated the Christmas lectures to juveniles, while continuing to give regular courses of morning lectures, as his predecessors Young and Davy had done. His activity for the Royal Institution was incessant.

Faraday was promoted in 1825 to the role of Director of the Laboratory of the Royal Institution, with Brande remaining as Professor of Chemistry. One of the first things the new Director did was to host evening meetings for members in the laboratory, where experiments were showcased and demonstrations were given. There were three or four of these informal gatherings that year. The following year, these Friday evening meetings were organized more systematically. There were seventeen during the season, with Faraday delivering talks at six of them (see p. 100). In 1827, there were nineteen meetings, and he gave three presentations. By this time, the gatherings were taking place in the theatre as they do now, except that women were only admitted at that time, and for many years, to the upper gallery. He also started the Christmas lectures for young people while continuing to offer regular morning lecture courses, like his predecessors Young and Davy had done. His contributions to the Royal Institution were relentless.

FEES FOR PROFESSIONAL WORK.

Down to the year 1830 Faraday continued to undertake, at professional fees, chemical analyses and expert work in the law-courts, and thereby added considerably to the very slender emolument of his position; but, finding this work to make increasing demands on his time, which he could ill spare from the absorbing pursuit of original researches, he decided to abandon a practice which would have made him rich, and withdrew from expert practice. The following letter to Phillips was written only a few weeks before this determination:—

Down to the year 1830, Faraday continued to take on chemical analyses and expert work in the courts for professional fees, which significantly increased his very small income. However, he found that this work was taking up more and more of his time, which he could hardly afford to lose due to his passionate pursuit of original research. He decided to give up a practice that could have made him wealthy and stepped back from expert work. The following letter to Phillips was written just a few weeks before this decision:—

[M. Faraday to Richard Phillips.]

[M. Faraday to Richard Phillips.]

Royal Institution,
June 21, 1831.

Royal Institution, June 21, 1831.

My dear Phillips,—I have been trying hard to get time enough to write to you by post to-night, but without success; the bell has rung, and I am too late. However, I am resolved to be ready to-morrow. We have been very anxious and rather embarrassed in our minds about your anxiety to know how things were proceeding, and uncertain whether reference to them would be pleasant, and that has been the cause why I62 have not written to you, for I did not know what character your connexion with Badams had. I was a little the more embarrassed because of my acquaintance with Mr. Rickard and his family, and, of course with his brother-in-law, Dr. Urchell, of whom I have made numerous enquiries to know what Mr. Rickard intended doing at Birmingham. He (expressed a) hope it would be nothing unpleasant to you, but was not sure. Our only bit of comfort in the matter was on hearing from Daniell about you a little; he was here to-day, and glad to hear of you through me. But now that I may write, let me say that Mrs. Faraday has been very anxious with myself, and begs me earnestly to remember her to Mrs. Phillips. We have often wished we could have had you here for an hour or two, to break off what we supposed might be the train of thoughts at home.

Hey Phillips,—I've been trying hard to find enough time to write to you by mail tonight, but I wasn't able to; the bell has rung, and I'm too late. However, I’m determined to be ready tomorrow. We've been quite worried and a bit confused about your eagerness to know how things are going, unsure if bringing them up would be welcome, and that’s why I haven’t written to you, since I wasn’t clear about your connection with Badams. I felt even more awkward because of my acquaintance with Mr. Rickard and his family, and of course, with his brother-in-law, Dr. Urchell, about whom I’ve asked many questions to find out what Mr. Rickard plans to do in Birmingham. He (expressed a) hope it wouldn’t be anything unpleasant for you but wasn’t certain. Our only bit of comfort was hearing from Daniell about you a little; he was here today and was happy to hear about you through me. But now that I can write, let me say that Mrs. Faraday has been very concerned along with me and earnestly asks me to send her regards to Mrs. Phillips. We often wished we could have you here for an hour or two, to help break the chain of thoughts we assumed you might be having at home.

With regard to the five guineas, do not think of it for a moment. Whilst I supposed a mercantile concern wanted my opinion for its own interested uses, I saw no reason why it should not pay me; but it is altogether another matter when it becomes your affair. I do not think you would have wished me to pay you five guineas for anything you might have done personally for me. “Dog don’t eat dog,” as Sir E. Home said to me in a similar case. The affair is settled.

Regarding the five guineas, don’t even think about it for a second. While I assumed a business needed my opinion for its own gain, I didn’t see why they shouldn’t pay me; but it’s a completely different situation when it becomes your affair. I doubt you would have wanted me to pay you five guineas for anything you might have done for me personally. “Dog doesn’t eat dog,” as Sir E. Home told me in a similar situation. The matter is resolved.

I have no doubt I shall be amused and, as you speak of new facts, instructed by your letter to Dr. Reid, as I am by all your letters. Daniell says he thinks you are breaking a fly upon the wheel. You know I consider you as the Prince of Chemical critics.

I have no doubt I’ll be entertained and, since you mention new facts, informed by your letter to Dr. Reid, just like I am by all your letters. Daniell thinks you’re making a big deal out of something small. You know I see you as the top chemical critic.

Pearsall has been working, as you know, on red manganese solutions. He has not proved, but he makes out a strong case for the opinion, that they owe their colour and other properties to manganesic acid. This paper will be in the next number of the Journal.

Pearsall has been working, as you know, on red manganese solutions. He hasn't proved it, but he makes a strong case for the idea that their color and other properties come from manganesic acid. This paper will be in the next issue of the Journal.

With regard to the gramme, wine-pint, etc., etc., in the manipulation I had great trouble about them, for I could find no agreement, and at last resolved to take certain conclusions from Capt. Kater’s paper and the Act of Parliament, and calculate the rest. I think I took the data at page 67,63 paragraph 119, as the data, but am not sure, and cannot go over them again.

With respect to the gram, wine pint, and so on, I had a lot of trouble dealing with them because I couldn’t find any consensus. In the end, I decided to draw certain conclusions from Capt. Kater’s paper and the Act of Parliament and calculate the rest. I believe I used the data from page 67,63 paragraph 119 as my reference, but I’m not certain and can’t review them again.

My memory gets worse and worse daily. I will not, therefore, say I have not received your Pharmacopœia—that of 1824 is what I have at hand and use. I am not aware of any other. I have sent a paper to the R. S., but not chemical. It is on sound, etc., etc. If they print it, of course you will have a copy in due time.

My memory gets worse every day. So, I won’t say I haven’t received your Pharmacopœia—I have the one from 1824, which I use. I’m not aware of any other version. I’ve sent a paper to the R. S., but it’s not about chemistry. It’s about sound and so on. If they publish it, you’ll get a copy in due time.

I am, my dear Phillips,
Most faithfully and sincerely yours,
M. Faraday.

I'm yours, dear Phillips,
Most faithfully and sincerely,
M. Faraday.

Is it right to ask what has become of Badams? I suppose he is, of course, a defaulter at the R. S.

Is it okay to ask what happened to Badams? I guess he's, of course, a no-show at the R. S.

SACRIFICES FOR SCIENCE.

This sacrifice for science was not small. He had made £1,000 in 1830 out of these professional occupations, and in 1831 would have made more but for his own decision. In 1832 some Excise work that he had retained brought him in £155 9s.; but in no subsequent year did it bring in so much. He might easily have made £5,000 a year had he chosen to cultivate the professional connection thus formed; and as he continued, with little intermission, in activity till 1860, he might have died a wealthy man. But he chose otherwise; and his first reward came in the autumn of 1831, in the great discovery of magneto-electric currents—the principle upon which all our modern dynamos and transformers are based, the foundation of all the electric lighting and electric transmission of power. From this work he went on to a research on the identity of all the kinds of electricity, until then supposed to be of separate sorts, and from this to electro-chemical work of the very64 highest value. Of all these investigations some account will be found in the chapters which follow.

This sacrifice for science was significant. He had earned £1,000 in 1830 from these professional activities, and in 1831, he would have made more if not for his own choice. In 1832, some Excise work he had retained brought him £155 9s.; but in no following year did it earn him so much. He could have easily made £5,000 a year if he had decided to develop the professional connections he had established; and since he continued to be active, with little interruption, until 1860, he could have died a wealthy man. But he chose differently; and his first reward came in the fall of 1831, with the groundbreaking discovery of magneto-electric currents—the principle on which all our modern dynamos and transformers are based, the foundation of all electric lighting and electric power transmission. From this work, he moved on to research the identity of all different types of electricity, which had been thought to be separate kinds, and then to very high-value electro-chemical work. Some details of all these investigations can be found in the chapters that follow.

But the immense body of patient scientific work thus done for the love of science was not accomplished without sacrifices of a more than pecuniary kind. He withdrew more and more from society, declined to dine in company, ceased to give dinners, withdrew from all social and philanthropic organisations; even withdrew from taking any part in the management of any of the learned societies. The British Association for the Advancement of Science was started in 1831. Faraday took no part in that movement, and did not attend the inaugural meeting at York. The next year, however, he attended the second meeting of that body at Oxford. Here he “had the pleasure”—it is his own phrase—of making an experiment on the great magnet in the University museum, drawing a spark by induction in a coil of wire. This was a coil 220 feet long, wound on a hollow cylinder of pasteboard, which had been used in the classical experiments of the preceding year. He also showed that the induced currents could heat a thin wire connected to the terminals of this coil. These experiments, which were made in conjunction with Mr. (afterwards Sir William Snow) Harris, Professor Daniell, and Mr. Duncan, seem to have excited great attention at the time. The theologians of Oxford appear to have been mightily distressed both by the success of the spark experiment and by the welcome shown by the University to the representatives of science. The following passage from Pusey’s65 life13 reveals the rampant clericalism which then and for a score of years sought to put back the clock of civilisation.

But the significant amount of dedicated scientific work done for the love of science wasn’t achieved without sacrifices that went beyond just financial ones. He started to pull away more and more from social life, declined to dine with others, stopped hosting dinners, and distanced himself from all social and charitable organizations; he even stepped back from participating in the management of any learned societies. The British Association for the Advancement of Science was established in 1831. Faraday took no part in that initiative and didn’t attend the inaugural meeting in York. However, the next year, he attended the second meeting of that group at Oxford. Here he “had the pleasure”—that’s his own wording—of conducting an experiment on a large magnet in the University museum, generating a spark through induction in a coil of wire. This coil was 220 feet long, wound around a hollow pasteboard cylinder that had been used in the classical experiments from the previous year. He also demonstrated that the induced currents could heat a thin wire connected to the ends of this coil. These experiments, conducted alongside Mr. (later Sir William Snow) Harris, Professor Daniell, and Mr. Duncan, seem to have generated considerable interest at the time. The theologians of Oxford appeared to be greatly troubled both by the success of the spark experiment and by the welcome given to the representatives of science by the University. The following excerpt from Pusey’s65 life13 highlights the rampant clericalism that, for years, sought to turn back the progress of civilization.

During the Long Vacation of 1832 Pusey had plenty of work on hand. The British Association had held its first meeting in Oxford during the month of June, and on the 21st the honorary degree of D.C.L. was bestowed on four of its distinguished members: Brewster, Faraday, Brown, and Dalton. Keble, who was now Professor of Poetry, was angry at the “temper and tone of the Oxford doctors”; they had “truckled sadly to the spirit of the times” in receiving “the hodge-podge of philosophers” as they did. Dr. L. Carpenter had assured Dr. Macbride that “the University had prolonged her existence for a hundred years by the kind reception he and his fellows had received.”

During the long vacation of 1832, Pusey had a lot of work to do. The British Association had its first meeting in Oxford in June, and on the 21st, the honorary degree of D.C.L. was awarded to four of its distinguished members: Brewster, Faraday, Brown, and Dalton. Keble, who was now Professor of Poetry, was upset about the "attitude and tone of the Oxford doctors"; they had "sadly bowed to the spirit of the times" by accepting "the mishmash of philosophers" as they did. Dr. L. Carpenter had told Dr. Macbride that "the University had extended its existence for a hundred years due to the warm welcome he and his colleagues had received."

THE HODGE-PODGE OF PHILOSOPHERS.

It is not without significance, perhaps, that all the four men thus contemptuously labelled by Keble as the “hodge-podge of philosophers” were Dissenters. Brewster and Brown (the great botanist and discoverer of the “Brownian” motion of particles) belonged to the Presbyterian Church of Scotland, Dalton was a Member of the Society of Friends, and Faraday a Sandemanian. Newman appears to have been equally discomposed by the circumstance, for he got his friend Mr. Rose to write an article—a long and weary diatribe—against the British Association, which he inserted in the British Critic for 1839. Its slanders, assumptions, suppressions, and suggestions are in a very unworthy temper.

It’s worth noting that all four men labeled by Keble as the “hodge-podge of philosophers” were Dissenters. Brewster and Brown (the renowned botanist and discoverer of “Brownian” motion) were part of the Presbyterian Church of Scotland, Dalton was a member of the Society of Friends, and Faraday was a Sandemanian. Newman seemed equally troubled by this fact, as he had his friend Mr. Rose write a lengthy and tiresome attack against the British Association, which was published in the British Critic in 1839. Its accusations, assumptions, omissions, and implications reflect a very unworthy attitude.

Faraday’s devotion to the Royal Institution and its operations was marvellous. He had already66 abandoned outside professional work. From 1838 he refused to see any callers except three times a week. His extreme desire was to give himself uninterruptedly to research. His friend A. de la Rive says:—

Faraday's commitment to the Royal Institution and its activities was remarkable. He had already66 abandoned any work outside of his profession. Starting in 1838, he only agreed to meet with visitors three times a week. His intense desire was to dedicate himself fully to research. His friend A. de la Rive says:—

Every morning Faraday went into his laboratory as the man of business goes to his office, and then tried by experiment the truth of the ideas which he had conceived overnight, as ready to give them up if experiment said no as to follow out the consequences with rigorous logic if experiment answered yes.

Every morning, Faraday entered his laboratory like a businessperson heading to their office, and he tested the validity of the ideas he had thought of the night before. He was just as willing to discard them if the experiments said no as he was to explore their implications with strict logic if the experiments said yes.

He had in 1827 declined the appointment of Professor of Chemistry in the University (afterwards called University College) of London, giving as his reason the interests of the Royal Institution. He wrote:—

He had in 1827 turned down the position of Professor of Chemistry at the University (later known as University College) of London, citing the interests of the Royal Institution as his reason. He wrote:—

I think it a matter of duty and gratitude on my part to do what I can for the good of the Royal Institution in the present attempt to establish it firmly. The Institution has been a source of knowledge and pleasure to me for the last fourteen years; and though it does not pay me in salary what I now strive to do for it, yet I possess the kind feelings and goodwill of its authorities and members, and all the privileges it can grant or I require; and, moreover, I remember the protection it has afforded me during the past years of my scientific life. These circumstances, with the thorough conviction that it is a useful and valuable establishment, and the strong hopes that exertions will be followed with success, have decided me in giving at least two years more to it, in the belief that after that time it will proceed well, into whatever hands it may pass.

I feel it's my duty and a matter of gratitude to do what I can to support the Royal Institution in its current effort to establish itself firmly. The Institution has been a source of knowledge and enjoyment for me for the past fourteen years. Even though it doesn’t pay me as much as I’m currently trying to contribute, I have the goodwill and support of its authorities and members, along with all the privileges it can offer that I need. Also, I remember the protection it has provided me during my scientific career. These reasons, along with my strong belief that it’s a valuable and useful organization and my hope that our efforts will lead to success, have led me to commit at least two more years to it, trusting that after that, it will continue to thrive no matter who takes it over.

In 1829, however, he was asked to become lecturer on chemistry at the Royal Academy at Woolwich. As this involved only twenty lectures a year he agreed,67 the salary being fixed at £200 a year. These lectures were continued until 1849.

In 1829, he was asked to become a chemistry lecturer at the Royal Academy in Woolwich. Since this only required twenty lectures a year, he agreed, and the salary was set at £200 a year. These lectures continued until 1849.67

TRINITY HOUSE APPOINTMENT.

In 1836 the whole course of his scientific work was changed by his appointment as scientific adviser to Trinity House, the body which has official charge of the lighthouse service in Great Britain. To the Deputy-master he wrote:—

In 1836, his entire scientific career took a different direction when he was appointed as a scientific adviser to Trinity House, the organization responsible for the lighthouse service in Great Britain. He emailed the Deputy-master:—

I consider your letter to me as a great compliment, and should view the appointment at the Trinity House, which you propose, in the same light; but I may not accept even honours without due consideration.

I see your letter to me as a huge compliment, and I would regard the appointment at Trinity House that you suggested in the same way; however, I cannot accept even honors without careful thought.

In the first place, my time is of great value to me; and if the appointment you speak of involved anything like periodical routine attendances, I do not think I could accept it. But if it meant that in consultation, in the examination of proposed plans and experiments, in trials, etc., made as my convenience would allow, and with an honest sense of a duty to be performed, then I think it would consist with my present engagements. You have left the title and the sum in pencil. These I look at mainly as regards the character of the appointment; you will believe me to be sincere in this when you remember my indifference to your proposition as a matter of interest, though not as a matter of kindness.

First of all, my time is extremely valuable to me; and if the appointment you mentioned involved regular routine meetings, I don’t think I could accept it. However, if it meant that, in consultations, examining proposed plans and experiments, and trials, etc., could be done as my schedule allows, and with a genuine sense of responsibility, then I think it would fit with my current commitments. You left the title and the amount in pencil. I mainly look at these in relation to the nature of the appointment; you can trust that I’m being sincere about this when you remember my indifference to your proposal as a matter of interest, though not as a matter of kindness.

In consequence of the goodwill and confidence of all around me, I can at any moment convert my time into money, but I do not require more of the latter than is sufficient for necessary purposes. The sum, therefore, of £200 is quite enough in itself, but not if it is to be the indicator of the character of the appointment; but I think you do not view it so, and that you and I understand each other in that respect; and your letter confirms me in that opinion. The position which I presume you would wish me to hold is analogous to that of a standing counsel.

Thanks to the goodwill and trust of those around me, I can easily turn my time into money whenever I want. However, I don’t need more money than what’s necessary for essential things. So, a sum of £200 is perfectly adequate by itself, but not if it serves as a measure of the significance of the role. I believe you don’t see it that way, and I feel we’re on the same page about this; your letter reinforces that feel. The position I assume you want me to take is similar to that of a standing counsel.

As to the title, it might be what you pleased almost. Chemical adviser is too narrow, for you would find me venturing into parts of the philosophy of light not chemical.68 Scientific adviser you may think too broad (or in me too presumptuous); and so it would be, if by it was understood all science.

As for the title, you could choose just about anything. Chemical adviser is too limiting, since you'd see me exploring aspects of the philosophy of light that aren't chemical.68 You might consider scientific adviser too broad (or think I'm overstepping); and it would be, if it referred to all areas of science.

He held the post of scientific adviser for nearly thirty years. The records of his work are to be found in nineteen large portfolios full of manuscripts, all indexed with that minute and scrupulous attention to order and method which characterised all his work.

He served as a scientific advisor for almost thirty years. The records of his work are stored in nineteen large portfolios filled with manuscripts, all meticulously organized with the same careful attention to order and method that defined his work.

He also held nominally the post of scientific adviser to the Admiralty, at a salary of £200 a year. But this salary he never drew. Once the officials of the Admiralty requested his opinion upon a printed advertising pamphlet of somebody’s patent disinfecting powder and anti-miasma lamp. Faraday returned it, with a quietly indignant protest that it was not such a document as he could be expected to give an opinion upon.

He also had the title of scientific adviser to the Admiralty, with a salary of £200 a year. However, he never accepted this salary. At one point, the Admiralty officials asked for his opinion on a printed advertising pamphlet for someone’s patent disinfecting powder and anti-miasma lamp. Faraday sent it back with a quietly indignant note, stating that it was not the kind of document he could be expected to give an opinion on.

Faraday’s hope, expressed in 1827, that in two years the Royal Institution might be restored to a financially sound position, was not realised. He worked with the most scrupulous economy, noting down every detail of expenditure even in farthings. “We were living on the parings of our own skin,” he once told the managers. In 1832 the financial question became acute. At the end of that year a committee of investigation reported as follows:—

Faraday’s hope, shared in 1827, that the Royal Institution could be back on solid financial ground within two years, did not come true. He operated with meticulous care, recording every little expense even in farthings. “We were living on the scraps of our own skin,” he once told the managers. By 1832, the financial situation became critical. At the end of that year, an investigative committee reported as follows:—

The Committee are certainly of opinion that no reduction can be made in Mr. Faraday’s salary—£100 per annum, house, coals, and candles; and beg to express their regret that the circumstances of the Institution are not such as to justify their proposing such an increase of it as the variety of duties69 which Mr. Faraday has to perform, and the zeal and ability with which he performs them, appear to merit.

The Committee believes that there can't be any reduction in Mr. Faraday’s salary—£100 per year, plus housing, coal, and candles; and they want to express their regret that the Institution's circumstances don't allow them to propose an increase that reflects the variety of duties69 Mr. Faraday has to handle, along with the enthusiasm and skill with which he does them.

A HUNDRED A YEAR, AND TWO ROOMS.

A hundred a year, the use of two rooms, and coals! Such was the stipend of the man who had just before been made D.C.L. of Oxford, and had received from the Royal Society the highest award it can bestow—the Copley Medal! True, he made £200 by the Woolwich lectures; but he had a wife to maintain, his aged mother was entirely dependent upon him, and there were many calls upon his private exercise of charity.

A hundred a year, access to two rooms, and coal! That was the pay for the man who had just been named D.C.L. of Oxford and had received the highest honor from the Royal Society—the Copley Medal! It's true he earned £200 from the Woolwich lectures, but he had a wife to support, his elderly mother relied entirely on him, and there were lots of demands on his personal generosity.

About the year 1835 it was the intention of Sir Robert Peel to confer upon him a pension from the Civil List, but he went out of office before this could be arranged, and Lord Melbourne became Prime Minister. Sir James South had in March written to Lord Ashley, afterwards the well-known Earl of Shaftesbury, asking him to place a little historiette of Faraday in Sir Robert Peel’s hands. The said historiette14 contained an account of Faraday’s early career and a description of the electrical machine which he had constructed as a lad. “Now that his pecuniary circumstances,” it went on, “were improved, he sent his younger sister to boarding-school, but to enable him to defray the expense, to deprive himself of dinner every other day was absolutely indispensable.” Peel expressed to Ashley lively regret at not having received the historiette earlier when he was still in office. To Ashley, later, he wrote the following hitherto unpublished letter:—

About the year 1835, Sir Robert Peel intended to grant him a pension from the Civil List, but he left office before this could be arranged, and Lord Melbourne became Prime Minister. In March, Sir James South wrote to Lord Ashley, who later became the well-known Earl of Shaftesbury, asking him to give a short biography of Faraday to Sir Robert Peel. This biography14 contained a summary of Faraday’s early career and a description of the electrical machine he had built as a boy. “Now that his financial situation,” it continued, “was better, he sent his younger sister to boarding school, but to manage the costs, he had to skip dinner every other day.” Peel expressed to Ashley his deep regret at not having received the biography earlier while he was still in office. Later, he wrote the following unpublished letter:—

70

70

Drayton Manor,
May 3, 1835.

Drayton Manor, May 3, 1835.

My Dear Ashley,—You do me but justice in entertaining the belief that had I remained in office one of my earliest recommendations to his Majesty would have been to grant a pension to Mr. Faraday, on the same principles precisely upon which one was granted to Mr. Airy. If there had been the means, I would have made the offer before I left office.

Dear Ashley,—You are right to think that if I had stayed in office, one of my first recommendations to the King would have been to grant a pension to Mr. Faraday, based on the same principles that were used to grant one to Mr. Airy. If the resources had been available, I would have made that offer before leaving office.

I was quite aware of Mr. Faraday’s high eminence as a man of science, and the valuable practical service he has rendered to the public in that capacity; but I was to blame in not having ascertained whether his pecuniary circumstances made an addition to his income an object to him.

I was well aware of Mr. Faraday’s significant reputation as a scientist and the valuable practical contributions he has made to the public in that role; however, I should have checked whether his financial situation made an increase in his income important to him.

I am sure no man living has a better claim to such a consideration from the State than he has, and I trust the principle I acted on with regard to the award of civil pensions will not only remove away impediments of delicacy and independent feeling from the acceptance of them, but will add a higher value to the grant of a pension as an honourable distinction than any that it could derive from its pecuniary amount.

I’m sure no one alive has a better right to that kind of recognition from the State than he does, and I hope the principle I used regarding the awarding of civil pensions will not only eliminate any feelings of hesitation and independence when accepting them, but will also enhance the value of receiving a pension as a mark of honor more than its financial worth.

Ever, my dear Ashley,
Most faithfully yours,
Robert Peel.

Always, dear Ashley,
Best regards,
Robert Peel.

LORD MELBOURNE’S PARTICIPLE.

Sir James South still endeavoured to bring about the grant thus deferred, and wrote to the Hon. Caroline Fox, asking her to put the historiette of Faraday in the hands of Lord Holland, for him to lay before Melbourne. Faraday at first demurred to Sir James South’s action, but on the advice of his father-in-law, Barnard, withdrew his demurrer. Later in the year he was asked to wait on Lord Melbourne at the Treasury. He has left a diary of the events of the day, October 26th. According to these notes it71 appears that Faraday first had a long talk with Melbourne’s secretary, Mr. Young, about his first demurring on religious grounds to accept the pension, about his objection to savings’ banks, and the laying-up of wealth. Later in the day he had a short interview with the First Lord of the Treasury, when Lord Melbourne, utterly mistaking the nature of the man before him, inveighed roundly upon the whole system of giving pensions to scientific and literary persons, which he described as a piece of humbug. He prefixed the word “humbug” with a participle which Faraday’s notes describe as “theological.” Faraday, with an instant flash of indignation, bowed and withdrew. The same evening he left his card and the following note at the Treasury:—

Sir James South continued to work on securing the delayed grant and wrote to Hon. Caroline Fox, asking her to share Faraday's story with Lord Holland so he could present it to Melbourne. Faraday initially hesitated to support Sir James South’s efforts, but after discussing it with his father-in-law, Barnard, he changed his mind. Later that year, he was invited to meet with Lord Melbourne at the Treasury. He kept a diary of the events from October 26th. According to these notes, Faraday had a lengthy conversation with Melbourne’s secretary, Mr. Young, about his initial reluctance to accept the pension on religious grounds, his concerns regarding savings banks, and the accumulation of wealth. Later that day, he had a brief meeting with the First Lord of the Treasury, during which Lord Melbourne, completely misunderstanding Faraday's character, criticized the entire system of granting pensions to scientists and writers, calling it a piece of humbug. He prefaced the term “humbug” with a participle that Faraday noted as “theological.” Faraday, feeling a surge of indignation, bowed and left. That same evening, he left his card and the following note at the Treasury:—

To the Right Hon. Lord Viscount Melbourne, First Lord of the Treasury.

To the Right Honorable Lord Viscount Melbourne, First Lord of the Treasury.

October 26.

October 26.

My Lord,—The conversation with which your Lordship honoured me this afternoon, including, as it did, your Lordship’s opinion of the general character of the pensions given of late to scientific persons, induces me respectfully to decline the favour which I believe your Lordship intends for me; for I feel that I could not, with satisfaction to myself, accept at your Lordship’s hands that which, though it has the form of approbation, is of the character which your Lordship so pithily applied to it.

My Lord,—The conversation we had this afternoon, which included your thoughts on the recent pensions awarded to scientific individuals, leads me to respectfully decline the favor I believe you intend to offer me; I feel that I could not, in good conscience, accept from you something that, while it may seem like approval, aligns with the negative characterization you so aptly described.

Faraday’s diary says:—

Faraday’s diary says:—

Did not like it much, and, on the whole, regret that friends should have placed me in the situation in which I found myself. Lord Melbourne said that “he thought there had been a great deal of humbug in the whole affair. He did not72 mean my affair, of course, but that of the pensions altogether.”... I begged him to understand that I had known nothing of the matter until far advanced, and, though grateful to those friends who had urged it forward, wished him to feel at perfect liberty in the affair as far as I was concerned.... In the evening I wrote and left a letter. I left it myself at ten o’clock at night, being anxious that Lord Melbourne should have it before anything further was done in the affair.

I didn't like it much, and overall, I regret that my friends put me in the situation I found myself in. Lord Melbourne said that he thought there had been a lot of nonsense in the whole situation. He didn’t mean my situation, of course, but that of the pensions in general... I urged him to understand that I had no idea about this until things were well advanced, and although I was grateful to those friends who pushed it forward, I wanted him to feel completely free in the matter as far as I was concerned... In the evening, I wrote and left a letter. I personally delivered it at ten o'clock at night, wanting to make sure that Lord Melbourne received it before anything else happened regarding the matter.

MICHAEL’S PENSION.

However, the matter did not end here. Faraday’s friends were indignant. A caustic, and probably exaggerated, account—for which Faraday disclaimed all responsibility—of the interview appeared in Fraser’s Magazine, and was copied into The Times of November 28th, with the result that, had it not been for the personal intervention of the King, the pension might have been refused. The storm, however, passed away, and the pension of £300 per annum was granted on December 24th. Years afterwards, writing to Mr. B. Bell, Faraday said, “Lord Melbourne behaved very handsomely in the matter.”

However, the issue didn't stop there. Faraday’s friends were outraged. A sharp, and likely exaggerated, account—one for which Faraday took no responsibility—of the interview was published in Fraser’s Magazine, and it was featured in The Times on November 28th. As a result, if it hadn't been for the personal intervention of the King, the pension might have been denied. The uproar eventually died down, and the pension of £300 a year was awarded on December 24th. Years later, in a letter to Mr. B. Bell, Faraday commented, “Lord Melbourne behaved very generously in the matter.”

In Fraser’s Magazine for February, 1836 (vol. xiii., p. 224), is a portrait of Faraday by Maclise, accompanied by a very amusing biographical notice by Dr. Maginn. The picture represents Faraday lecturing, and surrounded by his apparatus. The article begins thus:—

In Fraser’s Magazine for February 1836 (vol. xiii., p. 224), there's a portrait of Faraday by Maclise, along with a very entertaining biography by Dr. Maginn. The picture shows Faraday giving a lecture, surrounded by his equipment. The article starts like this:—

Here you have him in his glory—not that his position was inglorious when he stood before Melbourne, then decorated with a blue velvet travelling cap, and lounging with one leg over the chair of Canning!—and distinctly gave that illustrious despiser of “humbug” to understand that he had mistaken his lad. No! but here you have him as he first73 flashed upon the intelligence of mankind the condensation of the gases, or the identity of the five electricities.

Here you see him in his glory—not that his position was inglorious when he stood before Melbourne, wearing a blue velvet travel hat, and casually resting one leg over Canning's chair!—and clearly let that famous critic of "humbug" know that he had misjudged him. No! But here you have him as he first73 burst onto the scene, showcasing the condensation of gases, or the connection between the five electricities.

After a lively summary of his career, and the jocular suggestion that, as the successor of Sir Humphry Davy, Far-a-day must be near-a-knight the article continues:—

After an energetic recap of his career and the playful remark that, as the successor of Sir Humphry Davy, Faraday must be close to being a knight, the article continues:—

The future Baronet is a very good little fellow ... playing a fair fork over a leg of mutton, and devoid of any reluctance to partake an old friend’s third bottle. We know of few things more agreeable than a cigar and a bowl of punch (which he mixes admirably) in the society of the unpretending ex-bookbinder....

The future Baronet is a really nice guy ... playing a decent tune on a leg of mutton and more than happy to share an old friend's third bottle. We can’t think of many things more enjoyable than a cigar and a bowl of punch (which he mixes perfectly) with the humble former bookbinder....

Well, although Young got Broderip to write a sort of defence of his master, and “Justice B——”—mirabile dictu!—got Hook to print it in the John Bull, the current of public feeling could not be stopped: Regina spoke out—William Rex, as in duty bound, followed—Melbourne apologised—and “Michael’s pension, Michael’s pension” is all right.

Well, even though Young had Broderip write a sort of defense for his boss, and “Justice B——”—mirabile dictu!—got Hook to publish it in the John Bull, the public mood couldn't be changed: Regina spoke out—King William, as expected, followed—Melbourne apologized—and “Michael’s pension, Michael’s pension” is all set.

In one of his note-books of this period is found the following entry:—

In one of his notebooks from this time, there is the following

15 January, 1834.

January 15, 1834.

Within the last week have observed twice that a slight obscurity of the sight of my left eye has happened. It occurred on reading the letters of a book held about fourteen inches from the eye, being obscured as by a fog over a space about half an inch in diameter. This space was a little to the right and below the axes of the eye. Looking for the effect now and other times, I cannot perceive it. I note this down that I may hereafter trace the progress of the effect if it increases or becomes more common.

In the past week, I've noticed twice that my left eye has experienced a slight blurriness. It happened when I was reading letters in a book held about fourteen inches away, appearing hazy like there was fog over an area roughly half an inch in diameter. This blurry spot was slightly to the right and below my line of sight. When I look for it now or at other times, I can't see it. I'm writing this down so I can keep track of any changes in this issue if it gets worse or happens more often.

Happily, the trouble did not recur; but the entry is characteristic of the habits of accuracy of the man. Loss of memory, unfortunately, early set in. There is74 actually a hint of this in the first of his letters to Abbott (p. 7), and references to the trouble and to dizziness in the head recur perpetually in his correspondence. Whenever these brain-troubles threatened, he was compelled to drop all work and seek rest and change of scene. He often ran down to Brighton, which he thought, however, a poor place. He constructed for himself a velocipede15 on which to take exercise. Two or three times he went to Switzerland for a longer holiday, usually accompanied by his wife and her brother, George Barnard.

Fortunately, the issue didn’t happen again; but this entry shows the man's attention to detail. Sadly, he began to experience memory loss early on. There’s actually a hint of this in the first of his letters to Abbott (p. 7), and he frequently mentions the trouble and dizziness in his correspondence. Whenever these mental issues surfaced, he had to stop all work and seek rest and a change of scenery. He often made quick trips to Brighton, which he considered a subpar place. He built himself a velocipede15 to get some exercise. A couple of times, he traveled to Switzerland for a longer vacation, usually with his wife and her brother, George Barnard.

“Physically,” says Tyndall, “Faraday was below the middle size, well set, active, and with extraordinary animation of countenance. His head from forehead to back was so long that he had usually to bespeak his hats.” In youth his hair was brown, curling naturally; later in life it approached to white, and he always parted it down the middle. His voice was pleasant, his laugh was hearty, his manners when with young people, or when excited by success in the laboratory, were gay to boyishness. Indeed, until the end of the active period of his life he never lost the capacity for boyish delight, or for unbending in fun after the stress of severe labour.

“Physically,” Tyndall says, “Faraday was shorter than average, well-built, energetic, and had an extraordinary expression. His head was so long from forehead to back that he usually had to custom-order his hats.” In his youth, his hair was brown and naturally curly; later in life, it turned white, and he always parted it in the middle. His voice was pleasant, his laugh was hearty, and his manners around young people or when excited by success in the lab were very lively, almost boyish. In fact, until the end of his active years, he never lost his ability to experience joy like a boy or to relax and have fun after intense work.


From first to last the original scientific researches of Faraday extend over a period of forty-four years, beginning with an analysis of caustic lime, published in the Quarterly Journal of Science in 1816, and ending with his last unfinished researches of 1860 to 1862, on the possible existence of new relations between magnetism and gravity and between magnetism and light. The mere list of their titles fills several pages in the catalogue of scientific papers published by the Royal Society.

From start to finish, Faraday's original scientific research spans forty-four years, starting with an analysis of caustic lime published in the Quarterly Journal of Science in 1816, and concluding with his last unfinished studies from 1860 to 1862 on the possible new connections between magnetism and gravity, as well as between magnetism and light. Just the list of their titles takes up several pages in the catalog of scientific papers published by the Royal Society.

For convenience of description, these forty-four years may be divided into three periods: the first lasting from 1816 to 1830, a period of miscellaneous and in some respects preliminary activity; the second from 1831 to the end of 1839, the period of the classical experimental researches in electricity down to the time when they were temporarily suspended by the serious state of his health; the third from 1844, when he was able to resume work, down to 1860, a period which includes the completion of the experimental researches on electricity, the discovery of the76 relations between light and magnetism, and that of diamagnetism.

For easier reference, these forty-four years can be divided into three periods: the first from 1816 to 1830, a time of various and somewhat preliminary activities; the second from 1831 to the end of 1839, the period of significant experimental research in electricity until it was briefly paused due to serious health issues; and the third from 1844, when he was able to get back to work, until 1860, which includes the completion of the experimental research on electricity, the discovery of the relationships between light and magnetism, and that of diamagnetism.76

RESEARCHES BEGINNING.

Faraday’s first research was an analysis for Sir Humphry Davy of a specimen of caustic lime which had been sent to him by the Duchess of Montrose from Tuscany. The Quarterly Journal of Science, in which it appeared, was a precursor of the Proceedings of the Royal Institution, and was indeed edited by Professor W. F. Brande. Faraday frequently wrote for it during these years, and took editorial charge of it on more than one occasion during Brande’s holidays. The paper on caustic lime was reprinted by Faraday in the volume of his “Experimental Researches on Chemistry and Physics,” prefaced by the following note:—

Faraday's first research was an analysis for Sir Humphry Davy of a sample of caustic lime that had been sent to him by the Duchess of Montrose from Tuscany. The Quarterly Journal of Science, in which it was published, was a precursor to the Proceedings of the Royal Institution, and it was actually edited by Professor W. F. Brande. Faraday often contributed to it during these years and took on editorial responsibilities more than once while Brande was on vacation. The paper on caustic lime was reprinted by Faraday in the volume of his “Experimental Researches on Chemistry and Physics,” prefaced by the following note:—

I reprint this paper at full length; it was the beginning of my communications to the public, and in its results very important to me. Sir Humphry Davy gave me the analysis to make as a first attempt in chemistry, at a time when my fear was greater than my confidence, and both far greater than my knowledge; at a time also when I had no thought of ever writing an original paper on science. The addition of his own comments, and the publication of the paper, encouraged me to go on making, from time to time, other slight communications, some of which appear in this volume. Their transference from the Quarterly into other journals increased my boldness, and now that forty years have elapsed, and I can look back on what successive communications have led to, I still hope, much as their character has changed, that I have not either now or forty years ago been too bold.

I’m sharing this paper in full because it marked the start of my public communications, and its outcomes were very significant for me. Sir Humphry Davy assigned me the analysis as my first chemistry task, during a time when my fear outweighed my confidence, and both were much greater than my knowledge. I also had no intention of ever writing an original scientific paper. His comments and the paper's publication motivated me to gradually make other minor contributions, some of which are included in this volume. Moving my work from the Quarterly to other journals made me more confident, and now that forty years have passed, I can reflect on what all my subsequent communications have led to. I still hope that, despite how much my work has evolved, I haven’t been too ambitious—neither now nor back then.

For the next two or three years Faraday was very closely occupied in the duties of assisting Sir Humphry Davy in his researches, and in helping to77 prepare the lectures for both Davy and Brande. Yet he found time still to work on his own account. In 1817 he had six papers and notes in the Quarterly Journal of Science, including one on the escape of gases through capillary tubes, and others on wire-gauze safety lamps and Davy’s experiments on flame. In 1818 he had eleven papers in the Journal; the most important being on the production of sound in tubes by flames, while another was on the combustion of the diamond. In 1819 he had nineteen papers in the Quarterly Journal, chiefly of a chemical nature. These related to boracic acid, the composition of steels, the separation of manganese from iron, and on the supposed new metal, “Sirium” or “Vestium,” which he showed to be only a mixture of iron and sulphur with nickel, cobalt, and other metals.

For the next two or three years, Faraday was heavily busy assisting Sir Humphry Davy with his research and helping prepare lectures for both Davy and Brande. Still, he found time to work on his projects. In 1817, he published six papers and notes in the Quarterly Journal of Science, including one on the escape of gases through capillary tubes, and others on wire-gauze safety lamps and Davy’s flame experiments. In 1818, he published eleven papers in the Journal; the most significant focused on producing sound in tubes with flames, while another was about the combustion of diamonds. By 1819, he had nineteen papers in the Quarterly Journal, mostly related to chemistry. These discussed boracic acid, the composition of steels, separating manganese from iron, and a supposed new metal, “Sirium” or “Vestium,” which he demonstrated was just a mix of iron and sulfur with nickel, cobalt, and other metals.

OERSTED’S DISCOVERY.

The year 1820 was marked in the annals of science by the discovery, by Oersted of Copenhagen, of the prime fact of electromagnetism, the deflexion which is produced upon a magnetic needle by an electric current that passes either under or over the needle. Often had it been suspected that there must be some connection between the phenomena of electricity and those of magnetism. The similarities between the attractions and repulsions caused by electrified bodies, and those due to the magnet when acting on iron, had constantly suggested the possibility that there was some real connection. But, as had been pointed out centuries before by St. Augustine, while the rubbed amber will attract any substance if only small or light enough, being indifferent to its material, the magnet will only attract iron or compounds of iron, and is totally78 inoperative16 on all other substances. Again, while it had been noticed that in houses which had been struck by lightning knives, needles, and other steel objects near the path of the electric flash had become magnetised, no one had been able, by using the most powerful electric machines, to repeat with certainty the magnetisation of needles. In vain they had tried to magnetise knives and wires by sending sparks through them. Sometimes they showed a trace of magnetism, sometimes none. And in the cases where some slight magnetisation resulted, the polarity could not be depended upon. Van Swinden had written a whole treatise in two volumes on the analogies between electricity and magnetism, but left the real relation between the two more obscure than ever. After the invention, in 1800, of the voltaic pile, which for the first time provided a means of generating a steady flow or current of electricity, several experimenters, including Oersted himself, had again essayed to discover the long-suspected connection, but without success. Oersted was notoriously a poor experimenter, though a man of great philosophical genius. Having in 1820 a more powerful voltaic battery in operation than previously, he repeated17 the operation of bringing near to the compass needle the copper wire that conveyed the current; and, laying it parallel to the needle’s direction, and over or under it, found that the needle tended to turn into a direction at right79 angles to the line of the current, the sense of the deviation depending upon the direction of flow of the current, and also on the position of the wire as to whether it were above or below the needle. A current flowing from south to north over the needle caused the north-pointing end of the needle to be deflected westwards. If the wire were vertical, so that the current flowed downwards, and a compass needle was brought near the wire on the south side, therefore tending under the earth’s directive influence to point northwards toward the wire, it was observed that the effect of the current flowing in the wire was to cause the north-pointing end of the needle to turn westwards. Or, reversing the flow of current, the effect on the needle was reversed; it now tended eastwards. All these things Oersted summed up in the phrase that “the electric conflict acts in a revolving manner” around the wire.18 In modern phraseology the whole of the actions are explained if one can conceive that the effect of the electric flow in the wire is to tend to make the north pole of a magnet revolve in one sense around the wire, whilst it also tends to make the south pole of the magnet revolve around the wire in the other sense. The nett result in most cases is that80 the magnetic needle tends to set itself square across the line of the current. Oersted himself was not too clear in his explanations, and seems, in his later papers, to have lost sight of the circular motion amidst repulsions and attractions.

The year 1820 was significant in the history of science due to the discovery by Oersted of Copenhagen of the key phenomenon of electromagnetism, which is the deflection of a magnetic needle caused by an electric current passing either under or over it. It had long been suspected that there was a connection between electricity and magnetism. The similarities between the attractions and repulsions caused by electrified objects and those from magnets acting on iron had consistently suggested a potential relationship. However, as St. Augustine pointed out centuries earlier, while rubbed amber can attract any small or light object, regardless of its material, a magnet only attracts iron or iron compounds and has no effect on other substances. Moreover, it had been observed that in houses struck by lightning, knives, needles, and other steel objects near the electric flash became magnetized, but no one had been able to reliably reproduce this magnetization with the most powerful electric machines. Attempts to magnetize knives and wires by sending sparks through them often resulted in inconsistent magnetism, with polarity being unreliable. Van Swinden had written a two-volume treatise on the analogies between electricity and magnetism, yet he left the actual relationship even less clear. After the invention of the voltaic pile in 1800, which created a steady flow of electricity, several experimenters, including Oersted, tried again to find the long-suspected connection but failed. Oersted was known to be a poor experimenter, although he possessed great philosophical insight. In 1820, using a more powerful voltaic battery than before, he repeated the experiment of bringing a copper wire carrying current near a compass needle, laying it parallel to the needle and above or below it. He discovered that the needle tended to align at right angles to the current's direction, with the deviation depending on the current's flow and the wire's position relative to the needle. A current flowing from south to north above the needle caused the north end of the needle to deflect westward. If the wire was vertical and current flowed downward, bringing a compass needle near the wire on the south side resulted in the north-pointing end turning westward due to the earth's magnetic influence. Reversing the current's flow would reverse the effect on the needle, causing it to turn eastward instead. Oersted summarized these findings by stating that "the electric conflict acts in a revolving manner" around the wire. In modern terms, this can be interpreted as the electric flow in the wire causing the north pole of a magnet to revolve in one direction around the wire while simultaneously making the south pole revolve in the opposite direction. The overall effect is that the magnetic needle tends to align perpendicularly to the current line. Oersted himself wasn't entirely clear in his explanations and seemed to have lost focus on the circular motion amid the attraction and repulsion in his later writings.

This discovery, which showed what was the geometrical relation between the magnet and the current, also showed why the earlier attempts had failed. It was requisite that the electricity should be in a state of steady flow; neither at rest as in the experiments with electric charges, nor yet in capricious or oscillatory rush as in those with spark-discharges. Faraday, adverting a quarter of a century later to Oersted’s discovery, said: “It burst open the gates of a domain in science, dark till then, and filled it with a flood of light.”

This discovery demonstrated the geometric relationship between the magnet and the current and explained why the previous attempts had not succeeded. It was necessary for the electricity to be in a steady flow; it couldn't be at rest as in the experiments with electric charges, nor could it be erratic or oscillating like in the spark-discharge experiments. Faraday, reflecting on Oersted’s discovery a quarter-century later, said: “It opened the gates to a previously dark area of science and filled it with a flood of light.”

The very day that Oersted’s memoir was published in England, Davy brought a copy down into the laboratory of the Royal Institution, and he and Faraday at once set to work to repeat the experiments and verify the facts.

The same day Oersted's memoir was published in England, Davy brought a copy into the laboratory at the Royal Institution, and he and Faraday immediately started working to replicate the experiments and confirm the findings.

It is a matter of history how, on the publication of Oersted’s discovery, Ampère leaped forward to generalise on electromagnetic actions, and discovered the mutual actions that may exist between two currents, or rather between two conducting wires that carry currents. They are found to experience mutual mechanical forces urging them into parallel proximity. Biot and Laplace added to these investigations, as also did Arago. Davy discovered that the naked copper wire, while carrying a current, could attract iron filings to itself—not end-ways in adherent81 tufts, as the pole of a magnet does, but laterally, each filing or chainlet of filings tending to set itself tangentially at right angles to the axis of the wire.

It's a part of history how, when Oersted's discovery was published, Ampère quickly generalized electromagnetic actions and found the mutual interactions that can occur between two currents, or more specifically, between two wires that carry currents. They were shown to have mechanical forces acting on each other, pulling them closer together in parallel alignment. Biot and Laplace contributed to these studies, as did Arago. Davy discovered that a bare copper wire, while carrying a current, could attract iron filings—not end-on in clumps like a magnet does, but sideways, with each filing or small chain of filings aligning tangentially at right angles to the wire.

A PARADOXICAL PHENOMENON.

This curious right-angled relation between electric flow and magnetic force came as a complete paradox or puzzle to the scientific world. It had taken centuries to throw off the strange unmechanical ideas of force which had dominated the older astronomy. The epicyclic motions of the planets postulated by the Ptolemaic system were in no way to be accounted for upon mechanical principles. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion were merely empirical, embodying the results of observation, until Newton’s discovery of the laws of circular motion and of the principle of universal gravitation placed the planetary theory on a rational basis. Newton’s laws required that forces should act in straight lines, and that to every action there should be an equal and opposite reaction. If A attracted B, then B attracted A with an equal force, and the mutual force must be in the line drawn from A to B. The discovery by Oersted that the magnet pole was urged by the electric wire in a direction transverse to the line joining them, appeared at first sight to contravene the ideas of force so thoroughly established by Newton. How could this transversality be explained? Some sought to explain the effect by considering the conducting wire to operate as if made up of a number of short magnets set transversely across the wire, all their north poles being set towards the right, and all their south poles towards the left. Ampère took the alternative view82 that the magnet might be regarded as equivalent to a number of electric currents circulating transversely around the core as an axis. In neither case was the explanation complete.

This strange right-angled connection between electric current and magnetic force puzzled the scientific community. It took centuries to shake off the odd, non-mechanical ideas of force that had influenced older astronomy. The complex movements of the planets proposed by the Ptolemaic system couldn't be explained using mechanical principles. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion were just empirical observations until Newton's discovery of the laws of circular motion and the principle of universal gravitation established a logical foundation for planetary theory. Newton's laws required that forces act in straight lines and that for every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction. If A attracted B, then B also attracted A with equal force, and the mutual force had to follow the line drawn from A to B. The discovery by Oersted that the magnetic pole was influenced by the electric wire in a direction transverse to the line connecting them initially seemed to contradict Newton's well-established ideas of force. How could this transversality be explained? Some tried to explain the effect by imagining the conducting wire as consisting of many short magnets positioned sideways along the wire, with all their north poles facing right and all their south poles facing left. Ampère took the alternative approach82 of viewing the magnet as equivalent to several electric currents circulating transversely around the core as an axis. Neither explanation was fully conclusive.

TWO YEARS WASTED.

Faraday’s scientific activities in the year 1820 were very marked. New researches on steel had been going on for some months. It had been hoped that by alloying iron with some other metals, such as silver, platinum, or nickel, a non-rusting alloy might be found. This idea took its rise from the erroneous notion that meteoric iron, which is richly alloyed with nickel, does not rust. Faraday found nickel steel to be more readily oxidised, not less, than ordinary steel. The platinum steel was also a failure. Silver steel was of more interest, though it was found impossible to incorporate in the alloy more than a small percentage of silver. Nevertheless, silver steel was used for some time by a Sheffield firm for manufacture of fenders. The alloys of iron with platinum, iridium, and rhodium were also of no great use. But the research demonstrated the surprising effects which minute quantities of other metals may have upon the quality of steel. Occasionally in later life Faraday would present one of his friends with a razor made from his own special steel. A paper on the use of alloys of steel in surgical instrument making was published in the Quarterly Journal in collaboration with Mr. Stodart. Faraday also read his first paper before the Royal Society on two new compounds of chlorine and carbon, and on a new compound of iodine, carbon, and hydrogen. He also succeeded in83 making artificial plumbago from charcoal. In writing to his friend Professor G. de la Rive, he gives a long and chatty abstract of his researches on the alloys of steel. They appear to have originated in some analyses of wootz or Indian steel, a material which, when etched with acid, shows a beautifully damascened or reticulated surface. This effect Faraday never found with pure steel, but imitated it successfully with a steel alloyed with “the metal of alumine,” an element which down to that time had not been isolated. He then describes the rhodium, silver, and nickel steels, and mentions incidentally how he has been surprised to discover that he can volatilise silver, and that he cannot reduce the metal titanium. He is doubtful whether this metal “ever has been reduced at all in the pure state.” [It can now be readily reduced either in the electric arc or by the use of metallic aluminium.] He winds up the letter with the words: “Pray pity us that, after two years’ experiments, we have got no further; but I am sure, if you knew the labour of the experiments, you would applaud us for our perseverance at least.”

Faraday’s scientific activities in 1820 were significant. He had been conducting new research on steel for several months. There was hope that by mixing iron with other metals like silver, platinum, or nickel, a non-rusting alloy could be developed. This idea originated from the mistaken belief that meteoric iron, which contains a lot of nickel, does not rust. Faraday discovered that nickel steel rusts more easily, not less, than regular steel. The platinum steel didn’t work either. Silver steel was more interesting, but it was impossible to add more than a small amount of silver to the alloy. Still, a Sheffield company used silver steel for making fenders for a while. The combinations of iron with platinum, iridium, and rhodium weren’t very useful either. However, the research revealed how small amounts of other metals can greatly affect steel quality. Later in life, Faraday sometimes gifted friends with razors made from his unique steel. He published a paper on using steel alloys in surgical instruments in the Quarterly Journal with Mr. Stodart. He also presented his first paper to the Royal Society on two new compounds of chlorine and carbon, as well as a new compound of iodine, carbon, and hydrogen. He successfully created artificial plumbago from charcoal. In a letter to his friend Professor G. de la Rive, he provided a lengthy and lively summary of his research on steel alloys. It seems he began this work after analyzing wootz or Indian steel, a material that, when treated with acid, reveals a beautifully patterned surface. Faraday never achieved this effect with pure steel but successfully imitated it with a steel alloyed with “the metal of alumine,” which had not yet been isolated at the time. He then discusses the rhodium, silver, and nickel steels, mentioning his surprise at being able to vaporize silver while being unable to reduce titanium, expressing doubt about whether titanium “has ever been reduced at all in its pure state.” [It can now be easily reduced either with an electric arc or by using metallic aluminum.] He ends the letter with, “Please pity us that, after two years of experiments, we haven’t made any progress; but I’m sure if you knew the effort put into the experiments, you would at least commend us for our perseverance.”

In 1821, the year of his marriage, came the first of the important scientific discoveries which brought him international fame. This was the discovery of the electromagnetic rotations. It appears that Oersted’s brilliant flash of insight that the “electric conflict acts in a revolving manner” upon the pole of the neighbouring compass needle had been lost sight of in the discussions which followed, and to which allusion has been made above. All the world was thinking about attractions and repulsions. Two men,84 however, seem to have gone a little further in their ideas. Dr. Wollaston had suggested that there ought to be a tendency, when a magnet pole was presented towards a straight conducting wire carrying a current, for that conducting wire to revolve around its own axis. This effect—though in recent years it has been observed by Mr. George Gore—he unsuccessfully tried to observe by experiments. He came in April, 1821, to the laboratory of the Royal Institution to make an experiment, but without result. Faraday, at the request of his friend Phillips, who was editor of the Annals of Philosophy, wrote for that magazine in July, August, and September a historical sketch of electromagnetism down to date. This was one of the very few of Faraday’s writings that was anonymous. It was simply signed “M.” This is in vol. iii. p. 107. On p. 117 the editor says: “To the historical sketch of electromagnetism with which I have been favoured by my anonymous correspondent, I shall add a sketch of the discoveries that have been made by Mr. Faraday of the Royal Institution.” In the course of this work Faraday repeated for his own satisfaction almost all the experiments that he described. This led him to discover that a wire, included in the circuit, but mounted so as to hang with its lower end in a pool of quicksilver, could rotate around the pole of a magnet; and conversely that if the wire were fixed and the pole of the magnet free to move, the latter would rotate around the former. “I did not realise,” he wrote, “Dr. Wollaston’s expectation of the rotation of the electromagnetic wire around its axis.” As was so often his custom, he had no sooner finished the85 research for publication than he dashed off a brief summary of it in a letter to one of his friends. On this occasion it was Professor G. de la Rive, of Geneva, who was the recipient of his confidences. On September 12 he wrote:—

In 1821, the year he got married, he made his first significant scientific discovery that brought him international recognition. This was the discovery of electromagnetic rotations. It seems that Oersted’s brilliant insight that the “electric conflict acts in a revolving manner” on the pole of a nearby compass needle had been overlooked in the discussions that followed, which I mentioned earlier. The world was focused on attractions and repulsions. However, two men seemed to have pushed their ideas a bit further. Dr. Wollaston suggested that when a magnet pole is presented toward a straight conducting wire carrying a current, that wire should tend to rotate around its own axis. Although Mr. George Gore observed this effect recently, Wollaston unsuccessfully tried to demonstrate it through experiments. In April 1821, he went to the Royal Institution's laboratory to conduct an experiment, but it yielded no results. Faraday, following a request from his friend Phillips—who was the editor of the Annals of Philosophy—wrote a historical overview of electromagnetism for that magazine in July, August, and September. This was one of the very few works by Faraday that was published anonymously, simply signed “M.” This appears in vol. iii. p. 107. On p. 117, the editor notes: “To the historical sketch of electromagnetism provided by my anonymous correspondent, I will add a summary of the discoveries made by Mr. Faraday of the Royal Institution.” In the course of this work, Faraday repeated nearly all the experiments he described for his own understanding. This led him to discover that a wire included in the circuit, but arranged to hang with its lower end in a pool of quicksilver, could rotate around the pole of a magnet; conversely, if the wire was fixed and the pole of the magnet was free to move, the magnet would rotate around the wire. “I did not realize,” he wrote, “Dr. Wollaston’s expectation of the rotation of the electromagnetic wire around its axis.” True to his usual habit, he finished the research for publication and quickly drafted a brief summary in a letter to one of his friends. This time it was Professor G. de la Rive from Geneva who received his insights. On September 12, he wrote:—

LETTER TO DE LA RIVE.

I am much flattered and encouraged to go on by your good opinion of what little things I have been able to do in science, and especially as regards the chlorides of carbon.

I’m really grateful and motivated by your positive feedback on the small contributions I’ve made to science, especially concerning carbon chlorides.

* * * * *

You partly reproach us here with not sufficiently esteeming Ampère’s experiments on electromagnetism. Allow me to extenuate your opinion a little on this point. With regard to the experiments, I hope and trust that due weight is allowed to them; but these you know are few, and theory makes up the great part of what M. Ampère has published, and theory in a great many points unsupported by experiments when they ought to have been adduced. At the same time, M. Ampère’s experiments are excellent, and his theory ingenious; and, for myself, I had thought very little about it before your letter came, simply because, being naturally sceptical on philosophical theories, I thought there was a great want of experimental evidence. Since then, however, I have engaged on the subject, and have a paper in our “Institution Journal,” which will appear in a week or two, and that will, as it contains experiment, be immediately applied by M. Ampère in support of his theory, much more decidedly than it is by myself. I intend to enclose a copy of it to you with the other, and only want the means of sending it.

You partly blame us here for not valuing Ampère’s experiments on electromagnetism enough. Let me slightly soften your view on this matter. Regarding the experiments, I hope and believe they are given their due importance; however, as you know, they are limited, and most of what M. Ampère has published is theory, which in many instances lacks the experimental support it should have. Nonetheless, M. Ampère’s experiments are excellent, and his theory is clever; for my part, I hadn’t thought much about it before your letter arrived, mainly because, being naturally skeptical about philosophical theories, I felt there was a significant lack of experimental evidence. Since then, however, I have delved into the topic and will have a paper in our “Institution Journal” that should be published in a week or two. This paper includes experiments that M. Ampère will use to support his theory much more definitively than I have. I plan to send you a copy along with the other, and I just need a way to send it.

I find all the usual attractions and repulsions of the magnetic needle by the conjunctive wire are deceptions, the motions being not attractions or repulsions, nor the result of any attractive or repulsive forces, but the result of a force in the wire, which instead of bringing the pole of the needle nearer to, or further from the wire, endeavours to make it move round it in a never ending circle and motion whilst the86 battery remains in action. I have succeeded not only in showing the existence of this motion theoretically, but experimentally, and have been able to make the wire revolve round a magnetic pole, or a magnetic pole round the wire, at pleasure. The law of revolution, and to which all the other motions of the needle and wire are reducible, is simple and beautiful.

I see that all the usual attractions and repulsions of the magnetic needle caused by the connecting wire are illusions. The movements aren't really attractions or repulsions, nor are they the result of any attractive or repulsive forces. Instead, they come from a force in the wire that tries to make the needle spin around it in a continuous circle while the 86 battery is active. I’ve not only demonstrated this spinning motion theoretically but also experimentally, and I can make the wire rotate around a magnetic pole or the magnetic pole rotate around the wire whenever I want. The principle of rotation, to which all the other movements of the needle and wire can be related, is straightforward and elegant.

Conceive a portion of connecting wire north and south, the north end being attached to the positive pole of a battery, the south to the negative. A north magnetic pole would then pass round it continually in the apparent direction of the sun, from east to west above, from west to east below.

Conceive a section of connecting wire running north and south, with the north end connected to the positive terminal of a battery and the south end to the negative. A north magnetic pole would then continuously circle around it in the direction of the sun, moving from east to west above and from west to east below.

Reverse the connections with the battery, and the motion of the pole is reversed; or if the south pole be made to revolve, the motions will be in the opposite directions, as with the north pole.

Reverse the connections with the battery, and the movement of the pole changes direction; or if the south pole is made to spin, the movements will be in the opposite directions, just like with the north pole.

If the wire be made to revolve round the pole, the motions are according to those mentioned. In the apparatus I used there were but two plates, and the directions of the motions were of course19 the reverse of those with a battery of several pairs of plates, and which are given above. Now I have been able, experimentally, to trace this motion into its various forms as exhibited by Ampère’s, Nelice’s, &c., and in all cases to show that the attractions and repulsions are only appearances due to this circulation of the pole, to show that dissimilar poles repel as well as attract, and that similar poles attract as well as repel, and to make, I think, the analogy between the helix and common bar magnet far stronger than before. But yet I am by no means decided that there are currents of electricity in the common magnet.

If the wire is made to spin around the pole, the motions follow the patterns mentioned. In the setup I used, there were only two plates, and the directions of the movements were of course the opposite of those with a battery of multiple pairs of plates, as outlined above. Now I've been able to experiment and trace this motion into its various forms as shown by Ampère, Nelice, etc., and in all cases, I can demonstrate that the attractions and repulsions are merely appearances caused by this circulation of the pole, showing that dissimilar poles can repel as well as attract, and that similar poles can attract as well as repel. I believe this makes the comparison between the helix and the common bar magnet much stronger than before. However, I’m still not convinced that there are currents of electricity in the common magnet.

I have no doubt that electricity puts the circles of the helix into the same state as those circles are in, that may be conceived in the bar magnet, but I am not certain that this state is directly dependant on the electricity, or that it cannot be produced by other agencies; and therefore, until the presence of electrical currents be proved in the magnet by other than87 magnetical effects, I shall remain in doubt about Ampère’s theory.

I have no doubt that electricity aligns the circles of the helix just like those in a bar magnet, but I'm not sure if this alignment is directly caused by electricity or if it can be achieved by other factors. So, until we can prove that electrical currents are present in the magnet through means other than magnetism, I'll remain uncertain about Ampère’s theory.87

* * * * *

Wishing you all health and happiness, and waiting for news from you,

Wishing you all the best in health and happiness, and looking forward to hearing from you,

I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and grateful

I am, my dear Sir, very grateful and obliged to you.

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

The reference at the beginning of this letter to the chlorides of carbon has to do with his discovery communicated to the Royal Society. Later in the year, a joint paper on another compound of carbon and chlorine, by himself and his friend Richard Phillips, was sent in. Both were printed together in the Philosophical Transactions of 1821.

The mention at the start of this letter about the chlorides of carbon relates to his discovery shared with the Royal Society. Later that year, a joint paper on another carbon and chlorine compound, co-authored with his friend Richard Phillips, was submitted. Both were published together in the Philosophical Transactions of 1821.

LEAVES FROM THE NOTE-BOOK.

The following is an extract from Faraday’s laboratory book relating to the discovery. The account is incomplete, a leaf having been torn out:—

The following is an excerpt from Faraday's lab notebook regarding the discovery. The account is not complete, as a page has been torn out:—

1821, Sept. 3.

Sept. 3, 1821.

The effort of the wire is always to pass off at a right angle from the pole, indeed to go in a circle round it, so when either pole was brought up to the wire perpendicular to it and to the radius of the circle it described, there was neither attraction nor repulsion, but the moment the pole varied in the slightest manner either in or out, the wire moved one way or the other.

The wire always tries to run off at a right angle from the pole, essentially moving in a circle around it. So, when either pole is positioned directly above the wire and aligned with the radius of its circular path, there’s no attraction or repulsion. However, the moment the pole shifts even slightly, in or out, the wire will move in one direction or the other.

The poles of the magnet act on the bent wire in all positions and not in the direction only of any axis of the magnet, so that the current can hardly be cylindrical or arranged round the axis of a cylinder?

The poles of the magnet affect the bent wire in all orientations, not just along any one axis of the magnet. Therefore, the current can't really be cylindrical or organized around the axis of a cylinder.

From the motion above a north magnet pole in the centre of one of the circles should make the wire continually turn round. Arranged a magnet needle in a glass tube with mercury about it, and by a cork, water, &c., supported a connecting wire so that the upper end should go into the silver cup and its mercury, and the lower move in a channel of mercury round88 the pole of the needle. The battery arranged with the wire as before. In this way got the revolution of the wire round the pole of the magnet. The direction was as follow, looking from above down:—

From the motion above, a north magnetic pole at the center of one of the circles should cause the wire to keep rotating. A magnet needle was placed in a glass tube filled with mercury, and by using a cork, water, etc., I supported a connecting wire so that the upper end would go into the silver cup and its mercury, while the lower end would move in a channel of mercury around the pole of the needle. The battery was set up with the wire as previously described. In this way, the wire revolved around the magnet's pole. The direction was as follows, looking from above:

Fig. 2. (Copy of Original Sketch.)

Very satisfactory, but make more sensible apparatus.

Very satisfactory, but create more practical equipment.

Tuesday, Sept. 4.

Tuesday, September 4.

Apparatus for revolution of wire and magnet. A deep basin with bit of wax at bottom and then filled with mercury. A magnet stuck upright in wax so that pole just above the surface of mercury. Then piece of wire floated by cork at lower end dipping into mercy and above into silver cup as before:—

Apparatus for the rotation of wire and magnet. A deep bowl with a bit of wax at the bottom, then filled with mercury. A magnet stood upright in the wax so that its pole is just above the surface of the mercury. A piece of wire is floated by a cork at the lower end, dipping into the mercury and above into a silver cup as before:—

Fig. 3. (facsimile of Original Sketch.)

Fig. 3. (copy of Original Sketch)

The research on the electromagnetic rotations, which was published in the Quarterly Journal of Science for October, 1821 (and reprinted in the second volume of the “Experimental Researches in Electricity”), was the occasion of a very serious misunderstanding with Dr. Wollaston and his friends, which at one time threatened to cause Faraday’s exclusion89 from the Royal Society. Faraday’s prompt and frank action in appealing to Dr. Wollaston saved him in a very unpleasant crisis; and the latter came three or four times to the laboratory to witness the experiments. On Christmas Day of the same year, Faraday succeeded in making a wire through which an electric current is passing move under the influence of the earth’s magnetism alone. His brother-in-law, George Barnard, who was in the laboratory at the time, wrote:—“All at once he exclaimed, ‘Do you see, do you see, do you see, George?’ as the wire began to revolve. One end I recollect was in the cup of quicksilver, the other attached above to the centre. I shall never forget the enthusiasm expressed in his face and the sparkling in his eyes!”

The research on electromagnetic rotations, published in the Quarterly Journal of Science for October 1821 (and reprinted in the second volume of “Experimental Researches in Electricity”), led to a serious misunderstanding with Dr. Wollaston and his associates, which at one point nearly resulted in Faraday being excluded89 from the Royal Society. Faraday's quick and honest approach in reaching out to Dr. Wollaston helped him navigate a very tough situation; Wollaston visited the lab three or four times to see the experiments. On Christmas Day that same year, Faraday managed to make a wire carrying an electric current move solely under the influence of the Earth's magnetism. His brother-in-law, George Barnard, who was present in the lab at the time, wrote: “Suddenly he shouted, ‘Do you see, do you see, do you see, George?’ as the wire started to spin. I remember one end was in a cup of mercury, and the other was attached above to the center. I’ll never forget the excitement on his face and the sparkle in his eyes!”

SCENES IN THE LABORATORY.

In 1822 little was added to Faraday’s scientific work. He had a joint paper with Stodart on steel before the Royal Society, and in the Quarterly Journal two short chemical papers and four on electromagnetical motions and magnetism. He had long kept a commonplace book in which he entered notes and queries as well as extracts from books and journals; but this year he began a fresh manuscript volume, into which he transferred many of the queries and suggestions of his own originating. This volume he called “Chemical Notes, Hints, Suggestions, and Objects of Pursuit.” It contains many of the germs of his own future discoveries, as the following examples show:—

In 1822, there wasn't much added to Faraday's scientific work. He co-authored a paper with Stodart on steel that was presented to the Royal Society, and published two short chemical papers and four on electromagnetism and magnetism in the Quarterly Journal. He had long maintained a commonplace book where he noted down ideas, questions, and excerpts from books and journals; however, this year he started a new manuscript volume where he transferred many of his own questions and suggestions. He titled this volume “Chemical Notes, Hints, Suggestions, and Objects of Pursuit.” It includes many foundational ideas for his future discoveries, as the following examples show:—

Convert magnetism into electricity.

Convert magnetism to electricity.

Do pith balls diverge by disturbance of electricities in consequence of induction or not?

Do pith balls move apart because of electric disturbances caused by induction or not?

90

General effects of compression, either in condensing gases, or producing solutions, or even giving combinations at low temperatures.

General effects of compression, whether it’s compressing gases, creating solutions, or even forming mixtures at low temperatures.

Light through gold leaf on to zine or most oxidable metals, these being poles—or on magnetic bars.

Light through gold leaf onto zinc or most oxidizable metals, these being poles—or on magnetic bars.

Transparency of metals. Sun’s light through gold leaf. Two gold leaves made poles—light passed through one to the other.

Transparency of metals. Sunlight through gold leaf. Two gold leaves created poles—light traveled through one to the other.

Whenever any query found an answer, he drew his pen through it and added the date. In front of the book—probably at some later time—he wrote these words:—

Whenever he found an answer to a question, he crossed it out with his pen and wrote the date next to it. Later, in front of the book, he wrote these words:—

I already owe much to these notes, and think such a collection worth the making by every scientific man. I am sure none would think the trouble lost after a year’s experience.

I already owe a lot to these notes and believe that every scientist should take the time to create a collection like this. I'm sure no one would consider the effort wasted after a year of experience.

A striking example had already occurred of similar suggestive notes in the optical queries of Sir Isaac Newton.

A notable example had already happened of similar thought-provoking notes in the optical inquiries of Sir Isaac Newton.

In another manuscript notebook occur the following entries under date of September 10, 1821:—

In another notebook, the following entries are recorded on September 10, 1821:—

2 similar poles though they repell at most distances attract at very small distances and adhere. Query why....

2 similar poles, although they repel each other at most distances, attract and stick together at very close ranges. Why is that...?

Could not magnetise a plate of steel so as to resemble flat spiral. Either the magnetism would be very weak and irregular or there would be none at all.

Couldn’t magnetize a steel plate to look like a flat spiral. Either the magnetism would be very weak and uneven, or there would be none at all.

These are interesting as showing how Faraday was educating himself by continual experiment. The explanation of each of these paradoxes has long passed into the commonplace of physics; but they would still puzzle many who have learned their science bookishly at second-hand.

These are interesting because they show how Faraday was teaching himself through constant experimentation. The explanations for each of these paradoxes have long been accepted in physics, but they would still confuse many who have learned their science through textbooks without hands-on experience.

91

91

It will be noted that amongst the entries cited above there are two of absolutely capital importance, one foreshadowing the great discovery of magneto-electric induction, the other indicating how the existence of electro-optical relations was shaping itself as a possibility in Faraday’s mind. An entry in his laboratory book of September 10 is of great interest:—

It should be noted that among the entries mentioned above, two are extremely important: one hints at the significant discovery of magneto-electric induction, while the other shows how the idea of electro-optical relations was developing in Faraday's mind. An entry in his lab notebook from September 10 is particularly fascinating:—

Polarised a ray of lamp-light by reflection, and endeavoured to ascertain whether any depolarising action [is] exerted on it by water placed between the poles of a voltaic battery in a glass cistern; one Wollaston’s trough used; the fluids decomposed were pure water, weak solution of sulphate of soda, and strong sulphuric acid: none of them had any effect on the polarised light, either when out of or in the voltaic circuit, so that no particular arrangement of particles could be ascertained in this way.

Polarized a beam of lamp light by reflection and tried to determine if any depolarizing effect is produced by water placed between the poles of a voltaic battery in a glass tank; one of Wollaston's troughs was used. The fluids tested were pure water, a weak solution of sodium sulfate, and strong sulfuric acid: none of them had any effect on the polarized light, whether in or out of the voltaic circuit, so no specific arrangement of particles could be identified this way.

AN UNSUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT.

It may be added that no such optical effect of electrolytic conduction as that here looked for has yet been discovered. The experiment, unsuccessful at that day, remains still an unsuccessful one. A singular interest attaches to it, however, and it was repeated several times by Faraday in subsequent years, in hope of some results.

It can be noted that no optical effect of electrolytic conduction, as we are searching for here, has been discovered yet. The experiment, which was unsuccessful at that time, still remains unsuccessful. However, it has a unique interest, and Faraday repeated it several times in the following years, hoping for some results.

In 1823 Faraday read two papers to the Royal Society, one on Liquid Chlorine, the other on the Condensation of several Gases into Liquids. No sooner was the work completed than he dashed off a letter to De la Rive to tell him what he had accomplished. Under date March 24, 1823, he writes:—

In 1823, Faraday presented two papers to the Royal Society: one on Liquid Chlorine and the other on Condensing several Gases into Liquids. As soon as he finished his work, he quickly wrote a letter to De la Rive to share his achievements. Dated March 24, 1823, he writes:—

I have been at work lately, and obtained results which I hope you will approve of. I have been interrupted twice in92 the course of experiments by explosions, both in the course of eight days—one burnt my eyes, the other cut them; but fortunately escaped with slight injury only in both cases, and am now nearly well. During the winter I took the opportunity of examining the hydrate of chlorine, and analysing it; the results, which are not very important, will appear in the next number of the Quarterly Journal, over which I have no influence. Sir H. Davy, on seeing my paper, suggested to me to work with it under pressure, and see what would happen by heat, &c. Accordingly I enclosed it in a glass tube hermetically sealed, heated it, obtained a change in the substance, and a separation into two different fluids; and upon further examination I found that the chlorine and water had separated from each other, and the chlorine gas, not being able to escape, had condensed into the liquid form. To prove that it contained no water, I dried some chlorine gas, introduced it into a long tube, condensed it, and then cooled the tube, and again obtained fluid chlorine. Hence what is called chlorine gas is the vapour of a fluid....

I've been working a lot lately and achieved some results that I hope you’ll find satisfactory. I've been interrupted twice during my experiments by explosions within eight days—one burned my eyes while the other injured them; luckily, I only sustained minor injuries in both cases, and I’m almost fully recovered now. Over the winter, I took the chance to examine and analyze the hydrate of chlorine; the findings, which aren't particularly significant, will be published in the upcoming issue of the Quarterly Journal, which I'm not involved with. Sir H. Davy, after reviewing my paper, encouraged me to experiment with it under pressure and observe what would happen with heat, etc. So, I enclosed it in a hermetically sealed glass tube, heated it, which caused a change in the substance and led to the separation into two distinct liquids. Upon further investigation, I discovered that the chlorine and water had separated, and the chlorine gas, unable to escape, condensed into a liquid state. To confirm that it contained no water, I dried some chlorine gas, introduced it into a long tube, condensed it, and then cooled the tube, resulting in liquid chlorine again. Therefore, what we call chlorine gas is actually the vapor of a liquid...

* * * * *

I expect to be able to reduce many other gases to the liquid form, and promise myself the pleasure of writing you about them. I hope you will honour me with a letter soon.

I expect to be able to convert many other gases into liquid form, and I look forward to the pleasure of writing to you about them. I hope you'll do me the honor of sending me a letter soon.

I am, dear Sir, very faithfully, your obedient servant,

I am, dear Sir, very sincerely, your devoted servant,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

CHLORINE LIQUEFIED.

The work of liquefying the gases had been taken up by Faraday during his hours of liberty from other duties. It was probably his characteristic dislike to “doubtful knowledge” which prompted him to re-examine a substance which had at one time been regarded as chlorine in a solid state, but which Davy in 1810 had demonstrated to be a hydrate of that element. The first work was, as narrated above, to make a new analysis of the supposed substance. This analysis, duly written out, was submitted to Sir93 Humphry, who, without stating precisely what results he anticipated might follow, suggested heating the hydrate under pressure in a hermetically sealed glass tube. This Faraday did. When so heated, the tube filled with a yellow atmosphere, and on cooling was found to contain two liquids, one limpid and colourless like water, the other of an oily appearance. Concerning this research a curious story is told in the life of Davy. Dr. Paris, Davy’s friend and biographer, happened to visit the laboratory while Faraday was at work on these tubes. Seeing the oily liquid, he ventured to rally the young assistant upon his carelessness in employing greasy tubes. Later in the day, Faraday, on filing off the end of the tube, was startled by finding the contents suddenly to explode; the oily matter completely disappearing. He speedily ascertained the cause. The gas, liberated from combination with water by heat, had under the pressure of its own evolution liquefied itself, only to re-expand with violence when the tube was opened. Early the next day Dr. Paris received the following laconic note:—

The task of turning gases into liquids was taken on by Faraday during his free time from other responsibilities. It was likely his strong dislike for "uncertain knowledge" that led him to re-examine a substance that had once been thought to be solid chlorine, but which Davy had shown in 1810 to be a hydrate of that element. The first step, as mentioned earlier, was to conduct a new analysis of the supposed substance. This analysis was carefully documented and submitted to Sir93 Humphry, who, without specifying the expected results, suggested heating the hydrate under pressure in a sealed glass tube. Faraday went ahead with the experiment. When heated, the tube filled with a yellow gas, and upon cooling, it was found to contain two liquids: one clear and colorless like water, and the other oily in appearance. A strange story is told about this research in Davy's life. Dr. Paris, Davy's friend and biographer, happened to visit the lab while Faraday was working with these tubes. When he saw the oily liquid, he jokingly teased the young assistant about being careless with greasy tubes. Later that day, when Faraday filed off the end of the tube, he was shocked to find the contents suddenly explode, causing the oily liquid to vanish entirely. He quickly figured out what had happened. The gas, released from its bond with water due to heat, had liquefied itself under its own pressure, only to violently expand when the tube was opened. Early the next day, Dr. Paris received the following briefnote:—

Dear Sir,—

Dear Sir,—

The oil you noticed yesterday turns out to be liquid chlorine.

The oil you saw yesterday is actually liquid chlorine.

Yours faithfully,
M. Faraday.

Yours sincerely,
M. Faraday.

Later he adopted a compressing syringe to condense the gas, and again succeeded in liquefying it. Davy, who added a characteristic note to Faraday’s published paper, immediately applied the same method of liquefaction by its own pressure to hydrochloric acid94 gas; and Faraday reduced a number of other gases by the same means. These researches were not without danger. In the preliminary experiments an explosion of one of the tubes drove thirteen fragments of glass into Faraday’s eye. At the end of the year he drew up a historical statement on the liquefaction of gases, which was published in the Quarterly Journal for January, 1824. A further statement by him was published in the Philosophical Magazine for 1836; and in 1844 his further researches on the liquefaction of gases were published in the Philosophical Transactions.

Later, he used a compressing syringe to condense the gas and successfully liquefied it again. Davy, who added a notable comment to Faraday’s published paper, quickly applied the same liquefaction method using its own pressure to hydrochloric acid gas; and Faraday managed to reduce several other gases using the same technique. These experiments were not without risk. During the initial experiments, an explosion of one of the tubes sent thirteen pieces of glass into Faraday’s eye. By the end of the year, he wrote a historical summary on the liquefaction of gases, which was published in the Quarterly Journal in January 1824. He provided another account published in the Philosophical Magazine in 1836, and in 1844, his further research on the liquefaction of gases was published in the Philosophical Transactions.

In 1824 Faraday again brought to the Royal Society a chemical discovery of first importance. The paper was on some new compounds of carbon and hydrogen, and on certain other products obtained during decomposition of oil by heat. From condensed oil-gas, so obtained, Faraday succeeded in separating the liquid known as benzin or benzol, or, as he named it at the time, bicarburet of hydrogen. It has since its discovery formed the basis of several great chemical industries, and is manufactured in vast quantities. Prior to the reading of this paper he had, as we have already related, been elected a Fellow of the Royal Society, an honour to which he had for some years aspired, and which stood alone in his regard above the scientific honours of later years.

In 1824, Faraday presented another significant chemical discovery to the Royal Society. The paper discussed some new compounds of carbon and hydrogen, as well as several other products created during the breakdown of oil through heat. From the condensed oil-gas he collected, Faraday successfully isolated the liquid known as benzene, which he initially labeled bicarburet of hydrogen. Since its discovery, it has become the foundation for several major chemical industries and is produced in large quantities. Before presenting this paper, he had already been elected a Fellow of the Royal Society, an honor he had sought for several years, which he valued above the scientific accolades he received later.

In this year he tried, amongst his unsuccessful experiments, two of singular interest. One was an attempt to find whether two crystals (such as nitre) exercised upon one another any polar attractions like those of two lodestones. He suspended them by95 fibres of cocoon silk, and, finding this material not delicate enough, by spider-lines. The other was an attempt to discover magneto-electricity. For various reasons he concluded that the approximation of the pole of a powerful magnet to a conductor carrying a current would have the effect of diminishing the amount of that current. He placed magnets within a copper wire helix, and observed with a galvanometer whether the current sent through the circuit of the helix by a given battery was less when the magnet was absent. The result was negative.

In this year, he attempted, among his unsuccessful experiments, two particularly interesting ones. One was an effort to see if two crystals (like nitre) had any polar attractions similar to those of two lodestones. He suspended them using95 silk threads from cocoons, and when he found this material not fine enough, he switched to spider silk. The other experiment was to investigate magneto-electricity. For several reasons, he concluded that bringing the pole of a strong magnet close to a conductor carrying a current would reduce the current's strength. He placed magnets inside a copper wire coil and used a galvanometer to check whether the current flowing through the coil from a specific battery was lower when the magnet was not present. The results were negative.

RESEARCH ON OPTICAL GLASS.

In this year also began the laborious researches on optical glass, which though in themselves leading to no immediate success of commercial value, nevertheless furnished Faraday with the material essential at the time for the making of the most momentous of all his discoveries. A committee had been appointed by the President and Council of the Royal Society for the improvement of glass for optical purposes, and Faraday was amongst those chosen to act upon it.

In this year, the extensive studies on optical glass also started. Although these studies didn’t lead to any immediate commercial success, they provided Faraday with the essential materials needed for his most significant discovery. A committee was formed by the President and Council of the Royal Society to improve glass for optical uses, and Faraday was one of the selected members to serve on it.

In 1825 the Royal Society Committee delegated the investigation of optical glass to a sub-committee of three, Herschel (afterwards Sir John), Dollond (the optician), and Faraday. The chemical part, including the experimental manufacture, was entrusted to Faraday. Dollond was to work the glass and test its qualities from the instrument maker’s point of view, whilst Herschel was to examine its refraction, dispersion, and other physical properties. This sub-committee worked for nearly five years, though by the removal of Herschel from England its number was96 reduced to two. In 1827 the work became more arduous. Faraday thus writes:—

In 1825, the Royal Society Committee assigned the study of optical glass to a sub-committee made up of three members: Herschel (who later became Sir John), Dollond (the optician), and Faraday. Faraday was responsible for the chemical aspects, including the experimental manufacturing. Dollond was in charge of working with the glass and testing its qualities from the perspective of an instrument maker, while Herschel was to investigate its refraction, dispersion, and other physical properties. This sub-committee worked for almost five years, although after Herschel left England, the group was reduced to two members. In 1827, the workload became heavier. Faraday then writes:—

The President and Council of the Royal Society applied to the President and Managers of the Royal Institution for leave to erect on their premises an experimental room with a furnace, for the purpose of continuing the investigation on the manufacture of optical glass. They were guided in this by the desire which the Royal Institution has always evinced to assist in the advancement of science; and the readiness with which the application was granted showed that no mistaken notion had been formed in this respect. As a member of both bodies, I felt much anxiety that the investigation should be successful. A room and furnaces were built at the Royal Institution in September, 1827, and an assistant was engaged, Sergeant Anderson, of the Royal Artillery. He came on the 3rd of December.

The President and Council of the Royal Society requested permission from the President and Managers of the Royal Institution to set up an experimental room with a furnace on their premises to continue the research on making optical glass. They were motivated by the Royal Institution's consistent commitment to support scientific advancement, and the prompt approval of the request indicated that there were no misconceptions about this. As a member of both organizations, I was quite anxious for the research to succeed. A room and furnaces were built at the Royal Institution in September 1827, and an assistant, Sergeant Anderson from the Royal Artillery, was hired. He arrived on December 3rd.

Anderson, who was thus made assistant to Faraday, remained in that capacity till his death in 1866. He was a most devoted servant. In a footnote to the “Experimental Researches” (vol. iii. p. 3) Faraday in 1845 wrote of him:—

Anderson, who was appointed as Faraday's assistant, stayed in that role until his death in 1866. He was an incredibly dedicated servant. In a footnote to the "Experimental Researches" (vol. iii. p. 3), Faraday wrote about him:—

I cannot resist the occasion that is thus offered me of mentioning the name of Mr. Anderson, who came to me as an assistant in the glass experiments, and has remained ever since in the laboratory of the Royal Institution. He assisted me in all the researches into which I have entered since that time; and to his care, steadiness, exactitude, and faithfulness in the performance of all that has been committed to his charge, I am much indebted.—M. F.

I can't pass up the chance to mention Mr. Anderson, who joined me as an assistant in the glass experiments and has stayed in the laboratory of the Royal Institution ever since. He has helped me with all the research I've done since then; I owe a lot to his care, reliability, precision, and dedication in handling everything I entrusted to him.—M. F.

Tyndall, who had a great admiration for Anderson, declared that his merits as an assistant might be summed up in one phrase—blind obedience. The story is told of him by Benjamin Abbott:—

Tyndall, who greatly admired Anderson, said that his strengths as an assistant could be summed up in one phrase—complete obedience. Benjamin Abbott tells the story of him:—

97

97

ANDERSON’S OBEDIENCE.

Sergeant Anderson ... was chosen simply because of the habits of strict obedience his military training had given him. His duty was to keep the furnaces always at the same heat, and the water in the ashpit always at the same level. In the evening he was released, but one night Faraday forgot to tell Anderson he could go home, and early next morning he found his faithful servant still stoking the glowing furnace, as he had been doing all night long.

Sergeant Anderson was chosen solely because of the strict obedience his military training had instilled in him. His job was to keep the furnaces at a consistent temperature and ensure the water in the ash pit was always at the right level. In the evening, he was usually let go, but one night, Faraday forgot to tell Anderson he could go home, and the next morning he found his dedicated servant still tending to the hot furnace, just as he had been all night.

The research on optical glass was viewed askance by several parties. The expenditure of money which it involved was one of the “charges” hurled against the Council of the Royal Society by Sir James South in 1830. Nevertheless it was deemed sufficiently important to receive powerful support, as the following letter shows:—

The research on optical glass was looked at suspiciously by several groups. The amount of money it required was one of the “accusations” thrown at the Council of the Royal Society by Sir James South in 1830. However, it was considered important enough to gain strong backing, as the following letter shows:—

Admiralty, 20 Dec., 1827.

Admiralty, Dec 20, 1827.

Sir,

Mr.,

I hereby request, on behalf of the Board of Longitude, that you will continue, in the furnace built at the Royal Institution, the experiments on glass, directed by the joint Committee of the Royal Society and the Board of Longitude and already sanctioned by the Treasury and the Board of Excise.

I am writing to request, on behalf of the Board of Longitude, that you continue the glass experiments in the furnace at the Royal Institution, as directed by the joint Committee of the Royal Society and the Board of Longitude, and already approved by the Treasury and the Board of Excise.

I am, Sir,
Your obedient servant,
Thomas Young, M.D.,
Sec. Bd. Long.

I'm, Sir,
Your loyal servant,
Thomas Young, M.D.
Sec. Bd. Long.

Michael Faraday, Esq.,
Royal Institution.

Michael Faraday, Esq.,
Royal Institution.

In February, 1825, Faraday’s duties towards the Royal Institution were somewhat modified. Hitherto he had been nominally a mere assistant to Davy and Brande, though he had occasionally undertaken lectures for the latter. Now, on Davy’s recommendation, he was, as we have seen, appointed by the98 managers Director of the Laboratory under the superintendence of the Professor of Chemistry. He was relieved, “because of his occupation in research,” from his duty as chemical assistant at the lectures.

In February 1825, Faraday’s responsibilities at the Royal Institution changed a bit. Until then, he had mostly been just an assistant to Davy and Brande, though he had occasionally given lectures for the latter. Now, based on Davy’s recommendation, he was appointed by the 98 managers as Director of the Laboratory under the supervision of the Professor of Chemistry. He was relieved of his role as a chemical assistant during lectures “because of his work in research.”

The research on optical glass was not concluded till 1829, when its results were communicated to the Royal Society in the Bakerian lecture of that year—a memoir so long that it is said three sittings were occupied in its delivery. It is printed in extenso in the Philosophical Transactions of 1830. It opens as follows:—

The research on optical glass wasn't finished until 1829, when its results were presented to the Royal Society in that year's Bakerian lecture—a paper so lengthy that it reportedly took three sessions to deliver. It is printed in extenso in the Philosophical Transactions of 1830. It begins as follows:—

When the philosopher desires to apply glass in the construction of perfect instruments, and especially the achromatic telescope, its manufacture is found liable to imperfections so important and so difficult to avoid, that science is frequently stopped in her progress by them—a fact fully proved by the circumstance that Mr. Dollond, one of our first opticians, has not been able to obtain a disc of flint glass 4½ inches in diameter, fit for a telescope, within the last five years; or a similar disc, of 5 inches, within the last ten years.

When a philosopher wants to use glass to build perfect instruments, especially the achromatic telescope, they often face significant and hard-to-avoid flaws in its manufacturing. These issues frequently hinder scientific progress, as demonstrated by the fact that Mr. Dollond, one of the leading opticians of our time, has been unable to obtain a 4½-inch diameter piece of flint glass suitable for a telescope in the last five years, or a similar 5-inch piece in the last ten years.

This led to the appointment by Sir H. Davy of the Royal Society Committee, and the Government removed the excise restrictions, and undertook to bear all the expenses as long as the investigation offered a reasonable hope of success.

This resulted in Sir H. Davy appointing the Royal Society Committee, and the Government lifted the excise restrictions and agreed to cover all the costs as long as the investigation showed a fair chance of success.

The experiments were begun at the Falcon Glass Works, three miles from the Royal Institution, and continued there in 1825, 1826, and to Sept., 1827, when a room was built at the Institution. At first the inquiry was pursued principally as related to flint and crown glass; but in September, 1828, it was directed exclusively to the preparation and perfection of peculiar heavy and fusible glasses, from which time continued progress has been made.

The experiments started at the Falcon Glass Works, three miles from the Royal Institution, and continued there in 1825, 1826, and until September 1827, when a room was built at the Institution. Initially, the research focused mainly on flint and crown glass; however, in September 1828, it shifted entirely to the creation and refinement of special heavy and meltable glasses, leading to ongoing advancements since then.

In 1830 the experiments on glass-making were stopped.

In 1830, the experiments on glass-making stopped.

In 1831 the Committee for the Improvement of99 Glass for Optical Purposes reported to the Royal Society Council that the telescope made with Mr. Faraday’s glass had been examined by Captain Kater and Mr. Pond. “It bears as great a power as can reasonably be expected, and is very achromatic. The Committee therefore recommend that Mr. Faraday be requested to make a perfect piece of glass of the largest size that his present apparatus will admit, and also to teach some person to manufacture the glass for general sale.”

In 1831, the Committee for the Improvement of99 Glass for Optical Purposes informed the Royal Society Council that Captain Kater and Mr. Pond had examined the telescope made with Mr. Faraday’s glass. “It has as much power as can be reasonably expected and is very achromatic. The Committee therefore recommends that Mr. Faraday be asked to produce a perfect piece of glass in the largest size that his current equipment allows, and also to teach someone else how to manufacture the glass for general sale.”

GLASS-MAKING LAID ASIDE.

In answer to this Faraday sent the following letter to Dr. Roget, Sec. R.S.:—

In response, Faraday sent the following letter to Dr. Roget, Sec. R.S.V.P.:—

[M. Faraday to P. M. Roget.]

[M. Faraday to P. M. Roget.]

Royal Institution, July 4, 1831.

Royal Institution, July 4, 1831.

Dear Sir,—I send you herewith four large and two small manuscript volumes relating to optical glass, and comprising the journal book and sub-committee book, since the period that experimental investigations commenced at the Royal Institution.

Dear Sir/Madam,—I’m sending you four large and two small manuscript volumes about optical glass, which include the journal book and the sub-committee book, from the time when experimental investigations began at the Royal Institution.

With reference to the request which the Council of the Royal Society have done me the honour of making—namely, that I should continue the investigation—I should, under circumstances of perfect freedom, assent to it at once; but obliged as I have been to devote the whole of my spare time to the experiments already described, and consequently to resign the pursuit of such philosophical inquiries as suggested themselves to my own mind, I would wish, under the present circumstances, to lay the glass aside for a while, that I may enjoy the pleasure of working out my own thoughts on other subjects.

Regarding the request from the Council of the Royal Society that I continue my investigation, I would gladly agree to do so if I were completely free to make that choice. However, I've had to spend all my spare time on the experiments I've already discussed, which has forced me to put aside my own philosophical inquiries. Given these circumstances, I would like to put the microscope down for a bit so I can take pleasure in exploring my own ideas on different topics.

If at a future time the investigation should be renewed, I must beg it to be clearly understood I cannot promise full success should I resume it: all that industry and my abilities can effect shall be done; but to perfect a manufacture, not being a manufacturer, is what I am not bold enough to promise.

If in the future the investigation is reopened, I must make it clear that I can't guarantee complete success if I take it up again: I will do everything that my hard work and skills can achieve; however, perfecting a process, not being a manufacturer myself, is something I can't confidently promise.

I am, &c.,
M. Faraday.

I am, etc., M. Faraday.

100

100

The optical glass was a failure, so far as concerned the original hope that it would lead to great improvements in telescopes. Nevertheless it furnished scientific men with a new material, the “heavy glass” consisting essentially of boro-silicate of lead, for which sundry uses in spectroscopy and other optical instruments have since been found.

The optical glass didn't meet the original expectations of greatly improving telescopes. However, it provided scientists with a new material called "heavy glass," which is mainly made of boro-silicate of lead, and various applications in spectroscopy and other optical instruments have been discovered since.

In 1845 Faraday added this note:—

In 1845, Faraday added this note:—

I consider our results as negative, except as regards any good that may have resulted from my heavy glass in the hands of Amici (who applied it to microscopes) and in my late experiments on light.

I view our results as negative, except for any benefits that might have come from my heavy glass in Amici's hands (who used it for microscopes) and in my recent experiments on light.

These were the famous experiments on magneto-optics and diamagnetism. Incidentally the research had led also to the permanent engagement of Sergeant Anderson as assistant to Faraday.

These were the well-known experiments on magneto-optics and diamagnetism. By the way, this research also resulted in Sergeant Anderson being permanently hired as Faraday's assistant.

RESEARCHES AND LECTURES.

During these years, from 1825 to 1829, which had been thus occupied in an apparently fruitless quest, he had been far from idle. He had gone on contributing chemical papers to the Philosophical Transactions and to the Quarterly Journal. These dealt with sulpho-naphthalic acid, with the limits of vaporisation, with caoutchouc, bisulphide of copper, the fluidity of sulphur and phosphorus, the diffusion of gases, and the relation of water to hot polished surfaces. He had also originated at the Royal Institution the Friday evening discourses (see p. 33), the first of which he held in 1826. For some years he himself delivered no inconsiderable portion of these discourses every session. In 1826 he gave six, in 1827 three, in 1828 five, in 1829 six, and these in addition to his regular afternoon courses of six or101 eight lectures on some connected subject. He had also, in 1826, begun the Christmas lectures adapted to a juvenile audience, and had in 1827 given a course of twelve lectures at the London Institution in Finsbury Circus. In addition to these labours he had, in 1827, brought out the first edition of his book on “Chemical Manipulation.” In 1829 he began his lectures at the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich, which continued till 1849.

During the years from 1825 to 1829, which seemed like a pointless search, he was far from being inactive. He kept writing chemical papers for the Philosophical Transactions and the Quarterly Journal. These papers covered topics like sulpho-naphthalic acid, vaporization limits, rubber, copper(II) sulfide, the fluidity of sulfur and phosphorus, gas diffusion, and how water interacts with hot polished surfaces. He also started the Friday evening discussions at the Royal Institution (see p. 33), the first of which he held in 1826. For several years, he personally delivered a significant number of these discussions each session. In 1826, he gave six, in 1827 three, in 1828 five, and in 1829 six, in addition to his regular afternoon courses of six or eight lectures on related subjects. He also launched the Christmas lectures intended for a younger audience in 1826 and offered a series of twelve lectures at the London Institution in Finsbury Circus in 1827. On top of all this, in 1827, he published the first edition of his book on "Chemical Manipulation." In 1829, he started giving lectures at the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich, which continued until 1849.

The year 1830 may be regarded as the close of the first period of Faraday’s researches, during which time, though much of his labour had been of a preparatory and even desultory kind, it had been a training for the higher work to come. He had made three notable discoveries in chemistry, the new substances benzol and butylene, and the solubility of naphthalene in sulphuric acid forming the first of a new class of bodies, the sulpho-acids. He had also made an important discovery in physics, that of the electromagnetic rotations. He had already published sixty original papers, besides many notes of lesser importance, nine of these papers being memoirs in the Philosophical Transactions. He had already begun to receive from learned societies, academies, and universities the recognition of his scientific attainments, and he had established firmly both his own reputation as a lecturer, and the reputation of the Royal Institution, which was the scene of his lectures.

The year 1830 marks the end of the first phase of Faraday’s research. Even though much of his work had been preliminary and somewhat scattered, it served as a foundation for the more significant work that followed. He made three significant discoveries in chemistry: the new substances benzol and butylene, and the solubility of naphthalene in sulfuric acid, leading to the creation of a new class of compounds called sulpho-acids. He also made an important discovery in physics with electromagnetic rotations. By this time, he had published sixty original papers, along with several minor notes, including nine memoirs in the Philosophical Transactions. He was beginning to gain recognition from learned societies, academies, and universities for his scientific achievements, and he had firmly established his reputation as a lecturer, as well as that of the Royal Institution, where he gave his lectures.


With the year 1831 begins the period of the celebrated “Experimental Researches in Electricity and Magnetism.” During the years which had elapsed since his discovery of the electromagnetic rotations in 1823, Faraday, though occupied, as we have seen, with other matters, had not ceased to ponder the relation between the magnet and the electric current. The great discoveries of Oersted, Ampère, and Arago had culminated in England in two results: in Faraday’s discovery that the wire which carries an electric current tends to revolve around the pole of a neighbouring magnet; and in Sturgeon’s invention of the soft-iron electromagnet, a core of iron surrounded by a coil of copper wire, capable of acting as a magnet at will when the electric current is transmitted to the coil and so caused to circulate around the iron core.

With the year 1831 starts the era of the famous “Experimental Researches in Electricity and Magnetism.” In the years since his discovery of electromagnetic rotations in 1823, Faraday, although busy with other things, had continued to think about the connection between magnets and electric currents. The major discoveries by Oersted, Ampère, and Arago had led to two key results in England: Faraday's finding that a wire carrying an electric current tends to rotate around the pole of a nearby magnet, and Sturgeon's invention of the soft-iron electromagnet, which consists of an iron core wrapped in a coil of copper wire that can act as a magnet whenever an electric current is sent through the coil, causing it to flow around the iron core.

FORESHADOWINGS.

This production of magnetism from electricity, at will, and at a distance, by the simple device of sending the electricity to circulate as a current around the central core of iron was then, as now, a cause of much speculation. The iron core which is to be made temporarily into a magnet stands alone, isolated.103 Though surrounded outwardly by the magnetising coil of copper wire, it does not touch it; nay, must be screened from contact with it by appropriate insulation. The electric current entering the copper coil at one end is confined from leaving the copper wire by any lateral path: it must circulate around each and every convolution, nor be permitted to flow back by the return-wire until it has performed the required amount of circulation. That the mere external circulation of electric current around a totally disconnected interior core of iron should magnetise that core; that the magnetisation should be maintained so long as the circulation of electricity is maintained; and that the magnetising forces should cease so soon as the current is stopped, are facts, familiar enough to every beginner in the science, but mysterious enough from the abstract point of view. Faraday was firmly persuaded that, great as had been these discoveries of the production of magnetism and magnetic motions from electricity, there remained other relations of no less importance to be discovered. Again and again his mind recurred to the subject. If it were possible to use electricity to produce magnetism, why should not the converse be true? In 1822 his notebook suggestion was, as we have seen, “Convert magnetism into electricity.” Yes, but how?

This generation of magnetism from electricity, on demand and from a distance, simply by directing electricity to flow as a current around a central iron core was, and still is, a topic of much curiosity. The iron core that is temporarily transformed into a magnet stands alone and isolated.103 Although it's surrounded on the outside by the magnetizing coil made of copper wire, it does not touch it; in fact, it must be insulated from contact with it. The electric current that enters the copper coil at one end cannot escape through any side path: it must move around every winding, and it cannot flow back through the return wire until it has completed the necessary circulation. The fact that simply circulating an electric current around a completely disconnected iron core can magnetize that core; that this magnetization lasts as long as the electricity keeps flowing; and that the magnetizing force stops as soon as the current is cut off, are all concepts familiar to beginners in the field but still quite mysterious when considered abstractly. Faraday was deeply convinced that despite the significant discoveries regarding generating magnetism and magnetic movements from electricity, there were other equally important relationships yet to be uncovered. He often returned to this topic. If using electricity can create magnetism, why can't the reverse be true? In 1822, his notebook included the suggestion we've seen: “Convert magnetism into electricity.” Yes, but how?

He possessed an intuitive bent of mind to inquire about the relations of facts to one another. Convinced by sheer converse with nature in the laboratory, of the correlation of forces and of the conservation of energy long before either of those doctrines had received distinct enunciation as principles of natural philosophy,104 he seems never to have viewed an action without thinking of the necessary and appropriate reaction; never to have deemed any physical relation complete in which discovery had not been made of the converse relations for which instinctively he sought. So in December, 1824, we find him experimenting on the passage of a bar magnet through a helix of copper wire (see Quarterly Journal for July, 1825), but without result. In November, 1825, he sought for evidence that might prove an electric current in a wire to exercise an influence upon a neighbouring wire connected to a galvanometer. But again, and yet again in December of the same year, the entry stands “No result.” A third failure did not convince him that the search was hopeless: it showed him that he had not yet found the right method of experimenting. It is narrated of him how at this period he used to carry in his waistcoat pocket a small model of an electromagnetic circuit—a straight iron core about an inch long, surrounded by a few spiral turns of copper wire—which model he at spare moments would take out and contemplate, using it thus objectively to concentrate his thoughts upon the problem to be solved. A copper coil, an iron core. Given that electricity was flowing through the one, it evoked magnetism in the other. What was the converse? At first sight it might seem simple enough. Put magnetism from some external source into the iron core, and then try whether on connecting the copper coil to a galvanometer there was any indication of an electric current. But this was exactly what was found not to result.

He had an intuitive mindset that led him to explore how facts relate to each other. Long before the principles of correlation of forces and conservation of energy were clearly defined in natural philosophy, his experiences in the laboratory convinced him of their validity through direct interaction with nature. He seemed to consider every action with an understanding of the necessary and appropriate reaction and never viewed any physical relationship as complete without discovering the opposite relationships that he instinctively sought. In December 1824, we find him experimenting with the movement of a bar magnet through a coil of copper wire (see Quarterly Journal for July 1825), but he had no success. In November 1825, he looked for proof that an electric current in one wire could affect a nearby wire connected to a galvanometer. Yet again, in December of the same year, the journal entry states “No result.” A third failure didn’t convince him that his search was futile; instead, it showed him that he hadn’t found the right way to experiment yet. It's told that during this time, he carried a small model of an electromagnetic circuit in his waistcoat pocket—a straight iron core about an inch long wrapped with a few loops of copper wire. He would take it out during his free moments to reflect on it, using it to focus his thoughts on the problem he needed to solve. A copper coil and an iron core. Given that electricity flowed through the coil, it created magnetism in the core. What was the reverse? At first glance, it might seem straightforward. Introduce magnetism from an external source into the iron core, then check if connecting the copper coil to a galvanometer indicated any electric current. But this was precisely what did not happen.

OTHER MEN’S FAILURES.

And not Faraday alone, but others, too, were foiled105 in the hope of observing the expected converse. Not all who tried were as wise or as frank as Faraday in confessing failure. Fresnel, in the height of the fever of Oersted’s discovery, had announced to the Academy of Sciences at Paris, on the 6th of November, 1820, that he had decomposed water by means of a magnet which was laid motionless within a spiral of wire. Emboldened by this announcement, Ampère remarked that he too had noticed something in the way of production of currents from a magnet. But before the end of the year both these statements were withdrawn by their authors. Again, in the year 1822, Ampère, being at Geneva, showed to Professor A. de la Rive in his laboratory a number of electromagnetic experiments from his classical researches; and amongst them one20 which has been almost forgotten, but which, had it been followed up, would assuredly have led Ampère to the discovery of the induction of currents. In the experiment in question a thin copper ring, made of a narrow strip folded into a circle, was hung inside a circular coil of wire, traversed by a current. To this apparatus a powerful horse-shoe magnet was presented; and De la Rive states that, when the magnet was brought up, the suspended ring was observed sometimes to move between the two limbs of the magnet, and sometimes to be repelled from between them according to the sense of the current in the surrounding coil. He and Ampère both attributed the effect to temporary magnetism conferred upon the copper ring. Ampère himself was106 at the time disposed to attribute it to the possible presence of a little iron as an impurity in the copper. There are, however, some discrepancies in the three published versions of the story. According to Becquerel, Ampère had by 1825 satisfied himself of the non-existence of induction currents.

And not just Faraday, but others as well, were disappointed in their hopes of observing the expected reverse effect. Not everyone who tried was as insightful or honest as Faraday in admitting failure. Fresnel, during the excitement of Oersted’s discovery, announced to the Academy of Sciences in Paris on November 6, 1820, that he had decomposed water using a magnet that was placed still within a coil of wire. Encouraged by this announcement, Ampère noted that he too had observed something related to producing currents from a magnet. However, by the end of the year, both of these claims were retracted by their authors. Then, in 1822, while in Geneva, Ampère demonstrated several electromagnetic experiments from his earlier research to Professor A. de la Rive in his laboratory. Among these was one experiment that has nearly been forgotten, but if it had been pursued further, it would surely have led Ampère to discover the induction of currents. In this experiment, a thin copper ring, formed from a narrow strip folded into a circle, was suspended inside a circular coil of wire carrying a current. A strong horse-shoe magnet was then presented to this setup, and De la Rive reported that when the magnet was brought closer, the suspended ring was seen to sometimes move between the two arms of the magnet and other times to be pushed away from between them, depending on the direction of the current in the surrounding coil. Both he and Ampère attributed the effect to temporary magnetism induced in the copper ring. At the time, Ampère thought it might be due to the presence of a small amount of iron as an impurity in the copper. However, there are some inconsistencies in the three published accounts of the story. According to Becquerel, by 1825, Ampère was convinced that induction currents did not exist.

A PUZZLING EXPERIMENT.

Quite independently, the question of the possibility of creating currents by magnets was raised by another discovery, that of the so-called “magnetism of rotation.” In 1824 Arago had observed that a fine magnetic compass constructed for him by Gambey, having the needle suspended in a cell, the base of which was a plate of pure copper, was thereby damped in its oscillations, and instead of making two or three hundred vibrations before it came to rest, as would be the case in the open air, executed only three or four of rapidly decreasing amplitude.21 In vain did Dumas at the request of Arago analyse the copper, in the supposition that iron might be present. Inquiry compelled the conclusion that some other explanation must be sought. And, reasoning from the apparent action of stationary copper in bringing a moving magnetic needle to rest, he conjectured that a moving mass of copper might produce motion in a stationary magnetic needle. Accordingly he set into revolution, beneath a compass needle, a flat disc of copper, and found that, even when a sheet of card or glass was interposed to cut off all air-currents, the needle tended to follow the moving copper disc, turning as if dragged107 by some invisible influence. To the suggestion that mere rotation conferred upon copper a sort of temporary magnetism Arago listened with some impatience. All theories proposed to account for the phenomenon he discredited, even though emanating from the great mathematician Poisson. He held his judgment in absolute suspense. Babbage and Herschel measured the amount of retarding force exerted on the needle by different materials, and found the most effective to be silver and copper (which are the two best conductors of electricity), after them gold and zinc, whilst lead, mercury, and bismuth were inferior in power. The next year the same experimenters announced the successful inversion of Arago’s experiment; for by spinning the magnet underneath a pivoted copper disc they caused the latter to rotate briskly. They also made the notable observation that if slits are cut radially in the copper disc they diminish its tendency to be dragged by the spinning magnet. Sturgeon showed that the damping effect of a moving copper disc was diminished by the presence of a second magnet pole of contrary kind placed beside the first. All these things were most suggestive of the real explanation. It clearly had something to do with the electric conductivity of the metal disc, and therefore with electric currents. Sturgeon five years later came very near to the explanation: after repeating the experiments he concluded that the effect was an electric disturbance in the copper disc, “a kind of reaction to that which takes place in electromagnetism.”

Independently, the question arose about whether currents could be created by magnets due to another discovery known as "magnetism of rotation." In 1824, Arago noticed that a delicate magnetic compass made for him by Gambey, which had the needle suspended in a cell with a base of pure copper, was dampened in its oscillations. Instead of vibrating two or three hundred times before settling, as it would in open air, it only completed three or four oscillations with rapidly decreasing amplitude.21 Dumas analyzed the copper at Arago's request, thinking that iron might be present, but the investigation led to the conclusion that a different explanation was necessary. He reasoned that since stationary copper brought a moving magnetic needle to a stop, a moving mass of copper might make a stationary magnetic needle move. So, he placed a flat copper disc beneath a compass needle and observed that even with a card or glass sheet blocking all air currents, the needle seemed to follow the moving copper disc, turning as if pulled by some unseen force. Arago grew somewhat impatient with the idea that simply rotating the copper granted it a sort of temporary magnetism. He dismissed all theories put forth to explain the phenomenon, even those from the renowned mathematician Poisson. He withheld his judgment entirely. Babbage and Herschel measured the amount of resistance the needle experienced from different materials and found that silver and copper, the two best conductors of electricity, were the most effective, followed by gold and zinc, while lead, mercury, and bismuth were less effective. The following year, the same researchers successfully inverted Arago’s experiment; by spinning the magnet under a pivoted copper disc, they caused the disc to rotate rapidly. They also observed that cutting slits radially in the copper disc reduced its tendency to be pulled by the spinning magnet. Sturgeon demonstrated that the damping effect of the moving copper disc was lessened when a second magnet pole of the opposite type was placed near the first. All these findings were very suggestive of the actual explanation. It clearly related to the electric conductivity of the metal disc and, therefore, to electric currents. Five years later, Sturgeon came close to the explanation; after repeating the experiments, he concluded that the effect was due to an electric disturbance in the copper disc, “a kind of reaction to that which takes place in electromagnetism.”

Faraday knew of all the discussions which had108 arisen respecting Arago’s rotations. They may have been the cause of his unsuccessful attempts of 1824 and 1825. In April, 1828, for the fourth time he tried to discover the currents which he was convinced must be producible by the magnet, and for the fourth time without result. The cause of failure was that both magnet and coil were at rest.

Faraday was aware of all the debates surrounding Arago’s rotations. They might have contributed to his unsuccessful attempts in 1824 and 1825. In April 1828, he tried for the fourth time to find the currents he was sure could be generated by the magnet, and for the fourth time, he failed. The reason for his failure was that both the magnet and the coil were stationary.

Fig. 4.

The summer of 1831 witnessed him for the fifth time making the attack on the problem thus persistently before him. In his laboratory note-book he heads the research “Experiments on the production of electricity from magnetism.” The following excellent summary of the laboratory notes is taken from Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters”:—

The summer of 1831 saw him tackling the problem for the fifth time. In his lab notebook, he titles the research “Experiments on Generating Electricity from Magnetism.” The following great summary of the lab notes is taken from Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters:—

I have had an iron ring made (soft iron), iron round and ⅞ths of an inch thick, and ring six inches in external diameter. Wound many coils of copper round, one half of the coils being separated by twine and calico; there were three lengths of109 wire, each about twenty-four feet long, and they could be connected as one length, or used as separate lengths. By trials with a trough each was insulated from the other. Will call this side of the ring A. On the other side, but separated by an interval, was wound wire in two pieces, together amounting to about sixty feet in length, the direction being as with the former coils. This side call B.22

I had an iron ring made (soft iron), measuring ⅞ of an inch thick and with a six-inch external diameter. I wound many coils of copper around it, with half of the coils separated by twine and calico. There were three lengths of 109 wire, each about twenty-four feet long, which could be connected as one continuous length or used separately. Tests with a trough showed that each was insulated from the others. I'll refer to this side of the ring as A. On the opposite side, but separated by some distance, I wound wire in two pieces, totaling about sixty feet in length, with the direction similar to the previous coils. I'll refer to this side as B. 22

Charged a battery of ten pairs of plates four inches square. Made the coil on B side one coil, and connected its extremities by a copper wire passing to a distance, and just over a magnetic needle (three feet from wire ring), then connected the ends of one of the pieces on A side with battery: immediately a sensible effect on needle. It oscillated and settled at last in original position. On breaking connection of A side with battery, again a disturbance of the needle.

Charged a battery with ten pairs of four-inch square plates. Made one coil on the B side and connected its ends with a copper wire running a distance over a magnetic needle (three feet from the wire ring). Then, I connected the ends of one of the pieces on the A side to the battery: immediately, there was a noticeable effect on the needle. It oscillated and eventually settled back to its original position. When I disconnected the A side from the battery, the needle was disturbed again.

SUCCESS IN SIGHT.

In the seventeenth paragraph, written on the 30th of August, he says, “May not these transient effects be connected with causes of difference between power of metals at rest and in motion in Arago’s experiments?” After this he prepared fresh apparatus.

In the seventeenth paragraph, written on August 30th, he says, “Could these temporary effects be linked to differences in the power of metals when they’re at rest versus in motion in Arago’s experiments?” After this, he set up new equipment.

As was his manner, he wrote off to one of his friends a letter telling what he was at work upon. On this occasion the recipient of his confidences was his friend Phillips:—

As was his custom, he sent a letter to one of his friends detailing what he was working on. This time, the friend he was confiding in was Phillips:—

[Michael Faraday to Richard Phillips.]

[Michael Faraday to Richard Phillips.]

Royal Institution.
Sept. 23, 1831.

Royal Institution.
Sept. 23, 1831.

My Dear Phillips,

My Dear Phillips

I write now, though it may be some time before I send my letter, but that is of no great consequence. I received110 your letter to Dr. Reid and read it on the coach going to Hastings, where I have been passing a few weeks, and I fancy my fellow passengers thought I had got something very droll in hand; they sometimes started at my sudden bursts, especially when I had the moment before been very grave and serious amongst the proportions. As you say in the letter there are some new facts and they are always of value; otherwise I should have thought you had taken more trouble than the matter deserved. Your quotation from Boyle has nevertheless great force in it.

I’m writing now, even though it might be a while before I send this letter, but that’s not a big deal. I got your letter to Dr. Reid and read it while on the coach to Hastings, where I’ve been spending a few weeks. I think my fellow passengers assumed I was reading something really funny; they jumped a bit at my sudden laughs, especially when just a moment before I was being serious about things. As you mentioned in your letter, there are some new facts, and they’re always valuable; otherwise, I would have thought you put in more effort than it was worth. Your quote from Boyle, however, is quite powerful.

I shall send with this a little thing in your own way “On the Alleged decline of science in England.” It is written by Dr. Moll of Utrecht, whose name may be mentioned in conversation though it is not printed in the pamphlet. I understand the view taken by Moll is not at all agreeable to some. “I do not know what business Moll had to interfere with our scientific disputes” is however the strongest observation I have heard of in reply.

I’m sending you a small piece titled “On the Alleged Decline of Science in England.” It’s written by Dr. Moll from Utrecht, whose name may come up in conversation even though it's not printed in the pamphlet. I know that Moll's perspective isn't well-received by some people. The most common response I’ve heard is, “I don’t know why Moll felt he needed to get involved in our scientific debates.”

I do not think I thanked you for your last Pharmacopœia. I do so now very heartily. I shall detain this letter a few days that I may send a couple of my papers (i.e. a paper and appendix) with it, for though not chemical I think you will like to have them. I am busy just now again on Electro-Magnetism, and think I have got hold of a good thing, but can’t say; it may be a weed instead of a fish that after all my labour I may at last pull up. I think I know why metals are magnetic when in motion though not (generally) when at rest.

I don't think I thanked you for your last Pharmacopœia. I'm doing that now, very sincerely. I'm going to hold onto this letter for a few days so I can send a couple of my papers (i.e., a paper and an appendix) along with it, because even though they’re not about chemistry, I think you'll enjoy them. Right now, I'm busy again with Electro-Magnetism and I think I've stumbled onto something good, but I can't be sure; it might turn out to be a dud instead of something valuable after all my effort. I believe I understand why metals become magnetic when they’re in motion, but not (usually) when they’re at rest.

We think about you all very much at times, and talk over affairs of Nelson Square, but I think we dwell more upon the illnesses and nursings and upon the sudden calls and chats rather than the regular parties. Pray remember us both to Mrs. Phillips and the damsils—I hope the word is not too familiar.

We often think about all of you and discuss what's happening at Nelson Square, but I believe we focus more on the illnesses, care, and unexpected visits and conversations rather than the usual parties. Please say hello from both of us to Mrs. Phillips and the ladies—I hope that word isn’t too informal.

I am Dear Phillips,
Most Truly Yours,
M. Faraday.

I am Dear Phillips,
Best regards,
Michael Faraday.

R. Phillips, Esq.,
&c., &c., &c.

R. Phillips, Esq.,
& etc., & etc., & etc.

111

111

TEN DAYS OF SPLENDID WORK.

September 24 was the third day of his experiments. He began (paragraph 21) by trying to find the effect of one helix of wire, carrying the voltaic current of ten pairs of plates, upon another wire connected with a galvanometer. “No induction sensible.” Longer and different metallic helices (paragraph 22) showed no effect; so he gave up those experiments for that day, and tried the effects of bar magnets instead of the ring magnet he had used on the first day.

September 24 was the third day of his experiments. He started (paragraph 21) by trying to see how one helix of wire, carrying the voltage from ten pairs of plates, affected another wire connected to a galvanometer. “No induction noticeable.” Longer and different types of metallic helices (paragraph 22) showed no effect, so he abandoned those experiments for the day and switched to testing the effects of bar magnets instead of the ring magnet he had used on the first day.

Fig. 5.

In paragraph 33 he says:—

In paragraph 33 he says:—

An iron cylinder had a helix wound on it. The ends of the wires of the helix were connected with the indicating helix at a distance by copper wire. Then the iron placed between the poles of bar magnets as in accompanying figure (Fig. 5). Every time the magnetic contact at N or S was made or broken, there was magnetic motion at the indicating helix—the effect being, as in former cases, not permanent, but a mere momentary push or pull. But if the electric communication (i.e. by the copper wire) was broken, then the disjunction and contacts produced no effect whatever. Hence here distinct conversion of magnetism into electricity.

An iron cylinder had a helix wound around it. The ends of the wires from the helix were connected to the indicating helix at a distance by copper wire. Then the iron was placed between the poles of bar magnets as shown in the accompanying figure (Fig. 5). Every time the magnetic contact at N or S was made or broken, there was magnetic motion at the indicating helix—the effect being, like in previous instances, not permanent but just a brief push or pull. However, if the electric connection (i.e., the copper wire) was broken, then the separation and contacts had no effect at all. Thus, this demonstrates a clear conversion of magnetism into electricity.

The fourth day of work was October 1. Paragraphs 36, 37, and 38 describe the discovery of induced voltaic currents:—

The fourth day of work was October 1. Paragraphs 36, 37, and 38 describe the discovery of induced voltaic currents:—

36. A battery of ten troughs, each of ten pairs of plates four inches square, charged with good mixture of sulphuric and nitric acid, and the following experiments made with it in the following order.

36. A set of ten troughs, each containing ten pairs of plates that are four inches square, charged with a proper mix of sulfuric and nitric acid, and the following experiments were conducted with it in this order.

37. One of the coils (of a helix of copper wire 203 feet long) was connected with the flat helix, and the other (coil of same112 length round same block of wood) with the poles of the battery (it having been found that there was no metallic contact between the two); the magnetic needle at the indicating flat helix was affected, but so little as to be hardly sensible.

37. One of the coils (from a 203-foot-long copper wire helix) was connected to the flat helix, and the other (coil of the same112 length around the same block of wood) was connected to the battery terminals (since it was determined that there was no metal contact between the two); the magnetic needle at the flat helix showed some change, but it was so slight that it was barely noticeable.

38. In place of the indicating helix, our galvanometer was used, and then a sudden jerk was perceived when the battery communication was made and broken, but it was so slight as to be scarcely visible. It was one way when made, the other when broken, and the needle took up its natural position at intermediate times.

38. Instead of the indicator helix, we used our galvanometer, and we noticed a quick flick when the battery connection was made and broken, but it was so minor that it was barely noticeable. It moved in one direction when the connection was made and the opposite when it was broken, with the needle returning to its natural position at other times.

Hence there is an inducing effect without the presence of iron, but it is either very weak or else so sudden as not to have time to move the needle. I rather suspect it is the latter.

Hence, there is an inducing effect without the presence of iron, but it is either very weak or so sudden that it doesn't have time to move the needle. I strongly suspect it's the latter.

The fifth day of experiment was October 17. Paragraph 57 describes the discovery of the production of electricity by the approximation of a magnet to a wire:—

The fifth day of the experiment was October 17. Paragraph 57 describes the discovery of generating electricity by bringing a magnet close to a wire:—

A cylindrical bar magnet three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and eight inches and a half in length, had one end just inserted into the end of the helix cylinder (220 feet long); then it was quickly thrust in the whole length, and the galvanometer needle moved; then pulled out, and again the needle moved, but in the opposite direction. This effect was repeated every time the magnet was put in or out, and therefore a wave of electricity was so produced from mere approximation of a magnet, and not from its formation in situ.

A cylindrical bar magnet that was three-quarters of an inch in diameter and eight and a half inches long had one end just inserted into the end of the helix cylinder (220 feet long); then it was quickly pushed all the way in, and the galvanometer needle moved; then pulled out, and again the needle moved, but in the opposite direction. This effect happened every time the magnet was inserted or removed, creating a wave of electricity solely from the mere approximation of a magnet, not from its formation in situ.

The cause of all the earlier failures was, then, that both magnet and coil were at rest. The magnet might lie in or near the coil for a century and cause no effect. But while moving towards the coil, or from it, or by spinning near it, electric currents were at once induced.

The reason for all the previous failures was that both the magnet and the coil were stationary. The magnet could sit in or near the coil for a hundred years without causing any effect. However, when it moved toward the coil, away from it, or spun near it, electric currents were quickly generated.

The ninth day of his experiments was October 28,113 and this day he “made a copper disc turn round between the poles of the great horse-shoe magnet of the Royal Society. The axis and edge of the disc were connected with a galvanometer. The needle moved as the disc turned.” The next day that he made experiments, November 4, he found “that a copper wire one-eighth of an inch drawn between the poles and conductors produced the effect.” In his paper, when describing the experiment, he speaks of the metal “cutting” the magnetic curves, and in a note to his paper he says, “By magnetic curves I mean lines of magnetic forces which would be depicted by iron filings.”

The ninth day of his experiments was October 28,113 and on this day he “made a copper disc spin between the poles of the large horseshoe magnet of the Royal Society. The axis and edge of the disc were connected to a galvanometer. The needle moved as the disc spun.” The next day he conducted experiments again, on November 4, and he discovered “that a copper wire one-eighth of an inch pulled between the poles and conductors created the effect.” In his paper, while describing the experiment, he mentions the metal “cutting” through the magnetic curves, and in a note to his paper, he clarifies, “By magnetic curves, I mean lines of magnetic forces that would be shown by iron filings.”

SUCCESS AND ITS SECRET.

We here come upon those “lines of force” which played so important a part in these and many of Faraday’s later investigations. They were known before Faraday’s time—had, in fact, been known for two hundred years. Descartes had seen in them evidence for his hypothetical vortices. Musschenbroek had mapped them. But it was reserved to Faraday to point out their true significance. To the very end of his life he continued to speculate and experiment upon them.

We now encounter those “lines of force” that played such a crucial role in these and many of Faraday's later studies. They were known even before Faraday's time—indeed, they had been recognized for two hundred years. Descartes had viewed them as proof of his theoretical vortices. Musschenbroek had mapped them out. But it was Faraday who highlighted their real importance. He continued to explore and experiment with them right up to the end of his life.

All this splendid work had occupied but a brief ten days. Then he rearranged the facts which he had thus harvested, and wrote them out in corrected form as the first series of his “Experimental Researches in Electricity.” The memoir was read to the Royal Society on November 24, 1831, though it did not appear in printed form until January, 1832—a delay which gave rise to serious misunderstandings. The paper having been read, he went away to Brighton to114 take a holiday, and in the exuberance of his heart penned the following letter23 to Phillips:—

All this amazing work took just ten days. Then he organized the information he had gathered and wrote it down correctly as the first series of his “Experimental Researches in Electricity.” The paper was presented to the Royal Society on November 24, 1831, but it wasn’t published until January 1832, which caused some major misunderstandings. After the paper was read, he went to Brighton to take a break, and feeling overjoyed, he wrote the following letter23 to Phillips:—

[M. Faraday to R. Phillips.]

[M. Faraday to R. Phillips.]

Brighton: November 29, 1831.

Brighton: November 29, 1831.

Dear Phillips,—For once in my life I am able to sit down and write to you without feeling that my time is so little that my letter must of necessity be a short one and accordingly I have taken an extra large sheet of paper intending to fill it with news and yet as to news I have none for I withdraw more and more from Society, and all I have to say is about myself.

Dear Phillips,,—For once in my life, I can sit down and write to you without feeling rushed, so I’ve grabbed a big sheet of paper to share all my news. But honestly, I don't have any news because I'm pulling away more and more from society, and all I can talk about is myself.

But how are you getting on? are you comfortable? and how does Mrs. Phillips do; and the girls? Bad correspondant as I am, I think you owe me a letter and as in the course of half an hour you will be doubly in my debt pray write us, and let us know all about you. Mrs. Faraday wishes me not to forget to put her kind remembrances to you and Mrs. Phillips in my letter.

But how are you doing? Are you comfortable? And how is Mrs. Phillips and the girls? I’m not great at keeping in touch, but I think you owe me a letter. Since in about half an hour you’ll owe me even more, please write to us and fill us in on everything about you. Mrs. Faraday asked me to make sure to send her warm regards to you and Mrs. Phillips in my letter.

To-morrow is St. Andrew’s day,24 but we shall be here until Thursday. I have made arrangements to be out of the Council and care little for the rest although I should as a matter of curiosity have liked to see the Duke in the chair on such an occasion.

Tomorrow is St. Andrew’s Day, 24 but we’ll be here until Thursday. I’ve arranged to be out of the Council and don’t care much about the rest, although out of curiosity, I would have liked to see the Duke in the chair for such an occasion.

We are here to refresh. I have been working and writing a paper and that always knocks me up in health, but now I feel well again and able to pursue my subject and now I will tell you what it is about. The title will be, I think, Experimental Researches in Electricity: §I. On the induction of electric currents. § II. On the evolution of Electricity from magnetism. § III. On a New electrical condition of matter. § IV. On Arago’s magnetic phenomena. There is a bill of fare for you; and what is more I hope it will not disappoint you.115 Now the pith of all this I must give you very briefly; the demonstrations you shall have in the paper when printed—

We are here to take a break. I've been working on and writing a paper, which always takes a toll on my health, but now I feel better and ready to dive back into my topic. So, let me share what it's about. I think the title will be Experimental Research in Electricity: §I. On the induction of electric currents. § II. On the evolution of Electricity from magnetism. § III. On a New electrical condition of matter. § IV. On Arago’s magnetic phenomena. That's the outline for you, and I really hope it won't disappoint. 115 Now, I'll give you a brief overview of what's essential; you'll get the detailed explanations in the paper once it's printed

THE PITH OF THE DISCOVERY.

§ I. When an electric current is passed through one of two parallel wires it causes at first a current in the same direction25 through the other, but this induced current does not last a moment, notwithstanding the inducing current (from the Voltaic battery) is continued all seems unchanged except that the principal current continues its course, but when the current is stopped then a return current occurs in the wire under induction of about the same intensity and momentary duration but in the opposite direction to that first found. Electricity in currents therefore exerts an inductive action like ordinary electricity but subject to peculiar laws: the effects are a current in the same direction when the induction is established: a reverse current when the induction ceases and a peculiar state in the interim. Common electricity probably does the same thing but as it is at present impossible to separate the beginning and the end of a spark or discharge from each other, all the effects are simultaneous and neutralise each other—

§ I. When an electric current flows through one of two parallel wires, it initially creates a current in the same direction through the other wire. However, this induced current only lasts for a moment. Even though the inducing current from the Voltaic battery keeps going, everything else remains unchanged, except that the main current continues onward. When the current is stopped, a return current occurs in the wire being influenced, with about the same intensity and duration, but in the opposite direction to the initial current. Therefore, electric currents have an inductive effect similar to regular electricity, but they follow specific laws: there is a current in the same direction when induction is established, a reverse current when induction stops, and a peculiar state in between. Regular electricity likely does the same thing, but since it's currently impossible to separate the start and end of a spark or discharge, all effects happen simultaneously and cancel each other

§ II. Then I found that magnets would induce just like voltaic currents and by bringing helices and wires and jackets up to the poles of magnets, electrical currents were produced in them these currents being able to deflect the galvanometer, or to make, by means of the helix, magnetic needles, or in one case even to give a spark. Hence the evolution of electricity from magnetism. The currents were not permanent, they ceased the moment the wires ceased to approach the magnet because the new and apparently quiescent state was assumed just as in the case of the induction of currents. But when the magnet was removed, and its induction therefore ceased, the return currents appeared as before. These two kinds of induction I have distinguished by the terms Volta-electric and Magneto-electric induction. Their identity of action and116 results is, I think, a very powerful proof of the truth of M. Ampère’s theory of magnetism.

§ II. Then I discovered that magnets could produce effects similar to voltaic currents, and by bringing coils, wires, and coverings close to the poles of magnets, electric currents were generated in them. These currents could deflect the galvanometer, create magnetic needles using the coil, or even produce a spark in one case. This is how electricity evolved from magnetism. The currents were not permanent; they stopped the moment the wires moved away from the magnet, as a new, seemingly stable state was reached, just like with the induction of currents. But when the magnet was taken away, and the induction stopped, the return currents appeared as before. I have labeled these two types of induction as Volta-electric and Magneto-electric induction. Their similar effects and outcomes provide, I believe, strong evidence for the validity of M. Ampère’s theory of magnetism.

A JUBILANT EPISTLE.

§ III. The new electrical condition which intervenes by induction between the beginning and end of the inducing current gives rise to some very curious results. It explains why chemical action or other results of electricity have never been as yet obtained in trials with the magnet. In fact, the currents have no sensible duration. I believe it will explain perfectly the transference of elements between the poles of the pile in decomposition but this part of the subject I have reserved until the present experiments are completed and it is so analogous, in some of its effects to those of Ritter’s secondary piles, De la Rive and Van Beck’s peculiar properties of the poles of a voltaic pile, that I should not wonder if they all proved ultimately to depend on this state. The condition of matter I have dignified by the term Electrotonic, The Electrotonic State. What do you think of that? Am I not a bold man, ignorant as I am, to coin words but I have consulted the scholars,26 and now for § IV. The new state has enabled me to make out and explain all Arago’s phenomena of the rotating magnet or copper plate, I believe, perfectly; but as great names are concerned Arago, Babbage, Herschel, &c., and as I have to differ from them, I have spoken with that modesty which you so well know you and I and John Frost27 have in common, and for which the world so justly commends us. I am even half afraid to tell you what it is. You will think I am hoaxing you, or else in your compassion you may conclude I am deceiving myself. However, you need do neither, but had better laugh, as I did most heartily when I found that it was neither attraction nor repulsion, but just one of my old rotations in a new form. I cannot explain to you all the actions, which are very curious; but in consequence of the117 electrotonic state being assumed and lost as the parts of the plate whirl under the pole, and in consequence of magneto-electric induction, currents of electricity are formed in the direction of the radii; continuing, for simple reasons, as long as the motion continues, but ceasing when that ceases. Hence the wonder is explained that the metal has powers on the magnet when moving, but not when at rest. Hence is also explained the effect which Arago observed, and which made him contradict Babbage and Herschel, and say the power was repulsive; but, as a whole, it is really tangential. It is quite comfortable to me to find that experiment need not quail before mathematics, but is quite competent to rival it in discovery; and I am amused to find that what the high mathematicians have announced as the essential condition to the rotation—namely, that time is required—has so little foundation, that if the time could by possibility be anticipated instead of being required—i.e. if the currents could be formed before the magnet came over the place instead of after—the effect would equally ensue. Adieu, dear Phillips.

§ III. The new electrical condition that arises through induction between the start and end of the inducing current leads to some really intriguing results. It explains why we've never achieved chemical action or any other effects of electricity during trials with the magnet. In fact, the currents don’t last long at all. I believe it perfectly explains the transference of elements between the poles of the battery during decomposition, but I've held off discussing that until these experiments are finished, and it’s so similar in some of its effects to those of Ritter’s secondary batteries, as well as De la Rive and Van Beck’s unique properties of the poles of a voltaic battery, that I wouldn’t be surprised if they all ultimately depend on this state. The condition of matter that I’ve called Electrotonic, The Electrotonic State. What do you think? Am I being bold, considering my ignorance, to create new terminology? But I’ve consulted scholars,26 and now we move on to § IV. The new state has allowed me to clarify and explain all of Arago’s phenomena regarding the rotating magnet or copper plate, and I believe I’ve done it perfectly; however, since great names are involved—Arago, Babbage, Herschel, etc.—and since I have to disagree with them, I’ve approached this with the humility you, me, and John Frost27 have in common, for which the world rightly praises us. I’m even a bit hesitant to tell you what I’ve found. You might think I’m joking, or you might feel sorry for me and think I’m deceiving myself. But you don’t need to think either of those; it’s better to just laugh, as I did heartily when I realized it wasn’t about attraction or repulsion, but just one of my old rotations in a new form. I can’t explain all the actions to you, which are quite fascinating; but because the electrotonic state is taken on and dropped as the parts of the plate spin under the pole, and due to magneto-electric induction, currents of electricity are generated along the radii; they continue, for simple reasons, as long as the motion goes on, but stop when that motion ceases. Thus, it explains the surprise that the metal possesses powers over the magnet when it’s moving, but not when it’s still. This also clarifies the effect that Arago observed, which led him to contradict Babbage and Herschel, declaring the power was repulsive; but really, overall, it’s tangential. It comforts me to realize that experiment doesn’t have to back down before mathematics, but can compete with it in discovery; and I find it amusing that what the top mathematicians have stated as the essential condition for rotation—namely, that time is required—has so little basis that if time could somehow be anticipated instead of being needed—i.e. if the currents could be generated before the magnet came over the spot instead of after—the effect would still occur. Adieu, dear Phillips.

Excuse this egotistical letter from yours very faithfully,

Excuse this self-centered letter from your truly,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

The second section shows that Faraday had discovered the cause of all the previous failures to evoke electric currents in wires by means of a magnet: it required relative motion. What the magnet at rest fails to do, the magnet in motion accomplishes. This crucial point is admirably commemorated in the following impromptu given by Mr. Herbert Mayo to Sir Charles Wheatstone:—

The second section shows that Faraday discovered why all previous attempts to generate electric currents in wires using a magnet had failed: it needed relative motion. What a stationary magnet can't do, a moving magnet can achieve. This important point is beautifully highlighted in the following impromptu delivered by Mr. Herbert Mayo to Sir Charles Wheatstone:—

Around the magnet Faraday
Was sure that Volta’s lightnings play:
But how to draw them from the wire?
He took a lesson from the heart:
’Tis when we meet, ’tis when we part,
Breaks forth the electric fire.

118

118

Faraday’s holiday was brief; by December 5 he was again at work on his researches. He re-observed the directions of the induced currents about which, as the slip in his letter to Phillips shows, his mind was in some doubt. Then on December 14th comes the entry:—“Tried the effects of terrestrial magnetism in evolving electricity. Obtained beautiful results.”

Faraday’s holiday was short; by December 5, he was back to his research. He re-examined the directions of the induced currents, which, as the mistake in his letter to Phillips indicates, he was somewhat uncertain about. Then on December 14, he noted:—“Tested the effects of Earth’s magnetism in generating electricity. Got amazing results.”

“The helix had the soft iron cylinder (freed from magnetism by a full red heat and cooling slowly) put into it, and it was then connected with the galvanometer by wires eight foot long; then inverted the bar and helix, and immediately the needle moved; inverted it again, the needle moved back; and, by repeating the motion with the oscillations of the needle, made the latter vibrate 180°, or more.”

“The helix had a soft iron cylinder (which was demagnetized by heating it red hot and then letting it cool slowly) placed inside it, and it was then connected to the galvanometer with eight-foot-long wires. Then, the bar and helix were flipped, and immediately the needle moved; it was flipped again, and the needle moved back. By repeating this motion along with the needle's oscillations, the latter moved 180° or more.”

The same day he “made Arago’s experiment with the earth magnet, only no magnet used, but the plate put horizontal and rotated. The effect at the needle was slight but very distinct.... Hence Arago’s plate a new electrical machine.”

The same day he “performed Arago’s experiment with the Earth magnet, but instead of using a magnet, the plate was placed horizontally and rotated. The effect on the needle was small but very clear.... Therefore, Arago’s plate is a new electrical machine.”

POINTS IN THE DISCOVERY.

When we compare these manuscript notes, recording the experiments in the order in which they were made with the published account of them in the “Experimental Researches,” we find many of them transcribed almost verbatim. But there is a difference in the order of their arrangement. In point of time the experiments on the evolution of electricity from magnetism, beginning with the ring (p. 108), preceded those on the induction of a current by another current. In the printed “Researches” the experiments on the induction of currents are put first, with an introductory paragraph on the general phenomenon119 of induction.28 Faraday’s habit of working up an experiment—whether successful or unsuccessful—by increasing the power to the maximum available is illustrated in the course of the experiments on the iron ring. At first he used a battery of ten pairs of plates four inches square. Then, having been eminently successful in producing deflexions of his galvanometer, he increased the battery to one hundred pairs of plates, with the result that when contact was completed or broken in the primary circuit the impulse on the galvanometer in the secondary circuit was so great as to make the needle spin round rapidly four or five times before its motion was reduced to a mere oscillation. Then he removed the galvanometer and fixed small pencils of charcoal to the ends of the secondary helix; and to his great joy perceived a minute spark between the lightly touching charcoal points whenever the contact of the battery to the primary helix was completed. This was the first120 transformer, for the first time set—on a small scale—to produce a tiny electric light. The spark he regarded as a precious indication that what he was producing really was an electric current. Using the great compound steel magnet of the Royal Society (constructed by Dr. Gowin Knight) at Christie’s house at Woolwich he had, as narrated above, also obtained a spark from the induced current. For some time he failed to obtain either physiological or chemical effects. But upon repeating the experiments more at leisure at the Royal Institution, with Daniell’s armed loadstone capable of lifting thirty pounds, a frog was found to be convulsed very strongly each time magnetic contact between the magnet and the iron core of the experimental coil was made or broken.

When we compare these handwritten notes that document the experiments in the order they were conducted with the published version in the “Experimental Researches,” we see that many of them are copied almost word-for-word. However, there’s a difference in how they are organized. Chronologically, the experiments on generating electricity from magnetism, starting with the ring (p. 108), came before those on inducing a current with another current. In the printed “Researches,” the experiments on current induction are listed first, along with an introductory paragraph on the general phenomenon of induction119. Faraday’s approach of maximizing the power while working on an experiment—whether it was successful or not—is demonstrated during the experiments with the iron ring. Initially, he used a battery with ten pairs of plates that were four inches square. After successfully producing deflections on his galvanometer, he upgraded to a battery of one hundred pairs of plates. As a result, when he started or stopped the primary circuit, the impulse on the galvanometer in the secondary circuit was so strong that the needle would spin rapidly four or five times before its motion slowed to a simple oscillation. He then took away the galvanometer and attached small pieces of charcoal to the ends of the secondary coil; to his delight, he noticed a tiny spark forming between the lightly touching charcoal points whenever the battery connected to the primary coil. This was the first120 transformer, designed on a small scale to produce a small electric light. He viewed the spark as a valuable sign that he was indeed creating an electric current. Using the large compound steel magnet from the Royal Society (made by Dr. Gowin Knight) at Christie’s house in Woolwich, he also managed to generate a spark from the induced current, as mentioned earlier. For a while, he didn’t observe any physiological or chemical effects. However, when he repeated the experiments more leisurely at the Royal Institution, using Daniell’s armed loadstone capable of lifting thirty pounds, he found that a frog would twitch vigorously every time magnetic contact was made or broken between the magnet and the iron core of the experimental coil.

The absence of evidence as to chemical action seemed still to disquiet him. He wanted to be sure that his induced currents would do everything that ordinary voltaic currents would do. Failing the final proof from chemical action, he rested the case on the other identical properties. “But an agent,” he says, “which is conducted along metallic wires in the manner described; which, whilst so passing, possesses the peculiar magnetic actions and force of a current of electricity; which can agitate and convulse the limbs of a frog; and which, finally, can produce a spark by its discharge through charcoal, can only be electricity. As all the effects can be produced by ferruginous electro-magnets, there is no doubt that arrangements like the magnets of Professors Moll, Henry, Ten Eyke, and others, in which as many as two thousand pounds have been lifted, may be used121 for these experiments; in which case not only a brighter spark may be obtained, but wires also ignited, and as the currents can pass liquids, chemical action be produced. These effects are still more likely to be obtained when the magneto-electric arrangements, to be explained in the fourth section, are excited by the powers of such apparatus.” The apparatus described in the fourth section comprised several forms of magneto-electric machines, that is to say, primitive kinds of dynamos. Having in his mind the phenomenon discovered by Arago, and the experiments of Babbage and Herschel on the so-called magnetism of rotation, he followed up the idea that these effects might be due to induced currents eddying round in the copper disc. No sooner had he obtained electricity from magnets than he attempted to make Arago’s experiment a new source of electricity, and, as he himself says, “did not despair” “of being able to construct a new electrical machine.”

The lack of evidence regarding chemical action still seemed to trouble him. He wanted to be certain that the induced currents would perform all the same functions as regular voltaic currents. In the absence of definitive proof from chemical action, he based his conclusion on the other identical properties. “But an agent,” he says, “that travels through metal wires as described; that has the unique magnetic effects and force of an electric current while doing so; that can cause movement and spasms in a frog's limbs; and that can ultimately produce a spark when discharged through charcoal, can only be electricity. Since all the effects can also be generated by iron-based electro-magnets, there’s no doubt that setups similar to the magnets used by Professors Moll, Henry, Ten Eyke, and others, which can lift as much as two thousand pounds, can be employed for these experiments; in this situation, not only might a brighter spark be produced, but wires could also catch fire, and as the currents can pass through liquids, chemical action can result. These effects are even more likely when the magneto-electric setups, explained in the fourth section, are activated by the power of such devices.” The equipment discussed in the fourth section included various types of magneto-electric machines, essentially primitive forms of dynamos. With the phenomenon discovered by Arago and the experiments of Babbage and Herschel concerning the so-called magnetism of rotation in mind, he pursued the idea that these effects might come from induced currents swirling around in the copper disc. As soon as he derived electricity from magnets, he sought to turn Arago’s experiment into a new electricity source and, as he put it, “did not despair” of being able to “construct a new electrical machine.”

Fig. 6. (Copy of Original Sketch.)

122

122

A NEW ELECTRICAL MACHINE.

The “new electrical machine” was an exceedingly simple contrivance. A disc of copper, twelve inches in diameter (Fig. 6), and about one-fifth of an inch in thickness, fixed upon a brass axle, was mounted in frames, so as to allow of revolution, its edge being at the same time introduced between the magnetic poles of a large compound permanent magnet, the poles being about half an inch apart.29 The magnet first used was the historical magnet of Gowin Knight. The edge of the plate was well amalgamated, for the purpose of obtaining a good but movable contact, and a part round the axle was also prepared in a similar manner. Conducting strips of copper and lead, to serve as electric collectors, were prepared, so as to be placed in contact with the edge of the copper disc; one of these was held by hand to touch the edge of the disc between the magnet poles. The wires from a galvanometer were connected, the one to the collecting-strip, the other to the brass axle; then on revolving the disc a deflexion of the galvanometer was obtained, which was reversed in direction when the direction of the rotation was reversed. “Here, therefore, was demonstrated the production of a permanent current of electricity by ordinary magnets.” These effects were also obtained from the poles of electro-magnets, and from copper helices without iron cores. Several other forms of magneto-electric machines were tried by Faraday.

The “new electrical machine” was a remarkably simple device. A disc of copper, twelve inches in diameter (Fig. 6) and about one-fifth of an inch thick, was mounted on a brass axle within frames that allowed it to spin, with its edge placed between the magnetic poles of a large compound permanent magnet, which were about half an inch apart.29 The first magnet used was the historical magnet of Gowin Knight. The edge of the plate was well amalgamated to create a good but flexible contact, and a section around the axle was also prepared similarly. Copper and lead conducting strips were set up as electric collectors to make contact with the edge of the copper disc; one of these was held by hand to touch the edge of the disc between the magnet poles. Wires from a galvanometer were connected—one to the collecting strip and the other to the brass axle— and when the disc was rotated, a deflection on the galvanometer was observed, which reversed direction when the rotation direction was reversed. “Here, therefore, was demonstrated the production of a permanent current of electricity by ordinary magnets.” These effects were also achieved using poles of electromagnets and copper coils without iron cores. Faraday experimented with several other designs of magneto-electric machines.

123

123

NEW FORMS OF APPARATUS.
Fig. 7.

In one,30 a flat ring of twelve inches’ external diameter, and one inch broad, was cut from a thick copper plate, and mounted to revolve between the poles of the magnet, two conductors being applied to make rubbing contact at the inner and outer edge at the part which passed between the magnetic poles. In another,31 a disc of copper, one-fifth of an inch thick and only 1½ inch in diameter (Fig. 7), was amalgamated at the edge, and mounted on a copper axle. A square piece of sheet metal had a circular hole cut in it, into which the disc fitted loosely; a little mercury completed communication between the disc and its surrounding ring. The latter was connected by wire to a galvanometer; the other wire being connected from the instrument to the end of the axle. Upon rotating the disc in a horizontal plane, currents were obtained, though the earth was the only magnet employed.

In one, 30 a flat ring with a twelve-inch external diameter and one-inch width was cut from a thick copper plate and set up to spin between the poles of a magnet, with two conductors making contact at the inner and outer edges where it passed between the magnetic poles. In another, 31 a copper disc, one-fifth of an inch thick and just 1½ inches in diameter (Fig. 7), was merged at the edge and mounted on a copper axle. A square piece of sheet metal had a circular hole cut into it, fitting the disc loosely; a bit of mercury established communication between the disc and its surrounding ring. The ring was connected by wire to a galvanometer, while the other wire connected the instrument to the end of the axle. When the disc was rotated in a horizontal plane, electrical currents were generated, even though the earth was the only magnet used.

Fig. 8.

Faraday also proposed a multiple machine32 having several discs, metallically connected alternately at the124 edges and centres by means of mercury, which were then to be revolved alternately in opposite directions, In another apparatus,33 a copper cylinder (Fig. 8), closed at one extremity, was put over a magnet, one half of which it enclosed like a cap, and to which it was attached without making metallic contact. The arrangement was then floated upright in a narrow jar of mercury, so that the lower edge of the copper cap touched the fluid. On rotating the magnet and its attached cap, a current was sent through wires from the mercury to the top of the copper cap. In another apparatus,34 still preserved at the Royal Institution, a cylindrical bar magnet, half immersed in mercury, was made to rotate, and generated a current, its own metal serving as a conductor. In another form,35 the cylindrical magnet was rotated horizontally about its own axis, and was found to generate currents which125 flowed from the middle to the ends, or vice versâ, according to the rotation. The description of these new electrical machines is concluded with the following pregnant words:—

Faraday also proposed a multiple machine32 featuring several discs that were alternately connected at the124 edges and centers using mercury. These were then meant to be rotated in opposite directions. In another device,33 a copper cylinder (Fig. 8), closed at one end, was placed over a magnet, partially covering it like a cap, and was attached without making any metallic contact. This setup was then floated upright in a narrow jar of mercury, allowing the lower edge of the copper cap to touch the liquid. When the magnet and its attached cap were rotated, a current was sent through wires from the mercury to the top of the copper cap. In another device,34 still preserved at the Royal Institution, a cylindrical bar magnet, partially submerged in mercury, was rotated and produced a current, with its own metal acting as a conductor. In another variation,35 the cylindrical magnet was rotated horizontally around its axis, and it was found to generate currents that125 flowed from the center to the ends or vice versâ, depending on the direction of rotation. The description of these new electrical machines concludes with the following impactful words:—

AN EARTH-INDUCTOR.

I have rather, however, been desirous of discovering new facts and relations dependent on magneto-electric induction, than of exalting the force of those already obtained; being assured that the latter would find their full development hereafter.

I have actually been more interested in uncovering new facts and relationships related to magneto-electric induction than in emphasizing the strength of those already discovered, as I'm confident that the latter will find their complete development in the future.

Fig. 9.

In yet another machine (Fig. 9), constructed by Faraday some time later,36 a simple rectangle of copper wire w, attached to a frame, was rotated about a horizontal axis placed east and west, and generated alternate currents, which could be collected by a simple commutator c.

In another device (Fig. 9), created by Faraday sometime later,36 a straightforward rectangle of copper wire w, fixed to a frame, was spun around a horizontal axis positioned east to west, producing alternating currents, which could be captured by a basic commutator c.

Within a few months machines on the principle of magneto-induction had been devised by Dal Negro, and by Pixii. In the latter’s apparatus a steel horseshoe magnet, with its poles upwards, was caused to rotate about a vertical shaft, inducing alternating currents in a pair of bobbins fixed above it, and126 provided with a horseshoe core of soft iron. Later, in 1832, Pixii produced, at the suggestion of Ampère,37 a second machine, provided with mercury cup connections to rectify the alternations of the current. One of these machines was shown at the British Association meeting at Oxford in the same year (p. 64).

Within a few months, machines based on the principle of magneto-induction were created by Dal Negro and Pixii. In Pixii’s setup, a steel horseshoe magnet, with its poles facing up, was made to rotate around a vertical shaft, generating alternating currents in a pair of bobbins placed above it, which had a soft iron horseshoe core. Later, in 1832, Pixii created a second machine, suggested by Ampère, that included mercury cup connections to convert the alternating current to direct current. One of these machines was displayed at the British Association meeting in Oxford that same year (p. 64).

The idea developed in the third part of this research was intensely original and suggestive. Faraday’s own statement is as follows:—

The concept explored in the third part of this research was highly original and thought-provoking. Faraday’s own statement is as follows:—

THE ELECTROTONIC STATE.

Whilst the wire is subject to either volta-electric or magneto-electric induction, it appears to be in a peculiar state; for it resists the formation of an electrical current in it, whereas, if left in its common condition, such a current would be produced; and when left uninfluenced it has the power of originating a current, a power which the wire does not possess under common circumstances. This electrical condition of matter has not hitherto been recognised, but it probably exerts a very important influence in many, if not most, of the phenomena produced by currents of electricity. For reasons which will immediately appear, I have, after advising with several learned friends, ventured to designate it as the electrotonic state.

While the wire is exposed to either voltaic or magnetic induction, it seems to be in a unique condition; it resists the flow of electrical current, whereas normally, such a current would form. When left undisturbed, it can generate a current, a capability that it doesn't have under ordinary conditions. This electrical state of matter hasn't been recognized until now, but it likely plays a significant role in many, if not most, of the phenomena caused by electrical currents. For reasons that will soon become clear, I have, after consulting several knowledgeable friends, decided to call it the electrotonic state.

This peculiar condition shows no known electrical effects whilst it continues; nor have I yet been able to discover any peculiar powers exerted or properties possessed by matter whilst retained in this state.

This unusual condition shows no known electrical effects while it lasts; nor have I been able to find any strange powers or properties that matter has while it's in this state.

* * * * *

This state is altogether the effect of the induction exerted, and ceases as soon as the inductive force is removed.... The state appears to be instantly assumed, requiring hardly a sensible portion of time for that purpose.... In all those cases where the helices or wires are advanced towards or taken from the magnet, the direct or inverted current of127 induced electricity continues for the time occupied in the advance or recession; for the electro-tonic state is rising to a higher or falling to a lower degree during that time, and the change is accompanied by its corresponding evolution of electricity; but these form no objections to the opinion that the electro-tonic state is instantly assumed.

This condition is entirely the result of the applied induction and stops as soon as the induction force is removed... The condition seems to be taken on instantly, requiring hardly any noticeable amount of time to do so... In all cases where the coils or wires are moved closer to or further away from the magnet, the direct or reversed current of127 induced electricity lasts for the duration of the movement; the electro-tonic state is either increasing to a higher level or decreasing to a lower level during that time, and this change is accompanied by its corresponding release of electricity. However, none of this contradicts the idea that the electro-tonic state is assumed instantly.

This peculiar state appears to be a state of tension, and may be considered as equivalent to a current of electricity, at least equal to that produced either when the condition is induced or destroyed.

This strange state seems to be a state of tension and can be viewed as equivalent to an electric current, at least equal to what’s generated when the condition is either created or removed.

Faraday further supposed that the formation of this state in the neighbourhood of a coil would exert a reaction upon the original current, giving rise to a retardation of it; but he was unable at the time to ascertain experimentally whether this was so. He even looked—though also unsuccessfully—for a self-induced return current from a conductor of copper through which a strong current was led and then suddenly interrupted, the expected current of reaction being “due to the discharge of its supposed electrotonic state.”

Faraday also assumed that the creation of this state around a coil would affect the original current, causing a delay in it; however, he couldn’t experimentally confirm this at the time. He even searched—though without success—for a self-induced return current from a copper conductor carrying a strong current that was abruptly interrupted, with the anticipated return current being “due to the discharge of its supposed electrotonic state.”

If we would understand the rather obscure language in which this idea of an electrotonic state is couched, we must try to put ourselves back to the epoch when it was written. At that date the only ideas which had been formulated to explain magnetic and electric attractions and repulsions were founded upon the notion of action at a distance. Michell had propounded the view that the electric and magnetic forces vary, like gravity, according to a law of the inverse squares of the distances. Coulomb, in a series of experiments requiring extraordinary patience as well as delicacy of manipulation, had shown—by an128 application of Michell’s torsion balance—that in particular cases where the electric charges are concentrated on small spheres, or where the magnetic poles are small, so as to act as mere points, this law—which is essentially a geometric law of point-action—is approximately fulfilled. The mathematicians, Laplace and Poisson at their head, had seized on this demonstration and had elaborated their mathematical theories. Before them, though the research lay for a century unpublished, Cavendish had shown that the only law of force as between one element of an electric charge and another compatible with a charge being in equilibrium was the law of inverse squares. But in all these mathematical reasonings one thing had been quite left out of sight—namely, the possible properties of the intervening medium. Faraday, to whom the idea of mere action at a distance was abhorrent, if not unthinkable, conceived of all these forces of attraction and repulsion as effects taking place by something going on in the intervening medium, as effects propagated from point to point continuously through space. In his earlier work on the electromagnetic rotations he had grown to regard the space around the conducting wire as being affected by the so-called current; and the space about the poles of a magnet he knew to be traversed by curved magnetic lines, invisible indeed, but real, needing only the simplest of expedients—the sprinkling of iron filings—to reveal their existence and trend. When therefore he found that these new effects of the induction of one electric current by another could likewise cross an intervening space, whether empty or filled with material bodies,129 he instinctively sought to ascribe this propagation of the effect to a property or state of the medium. And finding that state to be different from any state previously known, different from the state existing between two magnets at rest or between two stationary electric charges, he followed the entirely philosophical course of exploring its properties and of denoting it by a name which he deemed appropriate. As we shall see, this idea of an electrotonic state recurred in his later researches with new and important connotations.

If we want to understand the somewhat obscure language in which the idea of an electrotonic state is presented, we need to try to transport ourselves back to the time it was written. At that time, the only concepts formulated to explain magnetic and electric attractions and repulsions were based on the idea of action at a distance. Michell proposed that electric and magnetic forces vary, like gravity, according to the inverse square law of distance. Coulomb, through a series of experiments requiring extraordinary patience and precision, demonstrated—using Michell’s torsion balance—that in specific instances where electric charges are concentrated on small spheres, or where magnetic poles are small enough to act like points, this law—essentially a geometric law of point-action—holds true. Mathematicians, led by Laplace and Poisson, seized on this demonstration and developed their mathematical theories. Before them, though the research lay unpublished for a century, Cavendish had shown that the only law of force compatible with an electric charge being in equilibrium was the inverse square law. However, in all these mathematical discussions, one crucial aspect had been overlooked—the potential properties of the medium in between. Faraday, who found the idea of mere action at a distance unacceptable, envisioned all these forces of attraction and repulsion as effects happening due to processes occurring in the intervening medium, as effects that propagate continuously from point to point through space. In his earlier work on electromagnetic rotations, he came to see the space around a conducting wire as being influenced by the so-called current; and he recognized that the space surrounding a magnet’s poles was filled with curved magnetic lines, invisible yet real, which could be revealed and traced using something as simple as iron filings. Therefore, when he discovered that the new effects of one electric current inducing another could also traverse intervening space, whether it was empty or filled with material objects, he instinctively attributed this propagation of the effect to a property or state of the medium. Finding that this state differed from any previously known state, different from the state between two stationary magnets or two static electric charges, he took the philosophical approach of exploring its properties and naming it something he found fitting. As we’ll see, this concept of an electrotonic state appeared in his later research with new and significant implications.

Fig. 10.

He was soon at work again, as we have seen.

He was back at work again quickly, as we've seen.

He experimented, in January, 1832, on the currents produced by the earth’s rotation—on the 10th at the round pond in Kensington Gardens, and on the 12th and 13th at Waterloo Bridge.

He experimented, in January 1832, on the currents created by the earth’s rotation—on the 10th at the round pond in Kensington Gardens, and on the 12th and 13th at Waterloo Bridge.

A SPARK FROM A MAGNET.

“This evening,” he writes in his notebook under date February 8, “at Woolwich, experimenting with magnet,38 and for the first time got the magnetic spark myself. Connected ends of a helix into two general ends, and then crossed the wires in such a way that a blow at a b would open them a little [Fig. 10]. Then130 bringing a b against the poles of a magnet, the ends were disjoined, and bright sparks resulted.”

“This evening,” he writes in his notebook dated February 8, “at Woolwich, experimenting with magnetism, and for the first time got the magnetic spark myself. I connected the ends of a helix to two general ends, and then crossed the wires in such a way that hitting a b would open them slightly. Then130 bringing a b against the poles of a magnet, the ends came apart, and bright sparks appeared.”

From succeeding with a steel magnet it was but a short step to succeed when a natural loadstone was used. The next day we find this entry:—“At home succeeded beautifully with Mr. Daniell’s magnet. Amalgamation of wires very needful. This is a natural loadstone, and perhaps the first used for the spark.”

From succeeding with a steel magnet, it was just a small step to succeed when using a natural lodestone. The next day, we find this entry:—“At home succeeded beautifully with Mr. Daniell’s magnet. Amalgamation of wires very necessary. This is a natural lodestone, and possibly the first used for the spark.”

He sent to the Royal Society an account of these and the earlier experiments; his paper on terrestrial magneto-electric induction, and on the force and direction of magneto-electric induction, received the distinction of being read as the Bakerian lecture of the year.

He submitted a report to the Royal Society detailing these and previous experiments; his paper on terrestrial magneto-electric induction, as well as the force and direction of magneto-electric induction, was honored by being presented as that year's Bakerian lecture.

TYNDALL’S SUMMARY.

The following summary of this second paper is from the pen of Professor Tyndall:—

The following summary of this second paper is from the pen of Professor Tyndall:—

He placed a bar of iron in a coil of wire, and lifting the bar into the direction of the dipping needle, he excited by this action a current in the coil. On reversing the bar, a current in the opposite direction rushed through the wire. The same effect was produced, when, on holding the helix in the line of dip, a bar of iron was thrust into it. Here, however, the earth acted on the coil through the intermediation of the bar of iron. He abandoned the bar, and simply set a copper plate spinning in a horizontal plane; he knew that the earth’s lines of magnetic force then crossed the plate at an angle of about 70°. When the plate spun round, the lines of force were intersected and induced currents generated, which produced their proper effect when carried from the plate to the galvanometer. “When the plate was in the magnetic meridian, or in any other plane coinciding with the magnetic dip, then its rotation produced no effect upon the galvanometer.”

He placed a bar of iron in a coil of wire and, lifting the bar toward the dipping needle, he created a current in the coil. When he reversed the bar, a current flowed through the wire in the opposite direction. The same effect occurred when he held the helix along the line of dip and pushed a bar of iron into it. However, in this case, the earth affected the coil through the bar of iron. He moved on from the bar and simply spun a copper plate in a horizontal plane; he knew that the earth’s magnetic lines of force crossed the plate at about a 70° angle. As the plate spun, it intersected the lines of force and generated induced currents, which had their proper effect when carried from the plate to the galvanometer. “When the plate was aligned with the magnetic meridian or in any other plane parallel to the magnetic dip, its rotation did not affect the galvanometer.”

131

131

At the suggestion of a mind fruitful in suggestions of a profound and philosophic character—I mean that of Sir John Herschel—Mr. Barlow, of Woolwich, had experimented with a rotating iron shell. Mr. Christie had also performed an elaborate series of experiments on a rotating iron disc. Both of them had found that when in rotation the body exercised a peculiar action upon the magnetic needle, deflecting it in a manner which was not observed during quiescence; but neither of them was aware at the time of the agent which produced this extraordinary deflection. They ascribed it to some change in the magnetism of the iron shell and disc.

At the suggestion of someone who had a lot of insightful and philosophical ideas—I’m talking about Sir John Herschel—Mr. Barlow from Woolwich experimented with a rotating iron shell. Mr. Christie also conducted a detailed series of experiments on a rotating iron disc. Both discovered that when the objects were spinning, they had a peculiar effect on the magnetic needle, causing it to deflect in a way that wasn’t seen when they were still; however, neither of them knew at that time what caused this unusual deflection. They thought it was due to some change in the magnetism of the iron shell and disc.

But Faraday at once saw that his induced currents must come into play here, and he immediately obtained them from an iron disc. With a hollow brass ball, moreover, he produced the effects obtained by Mr. Barlow. Iron was in no way necessary; the only condition of success was that the rotating body should be of a character to admit of the formation of currents in its substance; it must, in other words, be a conductor of electricity. The higher the conducting power, the more copious were the currents. He now passes from his little brass globe to the globe of the earth. He plays like a magician with the earth’s magnetism. He sees the invisible lines along which its magnetic action is exerted, and, sweeping his wand across these lines, he evokes this new power. Placing a simple loop of wire round a magnetic needle, he bends its upper portion to the west; the north pole of the needle immediately swerves to the east; he bends his loop to the east, and the north pole moves to the west. Suspending a common bar magnet in a vertical position, he causes it to spin round its own axis. Its pole being connected with one end of a galvanometer wire, and its equator with the other end, electricity rushes round the galvanometer from the rotating magnet. He remarks upon the “singular independence” of the magnetism and the body of the magnet which carries it. The steel behaves as if it were isolated from its own magnetism.

But Faraday quickly realized that his induced currents needed to be involved here, so he got them right away from an iron disc. With a hollow brass ball, he also created the effects that Mr. Barlow had achieved. Iron wasn’t necessary at all; the only requirement for success was that the rotating object had to allow for the formation of currents within it; in other words, it had to be a conductor of electricity. The better the conductivity, the stronger the currents. He now moved from his small brass globe to the globe of the earth. He acts like a magician with the earth’s magnetism. He can see the invisible lines along which its magnetic force operates, and by sweeping his wand across these lines, he brings forth this new power. By placing a simple loop of wire around a magnetic needle, he tilts its upper part to the west; the north pole of the needle immediately shifts to the east; he tilts his loop to the east, and the north pole moves to the west. By suspending a regular bar magnet upright, he makes it spin around its own axis. With one end of galvanometer wire connected to its pole and the other end to its equator, electricity flows through the galvanometer from the spinning magnet. He notes the “singular independence” of the magnetism and the magnet itself. The steel acts as though it is separate from its own magnetism.

And then his thoughts suddenly widen, and he asks himself whether the rotating earth does not generate induced currents as it turns round its axis from west to east. In his experiment132 with the twirling magnet the galvanometer wire remained at rest; one portion of the circuit was in motion relatively to another portion. But in the case of the twirling planet the galvanometer wire would necessarily be carried along with the earth; there would be no relative motion. What must be the consequence? Take the case of a telegraph wire with its two terminal plates dipped into the earth, and suppose the wire to lie in the magnetic meridian. The ground underneath the wire is influenced, like the wire itself, by the earth’s rotation; if a current from south to north be generated in the wire, a similar current from south to north would be generated in the earth under the wire; these currents would run against the same terminal plate, and thus neutralise each other.

And then his thoughts suddenly expand, and he wonders if the rotating Earth generates induced currents as it spins around its axis from west to east. In his experiment132 with the spinning magnet, the galvanometer wire stayed still; one part of the circuit was moving relative to another part. But in the case of the spinning planet, the galvanometer wire would necessarily move along with the Earth; there wouldn't be any relative motion. What would be the result? Consider a telegraph wire with its two terminal plates embedded in the Earth, and suppose the wire is aligned with the magnetic meridian. The ground beneath the wire is affected, just like the wire itself, by the Earth's rotation; if a current flows from south to north in the wire, a similar current would flow from south to north in the Earth beneath the wire; these currents would both oppose the same terminal plate, thus canceling each other out.

This inference appears inevitable, but his profound vision perceived its possible invalidity. He saw that it was at least possible that the difference of conducting power between the earth and the wire might give one an advantage over the other, and that thus a residual or differential current might be obtained. He combined wires of different materials, and caused them to act in opposition to each other, but found the combination ineffectual. The more copious flow in the better conductor was exactly counterbalanced by the resistance of the worst. Still, though experiment was thus emphatic, he would clear his mind of all discomfort by operating on the earth itself. He went to the round lake near Kensington Palace, and stretched 480 feet of copper wire, north and south, over the lake, causing plates soldered to the wire at its ends to dip into the water. The copper wire was severed at the middle, and the severed ends connected with a galvanometer. No effect whatever was observed. But though quiescent water gave no effect, moving water might. He therefore worked at Waterloo Bridge for three days, during the ebb and flow of the tide, but without any satisfactory result. Still he urges, “Theoretically it seems a necessary consequence, that where water is flowing there electric currents should be formed. If a line be imagined passing from Dover to Calais through the sea and returning through the land, beneath the water, to Dover, it traces out a circuit of conducting matter, one part of which,133 when the water moves up or down the Channel, is cutting the magnetic curves of the earth, whilst the other is relatively at rest.... There is every reason to believe that currents do run in the general direction of the circuit described, either one way or the other, according as the passage of the waters is up or down the Channel.” This was written before the submarine cable was thought of, and he once informed me that actual observation upon that cable had been found to be in accordance with his theoretic deduction.

This conclusion seems unavoidable, but his deep insight recognized its potential flaws. He realized that the difference in conductivity between the earth and the wire might create an advantage for one over the other, and that this could result in a residual or differential current. He tried combining wires made from different materials, pitting them against each other, but the combination didn’t work. The stronger flow in the better conductor was completely offset by the resistance of the less effective one. Still, despite the clear results from these experiments, he sought to eliminate any uncertainty by working directly with the earth. He went to the round lake near Kensington Palace and laid out 480 feet of copper wire north and south over the lake, with plates soldered to the ends of the wire dipping into the water. He cut the copper wire in the middle and connected the ends to a galvanometer. No effect was observed at all. But while still water showed no response, moving water might. So, he worked at Waterloo Bridge for three days during the ebb and flow of the tide, but without any satisfactory results. Still, he insisted, “Theoretically, it seems necessary that wherever water is flowing, electric currents should be formed. If you imagine a line extending from Dover to Calais through the sea and returning through the land, beneath the water, back to Dover, it outlines a circuit of conducting material, one part of which, as the water moves up or down the Channel, intersects the earth's magnetic curves, while the other remains relatively motionless.... There is every reason to believe that currents flow in the general direction of the circuit described, either one way or the other, depending on whether the water is moving up or down the Channel.” This was written before the submarine cable was even considered, and he once told me that actual observations of that cable matched his theoretical conclusions.

Fig. 11.

It may here be apposite to discuss a fundamental question raised in these researches. In Faraday’s mind there arose the conviction of a connection between the induction of currents by magnets and the magnetic lines which invisibly fill all the space in the neighbourhood of the magnet. That relation he discovered and announced in the following terms:—

It might be relevant to discuss a fundamental question that comes up in this research. Faraday became convinced that there was a connection between how magnets induce currents and the magnetic lines that invisibly fill the space around the magnet. He discovered and expressed this relationship in the following terms:—

THE LAW OF INDUCTION.

“The relation which holds between the magnetic pole, the moving wire or metal, and the direction of the current evolved—i.e. the law which governs the evolution of electricity by magneto-electric induction, is very simple, though rather difficult to express. If in Fig. 11, P N represent a horizontal wire passing by a marked [i.e. ‘north-seeking’] magnetic pole, so that the direction of its motion shall coincide with the curved line proceeding from below upwards; or if134 its motion parallel to itself be in a line tangential to the curved line, but in the general direction of the arrows; or if it pass the pole in other directions, but so as to cut the magnetic curves39 in the same general direction, or on the same side as they would be cut by the wire if moving along the dotted curved line; then the current of electricity in the wire is from P to N. If it be carried in the reverse direction, the electric current will be from N to P. Or if the wire be in the vertical position, figured P´ N´, and it be carried in similar directions, coinciding with the dotted horizontal curve so far as to cut the magnetic curves on the same side with it, the current will be from to .”

“The relationship between the magnetic pole, the moving wire or metal, and the direction of the generated current—i.e. the law that dictates the generation of electricity through magneto-electric induction—is quite straightforward, though it can be a bit tricky to articulate. If in Fig. 11, P N represents a horizontal wire passing by a designated [i.e. ‘north-seeking’] magnetic pole, so that the direction of its movement aligns with the curved line moving from below upwards; or if its motion parallel to itself follows a line tangent to the curved line, but generally in the direction of the arrows; or if it passes the pole in other orientations, cutting through the magnetic curves 39 in the same general direction, or on the same side as they would be intersected by the wire if moving along the dotted curved line; then the electric current in the wire flows from P to N. If it moves in the opposite direction, the electric current will flow from N to P. Or if the wire is positioned vertically, as shown in P. N., and it is moved in similar directions, aligning with the dotted horizontal curve to cut the magnetic curves on the same side as it, the current will flow from P' to .”

CUTTING THE MAGNETIC LINES.

When resuming the research in December, Faraday investigated the point whether it was essential or not that the moving wire should, in “cutting” the magnetic curves, pass into positions of greater or lesser magnetic force; or whether, always intersecting curves of equal magnetic intensity, the mere motion sufficed for the production of the current. He found the latter to be true. This notion of cutting the invisible magnetic lines as the essential act necessary and sufficient for induction was entirely original with Faraday. For long it proved a stumbling-block to the abstract mathematicians, since there was, in most cases, no direct or easy way in which to express the number of magnetic lines that were cut. Neither had any convention been adopted up to that time as135 to how to reckon numerically the number of magnetic lines in any given space near a magnet. Later, in 1851, Faraday himself gave greater precision to these ideas. He found that the current was proportional to the velocity, when the conductor was moving in a uniform magnetic field with a uniform motion. Also, that the quantity of electricity thrown by induction into the circuit was directly proportional to the “amount of curves intersected.” The following passage, from Clerk Maxwell’s article on Faraday in the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” admirably sums up the matter:—

When Faraday resumed his research in December, he looked into whether it was necessary for the moving wire to pass through areas of different magnetic strength while "cutting" the magnetic curves, or if simply moving through curves of equal magnetic intensity was enough to create a current. He discovered that the latter was true. His idea that cutting the invisible magnetic lines was the key action needed for induction was completely original to Faraday. For a long time, this concept puzzled abstract mathematicians since there was usually no straightforward way to express how many magnetic lines were being cut. Additionally, no standard had been established by then for measuring the number of magnetic lines in a specific area around a magnet. Later, in 1851, Faraday refined these ideas. He found that the current was proportional to the speed of the wire when it moved uniformly in a consistent magnetic field. He also determined that the amount of electricity induced into the circuit was directly proportional to the “number of curves intersected.” The following excerpt from Clerk Maxwell’s article on Faraday in the “Encyclopædia Britannica” summarizes this well:—

The magnitude and originality of Faraday’s achievement may be estimated by tracing the subsequent history of his discovery. As might be expected, it was at once made the subject of investigation by the whole scientific world, but some of the most experienced physicists were unable to avoid mistakes in stating, in what they conceived to be more scientific language than Faraday’s, the phenomena before them. Up to the present time the mathematicians who have rejected Faraday’s method of stating his law as unworthy of the precision of their science, have never succeeded in devising any essentially different formula which shall fully express the phenomena without introducing hypotheses about the mutual action of things which have no physical existence, such as elements of currents which flow out of nothing, then along a wire, and finally sink into nothing again.

The scale and uniqueness of Faraday’s achievement can be gauged by looking at the history that followed his discovery. As expected, it quickly became a topic of investigation for the entire scientific community, but even some of the most experienced physicists couldn’t help but make errors when trying to explain the phenomena in what they thought was a more scientific way than Faraday’s. Even today, mathematicians who have dismissed Faraday’s way of expressing his law as not precise enough for their science have never managed to create a fundamentally different formula that accurately represents the phenomena without relying on assumptions about interactions between things that don't physically exist, like elements of currents that seem to flow from nowhere, travel through a wire, and then disappear again.

After nearly half a century of labour of this kind, we may say that, though the practical applications of Faraday’s discovery have increased and are increasing in number and value every year, no exception to the statement of these laws as given by Faraday has been discovered, no new law has been added to them, and Faraday’s original statement remains to this day the only one which asserts no more than can be verified by experiment, and the only one by which the theory136 of the phenomena can be expressed in a manner which is exactly and numerically accurate, and at the same time within the range of elementary methods of exposition.

After almost fifty years of work like this, we can say that while the practical uses of Faraday’s discovery keep growing in number and importance each year, there hasn’t been any exception to the laws he stated, no new law has been added, and Faraday’s original statement still stands today as the only one that only claims what can be confirmed through experiments. It’s also the only one that allows the theory of the phenomena to be expressed in a way that is both precisely and numerically accurate, while still being understandable through basic methods of explanation.

In the year 1831, which witnessed this masterpiece of scientific research, Faraday was busy in many other ways. He was still undertaking chemical analyses and expert work for fees, as witness his letter to Phillips on p. 62. He was also, until November, on the Council of the Royal Society. To the “Philosophical Transactions” he contributed a paper “On Vibrating Surfaces,” in which he solved a problem in acoustics which had previously gone without explanation. It had long been known that in the experiments of obtaining the patterns called “Chladni’s figures,” by strewing powders upon vibrating plates, while the heavier powders, such as sand, moved into the nodal lines, lighter substances, such as lycopodium dust, collected in little circular heaps over the parts where the vibration was most energetic. Faraday’s explanation was that these lighter powders were caught and whirled about in little vortices which formed themselves at spots where the motions were of greatest amplitude.

In 1831, during the time he created this scientific masterpiece, Faraday was busy in many other ways. He was still doing chemical analyses and expert work for a fee, as shown in his letter to Phillips on p. 62. Until November, he was also a member of the Council of the Royal Society. He contributed a paper titled “On Vibrating Surfaces” to the “Philosophical Transactions,” in which he addressed a problem in acoustics that had previously gone unexplained. It had long been known that in experiments to create the patterns called “Chladni’s figures,” where powders were sprinkled on vibrating plates, heavier powders like sand would gather into the nodal lines, while lighter substances such as lycopodium dust would form small circular heaps on the areas with the most intense vibrations. Faraday explained that these lighter powders were caught and swirled around in tiny vortices that formed at the spots where the vibrations were strongest.

He also wrote a paper “On a Peculiar Class of Optical Deceptions,” dealing with the illusions that result from the eye being shown in successive glimpses, as between the teeth of a revolving wheel, different views of a moving body. This research was, in effect, the starting point of a whole line of optical toys, beginning with the phenakistiscope or stroboscope, which developed through the zoetrope and praxino-scope into the kinematograph and animatograph of recent date.

He also wrote a paper titled “On a Peculiar Class of Optical Deceptions,” discussing the illusions that happen when the eye sees successive images, like viewing different angles of a moving object through the gaps of a spinning wheel. This research effectively kicked off a whole series of optical toys, starting with the phenakistiscope or stroboscope, which evolved through the zoetrope and praxinoscope into the modern kinematograph and animatograph.

137

137

LECTURES ON PHYSICAL SUBJECTS.

He gave four afternoon lectures at the Royal Institution and five Friday evening discourses. These were on optical deceptions, on light and phosphorescence, being an account of experiments recently made by Mr. Pearsall, chemical assistant in the Institution; on oxalamide, then recently discovered by M. Dumas; on Trevelyan’s experiments about the production of sound by heated bodies; and on the arrangements assumed by particles upon vibrating surfaces.

He gave four afternoon lectures at the Royal Institution and five Friday evening talks. These covered optical illusions, light and phosphorescence, which detailed experiments recently conducted by Mr. Pearsall, a chemical assistant at the Institution; about oxalamide, which had just been discovered by M. Dumas; Trevelyan’s experiments on how heated objects produce sound; and the arrangements of particles on vibrating surfaces.

In 1832 he gave five Friday evening discourses, four of which related to his own researches. In August he entered upon the third series of “Experimental Researches in Electricity,” which was devoted to the identity of electricities derived from different sources, and on the relation by measure of common [i.e. frictional] and voltaic electricity. He did not like any doubt to hang about as to whether the electricity obtained from magnets by induction was really the same as that obtainable from other sources. Possibly he had in his mind the difficulties which had arisen thirty years before over the discoveries of Galvani and Volta, when it was so far doubted whether the electricity in currents from piles and batteries of cells was the same as the electricity evoked by friction, that the distinctive and misleading name of “galvanism” was assigned to the former. He commented on the circumstance that many philosophers—and he included Davy by name in an explicit reference—were vainly drawing distinctions40 between138 electricities from different sources, or at least doubting whether their identity were proven. His first point was to consider whether “common electricity,” “animal electricity,” and “magneto-electric currents” could, like “voltaic electricity,” produce chemical decompositions. He began by demonstrating that an ordinary electric discharge from a friction machine can affect a suitably disposed galvanometer. One of his instruments of sufficient sensitiveness was surrounded by an enclosing cage of double metal foil and wire-work, duly connected to “earth,” so as to render it independent of all disturbances by external electric charges in its neighbourhood. His “earth” for this purpose consisted of a stout metal wire connected through the pipes in the house to the metallic gas-pipes belonging to the public gas works of London, and also with the metallic water-pipes of London—an effectual “discharging train.” He used a friction electric machine with a glass plate 50 inches in diameter, and a Leyden-jar battery of fifteen jars, each having about 84 square inches of coated glass. This battery of jars was first charged from the machine and then discharged through a wet thread four feet long, and through the galvanometer to earth viâ the “discharging train.” Having by this means satisfied himself that these electric discharges could deflect a galvanometer, whether through the wet thread, a copper wire, or through water, or rarefied air, or by connection through points in air, he went on to the question of chemical decomposition. Dipping two silver wires into a drop of solution of sulphate of copper, he found that one of them became copper-plated139 by the electricity that was evolved by 100 or 200 turns of the disc machine. He bleached indigo, turned starch purple with iodine liberated from iodide of potassium, exactly as might have been done by a “volta-electric current” from a battery of cells. He also decomposed water, giving due recognition to the antecedent experiments of Van Troostwyk, Pearson, and Wollaston.

In 1832, he delivered five discourses on Friday evenings, four of which focused on his own research. In August, he began the third series of “Experimental Researches in Electricity,” dedicated to exploring the similarities between electricities from different sources and the measurable relationship between common (i.e., frictional) and voltaic electricity. He wanted to eliminate any uncertainty about whether the electricity obtained from magnets through induction was truly the same as electricity from other sources. It’s likely he was thinking about the debates that had arisen thirty years earlier regarding the findings of Galvani and Volta, when there was significant skepticism about whether the electricity from piles and batteries was the same as that generated by friction. This led to the misleading term “galvanism” being used for the former. He pointed out that many philosophers—specifically mentioning Davy—were unsuccessfully trying to draw distinctions between electricities from different sources or at least questioning whether their identity was established. His primary goal was to investigate whether “common electricity,” “animal electricity,” and “magneto-electric currents” could, like “voltaic electricity,” cause chemical reactions. He started by showing that a typical electric discharge from a friction machine could influence a properly set galvanometer. One of his sensitive instruments was enclosed in a cage made of double metal foil and wire, connected to the ground to minimize any interference from external electric charges nearby. His grounding system consisted of a thick metal wire connected through the house’s pipes to the metallic gas pipes from the public gas works in London, as well as to London’s metallic water pipes—an effective “discharging train.” He operated a friction electric machine with a glass plate that was 50 inches in diameter and a Leyden-jar battery consisting of fifteen jars, each with about 84 square inches of coated glass. He first charged this battery using the machine and then discharged it through a wet thread four feet long, which connected to the galvanometer and to the ground via the “discharging train.” Satisfied that these electric discharges could deflect a galvanometer, whether through the wet thread, copper wire, water, rarefied air, or by connecting through points in the air, he proceeded to the topic of chemical decomposition. Dipping two silver wires into a drop of copper sulfate solution, he discovered that one ended up copper-plated due to the electricity generated by 100 or 200 rotations of the disc machine. He bleached indigo and turned starch purple with iodine released from potassium iodide, just as could be achieved by a “volta-electric current” from a battery. He also decomposed water, acknowledging the earlier experiments of Van Troostwyk, Pearson, and Wollaston.

IDENTITY OF ELECTRICITIES.

In the paper which he drew up he compares these results with others made with electric discharges from an electric kite and with those of the torpedo and other electric fishes. He recapitulates the properties of magneto-electricity and the proofs now accumulating that it can decompose water. He drew up a schedule of the different effects which electricity can produce, and of the different sources of electricity, showing in tabular form how far each so-called kind of electricity had been found to produce each effect. The conclusion was that there is no philosophical difference between the different cases; since the phenomena produced by the different kinds of electricity differ not in their character but only in degree. “Electricity, whatever may be its source, is identical in its nature.” On comparing the effects produced by different discharges, he concludes that “if the same absolute quantity41 of electricity pass through the galvanometer, whatever may be its intensity, the deflecting force upon the magnetic needle is the same.” He was then able to go on to a140 quantitative comparison between the “quantity” of electricity from different sources, and came to the conclusion that both in magnetic deflection and in chemical force the current of electricity given by his standard battery for eight beats of his watch was equal to that of the friction machine evolved by thirty revolutions; further, that “the chemical power, like the magnetic force, is in direct proportion to the absolute quantity of electricity which passes.”

In the paper he wrote, he compares these results with others obtained from electric discharges produced by an electric kite, as well as those from torpedoes and other electric fish. He summarizes the properties of magneto-electricity and the growing evidence that it can decompose water. He created a chart detailing the different effects electricity can produce and the various sources of electricity, showing in a table how much each type of so-called electricity had been found to produce each effect. The conclusion was that there is no fundamental difference between the different cases; the phenomena produced by the various kinds of electricity vary not in their nature but only in degree. “Electricity, no matter what its source, is the same in essence.” When comparing the effects produced by different discharges, he concludes that “if the same absolute quantity41 of electricity passes through the galvanometer, regardless of its intensity, the deflecting force on the magnetic needle will be the same.” He was then able to proceed to a140 quantitative comparison between the “quantity” of electricity from different sources, concluding that both in magnetic deflection and in chemical force, the current of electricity produced by his standard battery over eight beats of his watch was equal to that of the friction machine generated by thirty revolutions; furthermore, that “the chemical power, like the magnetic force, is directly proportional to the absolute quantity of electricity that passes.”

ELECTRO-CHEMICAL WORK.

This series of researches was published in January, 1833. In April of the same year he sent to the Royal Society another paper—the fourth series—on electric conduction. It arose from the surprising observation that, though water conducts, ice acts as a complete non-conductor. This led to an examination of the conducting power of fusible solids in general. He found that as a rule—excepting on the one hand the metals, which conduct whether solid or liquid, and on the other hand fatty bodies, which are always non-conductors—they assume conducting power when liquefied, and lose it when congealed. Chloride of lead, of silver, of potassium, and of sodium, and many chlorates, nitrates, sulphates, and many other salts and fusible substances were found to follow this rule. All the substances so found to act were compound bodies, and capable of decomposition by the current. When conduction ceased, decomposition ceased also. An apparent exception was found in sulphide of silver, which, when heated, acquired conducting powers even before it assumed the liquid state, yet decomposed in the solid state. This led him on to study electro-chemical141 decompositions more closely. Here he was following directly in the footsteps of his master Davy, whose discovery of the decomposition of potash and soda by the electric current had been one of the most prominent scientific advances resulting from the invention of the voltaic cell. The fifth series of researches, published in June, 1833, embodies the work. He first combats the prevailing opinion that the presence of water is necessary for electro-chemical decomposition; then analyses the views of various philosophers—Grotthuss, Davy, De la Rive, and others—who had discussed the question whether the decompositions are due to attractions exercised by the two poles of the electric circuit. This he contests in the most direct manner. Already he has reason to believe that for a given quantity of electricity passed through the liquid the amount of electro-chemical action is a constant quantity, and depends in no way on the distance of the particles of the decomposable substance from the poles. He regards the elements as progressing in two streams in opposite directions parallel to the current, while the poles “are merely the surfaces or doors by which the electricity enters into or passes out of the substance suffering decomposition.”

This series of research was published in January 1833. In April of the same year, he submitted another paper—the fourth series—to the Royal Society about electric conduction. This was sparked by the surprising observation that while water conducts electricity, ice does not conduct at all. This led to an investigation of the conductive properties of fusible solids in general. He discovered that, as a rule—except for metals, which conduct whether they are solid or liquid, and fatty substances, which are always non-conductors—these solids gain conducting properties when melted and lose them when solidified. Chlorides of lead, silver, potassium, and sodium, along with many chlorates, nitrates, sulfates, and other salts and fusible materials, were found to follow this rule. All the substances that exhibited this behavior were compounds capable of undergoing decomposition through the electric current. When conduction stopped, decomposition stopped as well. An apparent exception was found in silver sulfide, which gained conducting properties when heated even before it turned into a liquid, yet decomposed while still solid. This prompted him to study electro-chemical decompositions more closely. Here, he was directly following in the footsteps of his mentor Davy, whose discovery of the decomposition of potash and soda by electric current had been a significant scientific breakthrough resulting from the invention of the voltaic cell. The fifth series of research, published in June 1833, contains this work. He initially challenges the widespread belief that water is essential for electro-chemical decomposition. Then, he analyzes the perspectives of various thinkers—Grotthuss, Davy, De la Rive, and others—who debated whether the decompositions are caused by attractions from the two poles of the electric circuit. He directly contests this idea. He already has reason to believe that for a given amount of electricity flowing through the liquid, the level of electro-chemical activity is a constant and does not depend on the distance of the decomposable particles from the poles. He views the elements as moving in two streams in opposite directions parallel to the current while the poles are merely the surfaces or entry points where electricity enters or exits the substance undergoing decomposition.

Amongst the laboratory notes of this time are many which were never published in the “Experimental Researches,” or of which only brief abstracts appeared. Some of these are of great interest.

Among the laboratory notes from this period, there are many that were never published in the “Experimental Researches,” or that only had short summaries released. Some of these are very interesting.

Here is one literally transcribed:—

Here is one literally transcribed:—

142

142

26 Feb. 1833.

Feb 26, 1833.

Chloride Magnesium.—When solid and wire fuzed in non-conductor—When fuzed conducted very well and was decomposed A and P Pole much action and gas—chlorine? At N Pole Magnesium separated and no gas. Sometimes Magnesium burnt flying off in globules burning brilliantly. When wire at that pole put in water or white M A [muriatic acid] matter round it acted powerfully evolving hydrogen and forming Magnesia; and when wire and surrounding matter heated in spirit lamp Magnesium burnt with intense light into Magnesia. VERY GOOD EXPT.

Magnesium Chloride.—When solid and wire fused in a non-conductor—When fused, it conducted very well and was decomposed at the A and P Pole with a lot of activity and gas—chlorine? At the N Pole, magnesium separated with no gas. Sometimes, magnesium burned, flying off in brilliant globules. When the wire at that pole was placed in water or a white M A [muriatic acid] substance around it, it acted strongly, releasing hydrogen and forming magnesia; and when the wire and the surrounding material were heated in a spirit lamp, magnesium burned with intense light into magnesia. VERY GOOD EXPERIMENT.

This recalls the “capital experiment” entry which Sir Humphry Davy wrote after the account of his decomposition of caustic potash. On the 7th of April we come to a marvellous page of speculations. He has seen that liquids, both solutions and fused salts, can be decomposed by the current, and that at least one solid is capable of electrolysis. But he finds that alloys and metals are not decomposed. He finds that electrolysis is easiest for those compounds that consist of the most diverse elements, and is led on to speculate as to the possible constitution of those conductors that the current does not decompose. This may involve a recasting of accepted ideas; but from such a step he does not shrink, as the following extracts show:—

This brings to mind the “capital experiment” entry that Sir Humphry Davy wrote after describing his breakdown of caustic potash. On April 7th, we encounter an incredible page of speculations. He has observed that liquids, including solutions and melted salts, can be broken down by electric current, and that at least one solid can undergo electrolysis. However, he notices that alloys and metals aren't broken down. He concludes that electrolysis is easiest for compounds made up of the most diverse elements and starts to speculate about the possible structure of the conductors that the current does not break down. This could mean rethinking established concepts; yet he does not shy away from such an idea, as the following excerpts show:—

Metals may not be compounds of elements most frequently combined, but rather of such as are so similar to each other as to pass out of the limit of voltaic decomposition.

Metals might not be compounds of the elements that are most commonly mixed, but rather of those that are so similar to each other that they go beyond the boundaries of voltaic decomposition.

13th April (same page).

April 13 (same page).

If voltaic decomposition of the kind I believe then review all substances upon the new view to see if they may not be decomposable, &c. &c. &c.

If this type of voltaic decomposition is valid, then review all substances from this new perspective to determine if they might be decomposable, etc. etc. etc.

143

143

ATTRACTION BY POLES DOUBTED.

He has now found that the facts observed do not admit of being explained on the supposition that the motion of the ions is due to the attraction of the poles, and accordingly there follows the entry:—

He has now discovered that the facts observed can't be explained by assuming that the movement of the ions is due to the attraction of the poles, and therefore, the following entry follows:—

(Ap. 13, 1833.)

(Apr. 13, 1833.)

A single element is never attracted by a pole, i.e. without attraction of other element at other pole. Hence doubt Mr. Brande’s Expts on attraction of gases and vapours. Doubt attraction by poles altogether.

A single element is never drawn to one pole, i.e. without the attraction of another element at the opposite pole. Therefore, question Mr. Brande’s experiments on the attraction of gases and vapors. Question the attraction by poles entirely.

To this subject he returned in 1834; an intervening memoir—the sixth—being taken up with the power of metals and solids to bring about the combination of gaseous bodies. In the seventh series, published in January, 1834, his first work is to explain the new terms which he has adopted, on the advice of Whewell, to express the facts. The so-called poles, being in his view merely doors or ways by which the current passes, he now terms electrodes, distinguishing the entrance and exit respectively as anode and cathode,42 while the decomposable liquid is termed an electrolyte, and the decomposing process electrolysis. “Finally,” he says, in a passage (here italicised) worthy to be engraved in gold for the essential truth it enunciates on a question of terminology, “I require a term to express those bodies which can pass to the electrodes, or,144 as they are usually called, the poles. Substances are frequently spoken of as being electronegative, or electropositive, according as they go under the supposed influence of a direct attraction to the positive or negative pole. But these terms are much too significant for the use to which I should have to put them; for though the meanings are perhaps right, they are only hypothetical, and may be wrong; and then, through a very imperceptible but still very dangerous, because continual, influence, they do great injury to science, by contracting and limiting the habitual views of those engaged in pursuing it. I propose to distinguish such bodies by calling those anions which go to the anode of the decomposing body; and those passing to the cathode, cations; and when I shall have occasion to speak of these together, I shall call them ions.43 Thus, the chloride of lead is an electrolyte, and when electrolyzed evolves the two ions, chlorine and lead, the former being an anion and the latter a cation.” In Faraday’s own bound volume of the “Experimental Researches” he has illustrated these terms by the sketch here reproduced. (Fig. 12.)

To this topic, he returned in 1834; an intervening memoir—the sixth—focused on how metals and solids can cause gaseous bodies to combine. In the seventh series, published in January 1834, his first work explains the new terms he adopted, based on Whewell's advice, to describe the facts. The so-called poles, which he sees merely as doors or paths for the current, are now called electrodes, with the entrance and exit referred to as anode and cathode,42 while the liquid that can be decomposed is called an electrolyte, and the process of decomposition is electrolysis. “Finally,” he states, in a passage (here italicized) that deserves to be engraved in gold for the essential truth it conveys about terminology, “I need a term for those substances that can reach the electrodes, or, as they are usually called, the poles. Substances are often described as electronegative or electropositive, depending on their supposed direct attraction to the positive or negative pole. However, these terms are far too significant for the purposes I need them for; because although the meanings might be correct, they are merely hypothetical and could be wrong; and through a very subtle but still very dangerous influence, because it is continuous, they cause great harm to science by restricting and limiting the usual perspectives of those who study it. I intend to distinguish these substances by calling those that move to the anode of the decomposing body anions; and those going to the cathode, cations; and when I refer to these collectively, I will call them ions.43 Thus, lead chloride is an electrolyte, and when it is electrolyzed, it produces the two ions, chlorine and lead, with the former being an anion and the latter a cation.” In Faraday’s own bound volume of the “Experimental Researches,” he has illustrated these terms with the sketch reproduced here. (Fig. 12.)

Faraday’s letter to Whewell when he consulted him as to the new words has not been preserved. He discarded, when the paper was printed, the terms he had first used. Whewell’s replies of April 25th and May 5th, 1834, have been preserved and are printed in Todhunter’s biography of Whewell. From the later of the two the following passage is extracted:—

Faraday’s letter to Whewell, in which he asked for his opinion on the new terms, hasn’t been kept. He decided to drop the initial terms when the paper was published. Whewell’s responses from April 25 and May 5, 1834, have been preserved and are included in Todhunter’s biography of Whewell. The following excerpt is taken from the later of the two:

145

145

NEW NOMENCLATURE.

[Whewell to Faraday], May 5, 1834.

[Whewell to Faraday], May 5, 1834.

If you take anode and cathode, I would propose for the two elements resulting from electrolysis the terms anion and cation, which are neuter participles signifying that which goes up, and that which goes down; and for the two together you might use the term ions.... The word is not a substantive in Greek, but it may easily be so taken, and I am persuaded that the brevity and simplicity of the terms you will thus have will in a fortnight procure their universal acceptation. The anion is that which goes to the anode, the cation is that which goes to the cathode. The th in the latter word arises from the aspirate in hodos (way), and therefore is not to be introduced in cases where the second term has not an aspirate, as ion has not.

If you take anode and cathode, I suggest using the terms anion and cation for the two elements that come from electrolysis. These are neutral participles meaning that which goes up and that which goes down; and for both together, you might call them ions.... The word isn't a noun in Greek, but it can easily be treated as one, and I'm convinced that the short and simple terms you'll have will gain widespread acceptance in a couple of weeks. The anion is what travels to the anode, and the cation is what travels to the cathode. The th in the second word comes from the aspiration in hodos (way), so it shouldn't be used in cases where the second term doesn't have an aspiration, as ion does not.

Fig. 12.

On May 15th Faraday replied as follows:—

On May 15th, Faraday replied as follows:—

[Faraday to Whewell.]

[Faraday to Whewell.]

I have taken your advice and the names, and use anode, cathode, anions, cations and ions; the last I shall have but little occasion for. I had some hot objections made to them here, and found myself very much in the condition of the man with his Son and Ass, who tried to please everybody; but when I held up the shield of your authority it was wonderful to observe how the tone of objection melted away. I am quite146 delighted with the facility of expression which the new terms give me, and shall ever be your debtor for the kind assistance you have given me.

I’ve taken your advice and the terms you suggested, like anode, cathode, anions, cations, and ions; although I won’t need the last one much. I faced some strong objections to these terms here, and I felt a lot like the man with his Son and Ass, who tried to please everyone; but when I referenced your authority, it was amazing to see how the objections faded away. I’m really pleased with how easily I can express myself with the new terms, and I’ll always be grateful for the help you've given me.

As though to prepare the way for a still further cutting of himself adrift from the slavery of using terms that might be found misleading, he added the following note:—

As if to get ready for an even bigger step away from the confines of using potentially misleading terms, he included the following note:—

It will be well understood that I am giving no opinion respecting the nature of the electric current now, beyond what I have done on former occasions; and that though I speak of the current as proceeding from the parts which are positive to those which are negative, it is merely in accordance with the conventional, though in some degree tacit, agreement entered into by scientific men, that they may have a constant, certain, and definite means of referring to the direction of the forces of that current.

It should be clear that I'm not expressing any new opinions about the nature of electric current right now, other than what I've shared before; and when I refer to the current moving from the positive parts to the negative ones, it's simply following the conventional understanding that scientists have reached—this is a sort of unspoken agreement so that they have a reliable and clear way to describe the direction of the forces of that current.

The “former occasions” is a reference to an earlier suggestion that a current might mean anything progressive, whether a flow in one direction or two fluids moving in opposite directions, or merely vibrations, or, still more generally, progressive forces. He had expressly said that what we call the electric current “may perhaps best be conceived of as an axis of power having contrary forces, exactly equal in amount, in contrary directions.”

The "former occasions" refers to an earlier suggestion that a current might mean anything progressive, whether it's a flow in one direction, two fluids moving in opposite directions, or just vibrations, or even more broadly, progressive forces. He had clearly stated that what we refer to as the electric current "may perhaps best be viewed as an axis of power having equal but opposite forces."

ELECTRO-CHEMICAL LAWS.

He then suggests as a measurer of current the standard form of electrolytic cell ever since known as the voltameter. He preferred that kind in which water is decomposed, the quantity of electricity which had flowed through it being measured by the quantity of the gas or gases evolved during the operation. Before adopting this he undertook careful experiments147 in which his fine manipulative skill, no less than his chemical experience, was called into service to verify the fact that the quantity of water decomposed was really proportionate to the quantity of electricity which has been passed through the instrument. Having this standard, he investigated numerous other cases of decomposition by the current, and so arrived at a substantial basis for the doctrine of definite electro-chemical action. Speaking of the substances into which electrolytes are divided by the current, and which he had called ions, he says: “They are combining bodies; are directly associated with the fundamental parts of the doctrine of chemical affinity; and have each a definite proportion, in which they are always evolved during electrolytic action.... I have proposed to call the numbers representing the proportions in which they are evolved electro-chemical equivalents. Thus hydrogen, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, lead, tin are ions; the three former are anions, the two metals cations, and 1, 8, 36, 125, 104, 58, are their electro-chemical equivalents nearly.”

He then proposed using the standard form of electrolytic cell known as the voltameter to measure electric current. He preferred the type that decomposes water, with the amount of electricity measured by the volume of gas produced during the process. Before settling on this method, he conducted careful experiments147 that required both his fine skills and his chemical expertise to confirm that the amount of water decomposed was indeed proportional to the amount of electricity that had flowed through the device. With this standard established, he explored many other instances of decomposition by electrical current, laying a solid foundation for the concept of definite electro-chemical action. When discussing the substances into which electrolytes are separated by the current, which he termed ions, he stated: “They are combining bodies; they are directly related to the fundamental aspects of chemical affinity; and each has a specific proportion in which they are always produced during electrolytic action.... I have suggested calling the numbers that represent these proportions electro-chemical equivalents. Thus, hydrogen, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, lead, and tin are ions; the first three are anions, the two metals are cations, and 1, 8, 36, 125, 104, 58 are their electro-chemical equivalents approximately.”

This fundamental law being set upon an impregnable basis of facts, he goes on to speculate upon the absolute quantity of electricity or electric power belonging to different bodies; a notion which only within the last few years has found general acceptance.

This basic law is built on a solid foundation of facts, and he continues to explore the absolute quantity of electricity or electric power associated with various bodies; an idea that has only gained widespread acceptance in recent years.

In developing this theory he uses the following language:—

In developing this theory, he uses the following language:—

According to it [i.e. this theory], the equivalent weights of bodies are simply those quantities of them which contain equal quantities of electricity, or have naturally equal electric powers; it being the ELECTRICITY which determines the148 equivalent number, because it determines the combining force. Or, if we adopt the atomic theory or phraseology, then the atoms of bodies which are equivalents to each other in their ordinary chemical action, have equal quantities of electricity naturally associated with them. But I must confess I am jealous of the term atom....

According to this theory, the equivalent weights of bodies are simply the amounts that contain equal quantities of electricity, or naturally have equal electric powers; it’s the ELECTRICITY that determines the 148 equivalent number, because it dictates the combining force. Alternatively, if we use atomic theory or terminology, then the atoms of bodies that are equivalents in their typical chemical reactions have equal amounts of electricity naturally associated with them. However, I must admit I have reservations about the term atom...

Here we find the modern doctrine of electrons or unitary atomic charges, clearly formulated in 1834. In the course of this speculation he remarks that “if the electrical power which holds the elements of a grain of water in combination, or which makes a grain of oxygen or hydrogen in the right proportions unite into water when they are made to combine, could be thrown into the condition of a current, it would exactly equal the current required for the separation of that grain of water into its elements again.” And all this years before there was any doctrine of the conservation of energy to guide the mind of the philosopher! The passage just cited contains the germs of the thermodynamic theory of electromotive forces worked out a dozen years later by Sir William Thomson (now Lord Kelvin), by which theory we can predict the electromotive forces of any given chemical combination from a knowledge of the heat evolved by a given mass of the product in the act of combining.

Here we find the modern idea of electrons or unitary atomic charges, clearly articulated in 1834. In the course of this speculation, he notes that “if the electrical power that keeps the elements of a drop of water together, or that causes a drop of oxygen or hydrogen in the right proportions to combine into water, could be transformed into a current, it would exactly match the current needed to separate that drop of water back into its elements.” And all of this was stated years before there was any theory of energy conservation to inform the philosopher's thoughts! The passage just mentioned contains the seeds of the thermodynamic theory of electromotive forces, developed a dozen years later by Sir William Thomson (now Lord Kelvin), which allows us to predict the electromotive forces of any chemical combination based on knowledge of the heat released by a specific mass of the product during the combining process.

ANOTHER UNSUCCESSFUL QUEST.

The eighth series of the researches, which was read in June, 1834, deals chiefly with voltaic cells and batteries of cells. He is now applying to the operations inside the primary cell the electrochemical principles learned by the study of electrolysis in secondary cells. His thoughts have been incessantly playing around the problem of electrolytic conduction.149 He was convinced that the forces which shear the anions from combination with the cations and transfer them in opposite directions must be inherent before the circuit is completed, and therefore before any actual transfer or movement takes place. “It seems to me impossible,” he says, “to resist the idea that it [the “transfer,” or “what is called the voltaic current”] must be preceded by a state of tension in the fluid. I have sought carefully for indications of a state of tension in the electrolytic conductor; and conceiving that it might produce something like structure, either before or during its discharge, I endeavoured to make this evident by polarised light.” He used a solution of sulphate of soda, but without the slightest trace of optical action in any direction of the ray. He repeated the experiment, using a solid electrolyte, borate of lead, in its non-conducting state, but equally without result.

The eighth series of the research, presented in June 1834, focuses mainly on voltaic cells and battery arrangements. He is now applying the electrochemical principles he learned from studying electrolysis in secondary cells to the processes happening inside the primary cell. His thoughts have been continuously revolving around the issue of electrolytic conduction.149 He was convinced that the forces separating the anions from their combination with the cations and moving them in opposite directions must exist before the circuit is completed, and therefore before any actual transfer or movement occurs. “It seems impossible to me,” he says, “to ignore the notion that this [the 'transfer,' or 'what is referred to as the voltaic current'] must be preceded by a state of tension in the fluid. I have carefully looked for signs of a state of tension in the electrolytic conductor; and thinking that it might create something like structure, either before or during its discharge, I tried to demonstrate this using polarized light.” He employed a solution of sodium sulfate, but found no signs of optical activity in any direction of the ray. He repeated the experiment, using a solid electrolyte, lead borate, in its non-conducting state, but again with no success.

During the time of these electrochemical researches in 1833 and 1834, Faraday’s activities for the Royal Institution were undiminished. In 1833 he gave seven Friday discourses, three of them on the researches in hand, one on Wheatstone’s investigation of the velocity of the electric spark, and one on the practical prevention of dry rot in timber, which was afterwards republished as a pamphlet, and ran to two editions. In 1834 he gave four Friday discourses; two on his electrochemical researches, one on Ericsson’s heat-engine, and the other on caoutchouc.

During the time of these electrochemical studies in 1833 and 1834, Faraday was very active at the Royal Institution. In 1833, he delivered seven Friday lectures, three of which focused on his current research, one on Wheatstone’s study of the speed of the electric spark, and another on how to prevent dry rot in timber, which was later published as a pamphlet and went through two editions. In 1834, he gave four Friday lectures; two on his electrochemical studies, one on Ericsson’s heat engine, and the last one on rubber.

The ninth series of electrical researches occupied the autumn of 1834. In it he returns to the study of the magnetic and inductive actions of the current,150 investigating the self-induced spark at the break of the circuit, to which his attention had been directed by Mr. W. Jenkin. Several points in this research are little known even now to electricians, the laboratory notes being much more detailed than the published paper. He describes an exceedingly neat high-speed break for producing rapid interruptions, using for that purpose stationary ripples on the surface of a pool of mercury. In a wonderful day’s work on 13th November, filling thirty-four pages of the laboratory book, illustrated with numerous unpublished sketches, he tracks out the properties of self-induction. He proves that the spark (on breaking circuit) from a wire coiled up in a helix is far brighter than that from an identical wire laid out straight. He finds that a non-inductive and, therefore, sparkless coil can be made by winding the wire in two opposite helices. “Thus the whole [inductive] effect of the length of wire was neutralised by the reciprocal and contrary action of the two halves which constituted the helices in contrary directions.” The next day he writes: “These effects show that every part of an electric circuit is acting by induction on the neighbouring parts of the same current, even in the same wire and the same part of the wire.”

The ninth series of electrical experiments took place in the fall of 1834. In this series, he returns to studying the magnetic and inductive actions of the current,150 looking into the self-induced spark that occurs when the circuit is broken, a topic brought to his attention by Mr. W. Jenkin. Many aspects of this research are still not well-known among electricians, as the laboratory notes are much more detailed than the published paper. He describes a really clever high-speed break for creating rapid interruptions, using stationary ripples on the surface of a pool of mercury for this purpose. On a remarkable day’s work on November 13th, filling thirty-four pages of the lab book with numerous unpublished sketches, he explores the properties of self-induction. He shows that the spark produced when breaking the circuit from a wire coiled in a helix is much brighter than that from an identical wire laid out straight. He discovers that a non-inductive and, therefore, sparkless coil can be created by winding the wire into two opposite helices. “Thus the whole [inductive] effect of the length of wire was neutralized by the reciprocal and contrary action of the two halves that made up the helices in opposite directions.” The next day, he writes: “These effects show that every part of an electric circuit is acting by induction on the neighboring parts of the same current, even in the same wire and the same part of the wire.”

EFFECTS OF SELF-INDUCTION.

On 22nd November he is trying another set of experiments, also never fully published. They relate to the diminution of self-induction of a straight conductor by dividing it into several parallel strands at a small distance apart from one another. The note in the laboratory book runs thus:—

On November 22nd, he is conducting another series of experiments that were never fully published. These experiments focus on reducing self-induction in a straight conductor by splitting it into several parallel strands, spaced a small distance apart from each other. The note in the lab book reads thus:—

151

151

Copper wire 1/23 of inch in diameter. Six lengths of five feet each, soldered at ends to piece of copper plate so as form terminations, and these amalgamated. When this bundle was used to connect the electro-motor it gave but very feeble spark on breaking contact, but the spark was sensibly better when the wires are held together so as to act laterally than when they were opened out from each other, thus showing lateral action.

Copper wire 1/23 of an inch in diameter. Six pieces, each five feet long, were soldered at the ends to a piece of copper plate to create terminations, and these were combined. When this bundle was connected to the electro-motor, it produced only a weak spark when breaking the contact, but the spark noticeably improved when the wires were kept together to act laterally, rather than when they were separated, demonstrating lateral action.

Made a larger bundle of the same fine copper wire. There were 20 lengths of 18 feet 2 inches each and the thick terminal pieces of copper wire 6 inches long and ⅓ of inch thick.

Made a bigger bundle of the same high-quality copper wire. There were 20 lengths of 18 feet 2 inches each, along with thick terminal pieces of copper wire that were 6 inches long and ⅓ inch thick.

Fig. 13.

This bundle he compared with a length of 19 feet 6 inches of a single copper wire ⅕ inch in diameter, having about equal sectional area. The latter gave decidedly the largest sparks on breaking circuit.

This bundle, he compared to a single copper wire that's 19 feet 6 inches long and ⅕ inch in diameter, which has a similar cross-sectional area. The latter produced significantly larger sparks when the circuit was broken.

Faraday did not see fit at this time to accept the idea, suggested indeed by himself in 1831, that these effects of self-induction were the analogue of momentum or inertia. That explanation he set aside on finding that the same wire when coiled had greater self-inductive action than when straight. Had he at that time grasped this analogy, he would have seen that the very property which gives rise to the spark at break of circuit also retards the rapid growth of a current; and then the experiment described above would have shown him that Sir W. Snow Harris was right in preferring flat copper ribbon to a round wire of equivalent section as a152 material for lightning conductors. He was, however, disappointed to find so small a difference between round wires and parallel strands. The memoir as published contains an exceedingly interesting conclusion:—

Faraday didn't think it was the right time to accept the idea, which he had actually suggested himself in 1831, that the effects of self-induction were similar to momentum or inertia. He dismissed that explanation upon discovering that the same wire coiled had greater self-inductive action than when it was straight. Had he understood this analogy back then, he would have realized that the same property that causes the spark when the circuit breaks also slows down the rapid increase of a current. Then, the experiment described above would have shown him that Sir W. Snow Harris was correct in favoring flat copper ribbon over a round wire of the same cross-section as a 152 material for lightning conductors. However, he was disappointed to find such a small difference between round wires and parallel strands. The published memoir contains an incredibly interesting conclusion:—

Notwithstanding that the effects appear only at the making and breaking of contact (the current, remaining unaffected, seemingly, in the interval,) I cannot resist the impression that there is some connected and correspondent effect produced by this lateral action of the elements of the electric stream during the time of its continuance. An action of this kind, in fact, is evident in the magnetic relations of the parts of the current. But admitting (as we may do for the moment) the magnetic forces to constitute the power which produces such striking and different results at the commencement and termination of a current, still there appears to be a link in the chain of effects—a wheel in the physical mechanism of the action, as yet unrecognised.

Even though the effects only seem to happen when making and breaking contact (with the current seemingly unaffected in between), I can't shake the feeling that there's some sort of connected and corresponding effect coming from this lateral movement of the elements of the electric stream while it’s flowing. In fact, such an action is clear in the magnetic interactions within the parts of the current. But even if we momentarily accept that the magnetic forces account for the dramatic and varied outcomes at the start and end of a current, there still seems to be a link in the chain of effects—a component in the physical mechanism of the process that hasn’t been identified yet.

The tenth series of researches, on the voltaic battery, though completed in October, 1834, was not published till June, 1835.

The tenth series of studies on the voltaic battery, although finished in October 1834, wasn't published until June 1835.

ACTION IN A MEDIUM.

The next research, begun in the autumn of 1835, after a lull of about eight months, lasted over two years. It was not completed till December, 1837. This investigation took Faraday away from magnetic and electrochemical matters to the old subject of statical electric charges, a subject hitherto untouched in his researches. But he had long brooded over the question as to the nature of an electric charge. Over and over again, as he had watched the inductive effect of electric currents acting from wire to wire, his mind turned to the old problem of the inductive influence—discovered eighty years before, by John153 Canton—exerted, apparently at a distance, by electric charges. He had learned to distrust action at a distance, and now the time was ripe for a searching inquiry as to whether electric influence, or induction44 as it was then called, was also an action propagated by contiguous actions in the intervening medium.

The next research began in the autumn of 1835, after a break of about eight months, and lasted over two years. It wasn’t finished until December 1837. This investigation shifted Faraday’s focus from magnetic and electrochemical issues to the longstanding topic of static electric charges, which he hadn’t explored in his previous work. However, he had long contemplated the nature of an electric charge. Time and again, as he observed the inductive effect of electric currents moving from wire to wire, his thoughts returned to the old problem of inductive influence—discovered eighty years earlier by John Canton—seemingly exerted at a distance by electric charges. He had learned to be skeptical of action at a distance, and now was the right moment for a thorough investigation into whether electric influence, or induction as it was then called, was also an action spread through direct interactions in the medium in between.

Faraday had done no special electric work during the first nine months of 1835. He had worked at a chemical investigation of fluorine through the spring, and in July took a hurried tour in Switzerland, and returned to work at fluorine. Not till November 3rd does he turn to the subject over which he had been brooding. On that date, intercalated between notes of his chemical studies, filling a dozen pages of the laboratory book, are a magnificent series of speculations as to the nature of charges, and on the part played by the electric—or, as we should now say, the dielectric—medium. They begin thus:—

Faraday hadn't done any significant electrical work during the first nine months of 1835. He spent the spring investigating the chemistry of fluorine, then took a quick trip to Switzerland in July before returning to his fluorine research. It wasn't until November 3rd that he finally focused on the topic he had been contemplating. On that date, interspersed among his notes on chemical studies, filling a dozen pages in his lab notebook, are a brilliant series of thoughts about the nature of charges and the role played by the electric—or, as we would say today, the dielectric—medium. They begin so:—

“Have been thinking much lately of the relation of common and voltaic electricity, of induction by the former and decomposition by the latter, and am quite convinced that there must be the closest connection. Will be first needful to make out the true character”—note the phrase—“of ordinary electrical phenomena.”154 The following notes are for experiment and observation.

“I've been thinking a lot lately about the relationship between common and voltaic electricity, how the former induces and the latter decomposes, and I’m quite convinced that there must be a very close connection. First, it's essential to determine the true nature”—note the phrase—“of ordinary electrical phenomena.”154 The following notes are for experimentation and observation.

“Does common electricity reside upon the surface of a conductor or upon the surface of the [di-]electric in contact with it?”

“Does common electricity exist on the surface of a conductor or on the surface of the dielectric that's in contact with it?”

He goes on to consider the state of a dielectric substance, such as glass, when situated between a positively charged and a negatively charged surface, as in a charged Leyden jar, and argues from analogy thus:—

He goes on to consider the condition of a dielectric material, like glass, when placed between a positively charged surface and a negatively charged surface, as in a charged Leyden jar, and argues from analogy so:—

“Hence the state of the plate [of glass] under induction is the same as the state of a magnet, and if split or broken would present new P[ositive] and N[egative] surfaces before not at all evident.” This speculation was later verified by Matteucci.

“Hence the state of the glass plate under induction is the same as the state of a magnet, and if it were split or broken, it would reveal new positive and negative surfaces that were not previously evident.” This speculation was later confirmed by Matteucci.

“Probable that phenomena of induction prove more decidedly than anything else that the electricity is in the [di-]electric not in the conductor.”

“It's likely that induction phenomena demonstrate more clearly than anything else that electricity is present in the dielectric, not in the conductor.”

He still worked for a week or two on fluorine, interposing some experiments on the temperature-limit of magnetisation, but on December 4th decides not to go on with fluorine at present. Then, beginning on December 5th, there follow twenty-nine pages of the laboratory diary, illustrated with sketches. He had borrowed from a Mr. Kipp a large deep copper pan thirty-five inches in diameter, and he set to work electrifying it and exploring the distribution of the charges, inside and out, and the inductive effect on objects placed within. Everywhere he is mentally comparing the distribution of the effects with that of the flow of currents in an electrolyte. Before many days he writes:—

He continued to work for a week or two on fluorine, conducting some experiments on the temperature limit of magnetization, but on December 4th, he decided not to pursue fluorine for now. Then, starting on December 5th, there are twenty-nine pages in the lab diary, complete with sketches. He had borrowed a large, deep copper pan, thirty-five inches in diameter, from Mr. Kipp and began electrifying it to explore the distribution of the charges, both inside and out, and the inductive effects on objects placed inside. He constantly compared the distribution of the effects to the flow of currents in an electrolyte. Within a few days, he writes:—

155

155

PREGNANT SUGGESTIONS.

“It appears to me at present that ordinary and electrolytic induction are identical in their first nature, but that the latter is followed by an effect which cannot but from the nature and state of the substances take place with the former.” Then comes this pregnant suggestion:—

“It seems to me now that ordinary and electrolytic induction are the same in their basic nature, but the latter leads to an effect that, due to the nature and condition of the substances, cannot happen with the former.” Then comes this significant suggestion:—

“Try induction through a solid crystalline body as to the consequent action on polarized light.”

“Try using a solid crystalline material to see how it affects polarized light.”

By the end of a week he had begun to suspect that his magnet analogy went farther than he was at first prepared to hold. The action of a magnet was along curved lines of force. So he asks:—

By the end of the week, he started to think that his magnet analogy was deeper than he initially thought. The way a magnet works was along curved lines of force. So he requests:—

“Can induction through air take place in curves or round a corner—can probably be found experimentally—if so not a radiating effect.”

“Can induction through air happen in curves or around a corner—this can likely be determined through experimentation—if so, it wouldn’t be a radiating effect.”

After ten days more he has made another step.

After another ten days, he has taken another step.

“Electricity appears to exist only in polarity as in air, glass, electrolytes, etc. Now metals, being conductors, cannot take up that polar state of their own power, or rather retain it, and hence probably cannot retain developed electric forces.

“Electricity seems to exist only in polarity like in air, glass, electrolytes, and so on. Metals, being conductors, can't adopt that polar state of their own energy, or rather keep it, and that's likely why they can't hold onto developed electric forces."

* * * * *

“Metals, however, probably hold it for a moment, as other things do for a longer time; an end coming at last to all.”

“Metals, however, probably hold it for a moment, as other things do for a longer time; an end coming at last to all.”

This, it will be observed, is nothing more or less than Clerk Maxwell’s theory of conduction as being the breaking down of an electrostatic strain.

This is simply Clerk Maxwell’s theory of conduction seen as the breakdown of an electrostatic strain.

In January, 1836, followed the famous experiment of building a twelve-foot cube, which when electrified exteriorly to the utmost extent, showed inside no trace of electric forces. The account in the unpublished156 MS. of the laboratory book is, as is the case with so many of these middle-period researches, much fuller than the published résumé of them in the “Experimental Researches.” All through 1836 he was still at work. Even when on a holiday in the Isle of Wight, in August, he took his notebook with him, and writes:—

In January 1836, there was the well-known experiment of building a twelve-foot cube, which, when fully electrified on the outside, showed no signs of electric forces inside. The account in the unpublished 156 MS. of the lab book is, as is the case with many of these mid-period studies, much more detailed than the published résumé in the “Experimental Researches.” Throughout 1836, he continued working. Even while on vacation in the Isle of Wight in August, he brought his notebook with him and writes:—

“After much consideration (here at Ryde) of the manner in which the electric forces are arranged in the various phenomena generally, I have come to certain conclusions which I will endeavour to note down without committing myself to any opinion as to the cause of electricity, i.e. as to the nature of the power. If electricity exist independently of matter, then I think that the hypothesis of one fluid will not stand against that of two fluids. There are, I think, evidently, what I may call two elements of power of equal force and acting towards each other. These may conventionally be represented by oxygen and hydrogen, which represent them in the voltaic battery. But these powers may be distinguished only by direction, and may be no more separate than the north and south forces in the elements of a magnetic needle. They may be the polar points of the forces originally placed in the particles of matter; and the description of the current as an axis of power which I have formerly given suggests some similar general impression for the forces of quiescent electricity. Law of electric tension might do, and though I shall use the terms positive and negative, by them I merely mean the termini of such lines.”

“After giving it a lot of thought (here at Ryde) about how electric forces are arranged in various phenomena, I have reached some conclusions that I will try to write down without taking a definitive stance on the cause of electricity, i.e. the nature of the power. If electricity exists independently of matter, then I believe the idea of one fluid won't hold up against the theory of two fluids. I think there are clearly what I would call two elements of power of equal strength that act toward each other. These can be conventionally represented by oxygen and hydrogen, as they are in the voltaic battery. However, these powers may only be distinguished by direction and could be no more separate than the north and south forces in a magnetic needle. They might be the polar points of the forces initially placed in the particles of matter; and the description of the current as an axis of power that I provided earlier suggests a similar general idea for the forces of static electricity. The law of electric tension could suffice, and although I will use the terms positive and negative, I only mean the endpoints of such lines.”

Right on until November 30th, 1837, this research157 was continued. The summary of this and the succeeding researches of 1838 on the same subject, drawn up by Professor Tyndall,45 is at once so masterly and so impartial that it cannot be bettered. It is therefore here transcribed without alteration.

Right up until November 30th, 1837, this research157 continued. The summary of this and the following research from 1838 on the same topic, prepared by Professor Tyndall,45 is both expertly done and completely unbiased, making it impossible to improve upon. It is therefore transcribed here without any changes.

ACTION AT A DISTANCE UNTHINKABLE.

His first great paper on frictional electricity was sent to the Royal Society on November 30, 1837. We here find him face to face with an idea which beset his mind throughout his whole subsequent life—the idea of action at a distance. It perplexed and bewildered him. In his attempts to get rid of this perplexity he was often unconsciously rebelling against the limitations of the intellect itself. He loved to quote Newton upon this point: over and over again he introduces his memorable words, “That gravity should be innate, inherent, and essential to matter, so that one body may act upon another at a distance through a vacuum and without the mediation of anything else, by and through which this action and force may be conveyed from one to another, is to me so great an absurdity, that I believe no man who has in philosophical matters a competent faculty of thinking can ever fall into it. Gravity must be caused by an agent acting constantly according to certain laws; but whether this agent be material or immaterial I have left to the consideration of my readers.”46

His first major paper on static electricity was sent to the Royal Society on November 30, 1837. Here we see him confronted with an idea that haunted him for the rest of his life—the concept of action at a distance. It confused and troubled him. In his efforts to overcome this confusion, he often subconsciously resisted the limits of human intellect itself. He loved to quote Newton on this topic: time and again, he brings up Newton’s famous words, “That gravity should be innate, inherent, and essential to matter, so that one body may act upon another at a distance through a vacuum and without the mediation of anything else, by and through which this action and force may be conveyed from one to another, is to me so great an absurdity, that I believe no man who has in philosophical matters a competent faculty of thinking can ever fall into it. Gravity must be caused by an agent acting constantly according to certain laws; but whether this agent is material or immaterial I have left to the consideration of my readers.”46

Faraday does not see the same difficulty in his contiguous particles. And yet by transferring the conception from masses to particles we simply lessen size and distance, but we do not alter the quality of the conception. Whatever difficulty the mind experiences in conceiving of action at sensible distances, besets it also when it attempts to conceive of action at insensible distances. Still the investigation of the point whether electric and magnetic effects were wrought out through the intervention of contiguous particles or not, had a physical interest altogether apart from the metaphysical difficulty. Faraday grapples with the subject experimentally. By simple intuition he sees that158 action at a distance must be exerted in straight lines. Gravity, he knows, will not turn a corner, but exerts its pull along a right line; hence his aim and effort to ascertain whether electric action ever takes place in curved lines. This once proved, it would follow that the action is carried on by means of a medium surrounding the electrified bodies. His experiments in 1837 reduced, in his opinion, this point to demonstration. He then found that he could electrify by induction an insulated sphere placed completely in the shadow of a body which screened it from direct action. He pictured the lines of electric force bending round the edges of the screen, and reuniting on the other side of it; and he proved that in many cases the augmentation of the distance between his insulated sphere and the inducing body, instead of lessening, increased the charge of the sphere. This he ascribed to the coalescence of the lines of electric force at some distance behind the screen.

Faraday doesn't find the same issue with his adjacent particles. Yet, when we shift our thinking from masses to particles, we just reduce the size and distance, without changing the fundamental idea. Any struggle the mind faces while trying to understand actions at visible distances also happens when considering actions at invisible distances. However, exploring whether electric and magnetic effects occur through the involvement of adjacent particles is interesting from a physical standpoint, separate from the philosophical challenge. Faraday approaches the topic through experiments. He instinctively realizes that actions at a distance must happen in straight lines. He knows gravity doesn't curve; it pulls in a straight line. This is why he aims to find out if electric actions ever occur in curves. If proven, it would suggest that the action takes place through a medium surrounding the charged bodies. In his experiments in 1837, he believed he demonstrated this point. He discovered he could electrify an insulated sphere placed entirely in the shadow of an object blocking direct influence. He imagined the lines of electric force bending around the edges of the screen and coming back together on the other side. He showed that, in many cases, moving the insulated sphere farther from the inducing body actually increased its charge instead of decreasing it. He attributed this to the merging of electric force lines at some distance behind the screen.

SPECIFIC INDUCTIVE CAPACITY.

Faraday’s theoretic views on this subject have not received general acceptance, but they drove him to experiment, and experiment with him was always prolific of results. By suitable arrangements he places a metallic sphere in the middle of a large hollow sphere, leaving a space of something more than half an inch between them. The interior sphere was insulated, the external one uninsulated. To the former he communicated a definite charge of electricity. It acted by induction upon the concave surface of the latter, and he examined how this act of induction was affected by placing insulators of various kinds between the two spheres. He tried gases, liquids, and solids, but the solids alone gave him positive results. He constructed two instruments of the foregoing description, equal in size and similar in form. The interior sphere of each communicated with the external air by a brass stem ending in a knob. The apparatus was virtually a Leyden jar, the two coatings of which were the two spheres, with a thick and variable insulator between them. The amount of charge in each jar was determined by bringing a proof-plane into contact with its knob, and measuring by a torsion balance the charge taken away. He first charged one of his instruments, and then dividing the charge with the other, found that when air intervened in both159 cases, the charge was equally divided. But when shell-lac, sulphur, or spermaceti was interposed between the two spheres of one jar, while air occupied this interval in the other, then he found that the instrument occupied by the “solid dielectric” took more than half the original charge. A portion of the charge was absorbed in the dielectric itself. The electricity took time to penetrate the dielectric. Immediately after the discharge of the apparatus no trace of electricity was found upon its knob. But after a time electricity was found there, the charge having gradually returned from the dielectric in which it had been lodged. Different insulators possess this power of permitting the charge to enter them in different degrees. Faraday figured their particles as polarised, and he concluded that the force of induction is propagated from particle to particle of the dielectric from the inner sphere to the outer one. This power of propagation possessed by insulators he calls their “Specific Inductive Capacity.”

Faraday's theoretical views on this topic haven't been widely accepted, but they motivated him to experiment, and his experiments consistently produced results. He set up a metallic sphere in the center of a large hollow sphere, leaving a gap of just over half an inch between them. The inner sphere was insulated while the outer one was not. He charged the inner sphere with a specific electrical charge. This charge induced effects on the concave surface of the outer sphere, and he looked into how this induction was influenced by placing various insulators between the two spheres. He tested gases, liquids, and solids, but only the solids yielded positive results. He built two identical instruments with the same size and shape. Each inner sphere connected to the external air via a brass stem that ended in a knob. Essentially, the setup functioned like a Leyden jar, where the two coatings were the two spheres, separated by a thick and variable insulator. The charge in each jar was measured by bringing a proof-plane into contact with the knob and using a torsion balance to measure the charge removed. He first charged one instrument, then split the charge with the other, discovering that when air was in both setups, the charge was evenly distributed. However, when shellac, sulfur, or spermaceti was placed between the two spheres in one jar, while air filled the gap in the other, he found that the jar with the “solid dielectric” retained more than half of the original charge. Some of the charge absorbed into the dielectric itself. The electricity took time to penetrate the dielectric. Right after discharging the apparatus, there was no trace of electricity on the knob. But after a while, electricity reappeared there, as the charge gradually returned from the dielectric where it had been stored. Different insulators allow varying degrees of charge entry. Faraday visualized their particles as polarized and concluded that the induction force travels from particle to particle within the dielectric from the inner sphere to the outer one. He termed this transfer ability of insulators their “Specific Inductive Capacity.”

Fig. 14.

Faraday visualises with the utmost clearness the state of his contiguous particles; one after another they become160 charged, each succeeding particle depending for its charge upon its predecessor. And now he seeks to break down the wall of partition between conductors and insulators. “Can we not,” he says, “by a gradual chain of association carry up discharge from its occurrence in air through spermaceti and water to solutions, and then on to chlorides, oxides, and metals, without any essential change in its character?” Even copper, he urges, offers a resistance to the transmission of electricity. The action of its particles differs from those of an insulator only in degree. They are charged like the particles of the insulator, but they discharge with greater ease and rapidity; and this rapidity of molecular discharge is what we call conduction. Conduction, then, is always preceded by atomic induction; and when through some quality of the body, which Faraday does not define, the atomic discharge is rendered slow and difficult, conduction passes into insulation.

Faraday clearly imagines the state of his neighboring particles; one after another, they become charged, with each particle's charge depending on the one before it. Now, he aims to dismantle the barrier between conductors and insulators. “Can we,” he asks, “by a gradual sequence of associations, transfer discharge from happening in air through spermaceti and water to solutions, and then to chlorides, oxides, and metals, without changing its nature?” Even copper, he points out, resists the flow of electricity. The behavior of its particles is only different in degree compared to an insulator. They are charged like the particles of the insulator, but they discharge more easily and quickly; and that quickness of molecular discharge is what we refer to as conduction. So, conduction always follows atomic induction; and when a body possesses a quality that, as Faraday notes, makes atomic discharge slow and difficult, conduction turns into insulation.

Though they are often obscure, a fine vein of philosophic thought runs through these investigations. The mind of the philosopher dwells amid those agencies which underlie the visible phenomena of induction and conduction; and he tries by the strong light of his imagination to see the very molecules of his dielectrics. It would, however, be easy to criticise these researches, easy to show the looseness, and sometimes the inaccuracy, of the phraseology employed; but this critical spirit will get little good out of Faraday. Rather let those who ponder his works seek to realise the object he set before him, not permitting his occasional vagueness to interfere with their appreciation of his speculations. We may see the ripples, and eddies, and vortices of a flowing stream, without being able to resolve all these motions into their constituent elements; and so it sometimes strikes me that Faraday clearly saw the play of fluids and ethers and atoms, though his previous training did not enable him to resolve what he saw into its constituents, or describe it in a manner satisfactory to a mind versed in mechanics. And then again occur, I confess, dark sayings, difficult to be understood, which disturb my confidence in this conclusion. It must, however, always be remembered that he works at the very boundaries of our knowledge, and161 that his mind habitually dwells in the “boundless contiguity of shade” by which that knowledge is surrounded.

Though they can be hard to follow, a strong thread of philosophical thought runs through these investigations. A philosopher's mind explores the underlying forces behind the visible phenomena of induction and conduction, using the power of imagination to visualize the very molecules of his dielectrics. It's easy to criticize these studies and point out the loose and sometimes inaccurate language used, but that critical approach won’t help anyone understand Faraday. Instead, those who reflect on his work should try to grasp the goal he aimed for, without letting his occasional vagueness hinder their appreciation of his ideas. We can observe the ripples, currents, and whirlpools of a flowing stream without being able to break down all those movements into their basic components; similarly, it seems to me that Faraday clearly perceived the behavior of fluids, ethers, and atoms, although his background didn’t allow him to dissect what he observed into its parts or express it in a way that would satisfy someone well-versed in mechanics. Still, there are instances, I must admit, of obscure statements that are hard to interpret, which shake my faith in this conclusion. However, it should always be noted that he was working at the very edges of our understanding, and his mind often occupied the "boundless area of darkness" that surrounds that knowledge.

CABLE RETARDATION PREDICTED.

In the researches now under review the ratio of speculation and reasoning to experiment is far higher than in any of Faraday’s previous works. Amid much that is entangled and dark we have flashes of wondrous insight and utterances which seem less the product of reasoning than of revelation. I will confine myself here to one example of this divining power:—By his most ingenious device of a rapidly rotating mirror, Wheatstone had proved that electricity required time to pass through a wire, the current reaching the middle of the wire later than its two ends. “If,” says Faraday, “the two ends of the wire in Professor Wheatstone’s experiments were immediately connected with two large insulated metallic surfaces exposed to the air, so that the primary act of induction, after making the contact for discharge, might be in part removed from the internal portion of the wire at the first instance, and disposed for the moment on its surface jointly with the air and surrounding conductors, then I venture to anticipate that the middle spark would be more retarded than before. And if those two plates were the inner and outer coatings of a large jar or Leyden battery, then the retardation of the spark would be much greater.” This was only a prediction, for the experiment was not made. Sixteen years subsequently, however, the proper conditions came into play, and Faraday was able to show that the observations of Werner Siemens and Latimer Clark on subterraneous and submarine wires were illustrations, on a grand scale, of the principle which he had enunciated in 1838. The wires and the surrounding water act as a Leyden jar, and the retardation of the current predicted by Faraday manifests itself in every message sent by such cables.

In the research currently being examined, the ratio of speculation and reasoning to experimentation is much higher than in any of Faraday’s previous works. Amidst a lot that is confusing and obscure, we have moments of incredible insight and statements that seem more like moments of revelation than just reasoning. I will stick to one example of this insight: Using his clever device of a rapidly rotating mirror, Wheatstone demonstrated that electricity takes time to travel through a wire, with the current reaching the middle of the wire later than the two ends. “If,” says Faraday, “the two ends of the wire in Professor Wheatstone’s experiments were immediately connected to two large insulated metal surfaces exposed to the air, so that the initial act of induction, after creating the contact for discharge, might partly be removed from the inner part of the wire at first and instead placed on its surface along with the air and surrounding conductors, then I think it’s likely that the middle spark would be more delayed than before. And if those two plates were the inner and outer coatings of a large jar or Leyden battery, then the delay of the spark would be much greater.” This was just a prediction, as the experiment was never conducted. However, sixteen years later, the right conditions were met, and Faraday was able to demonstrate that the observations of Werner Siemens and Latimer Clark regarding underground and underwater wires were large-scale examples of the principle he articulated in 1838. The wires and the surrounding water act as a Leyden jar, and the delay of the current that Faraday predicted is evident in every message sent through such cables.

The meaning of Faraday in these memoirs on induction and conduction is, as I have said, by no means always clear; and the difficulty will be most felt by those who are best trained in ordinary theoretic conceptions. He does not know the reader’s needs, and he therefore does not meet them. For instance, he speaks over and over again of the162 impossibility of charging a body with one electricity, though the impossibility is by no means evident. The key to the difficulty is this. He looks upon every insulated conductor as the inner coating of a Leyden jar. An insulated sphere in the middle of a room is to his mind such a coating; the walls are the outer coating, while the air between both is the insulator, across which the charge acts by induction. Without this reaction of the walls upon the sphere, you could no more, according to Faraday, charge it with electricity than you could charge a Leyden jar, if its outer coating were removed. Distance with him is immaterial. His strength as a generaliser enables him to dissolve the idea of magnitude; and if you abolish the walls of the room—even the earth itself—he would make the sun and planets the outer coating of his jar. I dare not contend that Faraday in these memoirs made all these theoretic positions good. But a pure vein of philosophy runs through these writings; while his experiments and reasonings on the forms and phenomena of electrical discharge are of imperishable importance.

The meaning of Faraday in these writings on induction and conduction is not always clear, as I mentioned before, and this confusion will be most challenging for those who are well-trained in standard theories. He isn't aware of what the reader needs, so he doesn't address those needs. For example, he repeatedly mentions the impossibility of charging a body with just one type of electricity, even though that impossibility isn’t obvious at all. The core of the difficulty lies here: he views every insulated conductor as the inner coating of a Leyden jar. To him, an insulated sphere in the middle of a room is that inner coating; the walls serve as the outer coating, and the air in between acts as the insulator, through which the charge operates by induction. According to Faraday, without the walls' influence on the sphere, you wouldn’t be able to charge it with electricity any more than you could charge a Leyden jar if its outer coating were removed. For him, distance doesn't matter. His ability to generalize allows him to overlook the concept of size; and if you removed the walls of the room—even the earth itself—he would consider the sun and planets as the outer coating of his jar. I can’t assert that Faraday fully validated all these theoretical ideas in these writings. However, a strong philosophical thread runs throughout these texts, while his experiments and reasoning on the forms and phenomena of electrical discharge hold timeless significance.

In another part of the twelfth memoir, not included in the above summary, Faraday deals with the disruptive discharge, and with the nature of the spark under varying conditions. This is continued on into the thirteenth memoir, read February, 1838, and is extended to the cases of “brush” and “glow” discharges. He discovered the existence of the very remarkable phenomenon of the “dark” discharge near the cathode in rarefied air. He sought to correlate all the various forms of discharge, as showing the essential nature of an electric current. “If a ball be electrified positively,” he says, “in the middle of a room, and be then moved in any direction, effects will be produced, as if a current in the same direction (to use the conventional mode163 of expression) had existed.” This is the theory of convection currents later adopted by Maxwell, and verified by experiment by Rowland in 1876.

In another part of the twelfth memoir, not included in the above summary, Faraday discusses disruptive discharge and the nature of the spark under different conditions. This continues into the thirteenth memoir, presented in February 1838, and extends to the cases of "brush" and "glow" discharges. He discovered the fascinating phenomenon of the "dark" discharge near the cathode in rarefied air. He aimed to connect all the various forms of discharge to illustrate the essential nature of an electric current. "If a ball is positively electrified," he states, "in the middle of a room, and then moved in any direction, effects will be produced, as if a current in the same direction (to use the conventional mode163 of expression) had existed." This is the theory of convection currents later adopted by Maxwell and confirmed by experiment by Rowland in 1876.

COINAGE OF NEW WORDS.

In the course of this research on induction, Faraday had, as we have seen, been compelled to adopt new ideas, and therefore to adopt new names to denote them. The term dielectric for the medium in or across which the electric forces operate was one of these. As in previous cases, he consulted with his friends as to suitable terms. In this instance the following letter from Whewell explains itself. The letter to which it is a reply has not been preserved, but the reference to Faraday’s objection to the word current may be elucidated by a comparison with what Faraday wrote in criticism of that word on pages 146 and 212.

In this research on induction, Faraday was, as we’ve seen, pushed to adopt new ideas, which meant he also needed new names to describe them. The term dielectric for the medium where electric forces operate was one of those names. As he did before, he consulted with his friends about suitable terms. In this case, the following letter from Whewell speaks for itself. The letter it replies to hasn’t been kept, but the reference to Faraday's issue with the word current can be clarified by looking at what Faraday wrote about that term on pages 146 and 212.

[Rev. W. Whewell to M. Faraday.]

[Rev. W. Whewell to M. Faraday.]

Trin. Coll., Cambridge, Oct. 14, 1837.

Trinity College, Cambridge, Oct. 14, 1837.

My dear Sir,—I am always glad to hear of the progress of your researches, and never the less so because they require the fabrication of a new word or two. Such a coinage has always taken place at the great epochs of discovery; like the medals that are struck at the beginning of a new reign:—or rather like the change of currency produced by the accession of a new sovereign; for their value and influence consists in their coming into common circulation. I am not sure that I understand the views which you are at present bringing into shape sufficiently well to suggest any such terms as you think you want. I think that if I could have a quarter of an hour’s talk with you I should probably be able to construct terms that would record your new notions, so far as I could be made to understand them better than I can by means of letters: for it is difficult164 without question and discussion to catch the precise kind of relation which you want to express. However, by way of beginning such a discussion, I would ask you whether you want abstract terms to denote the different and related conditions of the body which exercises and the body which suffers induction? For though both are active and both passive it may still be convenient to suppose a certain ascendancy on one side. If so would two such words as inductricity and inducteity answer your purpose? They are not very monstrous in their form; and are sufficiently distinct. And if you want the corresponding adjectives you may call the one the inductric, and the other the inducteous body. This last word is rather a startling one; but if such relations are to be expressed, terminations are a good artifice, as we see in chemistry: and I have no doubt if you give the world facts and laws which are better expressed with than without such solecisms, they will soon accommodate to the phrases, as they have often done to worse ones. But I am rather in the dark as to whether this is the kind of relation which you want to indicate. If not, the attempt may perhaps serve to shew you where my dulness lies. I do not see my way any better as to the other terms, for I do not catch your objection to current, which appears to me to be capable of jogging on very well from cathode to anode, or vice versa. As for positive and negative, I do not see why cathodic and anodic should not be used, if they will do the service you want of them.

Dear Sir,,—I'm always happy to hear about the progress of your research, and I'm even more pleased because it involves creating a new word or two. This kind of word creation has always occurred at significant milestones in discovery; like the coins minted at the start of a new reign—or more accurately, like the currency change that comes with a new ruler; their value and impact depend on their widespread use. I'm not entirely sure I grasp the concepts you're currently shaping well enough to suggest any terms you might need. I believe that if I could talk with you for about fifteen minutes, I’d likely be able to come up with terms that capture your new ideas, as I would understand them better through conversation than through writing; it’s hard without questions and discussion to pinpoint the exact relationship you want to convey. However, to start this discussion, I’d like to ask if you’re looking for abstract terms that represent the different and interconnected states of the body that exerts influence and the body that undergoes induction? Because while both are active and passive, it might still be useful to assume a certain dominance on one side. If that’s the case, would the words inductricity and inducteity work for you? They are not too unusual in form and are fairly distinct. And if you need corresponding adjectives, you could use inductric for one and inducteous for the other. This last term might be a bit surprising; but if these relationships need to be expressed, using specific endings is a useful technique, as we see in chemistry: and I’m sure if you present the world with facts and laws that are better conveyed with these terms than without, they will quickly adapt to them, as they have often done with less favorable options. However, I'm still unclear if this is the kind of relationship you want to convey. If not, this attempt might just highlight where my confusion lies. I also don’t have a clearer sense about the other terms, as I don’t understand your objection to current, which seems perfectly capable of flowing well from cathode to anode, or vice versa. As for positive and negative, I see no reason why cathodic and anodic shouldn’t be used, if they meet your needs.

I expect to be in London at the end of the month, and could probably see you for half an hour on the 1st of November, say at 10, 11, or 12. But in the mean time I shall be glad to hear from you whether you can make anything of such conundrums as I have mentioned, and am always yours very truly,

I plan to be in London at the end of the month, and I could probably meet you for half an hour on November 1st, around 10, 11, or 12. In the meantime, I’d love to hear from you about whether you can figure out any of the puzzles I mentioned. Always yours,

W. Whewell.

W. Whewell.

M. Faraday Esqre.
Royal Institution.

M. Faraday Esq.
Royal Institution.

165

165

LATERAL ACTIONS OF CURRENT.

The concluding part of the thirteenth memoir, in which these new terms are used, is an exceedingly striking speculation on the lateral or transverse effects of the current. In calling special attention to them, he says: “I refer of course to the magnetic action and its relations; but though this is the only recognised lateral action of the current, there is great reason for believing that others exist and would by their discovery reward a close search for them.” He seems to have had an instinctive perception of something that eluded his grasp. Not until after Maxwell had given mathematical form to Faraday’s own suggestions was this vision to be realised. He is dimly aware that there appears to be a lateral tension or repulsion possessed by the lines of electric inductive action; and onward runs his thought in free speculation:—

The concluding part of the thirteenth memoir, in which these new terms are used, is a striking exploration of the side effects of the current. Highlighting these effects, he states, “I’m referring, of course, to the magnetic action and its relations; but while this is the only recognized side effect of the current, there’s good reason to believe that others exist and that discovering them would reward a careful search.” He seems to have an instinctive sense of something just out of reach. It wasn't until Maxwell put Faraday’s ideas into mathematical form that this insight came to fruition. He vaguely recognizes that there seems to be a lateral tension or repulsion in the lines of electric inductive action; and his thoughts continue in free speculation:—

When current or discharge occurs between two bodies, previously under inductrical relations to each other, the lines of inductive force will weaken and fade away, and, as their lateral repulsive tension diminishes, will contract and ultimately disappear in the line of discharge. May not this be an effect identical with the attractions of similar currents? i.e. may not the passage of static electricity into current electricity, and that of the lateral tension of the lines of the inductive force into the lateral attraction of lines of similar discharge, have the same relation and dependences, and run parallel to each other?

When current or discharge happens between two bodies that were previously linked through induction, the lines of inductive force will weaken and fade away. As their lateral repulsive tension decreases, they will contract and eventually disappear along the line of discharge. Could this effect be the same as the attractions between similar currents? i.e. could the transition of static electricity into current electricity, and the shift of the lateral tension of the inductive force into the lateral attraction of similar discharge, have a similar relationship and dependencies, running parallel to one another?

Series fourteen of the memoirs is on the nature of the electric force and on the relation of the electric and magnetic forces, and comprises an inconclusive inquiry as to a possible relation between166 specific inductive capacity and axes of crystallisation in crystalline dielectrics—a relation later assumed as true by Maxwell even before it was demonstrated by Von Boltzmann. In this memoir, too, occurs a description of a simple but effective induction balance. Then he asks what happens to insulating substances, such as air or sulphur, when they are put in a place where the magnetic forces are varying; they ought, he thinks, to undergo some state or condition corresponding to the state that causes currents in metals and conductors, and, further, that state ought to be one of tension. “I have,” he says, “by rotating non-conducting bodies near magnetic poles, and poles near them, and also by causing powerful electric currents to be suddenly formed and to cease around and about insulators in various directions, endeavoured to make some such state sensible, but have not succeeded.” In short, he was looking for direct evidence of the existence of what Maxwell called “displacement currents”—evidence which was later found independently by the author and by Röntgen. And, again, there rises in his mind a perception of that electrotonic state which had haunted his earlier researches as a something imposed upon the surrounding medium during the growth or dying of an electric current.

Series fourteen of the memoirs focuses on the nature of electric force and the relationship between electric and magnetic forces. It includes an inconclusive investigation into a potential connection between specific inductive capacity and crystallization axes in crystalline dielectrics—a relationship that Maxwell later regarded as true even before it was proven by Von Boltzmann. This memoir also describes a simple yet effective induction balance. He then questions what happens to insulating materials, like air or sulfur, when placed in variable magnetic fields; he believes they should experience some state or condition similar to what causes currents in metals and conductors, and furthermore, that condition should be one of tension. “I have,” he states, “tried to make this condition noticeable by rotating non-conducting bodies near magnetic poles, and nearby poles, as well as by suddenly creating and stopping powerful electric currents around and about insulators in various directions, but I have not succeeded.” In summary, he was searching for direct proof of what Maxwell termed “displacement currents”—evidence that was later independently discovered by the author and Röntgen. Once again, he contemplates the electrotonic state, which had troubled his earlier research as something that affects the surrounding medium during the rise or fall of an electric current.

INCESSANT ACTIVITIES.

In these years (1835–1838) Faraday was still indefatigable in his lecture duties. In 1835 he gave four Friday discourses, and in May and June eight afternoon lectures at the Royal Institution on the metals; also a course of fourteen lectures on electricity to the medical students at St. George’s167 Hospital. In 1836 he published in the Philosophical Magazine a paper on the magnetism of the metals—notable as containing the still unverified speculation that all metals would become magnetic in the same way as iron if only cooled to a sufficiently low temperature—and three other papers, including one on the “passive” state of iron. He gave four Friday discourses and six afternoon lectures on heat. In 1837 also four Friday night discourses and six afternoon lectures were delivered. In 1838 three Friday discourses and eight afternoon lectures on electricity, ending in June with a distinct enunciation of the doctrine of the transformations of “force” (i.e. energy) and its indestructibility, afforded evidence of his industry in this respect. At the same time he was giving scientific advice to the authorities of Trinity House as to their lighthouses.

During these years (1835–1838), Faraday remained tireless in his lecture responsibilities. In 1835, he gave four Friday discourses and, in May and June, eight afternoon lectures at the Royal Institution focused on metals. He also conducted a series of fourteen lectures on electricity for medical students at St. George's167 Hospital. In 1836, he published a paper in the Philosophical Magazine discussing the magnetism of metals, which was significant for proposing the unverified idea that all metals could become magnetic like iron if cooled to a sufficiently low temperature, along with three other papers, including one on the “passive” state of iron. He delivered four Friday discourses and six afternoon lectures on heat that year as well. In 1837, he also presented four Friday night discourses and six afternoon lectures. In 1838, he gave three Friday discourses and eight afternoon lectures on electricity, culminating in June with a clear explanation of the concept of the transformation of “force” (i.e. energy) and its indestructibility, demonstrating his commitment to his work. Simultaneously, he was providing scientific advice to the authorities of Trinity House regarding their lighthouses.

The laboratory notebook for March to August, 1838, shows a long research, occupying nearly 100 folio pages, on the relation of specific inductive capacity to crystalline structure. This is followed by some experiments upon an electric eel, at the Royal Adelaide Gallery, with some unpublished sketches of the distribution in the water of the currents it emits. He proved, with great satisfaction, that the currents it gave were capable of producing magnetic effects, sparks, and chemical decomposition. These observations were embodied in the fifteenth series of memoirs.

The laboratory notebook from March to August 1838 contains extensive research, filling almost 100 pages, on the relationship between specific inductive capacity and crystalline structure. This is followed by experiments on an electric eel at the Royal Adelaide Gallery, including some unpublished sketches of how its currents are distributed in the water. He was very pleased to demonstrate that the currents produced magnetic effects, sparks, and chemical decomposition. These observations were included in the fifteenth series of memoirs.

One entry in the laboratory book, of date April 5th, 1838, is of great interest, as showing how his mind ever recurred to the possibility of finding a168 connection between optical and electric phenomena: “Must try polarized light across a crystalline dielectric under charge. Good reasons perhaps now evident why a non-crystalline dielectric should have no effect.”

One entry in the lab notebook, dated April 5th, 1838, is especially interesting because it shows how his thoughts often returned to the idea of finding a connection between optical and electric phenomena: “I need to test polarized light through a crystalline dielectric under charge. There may be clear reasons now why a non-crystalline dielectric wouldn’t have any effect.”

Faraday was now feeling greatly the strain of all these years of work, and in 1839 did little research until the autumn. Then he returned to the question of the origin of the electromotive force of the voltaic cell, and by the end of the year completed two long papers on this vexed question; they formed the sixteenth and seventeenth series, and conclude the memoirs of this second period.

Faraday was really feeling the effects of all these years of hard work, and in 1839 he didn't do much research until the fall. Then he went back to exploring the source of the electromotive force in the voltaic cell, and by the end of the year he completed two lengthy papers on this complicated issue; they made up the sixteenth and seventeenth series, concluding the writings of this second period.

THE CONTACT THEORY OF ELECTRICITY.

In the eighth series, completed in April, 1834, on the “Electricity of the Voltaic Pile,” Faraday had dealt with the question—at that time a topic of excited controversy—of the origin of the electromotive force in a cell, Volta, who knew nothing of the chemical actions, ascribed it to the contact of dissimilar metals, whilst Wollaston, Becquerel, and De la Rive considered it the result of chemical actions. The controversy has long ceased to interest the scientific world; for, with the recognition of the principle of the conservation of energy, it became evident that mere contact cannot provide a continuing supply of energy. It would now be altogether dead but for the survival of a belief in the contact theory on the part of one of the most honoured veterans in science. But in the years 1834 to 1840 it was of absorbing interest. Faraday’s work quietly removed the props which supported the older theory, and it crumbled away. He found169 that the chemical and electrical effects in the cell were proportional one to the other, and inseparable. He discovered a way of making a cell without any metallic contacts. He showed that without chemical action there was no current produced. But his results were ignored for the time. After six years Faraday reopened the question. Again the admirable summary of Professor Tyndall is drawn upon for the following account:—

In the eighth series, completed in April 1834, focusing on the "Electricity of the Voltaic Pile," Faraday addressed the issue—at that time a hot topic of debate—regarding the source of the electromotive force in a cell. Volta, unaware of the chemical reactions involved, attributed it to the contact between different metals, while Wollaston, Becquerel, and De la Rive believed it resulted from chemical interactions. This debate has long ceased to engage the scientific community; with the acceptance of the principle of energy conservation, it became clear that simple contact cannot provide a constant supply of energy. The discussion would likely have died out entirely if not for one of the most respected figures in science maintaining a belief in the contact theory. However, between 1834 and 1840, it was a topic of intense interest. Faraday's work quietly dismantled the foundations of the older theory, which ultimately fell apart. He discovered that the chemical and electrical effects in the cell were interconnected and inseparable. He found a method to create a cell without any metallic contacts and demonstrated that without chemical action, no current could be produced. Yet, his findings were initially overlooked. After six years, Faraday revisited the issue. Again, we reference the excellent summary by Professor Tyndall for the following account:—

The memoir on the “Electricity of the Voltaic Pile,” published in 1834, appears to have produced but little impression upon the supporters of the contact theory. These indeed were men of too great intellectual weight and insight lightly to take up, or lightly to abandon, a theory. Faraday therefore resumed the attack in two papers communicated to the Royal Society on February 6 and March 19, 1840. In these papers he hampered his antagonists by a crowd of adverse experiments. He hung difficulty after difficulty about the neck of the contact theory, until in its efforts to escape from his assaults it so changed its character as to become a thing totally different from the theory proposed by Volta. The more persistently it was defended, however, the more clearly did it show itself to be a congeries of devices, bearing the stamp of dialectic skill rather than that of natural truth.

The memoir titled “Electricity of the Voltaic Pile,” published in 1834, doesn't seem to have made much of an impact on the supporters of the contact theory. These were individuals of significant intellectual caliber who wouldn’t easily adopt or abandon a theory. As a result, Faraday continued his challenges in two papers presented to the Royal Society on February 6 and March 19, 1840. In these papers, he burdened his opponents with a series of opposing experiments. He added obstacle after obstacle to the contact theory, and in its attempts to defend itself from his attacks, it altered so much that it became entirely different from what Volta had originally proposed. However, the more vigorously it was defended, the clearer it became that it was a jumble of clever arguments rather than a reflection of natural truth.

In conclusion, Faraday brought to bear upon it an argument which, had its full weight and purport been understood at the time, would have instantly decided the controversy. “The contact theory,” he urged, “assumes that a force which is able to overcome powerful resistance, as for instance that of the conductors, good or bad, through which the current passes, and that again of the electrolytic action where bodies are decomposed by it, can arise out of nothing; that without any change in the acting matter, or the consumption of any generating force, a current shall be produced which shall170 go on for ever against a constant resistance, or only be stopped, as in the voltaic trough, by the ruins which its exertion has heaped up in its own course. This would indeed be a creation of power, and is like no other force in nature. We have many processes by which the form of the power may be so changed, that an apparent conversion of one into the other takes place. So we can change chemical force into the electric current, or the current into chemical force. The beautiful experiments of Seebeck and Peltier show the convertibility of heat and electricity; and others by Oersted and myself show the convertibility of electricity and magnetism. But in no case, not even in those of the gymnotus and torpedo, is there a pure creation or a production of power without a corresponding exhaustion of something to supply it.

In conclusion, Faraday presented an argument that, if its full significance had been recognized at the time, would have immediately resolved the debate. “The contact theory,” he argued, “assumes that a force capable of overcoming substantial resistance—such as that of the conductors, whether good or bad, through which the current flows, and the electrolytic action that decomposes substances—can arise out of nothing; that without any change in the acting matter or the consumption of any generating force, a current can be produced that will170 continue indefinitely against a constant resistance, or only be halted, as in the voltaic trough, by the debris it generates along its path. This would indeed be a creation of power, and it is unlike any other force in nature. We have numerous processes that allow the form of power to change, leading to an apparent conversion from one type to another. For example, we can convert chemical energy into electric current, or electric current into chemical energy. The wonderful experiments by Seebeck and Peltier demonstrate the conversion of heat and electricity, and others by Oersted and myself show the conversion between electricity and magnetism. However, in no case, not even with the gymnotus and torpedo, is there pure creation or production of power without a corresponding depletion of something to provide it.

In 1839 Faraday gave five Friday discourses and a course of eight afternoon lectures on the non-metallic elements. In 1840 he gave three Friday discourses and seven lectures on chemical affinity. But in the summer came the serious breakdown alluded to on page 75. He did no experimental work after September 14th, nor indeed for nearly two years. Even then it was only a temporary return to research to investigate the source of the electrification produced by steam in the remarkable experiments of Mr. (afterwards Lord) Armstrong. He proved it to be due to friction. This done, he continued to rest from research until the middle of 1844, though he lectured a little for the Royal Institution. In 1841 he gave the juvenile lectures. In 1842 he gave two Friday discourses, one of them being on the lateral discharge in lightning-rods. He also gave the Christmas lectures on electricity.

In 1839, Faraday delivered five Friday talks and a series of eight afternoon lectures on non-metallic elements. In 1840, he presented three Friday discourses and seven lectures on chemical affinity. However, during the summer, he experienced the serious breakdown mentioned on page 75. He did no experimental work after September 14th, and didn't engage in research for nearly two years. Even when he returned to research, it was only temporarily to investigate the source of electrification caused by steam in the remarkable experiments of Mr. (later Lord) Armstrong. He determined it was due to friction. Once that was completed, he continued to take a break from research until mid-1844, although he did give a few lectures for the Royal Institution. In 1841, he delivered lectures for young audiences. In 1842, he presented two Friday discourses, one of which focused on lateral discharge in lightning rods. He also gave the Christmas lectures on electricity.

END OF SECOND ACTIVE PERIOD.

In 1843 he gave three Friday discourses, one171 of which was on the electricity generated by a jet of steam; and repeated the eight afternoon lectures he had given in 1838. In 1844 he gave eight lectures on heat and two Friday discourses. He also resumed research on the condensation of gases, and vainly tried to liquefy oxygen and hydrogen, though he succeeded with ammonia and nitrous oxide.

In 1843, he delivered three Friday talks, one of which was about the electricity produced by a jet of steam, and he repeated the eight afternoon lectures he had presented in 1838. In 1844, he gave eight lectures on heat and two Friday talks. He also returned to his research on gas condensation and unsuccessfully attempted to liquefy oxygen and hydrogen, although he did succeed with ammonia and nitrous oxide.

During these years of rest he also did a little work for Trinity House, chiefly concerning lighthouses and their ventilation.

During these years of rest, he also did a bit of work for Trinity House, mainly related to lighthouses and their ventilation.


Throughout the fruitful ten years of Faraday’s middle period two magistral ideas had slowly grown up in his mind, and as he let his thought play about the objects of his daily activities, these ideas possessed and dominated him as no newly suggested idea could have done. They were the correlation and inter-convertibility of the forces of nature, and the optical relations of magnetism and electricity.

Throughout the productive ten years of Faraday’s middle period, two major ideas gradually developed in his mind, and as he reflected on the subjects of his daily work, these ideas took over and influenced him like no new suggestion ever could. They were the correlation and inter-convertibility of natural forces, and the optical relationships between magnetism and electricity.

During the period of enforced rest, from 1839 to 1844, these ideas had been ever with him. His was a mind which during times of quiet brooding did not cease to advance. In silence his thoughts arranged themselves in readiness for the next period of activity, and his work, when it began again, was all the more fruitful for the antecedent period of cogitation.

During the enforced break from 1839 to 1844, these ideas were always on his mind. He had a mind that kept moving forward even during quiet reflection. In silence, his thoughts organized themselves, getting ready for the next phase of activity, and when his work resumed, it was much more productive thanks to that earlier period of contemplation.

OPTICAL ANALYSIS.

On August 30th, 1845, Faraday for the sixth time set to work in his laboratory to search for the connection between light and electricity for which he had so often looked, and about which he had so boldly speculated. He began by looking for some effect to be produced on polarised light by passing it through a liquid which was undergoing electrolysis. What effect precisely he expected to observe is173 unknown. Doubtless he had an open mind to perceive effects of any kind had such occurred. Earlier in the century the phenomena of polarised light had been worked out in great detail, through a host of beautiful phenomena, by Arago, Biot, Brewster, and others; and their discoveries had shown that this agent is capable of revealing in transparent substances details of structure which otherwise would be quite invisible. Placed between two Nicol prisms or two slices of tourmaline, to serve respectively as “polariser” and “analyser,” thin sheets of transparent crystal—selenite or mica—were made to reveal the fact that they possessed an axis of maximum elasticity. For when the analyser and polariser were set in the “crossed” position, where the one would cut off all the luminous vibrations that the other would transmit, no light would be visible to the observer, unless in the intervening space there were interposed some substance endowed with one of two properties, either that of resolving some part of the vibrations into an oblique direction or else that of rotating the plane of the vibrations to right or to left. If either of these things is done, light appears through the analyser. It is thus that structure is observed in horn and in starch grains. It is thus that the strains in a piece of compressed glass are made visible. It is thus that crystalline structures generally can be studied. It is thus that the discovery was made of the substances which possess the strange property of twisting or rotating the plane of polarisation of light—namely, quartz crystal, solutions of sugar and of certain alkaloids, and certain other174 liquids, such as turpentine. Such was the agent which Faraday proposed to employ to detect whether electric forces impress any quality resembling that of structure upon transparent materials.

On August 30th, 1845, Faraday started his sixth round of experiments in the lab, aiming to find the connection between light and electricity that he had often sought and boldly theorized about. He began by investigating whether passing polarized light through a liquid undergoing electrolysis would produce any noticeable effects. It's unclear exactly what he expected to see, but he likely kept an open mind to observe any kind of results that might emerge. Earlier in the century, the phenomena of polarized light had been explored in depth through numerous beautiful discoveries by Arago, Biot, Brewster, and others. Their findings demonstrated that this agent could reveal structural details in transparent materials that would otherwise be invisible. When placed between two Nicol prisms or two slices of tourmaline, which served as a “polarizer” and an “analyzer,” thin sheets of transparent crystal—like selenite or mica—showed that they had an axis of maximum elasticity. When the analyzer and polarizer were positioned in a way that one blocked all the light vibrations that the other transmitted, no light would be visible to the observer unless something in between possessed one of two properties: either it could resolve some of the vibrations in an oblique direction or it could rotate the plane of vibrations to the right or left. If either of these conditions was met, light would appear through the analyzer. This is how structures in horn and starch grains are observed, as well as how the strains in compressed glass become visible. This method also allows for the study of crystalline structures in general. It was through these experiments that the discovery was made of substances with the unusual ability to twist or rotate the plane of polarization of light—such as quartz crystal, sugar solutions, certain alkaloids, and other liquids like turpentine. This was the approach Faraday chose to see if electric forces impart any property resembling that of structure on transparent materials.

The notes begin with the words:—

The notes start with the words:—

“I have had a glass trough made 24 inches long, 1 inch wide and about 1½ deep, in which to decompose electrolites and, whilst under decomposition, along which I could pass a ray of light in different conditions and afterwards examine it.”

“I had a glass trough made that is 24 inches long, 1 inch wide, and about 1½ inches deep, to break down electrolytes. While it’s decomposing, I can pass a ray of light through it under different conditions and then examine the results.”

He put into this trough two platinum electrodes and a solution of sulphate of soda, but could find no effects. Eight pages of the notebook are filled with details all leading to negative results. For ten days he worked at these experiments with liquid electrolytes. The substances used were distilled water, solution of sugar, dilute sulphuric acid, solution of sulphate of soda (using platinum electrodes), and solution of sulphate of copper (using copper electrodes). The current was sent along the ray, and perpendicular to it in two directions at right angles with each other. The ray was made to rotate, by altering the position of the polariser (in this case a black-glass mirror at the proper angle), so that the plane of polarisation might be varied. The current was used as a continuous current, as a rapidly intermitting current, and as a rapidly alternating induction current; but in no case was any trace of action perceived.

He placed two platinum electrodes into this trough along with a solution of sodium sulfate, but couldn’t find any effects. Eight pages of his notebook are filled with details that all point to negative results. For ten days, he focused on experiments with liquid electrolytes. The substances used included distilled water, sugar solution, diluted sulfuric acid, sodium sulfate solution (with platinum electrodes), and copper sulfate solution (with copper electrodes). The current was directed along the ray and perpendicular to it in two directions at right angles to each other. The ray was made to rotate by changing the position of the polarizer (in this case, a black-glass mirror at the correct angle), so that the plane of polarization could be adjusted. The current was used in various ways: as a continuous current, a rapidly interrupting current, and a quickly alternating induction current; but in no case was any trace of action observed.

A DIFFICULT RESEARCH.

Then he turned to solid dielectrics to see if under electric strain they would yield any optical effect. He had indeed so far back as 1838 tried the experiment of coating two opposite faces of a glass cube175 with metal foil plates that were then electrified by a powerful electric machine. But the experiment had no result. This experiment he now repeats with a score of elaborate variations, trying both crystalline and non-crystalline dielectrics. Rock-crystal, Iceland spar, flint glass, heavy-glass, turpentine, and air, had a beam of polarised light passed through them, and at the same time “lines of electrostatic tension” were, by means of the coatings, Leyden jars, and the electric machine, directed across these bodies, both parallel to the polarised ray and across it, both in and across the plane of polarisation; but again without any visible effect. Then he tries on the same bodies, and on water, the “tension” of a rapidly alternating induced current, but still with the same negative result. Professor Tyndall stated that from conversation with Faraday, and with his faithful assistant Anderson, he inferred that the labour expended on this preliminary and apparently fruitless research was very great. It occupies many pages of the laboratory notebook. That thirty-two years later Dr. Kerr succeeded in finding this optical effect of electrostatic strain for which Faraday vainly sought, is no reflection upon Faraday’s powers of observation. Had there been no Faraday there had doubtless been no discovery by Kerr.

Then he looked into solid dielectrics to see if they would produce any optical effects under electric strain. Back in 1838, he had tried the experiment of coating two opposite faces of a glass cube175 with metal foil plates, which were then electrified by a powerful electric machine. However, the experiment yielded no results. Now, he repeats this experiment with a host of elaborate variations, testing both crystalline and non-crystalline dielectrics. He passed a beam of polarized light through rock-crystal, Iceland spar, flint glass, heavy glass, turpentine, and air, while also directing "lines of electrostatic tension" across these materials using coatings, Leyden jars, and the electric machine—both parallel to the polarized ray and perpendicular to it, in and out of the plane of polarization. But still, there was no visible effect. He then tested the same materials, including water, with the "tension" of a rapidly alternating induced current, yet the result remained negative. Professor Tyndall noted that from conversations with Faraday and his dedicated assistant Anderson, he learned that a lot of effort went into this preliminary and seemingly unproductive research. It fills many pages of the laboratory notebook. The fact that thirty-two years later Dr. Kerr discovered this optical effect of electrostatic strain that Faraday had sought in vain doesn’t diminish Faraday’s observational skills. If it weren't for Faraday, there might not have been a discovery by Kerr.

So far the quest had been carried on either with electric currents flowing through the transparent substance or else with mere statical electric forces, and a whole fortnight had been spent without result. Now another track is taken, and it leads straight to success. He substitutes magnetic for electric forces.

So far, the quest had either involved electric currents passing through the transparent material or just static electric forces, and two whole weeks had passed without any results. Now, a different approach is being taken, and it leads directly to success. He replaces electric forces with magnetic ones.

176

176

MAGNETO-OPTIC DISCOVERY.

“13th Sept. 1845.

September 13, 1845.

Fig. 15.

“To-day worked with lines of magnetic force, passing them across different bodies transparent in different directions, and at the same time passing a polarized ray of light through them, and afterwards examining the ray by a Nichol’s Eye-piece or other means. The magnets were Electro-magnets one being our large cylinder Electro-magnet and the other a temporary iron core put into the helix on a frame. This was not nearly so strong as the former. The current of 5 cells of Grove’s battery was sent through both helices at once and the magnets were made and unmade by putting in or stopping off the electric current.” Air, flint-glass, rock-crystal, calcareous spar, were examined, but without effect. And so he worked on through the morning, trying first one specimen, then another, altering the directions of the poles of his magnets, reversing their polarity, changing the position of his optical apparatus, increasing the battery-power of his magnetising current. Then he bethinks him of that “heavy-glass”—the boro-silicate of lead—which had cost him nearly four years of precious labour during the first period of his177 scientific life. The entry in the notebook is characteristic.

“Today I worked with lines of magnetic force, running them across different transparent materials in various directions, while at the same time passing a polarized ray of light through them and then examining the ray with a Nichol’s Eye-piece or other tools. The magnets were electro-magnets, one being our large cylinder electro-magnet and the other a temporary iron core placed in the helix on a frame. This one wasn’t nearly as strong as the first. A current from 5 cells of Grove’s battery was sent through both coils at once, and the magnets were activated and deactivated by switching the electric current on or off.” Air, flint glass, rock crystal, and calcareous spar were tested, but with no results. He continued working through the morning, testing one specimen after another, adjusting the directions of the poles of his magnets, reversing their polarity, changing the setup of his optical equipment, and increasing the battery power of his magnetizing current. Then he remembered that “heavy-glass”—the boro-silicate of lead—which had taken him nearly four years of valuable work during the early part of his177 scientific career. The entry in the notebook is significant.

Fig. 16.

“A piece of heavy glass, which was 2 inches by 1·8 inches and 0·5 of an inch thick, being a silico-borate of lead, was experimented with. It gave no effects when the same magnetic poles or the contrary poles were on opposite sides (as respects the course of the polarised ray);—nor when the same poles were on the same side either with the constant or intermitting current; BUT when contrary magnetic poles were on the same side there was an effect produced on the polarised ray, and thus magnetic force and light were proved to have relations to each other. This fact will most likely prove exceedingly fertile, and of great value in the investigation of conditions of natural force.

A piece of heavy glass, measuring 2 inches by 1.8 inches and 0.5 inches thick, made of silico-borate of lead, was tested. It showed no effects when the same magnetic poles or opposite poles were on different sides (with respect to the path of the polarized ray); nor did it show any effects when the same poles were on the same side, whether with a constant or intermittent current; BUT when opposite magnetic poles were on the same side, there was an effect on the polarized ray, demonstrating a relationship between magnetic force and light. This finding is likely to be extremely fruitful and valuable in exploring the conditions of natural forces.

“The effect was of this kind. The glass, a result of one of my old experiments on optical glass, had178 been exceedingly well annealed so that it did not in any degree affect the polarized ray. The two magnetic poles were in a horizontal plane, and the piece of glass put up flat against them so that the polarized ray could pass through its edges and be examined by the eye at a Nicholl’s eye piece. In its natural state the glass had no effect on the polarized ray but on making contact at the battery so as to render the cores N and S magnets instantly the glass acquired a certain degree of power of depolarizing the ray which it retained steadily as long as the cores were magnets but which it lost the instant the electric current was stopped. Hence it was a permanent condition and as was expected did not sensibly appear with an intermitting current.

The effect was like this. The glass, which came from one of my old experiments with optical glass, had178 been extremely well annealed, so it didn’t affect the polarized ray at all. The two magnetic poles were in a horizontal plane, and the piece of glass was placed flat against them so that the polarized ray could pass through its edges and be examined with a Nicholl’s eyepiece. Normally, the glass had no impact on the polarized ray, but when it connected to the battery and turned the cores into N and S magnets, the glass gained a certain degree of power to depolarize the ray, which it maintained as long as the cores remained magnets but lost the moment the electric current stopped. Therefore, it was a permanent condition and, as expected, did not noticeably appear with an intermittent current.

Fig. 17

“The effect was not influenced by any jogging motion or any moderate pressure of the hands on the glass.

“The effect wasn’t affected by any jogging motion or any gentle pressure of the hands on the glass."

“The heavy glass had tinfoil coatings on its two sides but when these were taken off the effect remained exactly the same.

“The thick glass had tinfoil layers on both sides, but when these were removed, the effect stayed exactly the same.”

“A mass of soft iron on the outside of the heavy glass greatly diminished the effect [see Fig. 17]....

“A mass of soft iron on the outside of the heavy glass significantly diminished the effect [see Fig. 17]....

“All this shews that it is when the polarized ray passes parallel to the lines of magnetic induction179 or rather to the direction of the magnetic curves, that the glass manifests its power of affecting the ray. So that the heavy glass in its magnetized state corresponds to the cube of rock crystal: the direction of the magnetic curves in the piece of glass corresponding to the direction of the optic axis in the crystal (see Exp. Researches 1689–1698)....

“All this shows that it’s when the polarized ray passes parallel to the lines of magnetic induction179 or rather to the direction of the magnetic curves that the glass shows its ability to affect the ray. So, the heavy glass in its magnetized state is similar to the cube of rock crystal: the direction of the magnetic curves in the piece of glass corresponds to the direction of the optic axis in the crystal (see Exp. Researches 1689–1698)....

Fig. 18.

“Employed our large ring electro-magnet which is very powerful and has of course the poles in the right [position] only they are very close not more than [0·5] of an inch apart. When the heavy glass was put up against it the effect was produced better than in any former case....

“Used our large ring electro-magnet which is very powerful and, of course, has the poles in the right [position]; they're just very close, no more than [0.5] of an inch apart. When the heavy glass was put up against it, the effect was better than in any previous case...”

ENOUGH FOR TO-DAY.

“Have got enough for to-day.”

"Have enough for today."

The description which he published in the “Researches” of the first successful experiment is as follows:—

The description he published in the “Researches” of the first successful experiment is as follows:—

“A piece of this glass about 2 inches square and 0·5 of an inch thick, having flat and polished edges, was placed as a diamagnetic47 between the180 poles (not as yet magnetized by the electric current), so that the polarized ray should pass through its length; the glass acted as air, water, or any other indifferent substance would do; and if the eye-piece [i.e. analyzer] were previously turned into such a position that the polarized ray was extinguished, or rather the image produced by it rendered invisible, then the introduction of this glass made no alteration in that respect. In this state of circumstances the force of the electromagnet was developed, by sending an electric current through its coils, and immediately the image of the lamp-flame became visible, and continued so as long as the arrangement continued magnetic. On stopping the electric current, and so causing the magnetic force to cease, the light instantly disappeared; these phænomena could be renewed at pleasure, at any instant of time, and upon any occasion, showing a perfect dependence of cause and effect.”

“A piece of this glass about 2 inches square and 0.5 inches thick, with flat and polished edges, was placed as a diamagnetic47 between the180 poles (which hadn’t yet been magnetized by the electric current), so that the polarized ray would pass through its length. The glass acted like air, water, or any other neutral substance would; and if the eyepiece [i.e. analyzer] was previously adjusted to a position where the polarized ray was turned off, or rather where the image produced by it was invisible, then introducing this glass didn’t change that situation. Under these circumstances, the electromagnet’s strength was developed by sending an electric current through its coils, and immediately the lamp flame image became visible, remaining so as long as the setup remained magnetic. When the electric current was stopped, causing the magnetic force to end, the light instantly vanished; these phenomena could be repeated at will, anytime, and on any occasion, demonstrating a perfect relationship between cause and effect.”

He paused for four days in order to procure more powerful electromagnets, for the effect which he had observed was exceedingly slight: “A person looking for the phænomenon for the first time would not be able to see it with a weak magnet.”

He took a four-day break to get stronger electromagnets because the effect he noticed was very faint: “Someone looking for the phenomenon for the first time wouldn’t be able to see it with a weak magnet.”

The entry in the notebook begins again:—

The entry in the notebook begins again:—

“18th Sept. 1845.

Sept 18, 1845.

“Have now borrowed and received the Woolwich magnet.”

“Have now borrowed and received the Woolwich magnet.”

181

181

AN EXCELLENT DAY’S WORK.

This was a more powerful electromagnet than that at the Institution. With this he sets to work with such energy that twelve pages of the laboratory book are filled in one day. His thoughts had ripened during the five days, and he advanced rapidly from point to point. The first experiment with the Woolwich magnet brings out another point, of which at once he grasped the significance:—

This was a stronger electromagnet than the one at the Institution. With this, he worked so energetically that he filled twelve pages of the lab book in one day. His ideas had developed over the five days, and he moved quickly from one point to the next. The first experiment with the Woolwich magnet revealed another point, and he immediately understood the importance:—

“Heavy Glass (original, or 17448) when placed thus produced a very fine effect. The brightness of the image produced rose gradually not instantly, due to this that the iron cores do not take their full intensity of magnetic state at once but require time, and so the magnetic curves rise in intensity. In this way the effect is one by which an optical examination of the electromagnet can be made—and the time necessary clearly shewn.”

“Heavy Glass (original, or 17448) when positioned like this created a really impressive effect. The brightness of the image gradually increased instead of happening all at once, because the iron cores don’t reach their full magnetic strength immediately but need some time, so the magnetic curves increase in intensity. This way, the effect allows for an optical examination of the electromagnet to be performed—and the time needed is clearly shown.”

He next ascertains definitely that the phenomenon is one of rotatory polarisation—that is to say, the action of the magnet is to twist and rotate the plane of polarisation through a definite angle depending on the strength of the magnet and the direction of the exciting current. He finds the direction of the rotation, and verifies it by comparison with the ordinary optical rotation produced by turpentine and by a solution of sugar, winding up with the words:—

He then confirms that the phenomenon is a case of rotational polarization. This means that the magnet's effect is to twist and rotate the plane of polarization by a specific angle that depends on the strength of the magnet and the direction of the current. He determines the direction of the rotation and verifies it by comparing it with the usual optical rotation caused by turpentine and a sugar solution, concluding with the words:—

An excellent day’s work.

A great day’s work.

For four days he went on accumulating proofs, and now succeeding with the very substances with182 which he formerly failed. On September 26th he tried the conjoint effect of a magnetic and an electric field. He also tried the effect of a current running along a transparent liquid electrolytically whilst the magnet was in operation. The only results appeared to be those due to the magnet alone. For six days in October the experiments were continued. He noted, as a desideratum, a transparent oxide of iron. “With some degree of curiosity and hope” he “put gold leaf into the magnetic lines, but could perceive no effect.” He was instinctively looking for the phenomenon which Kundt later discovered as a property of thin transparent films of iron. He entered amongst the speculative suggestions in his notebook the query: “Does this [magnetic] force tend to make iron and oxide of iron transparent?” On October 3rd he tried experiments on light reflected from the surface of metals placed in the magnetic field. He indeed obtained an optical rotation by reflection at the surface of a polished steel button, but the results were inconclusive owing to imperfection of the surface. It was reserved for Dr. Kerr to rediscover and follow up this effect. On October 6th he looked for mechanical and magnetic effects on pieces of heavy-glass and on liquids in glass bulbs placed between the poles of his magnet, but found none. He also looked for possible effects of rapid motion given to the diamagnetic while jointly subject to the action of magnetism and the light, but found none.

For four days, he kept gathering evidence, and now he was finally succeeding with the very substances he had struggled with before. On September 26th, he tested the combined effect of a magnetic and an electric field. He also examined the effect of a current moving through a transparent liquid electrolytically while the magnet was operating. The only results seemed to come from the magnet alone. The experiments continued for six days in October. He noted that he needed a transparent oxide of iron. “With some curiosity and hope,” he “put gold leaf into the magnetic lines but saw no effect.” He was naturally looking for the phenomenon that Kundt later identified as a characteristic of thin transparent films of iron. He wrote in his notebook among the speculative ideas the question: “Does this [magnetic] force make iron and iron oxide transparent?” On October 3rd, he conducted experiments on light reflected from the surfaces of metals placed in the magnetic field. He did manage to achieve optical rotation by reflecting off the surface of a polished steel button, but the results were inconclusive due to the surface imperfections. It was left to Dr. Kerr to rediscover and investigate this effect. On October 6th, he searched for mechanical and magnetic effects on pieces of heavy glass and on liquids in glass bulbs positioned between the poles of his magnet, but found none. He also looked for any possible effects of rapid motion on the diamagnetic material while simultaneously subjected to the influence of magnetism and light, but again found none.

UNFULFILLED EXPECTATIONS.

On October 11th he thinks he has got hold of another new fact when experimenting on liquids in a183 long glass tube, the record of it filling three pages. But two days afterwards he finds it only a disturbing effect due to the communication of heat to the liquid from the surrounding magnetising coil. He seems to regret the loss of the new fact, but adds: “As to the other phenomenon of circular polarization, that comes out constant, clear, and beautiful.”

On October 11th, he believes he’s discovered another new fact while experimenting with liquids in a183 long glass tube, which takes up three pages of notes. But two days later, he realizes it's just a confusing effect caused by heat transferring from the surrounding magnetizing coil to the liquid. He seems to feel disappointed about losing the new fact, but adds, “As for the other phenomenon of circular polarization, that consistently appears clear and beautiful.”

Then, with that idea of the correlation of forces always in his head, there recurs to him the notion that if magnetism or electric currents can affect a beam of light, there must be some sort of converse phenomenon, and that in some way or other light must be able to electrify or to magnetise. Thirty-one years before, when visiting Rome with Davy, he had witnessed the experiments of Morichini on the alleged magnetic effect of violet light, and had remained unconvinced. His own idea is very different. And October 14th being a bright day with good sunlight, he makes the attempt. Selecting a very sensitive galvanometer, he connects it to a spiral of wire 1 inch in diameter, 4·2 inches long, of 56 convolutions, and then directs a beam of sunlight along its axis. He tries letting the beam pass alternately through the coil while the outside is covered, and then along the exterior while the interior is shaded. But still there is no effect. Then he inserts an unmagnetised steel bar within the coil, and rotates it while it is exposed to the sun’s rays. Still there is no effect, and the sun goes down on another of the unfulfilled expectations. But had he lived to learn of the effect of light in altering the electric resistance of selenium discovered by Mayhew, of the184 photoelectric currents discovered by Becquerel, of the discharging action of ultra-violet light discovered by Hertz, of the revivifying effect of light on recently demagnetised iron discovered by Bidwell, he would have rejoiced that such other correlations should have been found, though different from that which he sought. On November 3rd he receives a new horseshoe magnet, with which he hoped to find some optical effect on air and other gases, but again without result. That the magnetism of the earth does actually rotate the plane of polarisation of sky light was the discovery of Henri Becquerel so late as 1878.

Then, with the idea of the correlation of forces always on his mind, he recalls the notion that if magnetism or electric currents can influence a beam of light, there must be some kind of reverse phenomenon, and in some way or another, light should be able to electrify or magnetize. Thirty-one years earlier, when he visited Rome with Davy, he had seen Morichini's experiments on the supposed magnetic effect of violet light and had remained unconvinced. His own idea is very different. On October 14th, with a bright day and good sunlight, he decides to try it. He selects a very sensitive galvanometer, connects it to a spiral of wire 1 inch in diameter, 4.2 inches long, with 56 turns, and then directs a beam of sunlight along its axis. He attempts to let the beam pass alternately through the coil while the outside is covered, and then along the exterior while the inside is shaded. But still, there is no effect. Then he inserts an unmagnetized steel bar inside the coil and rotates it while it is exposed to the sun's rays. Still, there is no effect, and the sun sets on another day of unmet expectations. But had he lived to learn about the effect of light in changing the electric resistance of selenium discovered by Mayhew, the photoelectric currents found by Becquerel, the discharging action of ultraviolet light discovered by Hertz, and the revivifying effect of light on recently demagnetized iron discovered by Bidwell, he would have celebrated the fact that such other relationships had been found, although different from what he was seeking. On November 3rd, he receives a new horseshoe magnet, hoping to find some optical effect on air and other gases, but again without success. The fact that the Earth's magnetism really does rotate the plane of polarization of skylight was discovered by Henri Becquerel as recently as 1878.

Faithful to his own maxim: “Work, finish, publish,” Faraday lost no time in writing out his research. It was presented to the Royal Society on November 6th, but the main result was verbally mentioned on November 3rd at the monthly meeting of the Royal Institution, and reported in the Athenæum of November 8th, 1845.

Faithful to his own motto: “Work, finish, publish,” Faraday wasted no time documenting his research. It was submitted to the Royal Society on November 6th, but the main result was discussed verbally on November 3rd at the monthly meeting of the Royal Institution and reported in the Athenæum on November 8th, 1845.

But even before the memoir was thus given to the world another discovery had been made. For on November 4th with the new magnet he repeated an experiment which a month previously had been without result. So preoccupied was he over the new event that he did not even go to the meeting of the Royal Society on November 20th, when his paper on the “Action of Magnets on Light” was read. What that new discovery was is well told by Faraday himself in the letter which he sent to Professor A. de la Rive on December 4th:—

But even before the memoir was released to the world, another discovery had been made. On November 4th, he used the new magnet to repeat an experiment that had failed a month earlier. He was so focused on the new development that he didn’t even attend the Royal Society meeting on November 20th, when his paper on the "Action of Magnets on Light" was presented. Faraday himself explains what that new discovery was in the letter he sent to Professor A. de la Rive on December 4th:—

185

185

FRESH MAGNETIC DISCOVERY.

[Faraday to Professor Aug. de la Rive.]

[Faraday to Professor Aug. de la Rive.]

Brighton, December 4, 1845.

Brighton, December 4, 1845.

My Dear Friend,— * * * I count upon you as one of those whose free hearts have pleasure in my success, and I am very grateful to you for it. I have had your last letter by me on my desk for several weeks, intending to answer it; but absolutely I have not been able, for of late I have shut myself up in my laboratory and wrought, to the exclusion of everything else. I heard afterwards that even your brother had called on one of these days and been excluded.

My dear friend,— * * * I rely on you as one of those who genuinely care about my success, and I really appreciate it. I've had your last letter sitting on my desk for a few weeks, planning to respond, but honestly, I just haven’t been able to. Lately, I've been locked away in my lab, focused solely on my work. I found out later that even your brother came by one of these days and couldn't get in.

Well, a part of this result is that which you have heard, and my paper was read to the Royal Society, I believe, last Thursday, for I was not there; and I also understand there have been notices in the Athenæum, but I have not had time to see them, and I do not know how they are done. However, I can refer you to the Times of last Saturday (November 29th) for a very good abstract of the paper. I do not know who put it in, but it is well done, though brief. To that account, therefore, I will refer you.

Well, part of this result is what you've heard, and my paper was presented to the Royal Society, I believe, last Thursday, since I wasn't there. I also understand there have been mentions in the Athenæum, but I haven't had the time to check them out, and I'm not sure how they're written. However, I can direct you to the Times from last Saturday (November 29th) for a really good summary of the paper. I don't know who wrote it, but it's well done, even though it's brief. So, I'll refer you to that account.

For I am still so involved in discovery that I have hardly time for my meals, and am here at Brighton both to refresh and work my head at once, and I feel that unless I had been here, and been careful, I could not have continued my labours. The consequence has been that last Monday I announced to our members at the Royal Institution another discovery, of which I will give you the pith in a few words. The paper will go to the Royal Society next week, and probably be read as shortly after as they can there find it convenient.

For I’m still so caught up in discovery that I barely have time to eat, and I’m here in Brighton to both recharge and think clearly, and I know that if I hadn’t come here and been diligent, I wouldn’t have been able to keep up my work. As a result, last Monday I shared with our members at the Royal Institution another discovery, which I’ll summarize for you in a few words. The paper will be submitted to the Royal Society next week, and it will probably be presented as soon as it’s convenient for them.

Many years ago I worked upon optical glass, and made a vitreous compound of silica, boracic acid, and lead, which I will now call heavy glass, and which Amici uses in some of his microscopes; and it was this substance which enabled me first to act on light by magnetic and electric forces. Now, if a square bar of this substance, about half an inch thick and two inches long, be very freely suspended between the poles of a powerful horse-shoe electro-magnet, immediately that the magnetic force is developed, the bar points; but it does not186 point from pole to pole, but equatorially or across the magnetic lines of force—i.e. east and west in respect of the north and south poles. If it be moved from this position it returns to it, and this continues as long as the magnetic force is in action. This effect is the result of a still simpler action of the magnet on the bar than what appears by the experiment, and which may be obtained at a single magnetic pole. For if a cubical or rounded piece of the glass be suspended by a fine thread six or eight feet long, and allowed to hang very near a strong magneto-electric pole (not as yet made active), then on rendering the pole magnetic the glass will be repelled, and continue repelled until the magnetism ceases. This effect or power I have worked out through a great number of its forms and strange consequences, and they will occupy two series of the “Experimental Researches.” It belongs to all matter (not magnetic, as iron) without exception, so that every substance belongs to the one or the other class—magnetic or diamagnetic bodies. The law of action in its simple form is that such matter tends to go from strong to weak points of magnetic force, and in doing this the substance will go in either direction along the magnetic curves, or in either direction across them. It is curious that amongst the metals are found bodies possessing this property in as high a degree as perhaps any other substance. In fact, I do not know at present whether heavy glass, or bismuth, or phosphorus is the most striking in this respect. I have very little doubt that you have an electro-magnet strong enough to enable you to verify the chief facts of pointing equatorially and repulsion, if you will use bismuth carefully examined as to its freedom from magnetism, and making of it a bar an inch and a half long, and one-third or one-fourth of an inch wide. Let me, however, ask the favour of your keeping this fact to yourself for two or three weeks, and preserving the date of this letter as a record. I ought (in order to preserve the respect due to the Royal Society) not to write a description to anyone until the paper has been received or even read there. After three weeks or a month I think you may use it, guarding, as I am sure you will do, my right.187 And now, my dear friend, I must conclude, and hasten to work again. But first give my kindest respects to Madame de la Rive, and many thanks to your brother for his call.

Many years ago, I worked on optical glass and created a glass compound made of silica, boric acid, and lead, which I will now refer to as heavy glass. Amici uses it in some of his microscopes; this substance was what allowed me to first manipulate light using magnetic and electric forces. If you take a square bar of this material, about half an inch thick and two inches long, and suspend it freely between the poles of a strong horse-shoe electro-magnet, as soon as the magnetic force activates, the bar aligns itself. However, it does not point from one pole to the other; instead, it aligns equatorially or across the lines of magnetic force—meaning east and west in relation to the north and south poles. If the bar is moved from this position, it will return to it as long as the magnetic force remains active. This effect comes from a simpler action of the magnet on the bar than what seems obvious in the experiment, and can even be observed with a single magnetic pole. If you take a cubic or rounded piece of the glass and suspend it with a fine thread about six or eight feet long, allowing it to hang close to a strong magneto-electric pole (that hasn't been activated yet), once you make the pole magnetic, the glass will be repelled and will stay repelled until the magnetism stops. I've explored this effect through many different forms and strange outcomes, which will be detailed in two series of my “Experimental Researches.” This phenomenon applies to all matter (not just magnetic materials like iron) without exception, meaning every substance falls into either the magnetic or diamagnetic category. The basic law is that such matter tends to move from areas of strong to weak magnetic force, and while doing so, it can travel in either direction along the magnetic curves or across them. It's interesting that some metals exhibit this property just as strongly as any other substance. Honestly, I don’t currently know whether heavy glass, bismuth, or phosphorus shows this effect the most. I have no doubt that you have an electro-magnet strong enough to confirm the main facts of equatorial pointing and repulsion if you carefully use bismuth checked for magnetism and shape it into a bar an inch and a half long and one-third or one-fourth of an inch wide. However, I kindly ask that you keep this fact to yourself for two or three weeks and note the date of this letter for your records. I should, out of respect for the Royal Society, refrain from sharing a description with anyone until my paper has been received or even read there. After three weeks or a month, I think you can proceed, ensuring, as I’m sure you will, to protect my rights. And now, my dear friend, I must wrap this up and get back to work. But first, please send my warmest regards to Madame de la Rive, and many thanks to your brother for his visit.

Ever your obedient and affectionate friend,

Ever your loyal and caring friend,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

MAGNETIC EXPERIMENTS.

The discovery of diamagnetism which Faraday thus announced was in itself a notable achievement. As Tyndall points out, the discovery itself was in all probability due to Faraday’s habit of not regarding as final any negative result of an experiment until he had brought to bear upon it the most powerful resources at his command. He had tried the effects of ordinary magnets on brass and copper and other materials commonly considered as non-magnetic. But when, for the purpose of the preceding research on the relation of magnetism to light, he had deliberately procured electromagnets of unusual power, he again tried what their effect might be upon non-magnetic stuffs. Suspending a piece of his heavy glass near the poles in a stirrup of writing-paper slung upon the end of a long thread of cocoon silk, he found it to experience a strong mechanical action when the magnet was stimulated by turning on the current. His precision of description is characteristic:—

The discovery of diamagnetism that Faraday announced was a significant achievement. As Tyndall points out, this discovery was likely due to Faraday’s approach of not considering any negative results of an experiment as final until he had applied the most powerful resources available to him. He had examined the effects of ordinary magnets on brass, copper, and other materials typically seen as non-magnetic. However, when he specifically obtained unusually powerful electromagnets for his earlier research on the connection between magnetism and light, he tested their effects on non-magnetic materials again. He suspended a piece of heavy glass near the poles using a stirrup made of writing paper attached to a long thread of cocoon silk, and found that it experienced a strong mechanical action when the magnet was activated by turning on the current. His precise description is characteristic:—

I shall have such frequent occasion to refer to two chief positions of position across the magnetic field, that, to avoid periphrasis, I will here ask leave to use a term or two conditionally. One of these directions is that from pole to pole, or along the lines of magnetic force, I will call it the axial direction; the other is the direction perpendicular to this, and across the line of magnetic force and for the time,188 and as respects the space between the poles, I will call it the equatorial direction.

I will often need to refer to two main positions in relation to the magnetic field, so to keep things simple, I’ll conditionally use a couple of terms. One direction is from pole to pole, or along the magnetic force lines; I’ll refer to this as the axial direction. The other direction is perpendicular to this, cutting across the magnetic force lines, and regarding the space between the poles, I’ll call it the equatorial direction.188

Note the occurrence in the above passage for the first time of the term “the magnetic field.” Faraday’s description of the discovery continues as follows:—

Note the first appearance of the term “the magnetic field” in the passage above. Faraday’s description of the discovery continues as follows:—

The bar of silicated borate of lead or heavy glass already described as the substance in which magnetic forces were first made effectually to bear on a ray of light, and which is 2 inches long, and about 0·5 inch wide and thick, was suspended centrally between the magnetic poles, and left until the effect of torsion was over. The magnet was then thrown into action by making contact at the voltaic battery. Immediately the bar moved, turning round its point of suspension, into a position across the magnetic curve or line of force, and, after a few vibrations, took up its place of rest there. On being displaced by hand from this position it returned to it, and this occurred many times in succession.

The bar of lead silicate borate or heavy glass, which was previously mentioned as the material that first allowed magnetic forces to effectively influence a ray of light, measures 2 inches long and about 0.5 inch wide and thick. It was suspended in the center of the magnetic poles and left until the twisting effect was over. The magnet was then activated by connecting it to the battery. As soon as it was energized, the bar began to move, rotating around its suspension point into a position across the magnetic curve or line of force. After a few vibrations, it settled into place. When manually displaced from this position, it returned to it, and this happened many times in succession.

Fig. 19.

Either end of the bar indifferently went to either side of the axial line. The determining circumstance was simply inclination of the bar one way or the other to the axial line at the beginning of the experiment. If a particular or marked end of the bar were on one side of the magnetic or axial line when the magnet was rendered active, that end went further outwards until the bar had taken up the equatorial position....

Either end of the bar casually went to either side of the central line. The deciding factor was just the tilt of the bar one way or the other relative to the central line at the start of the experiment. If a specific or distinct end of the bar was on one side of the magnetic or central line when the magnet was activated, that end moved further outward until the bar settled into the equatorial position....

Here, then, we have a magnetic bar which points east and west in relation to north and south poles—i.e. points perpendicularly to the lines of magnetic force....

Here, we have a magnetic bar that points east and west in relation to the north and south poles—i.e. it points perpendicularly to the lines of magnetic force....

189

189

DIAMAGNETIC LAWS.

To produce these effects of pointing across the magnetic curves, the form of the heavy glass must be long. A cube or a fragment approaching roundness in form will not point, but a long piece will. Two or three rounded pieces or cubes, placed side by side in a paper tray, so as to form an oblong accumulation, will also point.

To create these pointing effects along the magnetic curves, the heavy glass needs to be long. A cube or a nearly round piece won't point, but a long piece will. Two or three rounded pieces or cubes, arranged next to each other in a paper tray to form an oblong cluster, will also point.

Portions, however, of any form are repelled; so if two pieces be hung up at once in the axial line, one near each pole, they are repelled by their respective poles, and approach, seeming to attract each other. Or if two pieces be hung up in the equatorial line, one on each side of the axis, then they both recede from the axis, seeming to repel each other.

Portions, however, of any form are repelled; so if two pieces are hung up at the same time along the axial line, one near each pole, they are pushed away by their respective poles and move closer together, appearing to attract one another. Or if two pieces are hung up along the equatorial line, one on each side of the axis, they both move away from the axis, appearing to repel each other.

From the little that has been said, it is evident that the bar presents in its motion a complicated result of the force exerted by the magnetic power over the heavy glass, and that when cubes or spheres are employed a much simpler indication of the effect may be obtained. Accordingly, when a cube was thus used with the two poles, the effect was repulsion or recession from either pole, and also recession from the magnetic axis on either side.

From what’s been mentioned, it’s clear that the bar shows a complex reaction to the force applied by the magnetic power on the heavy glass. However, when cubes or spheres are used, a much clearer indication of the effect can be seen. So, when a cube was used with the two poles, the result was repulsion or moving away from either pole, as well as moving away from the magnetic axis on both sides.

So the indicating particle would move either along the magnetic curves or across them, and it would do this either in one direction or the other, the only constant point being that its tendency was to move from stronger to weaker places of magnetic force.

So the signaling particle would move either along the magnetic paths or across them, and it would do this in one direction or the other, with the only consistent factor being its tendency to move from areas of stronger magnetic force to areas of weaker magnetic force.

This appeared much more simply in the case of a single magnetic pole, for then the tendency of the indicating cube or sphere was to move outwards in the direction of the magnetic lines of force. The appearance was remarkably like a case of weak electric repulsion.

This was much simpler with a single magnetic pole, as the indicating cube or sphere tended to move outward in the direction of the magnetic lines of force. It looked surprisingly like a weak electric repulsion.

The cause of the pointing of the bar, or any oblong arrangement of the heavy glass, is now evident. It is merely a result of the tendency of the particles to move outwards, or into the positions of weakest magnetic action.

The reason the bar points, or any elongated arrangement of the heavy glass does, is now clear. It is simply a result of the tendency of the particles to move outward, or into the areas with the least magnetic force.

* * * * *

When the bar of heavy glass is immersed in water, alcohol, or æther, contained in a vessel between the poles, all190 the preceding effects occur—the bar points and the cube recedes exactly in the same manner as in air.

When the heavy glass bar is submerged in water, alcohol, or ether in a container between the poles, all190 the previous effects happen—the bar's points and the cube move back just like they do in the air.

The effects equally occur in vessels of wood, stone, earth, copper, lead, silver, or any of those substances which belong to the diamagnetic class.

The effects also happen in containers made of wood, stone, earth, copper, lead, silver, or any materials that are part of the diamagnetic category.

I have obtained the same equatorial direction and motions of the heavy glass bar as those just described, but in a very feeble degree, by the use of a good common steel horseshoe magnet.

I have achieved the same equatorial direction and movements of the heavy glass bar as previously described, but to a much lesser extent, by using a standard steel horseshoe magnet.

Then he goes on to enumerate the many bodies of all sorts: crystals, powders, liquids, acids, oils; organic bodies such as wax, olive-oil, wood, beef (fresh and dry), blood, apple, and bread, all of which were found to be diamagnetic. On this he remarks:—

Then he lists the various substances of all kinds: crystals, powders, liquids, acids, oils; organic substances like wax, olive oil, wood, fresh and dried beef, blood, apples, and bread, all of which were found to be diamagnetic. On this he remarks:—

It is curious to see such a list as this of bodies presenting on a sudden this remarkable property, and it is strange to find a piece of wood, or beef, or apple, obedient to or repelled by a magnet. If a man could be suspended with sufficient delicacy after the manner of Dufay, and placed in the magnetic field, he would point equatorially, for all the substances of which he is formed, including the blood, possess this property.

It’s interesting to see a list like this of materials that suddenly show this amazing property, and it’s unusual to find a piece of wood, beef, or an apple being attracted to or repelled by a magnet. If a person could be carefully suspended like Dufay did and placed in a magnetic field, they would align with the equator, since all the materials in their body, including their blood, have this property.

THE MAGNETIC BRAKE.

A few bodies were found to be feebly magnetic, including paper, sealing-wax, china ink, asbestos, fluorspar, peroxide of lead, tourmaline, plumbago, and charcoal. As to the metals, he found iron, cobalt, and nickel to stand in a distinct class. A feeble magnetic action in platinum, palladium, and titanium was suspected to be due to traces of iron in them. Bismuth proved to be the most strongly diamagnetic, and was specially studied. The repellent effect between bismuth and a magnet had indeed been casually observed twice in the prior history of191 science, first by Brugmans, then by Le Baillif. Faraday, with characteristic frankness, refers to his having a “vague impression” that the repulsion of bismuth by a magnet had been observed before, though unable at the time of writing to recollect any reference. His own experiments ran over the whole range of substances, however, and demonstrated the universal existence in greater or less degree of this magnetic nature. Certain differences observed between the behaviour of bismuth and of heavy glass on the one hand, and of copper on the other hand, though all are diamagnetic, led him to note and describe some of the pseudo-diamagnetic effects which occur in copper and silver, in consequence of the induction in them of eddy-currents, from which heavy-glass and bismuth are, by their inferior electric conductivity, comparatively free. He described the beautiful and now classical experiment of arresting, by turning on the exciting current, the rotation of a copper cylinder spinning between the poles of an electromagnet.

A few materials were found to be slightly magnetic, including paper, sealing wax, ink, asbestos, fluorite, lead peroxide, tourmaline, graphite, and charcoal. As for the metals, he classified iron, cobalt, and nickel distinctly. The weak magnetic response in platinum, palladium, and titanium was thought to be due to small amounts of iron present in them. Bismuth was found to be the most strongly diamagnetic and was studied in detail. The repulsive effect between bismuth and a magnet had actually been noted twice in the previous history of science, first by Brugmans and then by Le Baillif. Faraday, being candid, mentioned that he had a “vague impression” that the repulsion of bismuth by a magnet had been observed previously, although he couldn't recall any specific reference while writing. His own experiments covered a wide range of substances and showed that this magnetic property exists in varying degrees. Certain differences noticed between the behavior of bismuth and heavy glass on one hand, and copper on the other, despite all being diamagnetic, prompted him to observe and explain some of the pseudo-diamagnetic effects occurring in copper and silver due to the induction of eddy currents, from which heavy glass and bismuth are relatively free because of their lower electrical conductivity. He described the elegant and now classic experiment of stopping the rotation of a copper cylinder spinning between the poles of an electromagnet by switching on the exciting current.

Faraday continued to prosecute this newest line of research, and at the end of December, 1845, presented another memoir (the twenty-first series of the Experimental Researches) to the Royal Society. He had now examined the salts of iron, and had found that every salt and compound containing iron in the basic part was magnetic, both in the solid and in the liquid state. Even prussian-blue and green bottle-glass were magnetic. The solutions of the salts of iron were of special importance, since they furnish the means of making a magnet which is for the time192 liquid, transparent, and, within certain limits, adjustable in strength. His next step was to examine how bodies behaved when immersed in some surrounding medium. A weak solution of iron, enclosed in a very thin glass tube, though it pointed axially when hung in air, pointed equatorially when immersed in a stronger solution. A tube full of air pointed axially, and was attracted as if magnetic when surrounded with water. Substances such as bismuth, copper, and phosphorus are, however, highly diamagnetic when suspended in vacuo. Such a view would make mere space magnetic. Hence Faraday inclined at first to the opinion that diamagnetics had a specific action antithetically distinct from ordinary magnetic action. Several times he pointed out that all the phenomena resolve themselves simply into this, that a portion of such matter as is termed diamagnetic tends to move from stronger to places or points of weaker force in the magnetic field. He does, indeed, hazard the suggestion that the phenomena might be explained on the assumption that there was a sort of diamagnetic polarity—that magnetic induction caused in them a contrary state to that which it produced in ordinary magnetic matter. But his own experiments failed to support this view, and, in opposition to Weber and Tyndall, he maintained afterwards the non-polar nature of diamagnetic action.

Faraday continued to pursue this new line of research, and at the end of December 1845, he presented another paper (the twenty-first series of the Experimental Researches) to the Royal Society. He had now investigated the salts of iron and discovered that every iron salt and compound containing iron in the basic part was magnetic, both in the solid and liquid state. Even Prussian blue and green bottle glass were magnetic. The solutions of iron salts were particularly important because they allowed the creation of a magnet that was temporarily liquid, transparent, and adjustable in strength to some degree. His next step was to investigate how objects behaved when submerged in different surrounding media. A weak solution of iron, enclosed in a very thin glass tube, pointed axially when suspended in air but pointed equatorially when immersed in a stronger solution. A tube filled with air pointed axially and was attracted as if it were magnetic when surrounded by water. However, substances like bismuth, copper, and phosphorus are highly diamagnetic when suspended in vacuum. Such a perspective would make mere space magnetic. Therefore, Faraday initially leaned towards the idea that diamagnetics had a specific action distinct from ordinary magnetic action. He pointed out several times that all the phenomena simply boiled down to the fact that a portion of what is called diamagnetic matter tends to move from areas of stronger magnetic force to areas of weaker force in a magnetic field. He even suggested that the phenomena might be explained by the assumption that there was some form of diamagnetic polarity—that magnetic induction caused a state in them that was the opposite of what it produced in ordinary magnetic matter. However, his own experiments did not support this idea, and in contrast to Weber and Tyndall, he later maintained the non-polar nature of diamagnetic action.

In 1846 Faraday gave two Friday night discourses on these magnetic researches, one on the cohesive force of water, and one on Wheatstone’s electromagnetic chronoscope. At the conclusion of the193 last-named he said that he was induced to utter a speculation which had long been gaining strength in his mind, that perhaps those vibrations by which radiant energies, such as light, heat, actinic rays, etc., convey their force through space are not mere vibrations of an æther, but of the lines of force which, in his view, connect different masses, and so was inclined, in his own phrase, “to dismiss the æther.” In one of his other discourses he made the suggestion that we might “perhaps hereafter obtain magnetism from light.”

In 1846, Faraday gave two Friday night lectures on his magnetic research, one about the cohesive force of water and another on Wheatstone’s electromagnetic chronoscope. At the end of the193 second lecture, he mentioned that he was prompted to share a thought that had been growing in his mind: that maybe the vibrations responsible for transmitting radiant energies, like light, heat, and other rays, aren’t just vibrations of an ether, but rather of the lines of force that, in his opinion, connect different masses. Therefore, he felt inclined to, as he put it, “dismiss the ether.” In one of his other lectures, he suggested that we might “perhaps someday obtain magnetism from light.”

THOUGHTS ON RAY VIBRATIONS.

The speculation above referred to is of such intrinsic importance, in view of the developments of the last decade, that it compels further notice. Faraday himself further expanded it in a letter to Richard Phillips, which was printed in the Philosophical Magazine for May, 1846, under the title “Thoughts on Ray-vibrations.” In this avowedly speculative paper Faraday touched the highest point in his scientific writings, and threw out, though in a tentative and fragmentary way, brilliant hints of that which his imagination had perceived, as in a vision;—the doctrine now known as the electromagnetic theory of light. At the dates when the earlier biographies of Faraday appeared, neither that doctrine nor this paper had received the recognition due to its importance. Tyndall dismisses it as “one of the most singular speculations that ever emanated from a scientific man.” Bence Jones just mentions it in half a line. Dr. Gladstone does not allude to it. It therefore seems expedient to give here some extracts from the letter itself:—

The speculation mentioned earlier is so fundamentally important, considering the developments of the past decade, that it deserves further attention. Faraday himself elaborated on it in a letter to Richard Phillips, which was published in the Philosophical Magazine in May 1846, titled “Thoughts on Ray-vibrations.” In this openly speculative paper, Faraday reached a peak in his scientific writings and offered, albeit tentatively and in fragments, brilliant insights into what his imagination had envisioned—the concept now recognized as the electromagnetic theory of light. When the earlier biographies of Faraday were published, neither this doctrine nor the paper had received the recognition it warranted. Tyndall dismissed it as “one of the most singular speculations that ever came from a scientific man.” Bence Jones briefly mentioned it in passing. Dr. Gladstone didn't refer to it at all. Therefore, it seems necessary to include some excerpts from the letter itself:—

194

194

THOUGHTS ON RAY-VIBRATIONS.

Thoughts on Ray Vibrations.

To Richard Phillips, Esq.

To Richard Phillips, Esq.

Dear Sir,—At your request, I will endeavour to convey to you a notion of that which I ventured to say at the close of the last Friday evening meeting ...; but, from first to last, understand that I merely threw out, as matter for speculation, the vague impressions of my mind, for I gave nothing as the result of sufficient consideration, or as the settled conviction, or even probable conclusion at which I had arrived.

Dear Sir/Madam,—As you asked, I will try to share what I attempted to express at the end of the last Friday evening meeting...; but from beginning to end, please understand that I merely offered, as something to think about, the unclear ideas I had in mind, as I provided nothing based on thorough thought, firm belief, or even a likely conclusion I had reached.

The point intended to be set forth for the consideration of the hearers was whether it was not possible that the vibrations—which in a certain theory are assumed to account for radiation and radiant phenomena—may not occur in the lines of force which connect particles, and consequently masses, of matter together—a notion which, as far as it is admitted, will dispense with the æther, which, in another view, is supposed to be the medium in which these vibrations take place.

The main point that was supposed to be presented for the audience's consideration was whether it's possible that the vibrations—which some theories suggest are responsible for radiation and radiant phenomena—might actually happen in the lines of force that connect particles, and therefore masses, of matter together. This idea, if accepted, would eliminate the need for the ether, which is thought to be the medium through which these vibrations occur.

* * * * *

Another consideration bearing conjointly on the hypothetical view, both of matter and radiation, arises from the comparison of the velocities with which the radiant action and certain powers of matter are transmitted. The velocity of light through space is about 190,000 miles49 a second. The velocity of electricity is, by the experiments of Wheatstone, shown to be as great as this, if not greater. The light is supposed to be transmitted by vibrations through an æther which is, so to speak, destitute of gravitation, but infinite in elasticity; the electricity is transmitted through a small metallic wire, and is often viewed as transmitted by vibrations also. That the electric transference depends on the forces or powers of the matter of the wire can hardly be doubted when195 we consider the different conductibility of the various metallic and other bodies, the means of affecting it by heat or cold, the way in which conducting bodies by combination enter into the constitution of non-conducting substances, and the contrary, and the actual existence of one elementary body (carbon) both in the conducting and non-conducting state. The power of electric conduction, being a transmission of force equal in velocity to that of light, appears to be tied up in and dependent upon the properties of the matter, and is, as it were, existent in them.

Another consideration related to the hypothetical view of both matter and radiation comes from comparing the speeds at which radiant energy and specific properties of matter are transmitted. The speed of light through space is about 190,000 miles per second. Experiments by Wheatstone show that the speed of electricity is just as fast, if not faster. Light is thought to travel through an ether that has no gravity but is infinitely elastic; electricity travels through a thin metallic wire and is also often thought to be transmitted through vibrations. It’s hard to doubt that the electric transmission relies on the forces or properties of the wire's material when we look at the different conductivity of various metals and other substances, how it can be affected by heat or cold, how conductive materials combine to form non-conducting substances, and vice versa, and the presence of one elemental substance (carbon) in both conducting and non-conducting forms. The ability for electricity to conduct, traveling at a speed equal to that of light, seems to be intertwined with and dependent on the properties of the material, essentially existing within them.

* * * * *
LATERAL VIBRATIONS.
Fig. 20.

In experimental philosophy we can, by the phenomena presented, recognise various kinds of lines of force. Thus there are the lines of gravitating force, those of electrostatic induction, those of magnetic action, and others partaking of a dynamic character might be perhaps included. The lines of electric and magnetic action are by many considered as exerted through space like the lines of gravitating force. For my own part, I incline to believe that when there are intervening particles of matter—being themselves only centres of force—they take part in carrying on the force through the line, but that when there are none the line proceeds through space. Whatever the view adopted respecting them may be, we can, at all events, affect these lines of force in a manner which may be conceived as partaking of the nature of a shake or lateral vibration. For suppose two bodies, A B, distant from each other, and under mutual action,50 and therefore196 connected by lines of force, and let us fix our attention upon one resultant of force having an invariable direction as regards space; if one of the bodies move in the least degree right or left, or if its power be shifted for a moment within the mass (neither of these cases being difficult to realise if A or B be either electric or magnetic bodies), then an effect equivalent to a lateral disturbance will take place in the resultant upon which we are fixing our attention, for either it will increase in force whilst the neighbouring resultants are diminishing, or it will fall in force while they are increasing.

In experimental philosophy, we can observe different types of lines of force from the phenomena presented. There are lines of gravitational force, lines of electrostatic induction, lines of magnetic action, and possibly others that have a dynamic aspect. Many believe that lines of electric and magnetic action operate through space just like lines of gravitational force. Personally, I tend to think that when there are particles of matter in between—acting as centers of force themselves—they help to transmit the force along the line, but when there are no particles, the line travels through space. Whatever perspective one takes on these lines of force, we can still influence them in ways that might be viewed as a shake or lateral vibration. For example, consider two bodies, A and B, that are some distance apart and are acting on each other, thus connected by lines of force. If we focus on one resultant force that has a consistent direction in space, and if one of the bodies moves even slightly to the right or left, or if its power shifts temporarily within the mass (both of which are easy to imagine if A or B are electric or magnetic bodies), then a lateral disturbance equivalent to a disturbance will occur in the resultant that we're concentrating on. This could mean that its force increases while the surrounding resultants decrease, or its force decreases while the others increase.

* * * * *

The view which I am so bold as to put forth considers, therefore, radiation as a high species of vibration in the lines of force which are known to connect particles, and also masses, of matter together. It endeavours to dismiss the æther, but not the vibrations. The kind of vibration which, I believe, can alone account for the wonderful, varied, and beautiful phenomena of polarisation is not the same as that which occurs on the surface of disturbed water or the waves of sound in gases or liquids, for the vibrations in these cases are direct, or to and from the centre of action, whereas the former are lateral. It seems to me that the resultant of two or more lines of force is in an apt condition for that action, which may be considered as equivalent to a lateral vibration; whereas a uniform medium like the æther does not appear apt, or more apt than air or water.

The perspective I’m putting forward views radiation as a high form of vibration within the lines of force that connect particles and masses of matter. It aims to eliminate the ether concept but not the vibrations. The type of vibration I believe can explain the amazing, varied, and beautiful effects of polarization is different from that which happens on the surface of disturbed water or the sound waves in gases or liquids, since the vibrations in those cases are direct, moving to and from the center of action, while the former are lateral. It seems to me that the combination of two or more lines of force creates conditions suitable for what can be seen as a lateral vibration; meanwhile, a uniform medium like ether doesn’t seem to be more suitable than air or water.

The occurrence of a change at one end of a line of force easily suggests a consequent change at the other. The propagation of light, and therefore probably of all radiant action, occupies time; and that a vibration of the line of force should account for the phenomena of radiation, it is necessary that such vibration should occupy time also.

The occurrence of a change at one end of a line of force easily suggests a corresponding change at the other end. The propagation of light, and likely all radiant energy, takes up time; and for a vibration of the line of force to explain the phenomena of radiation, it must also take time.

* * * * *
THE SHADOW OF A SPECULATION.

And now, my dear Phillips I must conclude. I do not think I should have allowed these notions to have escaped from me had I not been led unawares, and without previous consideration, by the circumstances of the evening on which197 I had to appear suddenly51 and occupy the place of another. Now that I have put them on paper, I feel that I ought to have kept them much longer for study, consideration, and perhaps final rejection; and it is only because they are sure to go abroad in one way or another, in consequence of their utterance on that evening, that I give them a shape, if shape it may be called, in this reply to your inquiry. One thing is certain, that any hypothetical view of radiation which is likely to be received or retained as satisfactory must not much longer comprehend alone certain phenomena of light, but must include those of heat and of actinic influence also, and even the conjoined phenomena of sensible heat and chemical power produced by them. In this respect a view which is in some degree founded upon the ordinary forces of matter may perhaps find a little consideration amongst the other views that will probably arise. I think it likely that I have made many mistakes in the preceding pages, for even to myself my ideas on this point appear only as the shadow of a speculation, or as one of those impressions on the mind which are allowable for a time as guides to thought and research. He who labours in experimental inquiries knows how numerous these are, and how often their apparent fitness and beauty vanish before the progress and development of real, natural truth.

And now, my dear Phillips, I must wrap this up. I don’t think I would have shared these ideas if I hadn’t been caught off guard, without any prior thought, by the events of the evening when I had to step in unexpectedly and take someone else's place. Now that I’ve written them down, I realize I should have held onto them much longer for study and consideration, and maybe even decided to discard them. It’s only because they’re bound to come out one way or another, thanks to what was said that evening, that I’m giving them some form in response to your question. One thing is clear: any theoretical perspective on radiation that will likely be accepted or kept must not only include certain phenomena of light but also those of heat and light influence, along with the combined effects of visible heat and chemical action produced by them. In this regard, a perspective somewhat based on the usual forces of matter might get a bit of attention among the various views that will likely emerge. I suspect that I’ve made plenty of mistakes in the pages before this because, to me, my thoughts on this matter seem just like a fleeting idea or one of those impressions that can temporarily guide thinking and research. Anyone involved in experimental research knows how many of these fleeting thoughts exist and how often their seeming relevance and appeal fade away as real, natural truths unfold.

I am, my dear Phillips,
Ever truly yours,
M. Faraday.

I'm here, my dear Phillips,
Always yours,
M. Faraday.

Royal Institution,
April 15, 1846.

Royal Institution,
April 15, 1846.

If it be thought that too high a value has here been set upon a document which its author himself only claimed to be “the shadow of a speculation,” let that value be justified out of the198 mouth of the man who eighteen years later enriched the world with the mathematical theory of the propagation of electric waves, the late Professor Clerk Maxwell. In 1864 he published in the Philosophical Transactions a “Dynamical Theory of the Electromagnetic Field,” in which the following passages occur:—

If someone thinks that too much value has been placed on a document that its author only described as “the shadow of a speculation,” let that value be supported by the words of the man who, eighteen years later, contributed significantly to the world with the mathematical theory of the propagation of electric waves, the late Professor Clerk Maxwell. In 1864, he published a “Dynamical Theory of the Electromagnetic Field” in the Philosophical Transactions, which includes the following passageshappen:—

We have therefore reason to believe, from the phenomena of light and heat, that there is an æthereal medium filling space and permeating bodies capable of being set in motion, and of transmitting that motion to gross matter, so as to heat it and affect it in various ways.... Hence the parts of this medium must be so connected that the motion of one part depends in some way on the motion of the rest; and at the same time these connections must be capable of a certain kind of elastic yielding, since the communication of motion is not instantaneous, but occupies time. The medium is therefore capable of receiving and storing up two kinds of energy—namely, the “actual” energy depending on the motion of its parts, and “potential” energy, consisting of the work which the medium will do in recovering from displacement in virtue of its elasticity.

We have good reason to believe, based on the behavior of light and heat, that there is an ethereal medium filling space and permeating bodies that can be moved and can transmit that movement to physical matter, heating it and affecting it in various ways. Therefore, the parts of this medium must be interconnected in such a way that the movement of one part depends on the movement of the others; at the same time, these connections must allow for a certain degree of elastic giving, since the transfer of movement isn't instantaneous but takes time. This medium is thus capable of receiving and storing two types of energy—namely, “actual” energy, which relies on the movement of its parts, and “potential” energy, which consists of the work the medium will perform when it returns to its original position due to its elasticity.

The propagation of undulations consists in the continual transformation of one of these forms of energy into the other alternately, and at any instant the amount of energy in the whole medium is equally divided, so that half is energy of motion and half is elastic resilience.

The movement of waves involves the ongoing transformation of one type of energy into another alternately. At any given moment, the total amount of energy in the entire medium is evenly split, with half being kinetic energy and the other half being elastic potential energy.

* * * * *

In order to bring these results within the power of symbolic calculation, I then express them in the form of the general equations of the electromagnetic field.

To make these results compatible with symbolic calculation, I then present them as the general equations of the electromagnetic field.

* * * * *

The general equations are next applied to the case of a magnetic disturbance propagated through a non-conducting field, and it is shown that the only disturbances which can be so propagated are those which are transverse to the direction199 of propagation, and that the velocity of propagation is the velocity v, found from experiments such as those of Weber, which expresses the number of electrostatic units of electricity which are contained in one electromagnetic unit. This velocity is so nearly that of light, that it seems we have strong reason to conclude that light itself (including radiant heat and other radiations, if any) is an electromagnetic disturbance in the form of waves propagated through the electromagnetic field according to electromagnetic laws.... Conducting media are shown to absorb such radiations rapidly, and therefore to be generally opaque.

The general equations are then used to examine a magnetic disturbance moving through a non-conducting field. It shows that the only disturbances that can travel this way are those that are perpendicular to the direction of propagation. The speed of this propagation is the speed v, determined from experiments like those by Weber, which represents the number of electrostatic units of electricity contained in one electromagnetic unit. This speed is so close to that of light that it suggests we have strong evidence to conclude that light itself (including radiant heat and any other radiations) is an electromagnetic disturbance in the form of waves moving through the electromagnetic field according to electromagnetic laws. Conducting materials are shown to quickly absorb such radiations, making them generally opaque.

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY OF LIGHT.

The conception of the propagation of transverse magnetic disturbances to the exclusion of normal ones is distinctly set forth by Professor Faraday in his “Thoughts on Ray Vibrations.” The electromagnetic theory of light, as proposed by him, is the same in substance as that which I have begun to develop in this paper,52 except that in 1846 there were no data to calculate the velocity of propagation.

The idea of transmitting transverse magnetic disturbances while ignoring normal ones is clearly explained by Professor Faraday in his “Thoughts on Ray Vibrations.” The electromagnetic theory of light he proposed is essentially the same as what I have started to develop in this paper,52 except that in 1846 there wasn’t any data to calculate the speed of propagation.

During the rest of this year (1846) and the next Faraday did very little research, though he continued his Royal Institution lectures and his reports for Trinity House. Amongst the latter in 1847 was one on a proposal to light buoys by incandescent electric lamps containing a platinum wire spiral. He was compelled, indeed, to rest by a recurrence of brain troubles, giddiness, and loss of memory. Honours however, continued to be heaped upon him both abroad and at home, as the following extract from Bence Jones shows:—

During the rest of this year (1846) and the next, Faraday did very little research, although he kept giving his lectures at the Royal Institution and writing reports for Trinity House. One of those reports in 1847 was about a plan to light buoys using incandescent electric lamps with a platinum wire spiral. He was forced to take a break due to recurring brain issues, dizziness, and memory loss. However, he continued to receive honors both abroad and at home, as the following extract from Bence Jones shows:—

In 1846, for his two great discoveries, the Rumford and the Royal Medals were both awarded to him. This double honour will probably long be unique in the annals of the200 Royal Society. In former years he had already received the Copley and Royal Medals for his experimental discoveries. As his medals increased it became remarkable that he—who kept his diploma-book, his portraits and letters of scientific men, and everything he had in the most perfect order—seemed to take least care of his most valuable rewards. They were locked up in a box, and might have passed for old iron. Probably he thought, as others did afterwards, that their value, if seen, might lead to their loss.

In 1846, he was awarded both the Rumford and Royal Medals for his two major discoveries. This dual honor will likely remain unique in the history of the200 Royal Society for a long time. Previously, he had also received the Copley and Royal Medals for his experimental discoveries. As his collection of medals grew, it became noteworthy that he—who kept his diploma book, portraits, and correspondence from scientific figures meticulously organized—seemed to take the least care of his most prized achievements. They were locked away in a box and could easily be mistaken for scrap metal. He probably believed, as others did later on, that displaying their value might lead to losing them.

CRYSTALLINE FORCES.

Between the twenty-first and twenty-second series of “Experimental Researches” nearly three years elapsed. In the autumn of 1848 the matter which claimed investigation was the peculiar behaviour of bismuth in the magnetic field. Certain anomalies were observed which were finally traced to the crystalline nature of the metal, for it appeared that when in that state the crystals themselves—to adopt modern phraseology—showed a greater magnetic permeability in a direction perpendicular to their planes of cleavage than in any direction parallel to those planes. Hence when a crystalline fragment was hung in a uniform magnetic field (where the diamagnetic tendency to move from a strong to a weak region of the field was eliminated), it tended to point in a determinate direction. Faraday expressed it that the structure of the crystal showed a certain “axiality,” and he regarded these effects as presenting evidence of a “magnecrystallic” force, the law of action being that the line or axis of magnecrystallic force tended to place itself parallel to the lines of the magnetic field in which the crystal was placed. Arsenic, antimony, and other crystalline metals were201 similarly examined. The subject was an intricate one, and there are frequent obscurities in the phraseology tentatively adopted for explaining the phenomena. In one place Faraday rather pathetically laments his imperfect mathematical knowledge. This seems like an echo of his inability to follow the analytical reasoning of Poisson, who, starting from a hypothesis about the supposed “magnetic fluids” being movable within the particles of a body, supposing that these particles were non-spherical and were symmetrically arranged, had predicted (in 1827) that a portion of such a substance would, when brought into the neighbourhood of a magnet, act differently, according to the different positions in which it might be turned about its centre. But this very inability to follow Poisson’s refined analysis gave a new direction to Faraday’s thoughts, and caused him to conceive the idea of magnetic permeabilities differing in different directions, an idea which, as Sir William Thomson (the present Lord Kelvin) showed in 1851,53 is equally susceptible of mathematical treatment by appropriate symbols. Lord Kelvin has also spoken (op. cit., p. 484) of the matter as follows: “The singular combination of202 mathematical acuteness with experimental research and profound physical speculation which Faraday, though not a ‘mathematician,’ presented is remarkably illustrated by his use of the expression ‘conducting power of a magnetic medium for lines of force.’” Tyndall has given a succinct summary of these researches—in which also he took a part—from which the following extract must suffice:—

Between the twenty-first and twenty-second series of “Experimental Researches,” nearly three years went by. In the fall of 1848, the focus of investigation was the unusual behavior of bismuth in a magnetic field. Certain anomalies were observed, which were eventually traced back to the crystalline nature of the metal. It turned out that when in that state, the crystals themselves—using modern terminology—showed greater magnetic permeability in a direction perpendicular to their cleavage planes than in any direction parallel to those planes. So, when a crystalline fragment was suspended in a uniform magnetic field (where the diamagnetic tendency to move from a stronger to a weaker area of the field was eliminated), it tended to align in a specific direction. Faraday described this as the structure of the crystal showing a certain “axiality,” considering these effects as evidence of a “magnecrystallic” force, where the line or axis of magnecrystallic force aimed to position itself parallel to the lines of the magnetic field around the crystal. Arsenic, antimony, and other crystalline metals were examined similarly. The topic was complex, and there were frequent ambiguities in the terminology tentatively used to explain the phenomena. In one instance, Faraday somewhat sadly lamented his limited mathematical knowledge. This seemed like a reflection of his struggle to follow Poisson's analytical reasoning, who had proposed a hypothesis about the supposed “magnetic fluids” being movable within the particles of a substance. He assumed these particles were non-spherical and symmetrically arranged, predicting (in 1827) that a section of such material would behave differently when near a magnet, depending on its orientation around its center. However, this very difficulty in following Poisson’s detailed analysis redirected Faraday's thinking, leading him to conceive the idea of magnetic permeabilities varying in different directions. Sir William Thomson (now Lord Kelvin) demonstrated in 1851 that this idea can be dealt with mathematically using appropriate symbols. Lord Kelvin also remarked (op. cit., p. 484) on the subject: “The remarkable combination of mathematical sharpness with experimental research and deep physical speculation that Faraday exhibited, though he was not a ‘mathematician,’ is elegantly illustrated by his use of the term ‘conducting power of a magnetic medium for lines of force.’” Tyndall provided a concise summary of these investigations—in which he also participated—of which the following extract must sufficient

And here follows one of those expressions which characterise the conceptions of Faraday in regard to force generally: “It appears to me impossible to conceive of the results in any other way than by a mutual reaction of the magnetic force, and the force of the particles of the crystal upon each other.” He proves that the action of the force, though thus molecular, is an action at a distance. He shows that a bismuth crystal can cause a freely-suspended magnetic needle to set parallel to its magnecrystallic axis. Few living men are aware of the difficulty of obtaining results like this, or of the delicacy necessary to their attainment. “But though it thus takes up the character of a force acting at a distance, still it is due to that power of the particles which makes them cohere in regular order and gives the mass its crystalline aggregation, and so often spoken of as acting at insensible distances.” Thus he broods over this new force, and looks at it from all points of inspection. Experiment follows experiment, as thought follows thought. He will not relinquish the subject as long as a hope exists of throwing more light upon it. He knows full well the anomalous nature of the conclusion to which his experiments lead him. But experiment to him is final, and he will not shrink from the conclusion. “This force,” he says, “appears to me to be very strange and striking in its character. It is not polar, for there is no attraction or repulsion.” And then, as if startled by his own utterance, he asks: “What is the nature of the mechanical force which turns the crystal round and makes it affect a magnet?”... “I do not203 remember,” he continues, “heretofore such a case of force as the present one—where a body is brought into position only without attraction or repulsion.”

And here follows one of those expressions that characterize Faraday's ideas about force in general: “It seems impossible to think of the results in any other way than as a mutual reaction between the magnetic force and the forces of the particles in the crystal.” He demonstrates that the action of the force, although molecular, acts at a distance. He shows that a bismuth crystal can cause a freely suspended magnetic needle to align with its magnecrystallic axis. Few living people are aware of how difficult it is to achieve results like this or the precision needed to obtain them. “But even though it seems to behave like a force acting at a distance, it is still due to the power of the particles that allows them to stick together in an orderly way and gives the mass its crystalline structure, often referred to as acting at insensible distances.” Thus, he reflects on this new force and examines it from all angles. Experiment follows experiment, just as thought follows thought. He refuses to abandon the topic as long as there’s hope of gaining more insight into it. He fully understands the unusual nature of the conclusions his experiments lead him to. But to him, experimentation is definitive, and he will not shy away from the conclusion. “This force,” he says, “seems very strange and striking in its nature. It isn't polar since there’s no attraction or repulsion.” And then, almost startled by his own words, he asks: “What is the nature of the mechanical force that rotates the crystal and influences a magnet?”... “I do not203 remember,” he continues, “ever seeing a case of force like this—where a body is positioned without any attraction or repulsion.”

Plücker, the celebrated geometer already mentioned, who pursued experimental physics for many years of his life with singular devotion and success, visited Faraday in those days, and repeated before him his beautiful experiments on magneto-optic action. Faraday repeated and verified Plücker’s observations, and concluded, what he at first seemed to doubt, that Plücker’s results and magnecrystallic action had the same origin.

Plücker, the famous geometer mentioned earlier, who dedicated many years of his life to experimental physics with remarkable devotion and success, visited Faraday during that time and demonstrated his impressive experiments on magneto-optic action. Faraday repeated and confirmed Plücker’s findings and ultimately accepted, despite his initial skepticism, that Plücker’s results and magnecrystallic action stemmed from the same source.

MAGNETISM AND CRYSTALLISATION.

At the end of his papers, when he takes a last look along the line of research, and then turns his eyes to the future, utterances quite as much emotional as scientific escape from Faraday. “I cannot,” he says at the end of his first paper on magnecrystallic action, “conclude this series of researches without remarking how rapidly the knowledge of molecular forces grows upon us, and how strikingly every investigation tends to develop more and more their importance and their extreme attraction as an object of study. A few years ago magnetism was to us an occult power, affecting only a few bodies. Now it is found to influence all bodies, and to possess the most intimate relations with electricity, heat, chemical action, light, crystallisation, and through it with the forces concerned in cohesion. And we may, in the present state of things, well feel urged to continue in our labours, encouraged by the hope of bringing it into a bond of union with gravity itself.”

At the end of his papers, when he takes a final look at his research and then gazes toward the future, Faraday expresses thoughts that are as emotional as they are scientific. “I cannot,” he states at the conclusion of his first paper on magnecrystallic action, “wrap up this series of studies without noting how quickly our understanding of molecular forces is expanding, and how remarkably each investigation highlights their importance and irresistible appeal as a subject of study. A few years ago, magnetism seemed like a mysterious power, affecting only a handful of objects. Now, it's clear that it impacts all things and has deep connections with electricity, heat, chemical reactions, light, crystallization, and through those, with the forces involved in cohesion. Given the current state of knowledge, we are certainly motivated to keep pursuing our work, inspired by the hope of linking it with gravity itself.”

In 1848 Faraday gave five Friday night discourses, three of them on the “Diamagnetic Condition of Flame and Gases.” In 1849 he gave two, one of them on Plücker’s researches. In 1850 he gave two, one of them being on the electricity of the air, the other on certain conditions of freezing water. He had meanwhile continued to work at magnetism. The twenty-third series dealt with the204 supposed diamagnetic polarity. It incidentally discussed the distortion produced in a magnetic field by a mass of copper in motion across it. The twenty-fourth series was on the possible relation of gravity to electricity. The paper concludes with the words: “Here end my trials for the present. The results are negative. They do not shake my strong feeling of the existence of a relation between gravity and electricity, though they give no proof that such a relation exists.” The next series (the twenty-fifth) was on the “Non-expansion of Gases by Magnetic Force” and on the “Magnetic Characters of Oxygen [which he had found to be highly magnetic], Nitrogen, and Space.” He had found that magnetically substances must be classed either along with iron and the materials that point axially, or else with bismuth and those that point equatorially, in the magnetic field. The best vacuum he could procure he regarded as the zero of these tests; but before adopting it as such, he verified by experiment that even in a vacuum a magnetic body still tends from weaker to stronger places in the magnetic field; while diamagnetic bodies tend from stronger to weaker. He then says we must consider the magnetic character and relation of space free from any material substance. “Mere space cannot act as matter acts, even though the utmost latitude be allowed to the hypothesis of an ether.” He then proceeds as follows:—

In 1848, Faraday gave five Friday night talks, three of which focused on the “Diamagnetic Condition of Flame and Gases.” In 1849, he gave two talks, including one on Plücker's research. In 1850, he delivered two more, one about the electricity in the air and another discussing certain conditions for freezing water. During this time, he continued researching magnetism. The twenty-third series addressed the supposed diamagnetic polarity. It also touched on the distortion created in a magnetic field by a moving mass of copper. The twenty-fourth series explored the possible relationship between gravity and electricity. The paper concludes with the statement: “Here end my trials for now. The results are negative. They don’t shake my strong belief in the existence of a connection between gravity and electricity, even though they provide no proof that such a connection exists.” The next series (the twenty-fifth) focused on the “Non-expansion of Gases by Magnetic Force” and the “Magnetic Characteristics of Oxygen [which he discovered to be highly magnetic], Nitrogen, and Space.” He determined that magnetically, substances must be classified either with iron and similar materials that point axially, or with bismuth and those that point equatorially in the magnetic field. He considered the best vacuum he could obtain as the baseline for these tests; however, before confirming it as such, he experimentally verified that even in a vacuum, a magnetic body still tends to move from areas of weaker to stronger magnetic fields, while diamagnetic bodies move from stronger to weaker areas. He then states we must consider the magnetic character and relation of space independent of any material substance. “Empty space cannot behave like matter does, even if we allow the broadest interpretation of the ether hypothesis.” He then continues as follows:—

MORE NEW WORDS.

Now that the true zero is obtained, and the great variety of material substances satisfactorily divided into two general classes, it appears to me that we want another name for the magnetic class, that we may avoid confusion. The word205 magnetic ought to be general, and include all the phenomena and effects produced by that power. But then a word for the subdivision opposed to the diamagnetic class is necessary. As the language of this branch of science may soon require general and careful changes, I, assisted by a kind friend, have thought that a word—not selected with particular care—might be provisionally useful; and as the magnetism of iron, nickel, and cobalt when in the magnetic field is like that of the earth as a whole, so that when rendered active they place themselves parallel to its axes or lines of magnetic force, I have supposed that they and their similars (including oxygen now) might be called paramagnetic bodies, giving the following division:—

Now that we've identified the true zero and successfully categorized a wide range of materials into two main classes, I think we need a different term for the magnetic class to avoid confusion. The term magnetic should be broad enough to encompass all the phenomena and effects generated by that force. However, we also need a term for the subdivision that is opposite to the diamagnetic class. As the language in this field may soon need significant and careful updates, I, with the help of a good friend, believe that a term—not chosen with much precision—might be temporarily helpful. Just as the magnetism of iron, nickel, and cobalt in a magnetic field resembles that of the Earth as a whole, aligning with its axes or lines of magnetic force when they are active, I propose that these materials and similar ones (including oxygen now) could be referred to as paramagnetic bodies, leading to the following division:—

{ paramagnetic
Magnetic  {
{ diamagnetic. 

{ paramagnetic
Magnetic  {
{ diamagnetic. 

The “kind friend” alluded to was Whewell, as the following letter shows:—

The "kind friend" mentioned was Whewell, as the following letter shows:—

[Rev. W. Whewell to M. Faraday.]

[Rev. W. Whewell to M. Faraday.]

July, 1850.

July 1850.

I am always glad to hear of your wanting new words, because the want shows that you are pursuing new thoughts—and your new thoughts are worth something—but I always feel also how difficult it is for one who has not pursued the train of thought to suggest the right word. There are so many relations involved in a new discovery, and the word ought not glaringly to violate any of them. The purists would certainly object to the opposition, or co-ordination, of ferromagnetic and diamagnetic, not only on account of the want of symmetry in the relation of ferro and dia, but also because the one is Latin and the other Greek.... Hence it would appear that the two classes of magnetic bodies are those which place their length parallel, or according, to the terrestrial magnetic lines, and those which place their length transverse to such lines. Keeping the preposition dia for the latter, the preposition para, or ana, might be used for the former. Perhaps para would be best, as the word parallel, in which it is involved, would be a technical memory for it.... I206 rejoice to hear that you have new views of discovery opening to you. I always rejoice to hail the light of such when they dawn upon you.

I’m always glad to hear that you’re looking for new words, because it shows you’re exploring new ideas—and your new ideas are valuable. However, I also realize how challenging it is for someone who hasn’t followed the same line of thinking to suggest the right word. There are so many connections involved in a new discovery, and the term shouldn’t obviously disregard any of them. Purists would definitely object to contrasting ferromagnetic and diamagnetic, not just because of the lack of symmetry in the relationship between ferro and dia, but also since one is Latin and the other is Greek. So it seems that the two types of magnetic materials are those that align their length parallel to the Earth’s magnetic lines, and those that align their length perpendicular to those lines. Keeping the prefix dia for the latter, we could use the prefix para or ana for the former. Perhaps para would be best, since the word parallel, which it is part of, would serve as a helpful reminder. I’m excited to hear that you have new ideas for discoveries opening up for you. I always look forward to the moments when such insights come to you.

The twenty-sixth series of researches opened with a consideration of magnetic “conducting power,” or permeability as we should now term it, and then branched off into a lengthy discussion of atmospheric magnetism. The subject was continued through the twenty-seventh series, which was completed in November, 1850. The gist of this is summed up in one of his letters to Schönbein:—

The twenty-sixth series of research started by looking into magnetic “conducting power,” or what we now call permeability, and then moved into a long discussion about atmospheric magnetism. This topic continued into the twenty-seventh series, which was finished in November 1850. The main points are summarized in one of his letters to Schönbein:—

Royal Institution, November 19, 1850.

Royal Institution, Nov 19, 1850.

My Dear Schönbein,—I wish I could talk with you, instead of being obliged to use pen and paper. I have fifty matters to speak about, but either they are too trifling for writing, or too important, for what can one discuss or say in a letter?... By the bye, I have been working with the oxygen of the air also. You remember that three years ago I distinguished it as a magnetic gas in my paper on the diamagnetism of flame and gases founded on Bancalari’s experiment. Now I find in it the cause of all the annual and diurnal, and many of the irregular, variations in the terrestrial magnetism. The observations made at Hobarton, Toronto, Greenwich, St. Petersburg, Washington, St. Helena, the Cape of Good Hope, and Singapore, all appear to me to accord with and support my hypothesis. I will not pretend to give you an account of it here, for it would require some detail, and I really am weary of the subject. I have sent in three long papers to the Royal Society, and you shall have copies of them in due time....

My Dear Schönbein,—I wish I could talk with you instead of having to rely on pen and paper. I have fifty things to discuss, but either they are too trivial to write down or too important—what can you really talk about in a letter?... By the way, I've been working with the oxygen in the air too. Remember three years ago when I identified it as a magnetic gas in my paper on the diamagnetism of flame and gases based on Bancalari’s experiment? Now I see it as the reason for all the annual and daily, and many of the irregular, variations in terrestrial magnetism. The observations made in Hobarton, Toronto, Greenwich, St. Petersburg, Washington, St. Helena, the Cape of Good Hope, and Singapore all seem to support my hypothesis. I won't try to explain it all here since it would take too long, and I'm really tired of the topic. I've submitted three lengthy papers to the Royal Society, and you'll get copies of them when the time comes....

Ever, my dear Schönbein, most truly yours,
M. Faraday.

Always, my dear Schönbein, truly yours,
M. Faraday.

PAPERS TO BE LET LOOSE.

While writing out these researches for the Royal Society, he had been staying in Upper Norwood. He207 wrote thus of himself to Miss Moore at the end of August:—

While conducting these studies for the Royal Society, he had been staying in Upper Norwood. He207 wrote this about himself to Miss Moore at the end of August:—

We have taken a little house here on the hill-top, where I have a small room to myself, and have, ever since we came here, been deeply immersed in magnetic cogitations. I write, and write, and write, until three papers for the Royal Society are nearly completed, and I hope that two of them will be good if they justify my hopes, for I have to criticise them again and again before I let them loose. You shall hear of them at some of the Friday evenings. At present I must not say more. After writing, I walk out in the evening, hand-in-hand with my dear wife, to enjoy the sunset; for to me, who love scenery, of all that I have seen or can see there is none surpasses that of Heaven. A glorious sunset brings with it a thousand thoughts that delight me.

We’ve rented a little house on the hilltop, where I have my own small room. Since we arrived, I’ve been totally absorbed in my work. I keep writing, writing, and writing until I’m almost finished with three papers for the Royal Society. I’m hoping that two of them will really stand out once I’ve reviewed them thoroughly, because I have to analyze them repeatedly before I share them. You’ll hear about them on some Friday evenings. For now, that’s all I can say. After writing, I like to take evening walks with my wife to enjoy the sunset. For someone like me who loves beautiful scenes, nothing I’ve seen or could see compares to the beauty of the sky. A stunning sunset fills me with a thousand delightful thoughts.

To De la Rive he wrote later as follows:—

To De la Rive he wrote later as follows:—

[M. Faraday to A. de la Rive.]

[M. Faraday to A. de la Rive.]

Royal Institution, February 4, 1851.

Royal Institution, Feb 4, 1851.

My Dear de la Rive,—My wife and I were exceedingly sorry to hear of your sad loss. It brought vividly to our remembrance the time when we were at your house, and you, and others with you, made us so welcome. What can we say to these changes but that they show by comparison the vanity of all things under the sun? I am very glad that you have spirits to return to work again, for that is a healthy and proper employment of the mind under such circumstances.

Dear de la Rive,—My wife and I were very sorry to hear about your loss. It reminded us of the time we spent at your home, where you and your guests made us feel so welcome. What can we say about these changes other than they highlight the emptiness of everything in this world? I'm really glad to hear that you have the strength to get back to work, as it's a healthy and fitting way to engage your mind during such difficult times.

With respect to my views and experiments, I do not think that anything shorter than the papers (and they will run to a hundred pages in the “Transactions”) will give you possession of the subject, because a great deal depends upon the comparison of observations in different parts of the world with the facts obtained by experiment, and with the deductions drawn from them; but I will try to give you an idea of the root of the matter. You are aware that I use the phrase208 line of magnetic force, to represent the presence of magnetic force, and the direction (of polarity) in which it is exerted; and by the idea which it conveys one obtains very well, and I believe without error, a notion of the distribution of the forces about a bar magnet, or between near flat poles presenting a field of equal force, or in any other case. Now, if circumstances be arranged so as to present a field of equal force, which is easily done, as I have shown by the electro-magnet, then if a sphere of iron or nickel be placed in the field, it immediately disturbs the direction of the lines of force, for they are concentrated within the sphere. They are, however, not merely concentrated, but contorted, for the sum of forces in any one section across the field is always equal to the sum of forces in any other section, and therefore their condensation in the iron or nickel cannot occur without this contortion. Moreover, the contortion is easily shown by using a small needle (one-tenth of an inch long) to examine the field, for, as before the introduction of the sphere of iron or nickel, it would always take up a position parallel to itself. Afterwards it varies in position in different places near the sphere. This being understood, let us then suppose the sphere to be raised in temperature. At a certain temperature it begins to lose its power of affecting the lines of magnetic force, and ends by retaining scarcely any. So that as regards the little needle mentioned above, it now stands everywhere parallel to itself within the field of force. This change occurs with iron at a very high temperature, and is passed through within the compass, apparently, of a small number of degrees. With nickel it occurs at much lower temperatures, being affected by the heat of boiling oil.

With regard to my views and experiments, I don’t believe that anything shorter than the papers (which will be about a hundred pages in the “Transactions”) will fully convey the subject, because much depends on comparing observations from different parts of the world with the facts obtained from experiments and the conclusions drawn from them. However, I will try to give you an idea of the core of the matter. You know that I use the term line of magnetic force to represent the presence of magnetic force and the direction (polarity) in which it acts; this concept provides a good, and I believe accurate, understanding of the distribution of forces around a bar magnet, or between closely placed flat poles forming a field of equal force, or in other scenarios. Now, if the conditions are set up to create an equal force field, which is simple to achieve, as I demonstrated with the electromagnet, then when an iron or nickel sphere is placed in that field, it immediately alters the direction of the lines of force because they are concentrated within the sphere. They are not just concentrated but also contorted because the sum of forces in any section of the field is always equal to the sum of forces in any other section, meaning that their concentration in the iron or nickel cannot happen without this contortion. Furthermore, the contortion can be easily demonstrated by using a small needle (one-tenth of an inch long) to explore the field. Before the iron or nickel sphere is added, the needle will always align itself parallel to its own length. Afterward, its position changes in different areas near the sphere. With this in mind, let’s suppose the sphere's temperature is raised. At a certain temperature, it starts to lose its ability to influence the lines of magnetic force and eventually retains very little of that power. So, with regard to the small needle mentioned earlier, it now aligns itself parallel to its own length throughout the force field. This change occurs with iron at a very high temperature and is reached over a relatively small range of degrees. With nickel, it happens at much lower temperatures, influenced by the heat of boiling oil.

Now take another step. Oxygen, as I showed above, three years ago in the Philosophical Magazine for 1847, vol. xxxi., pp. 410, 415, 416, is magnetic in relation to nitrogen and other gases. E. Becquerel, without knowing of my results, has confirmed and extended them in his paper of last year, and given certain excellent measures. In my paper of 1847 I showed also that oxygen (like iron and nickel) lost its magnetic power and its ability of being attracted by the209 magnet when heated (p. 417). And I further showed that the temperatures at which this took place were within the range of common temperature, for the oxygen of the air—i.e. the air altogether—is increased in magnetic power when cooled to 0° F. (p. 406). Now I must refer you to the papers themselves for the (to me) strange results of the incompressibility (magnetically speaking) of oxygen and the inexpansibility of nitrogen and other gases; for the description of a differential balance by which I can compare gas with gas, or the same gas at different degrees of rarefaction; for the determination of the true zero, or point between magnetic and diamagnetic bodies; and for certain views of magnetic conduction and polarity. You will there find described certain very delicate experiments upon diamagnetic and very weak magnetic bodies concerning their action on each other in a magnetic field of equal force. The magnetic bodies repel each other, and the diamagnetic bodies repel each other; but a magnetic and a diamagnetic body attract each other. And these results, combined with the qualities of oxygen as just described, convince me that it is able to deflect the lines of magnetic force passing through it just as iron or nickel is, but to an infinitely smaller amount, and that its power of deflecting the lines varies with its temperature and degree of rarefaction.

Now take another step. Oxygen, as I showed above, three years ago in the Philosophical Magazine for 1847, vol. xxxi., pp. 410, 415, 416, is magnetic in relation to nitrogen and other gases. E. Becquerel, without knowing about my findings, has confirmed and expanded on them in his paper from last year, and provided some excellent measurements. In my paper from 1847, I also demonstrated that oxygen (like iron and nickel) loses its magnetic power and ability to be attracted by the 209 magnet when heated (p. 417). Furthermore, I showed that the temperatures at which this occurs are within the range of common temperatures, as the oxygen in the air—i.e. all the air—gains magnetic power when cooled to 0° F. (p. 406). Now I must direct you to the papers themselves for the (to me) surprising results regarding the incompressibility (magnetically speaking) of oxygen and the inexpansibility of nitrogen and other gases; for the description of a differential balance that allows me to compare one gas to another, or the same gas at different levels of rarefaction; for the determination of the true zero, or point between magnetic and diamagnetic materials; and for certain perspectives on magnetic conduction and polarity. You will find described there some very delicate experiments on diamagnetic and very weak magnetic materials regarding their interactions with each other in a uniform magnetic field. Magnetic materials repel each other, and diamagnetic materials repel each other; however, a magnetic and a diamagnetic material attract each other. These results, combined with the properties of oxygen as previously described, convince me that it can deflect the lines of magnetic force passing through it just like iron or nickel, but to a much smaller extent, and that its deflecting power varies with its temperature and degree of rarefaction.

ATMOSPHERIC MAGNETISM.

Then comes in the consideration of the atmosphere, and the manner in which it rises and falls in temperature by the presence and absence of the sun. The place of the great warm region nearly in his neighbourhood; of the two colder regions which grow up and diminish in the northern and southern hemispheres as the sun travels between the tropics; the effect of the extra warmth of the northern hemisphere over the southern; the effect of accumulation from the action of preceding months; the effect of dip and mean declination at each particular station; the effects that follow from the non-coincidence of magnetic and astronomical conditions of polarity, meridians, and so forth; the results of the distribution of land and water for any given place—for all these and many other things I must refer you to the papers. I could not do them justice in any account that a letter could contain,210 and should run the risk of leading you into error regarding them. But I may say that, deducing from the experiments and the theory what are the deviations of the magnetic needle at any given station, which may be expected as the mean result of the heating and cooling of the atmosphere for a given season and hour, I find such a general accordance with the results of observations, especially in the direction and generally in the amount for different seasons of the declination variation, as to give me the strongest hopes that I have assigned the true physical cause of those variations, and shown the modus operandi of their production.

Then we consider the atmosphere and how its temperature rises and falls with the presence or absence of the sun. The nearby warm region, the two colder areas that grow and shrink in the northern and southern hemispheres as the sun moves between the tropics, the extra warmth in the northern hemisphere compared to the southern, the accumulation effects from previous months, the impact of dip and mean declination at each specific location, the consequences of the mismatch between magnetic and astronomical conditions of polarity, meridians, and much more—I'm referring you to the papers for all of this. I couldn't do them justice in any letter and would risk leading you to misunderstandings about them. However, I can say that by analyzing the experiments and theory to find the deviations of the magnetic needle at a given location, expected as the average result of the heating and cooling of the atmosphere for a specific season and time, I see a strong alignment with observation results, particularly in direction and generally in the amount of declination variation across different seasons, giving me great confidence that I have identified the true physical cause of these variations and explained their modus operandi.

And now, my dear de la Rive, I must leave you and run to other matters. As soon as I can send you a copy of the papers I will do so, and can only say I hope that they will meet with your approbation. With the kindest remembrances to your son,

And now, my dear de la Rive, I have to leave you and take care of other things. As soon as I can send you a copy of the documents, I will do so, and I can only hope that you will approve of them. Please give my best to your son,

Believe me to be, my dear friend, ever truly yours,

Believe me to be, my dear friend, always truly yours,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

This hope of explaining the variations of terrestrial magnetism by the magnetic properties of the oxygen of the air was destined to be illusory. At that time the cosmical nature of magnetic storms was unknown and unsuspected. To this matter we may well apply Faraday’s own words addressed to Tyndall respecting the alleged diamagnetic polarity, and the conflict of views between himself on the one hand and Weber and Tyndall on the other:—“It is not wonderful that views differ at first. Time will gradually sift and shape them. And I believe that we have little idea at present of the importance they may have ten or twenty years hence.”

This hope of explaining the variations in Earth's magnetism through the magnetic properties of oxygen in the air turned out to be an illusion. At that time, the cosmic nature of magnetic storms was unknown and unconsidered. We can apply Faraday’s own words to Tyndall about the supposed diamagnetic polarity and the conflicting opinions between himself and Weber and Tyndall: “It’s not surprising that opinions differ at first. Over time, they will be clarified and shaped. I believe that we have little idea right now of the importance they may hold ten or twenty years from now.”

LINES OF MAGNETIC FORCE.

In 1851, from July to December, Faraday was actively at work in the laboratory. The results211 constitute the material for the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth (the last) series of the “Experimental Researches.” In these he returned to the subject with which the first series had opened in 1831: the induction of electric currents by the relative motion of magnets and conducting wires. These two memoirs, together with his Royal Institution lecture of January, 1852, “On the Lines of Magnetic Force,” and the paper “On the Physical Character of the Lines of Magnetic Force” (which he sent to the Philosophical Magazine, as containing “so much of a speculative and hypothetical nature”), should be read, and re-read, and read again, by every student of physics. They are reprinted at the end of the third volume of the “Experimental Researches.”

In 1851, from July to December, Faraday was actively working in the lab. The results211 make up the material for the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth (the final) series of the "Experimental Researches." In these, he revisited the topic with which the first series had started in 1831: the induction of electric currents through the movement of magnets and conducting wires. These two papers, along with his Royal Institution lecture from January 1852, “On the Lines of Magnetic Force,” and the paper “On the Physical Character of the Lines of Magnetic Force” (which he submitted to the Philosophical Magazine, as it contained “a lot of speculative and hypothetical content”), should be read, reread, and studied repeatedly by every student of physics. They are reprinted at the end of the third volume of the “Experimental Researches.”

In the opening of the twenty-eighth memoir he says:—

In the beginning of the twenty-eighth memoir he says:—

From my earliest experiments on the relation of electricity and magnetism, I have had to think and speak of lines of magnetic force as representations of the magnetic power—not merely in the points of quality and direction, but also in quantity.... The direction of these lines about and amongst magnets and electric currents is easily represented and understood in a general manner by the ordinary use of iron filings.

From my earliest experiments on the relationship between electricity and magnetism, I have had to think and talk about lines of magnetic force as representations of magnetic power—not just in terms of quality and direction, but also in quantity.... The direction of these lines around and among magnets and electric currents can be easily illustrated and understood in a general way using iron filings.

A point equally important to the definition of these lines is, that they represent a determinate and unchanging amount of force. Though, therefore, their forms, as they exist between two or more centres or sources of power, may vary very greatly, and also the space through which they may be traced, yet the sum of power contained in any one section of a given portion of the lines is exactly equal to the sum of power in any other section54 of the same lines, however altered in form212 or however convergent or divergent they may be at the second place.... Now, it appears to me that these lines may be employed with great advantage to represent the nature, condition, and comparative amount of the magnetic forces, and that in many cases they have, to the physical reasoner, at least, a superiority over that method which represents the forces as concentrated in centres of action, such as the poles of magnets or needles; or some other methods, as, for instance, that which considers north or south magnetisms as fluids diffused over the end, or amongst the particles, of a bar. No doubt any of these methods which does not assume too much will, with a faithful application, give true results. And so they all ought to give the same results, as far as they can respectively be applied. But some may, by their very nature, be applicable to a far greater extent, and give far more varied results, than others. For, just as either geometry or analysis may be employed to solve correctly a particular problem, though one has far more power and capability, generally speaking, than the other; or, just as either the idea of the reflexion of images or that of the reverberation of sounds may be used to represent certain physical forces and conditions, so may the idea of the attractions and repulsions of centres, or that of the disposition of magnetic fluids, or that of lines of force, be applied in the consideration of magnetic phenomena. It is the occasional and more frequent use of the latter which I at present wish to advocate.... When the natural truth, and the conventional representation of it, most closely agree, then are we most advanced in our knowledge. The emission and æther theories present such cases in relation to light. The idea of a fluid or of two fluids is the same for electricity; and there the further idea of a current has been raised, which, indeed, has such hold on the mind as occasionally to embarrass the science as respects the true character of the physical agencies, and may be doing so even now to a degree which we at present little suspect. The same is the case with the idea of a magnetic fluid or fluids, or with the assumption of magnetic centres of action of which the resultants are at the poles.

A point that’s just as important to defining these lines is that they represent a specific and unchanging amount of force. Although their shapes can differ significantly as they exist between two or more centers of power, and the paths they can take may also vary, the total power contained in any section of a given part of the lines is exactly the same as the total power in any other section of the same lines, no matter how their form is altered or how much they converge or diverge at that second point. Now, it seems to me that these lines can be really useful for representing the nature, condition, and relative amount of magnetic forces, and that in many instances they offer advantages over methods that represent forces as concentrated at action centers, like the poles of magnets or needles. Other methods, like viewing north or south magnetisms as fluids spread across the ends or particles of a bar, can also work. Certainly, any of these methods that don’t make too many assumptions will produce accurate results. And they should all yield the same results, at least as much as they can be applied. However, some methods may be more broadly applicable and provide more varied results than others. Just like either geometry or analysis can be used to accurately solve a specific problem, even if one generally has more power and capability than the other; or like the concept of reflecting images or the reverberation of sounds can represent certain physical forces and conditions, the ideas of attractions and repulsions of centers, magnetic fluids, or lines of force can be used to understand magnetic phenomena. It’s the more frequent use of the latter that I want to promote right now. When the natural truth and its conventional representation align closely, then we have advanced the most in our understanding. The emission and ether theories illustrate this in relation to light. The concept of a fluid or two fluids applies to electricity as well; additionally, the idea of a current has emerged, which tends to influence our understanding of the true nature of physical forces, potentially leading to misconceptions that we may not even realize at the moment. The same applies to the idea of a magnetic fluid or fluids or the assumption of magnetic action centers, where the effects are observed at the poles.

213

213

THE FUNCTIONS OF THE ÆTHER.

How the magnetic force is transferred through bodies or through space we know not—whether the result is merely action at a distance, as in the case of gravity, or by some intermediate agency, as in the cases of light, heat, the electric current, and, as I believe, static electric action. The idea of magnetic fluids, as applied by some, or of magnetic centres of action, does not include that of the latter kind of transmission, but the idea of lines of force does. Nevertheless, because a particular method of representing the forces does not include such a mode of transmission, the latter is not disproved, and that method of representation which harmonises with it may be the most true to nature. The general conclusion of philosophers seems to be that such cases are by far the most numerous. And for my own part, considering the relation of a vacuum to the magnetic force, and the general character of magnetic phenomena external to the magnet, I am more inclined to the notion that in the transmission of the force there is such an action, external to the magnet, than that the effects are merely attraction and repulsion at a distance. Such an action may be a function of the æther, for it is not at all unlikely that if there be an æther, it should have other uses than simply the conveyance of radiations.55

We don't really know how magnetic force is transferred through objects or space—whether it's just a case of action at a distance, like gravity, or if there’s some kind of intermediary involved, similar to what we see with light, heat, electric currents, and, as I believe, static electricity. Some people talk about magnetic fluids or centers of magnetic action, but those concepts don't cover this kind of transmission. However, the idea of lines of force does. Just because a certain way of representing these forces doesn’t account for a specific way of transmission doesn’t mean that way is ruled out, and the representation that aligns with it might actually be the truest to nature. Most philosophers seem to agree that these cases are much more common. As for me, when I think about how a vacuum relates to magnetic force and the general characteristics of magnetic phenomena outside the magnet, I lean more toward the idea that there's some kind of action happening outside the magnet in the transmission of force, rather than just attraction and repulsion happening at a distance. This action could be a function of the ether, because it's quite possible that if there is an ether, it has other roles beyond just carrying radiations.55

He then proceeds to recount the experimental evidence of revolving magnets and loops of wire. Following out the old lines of so moving the parts of the system that the magnetic lines were “cut” by the copper conductors, and connecting the latter with a slow-period galvanometer, to test the resultant induction, he found that “the amount of magnetic force” [or flux, as we should nowadays call it] “is determinate for the same lines of force, whatever the distance of the point or plane at which their power is exerted is from the magnet.” The convergence or divergence of the lines of force caused, per se, no214 difference in their amount. Obliquity of intersection caused no difference, provided the same lines of force were cut. If a wire was moving in a field of equal intensity, and with a uniform motion, then the current produced was proportional to the velocity of motion. The “quantity of electricity thrown into a current” was, ceteris paribus, “directly as the amount of curves intersected.” Within the magnet, running through its substance, existed lines of force of the same nature as those without, exactly equal in amount to those without, and were, indeed, continuous with them. The conclusion must logically be that every line of force is a closed circuit.

He then goes on to describe the experimental evidence involving rotating magnets and coils of wire. Following the previous methods of moving the parts of the system so that the magnetic lines were “cut” by the copper conductors, and connecting them to a slow-period galvanometer to measure the resulting induction, he discovered that “the amount of magnetic force” [or flux, as we would call it today] “is determined for the same lines of force, no matter how far the point or plane where their power is exerted is from the magnet.” The convergence or divergence of the lines of force did not cause any difference in their amount. The angle at which the lines intersected didn’t matter, as long as the same lines of force were being cut. If a wire was moving in a field of equal intensity and at a consistent speed, then the current produced was proportional to the speed of motion. The “quantity of electricity generated in a current” was, ceteris paribus, “directly related to the number of curves intersected.” Inside the magnet, within its material, were lines of force of the same nature as those outside, exactly equal in amount to those outside, and were, in fact, continuous with them. The logical conclusion is that every line of force is a closed circuit.

Having thus established the exact quantitative laws of magneto-electric induction, he then advanced to make use of the induced current as a means of investigating the presence, direction, and amount of magnetic forces—in other words, to explore and measure magnetic fields. He constructed revolving rectangles and rings furnished with a simple commutator, to measure inductively the magnetic forces of the earth. Then he employed the induced current to test the constancy of magnets when placed near to other magnets in ways that might affect their power. Next he considers the fields of magnetic force of two or more associated magnets, and notes how their magnetic lines may coalesce when they are so placed as to constitute parts of a common magnetic circuit. The twenty-ninth series is brought to a close by a discussion of the experimental way of delineating lines of magnetic force by means of iron filings.

Having established the precise quantitative laws of magneto-electric induction, he then proceeded to use the induced current as a way to investigate the presence, direction, and strength of magnetic forces—in other words, to explore and measure magnetic fields. He built revolving rectangles and rings equipped with a simple commutator to inductively measure the magnetic forces of the earth. Then, he used the induced current to test the stability of magnets when placed near other magnets in ways that might influence their strength. Next, he looked at the magnetic force fields of two or more connected magnets and noted how their magnetic lines might merge when positioned to form parts of a shared magnetic circuit. The twenty-ninth series concludes with a discussion on the experimental method of mapping lines of magnetic force using iron filings.

THE ELECTROTONIC STATE.

The paper on the “Physical Character of the215 Lines of Magnetic Force” recapitulated the points established in the twenty-ninth series of “Researches,” and emphasis is laid upon the logical necessity that time must be required for their propagation. The physical effects in a magnetic field, as equivalent to a tendency for the magnetic lines to shorten themselves, and to repel one another laterally, are considered, and are contrasted with the effects of parallel electric currents. Commenting on the mutual relation between the directions of an electric current and of its surrounding magnetic lines, he raises the question whether or not they consist in a state of tension of the æther. “Again and again,” he says, “the idea of an electrotonic state has been forced on my mind. Such a state would coincide and become identified with that which would then constitute the physical lines of magnetic force.” Then he traces out the analogy between a magnet, with its “sphondyloid” (or spindle-form field) of magnetic lines, and a voltaic battery immersed in water, with its re-entrant lines of flow of circulating current. Incidentally, while discussing the principle of the magnetic circuit, he points out that when a magnet is furnished at its poles with masses of soft iron, it can both receive and retain a higher magnetic charge than it does without them, “for these masses carry on the physical lines of force, and deliver them to a body of surrounding space, which is either widened, and therefore increased, in the direction across the lines of force, or shortened in that direction parallel to them, or both; and both are circumstances which facilitate the conduction from pole to pole.”

The paper on the “Physical Character of the215 Lines of Magnetic Force” summarized the key points from the twenty-ninth series of “Researches,” emphasizing that time is necessary for their propagation. It discusses how physical effects in a magnetic field resemble a tendency for magnetic lines to shorten and repel each other laterally, and compares this to the effects of parallel electric currents. When addressing the relationship between the direction of an electric current and its surrounding magnetic lines, he questions whether they represent a state of tension in the ether. “Again and again,” he says, “the idea of an electrotonic state has come to my mind. Such a state would coincide with what would make up the physical lines of magnetic force.” He then outlines the analogy between a magnet, with its spindle-shaped field of magnetic lines, and a voltaic battery submerged in water, which has reentrant lines of circulating current. While discussing the principle of the magnetic circuit, he notes that when a magnet has soft iron masses at its poles, it can hold a higher magnetic charge than without them, “because these masses carry the physical lines of force and deliver them to a surrounding space that is either widened, thus increasing in the direction across the lines of force, or shortened in the direction parallel to them, or both; and both of these situations enhance the conduction from pole to pole.”

216

216

NOVELTY OF FARADAY’S VIEWS.

Thus closed, with the exception of two fragmentary papers, one on “Physical Lines of Force,” and the other on “Some Points in Magnetic Philosophy,” in the years 1853 and 1854 respectively, the main life-work of Faraday, his “Experimental Researches.” Their effect in revolutionising electric science, if slow, was yet sure. Though the principle of the dynamo was discovered and published in 1831, nearly forty years elapsed before electric-lighting machinery became a commercial product. Though the dependence of inductive actions, both electromagnetic and electrostatic, upon the properties of the intervening medium was demonstrated and elaborated in these “Researches,” electricians for many years continued to propound theories which ignored this fundamental fact. French and German writers continued to publish treatises based on the ancient doctrines of action at a distance, and of imaginary electric and magnetic fluids. Von Boltzmann, a typical German of the first rank in science, says that until there came straight from England the counter-doctrines amidst which Faraday had lived, “we (in Germany and France) had all more or less imbibed with our mothers’ milk the ideas of magnetic and electric fluids acting direct at a distance.” And again, “The theory of Maxwell”—that is, Faraday’s theory thrown by Maxwell into mathematical shape—“is so diametrically opposed to the ideas which have become customary to us, that we must first cast behind us all our previous views of the nature and operation of electric forces before we can enter into its portals.” The divergence of view between Faraday and the217 Continental electricians is nowhere more clearly stated than by Faraday’s great interpreter, Maxwell, in the apologia which he prefixed in 1873 to his “Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism,” wherein, speaking of the differences between this work and those recently published in Germany, he wrote:—

Thus concluded, aside from two incomplete papers, one on “Physical Lines of Force” and the other on “Some Points in Magnetic Philosophy,” from the years 1853 and 1854 respectively, the main body of Faraday's work, his “Experimental Researches.” Their impact on transforming electric science, though slow, was definitely certain. Even though the principle of the dynamo was discovered and published in 1831, it took nearly forty years before electric-lighting machinery became a commercial reality. Despite demonstrating and detailing how inductive actions, both electromagnetic and electrostatic, depend on the properties of the medium involved in these “Researches,” electricians for many years continued to propose theories that overlooked this fundamental truth. French and German authors kept publishing treatises based on outdated ideas of action at a distance and imaginary electric and magnetic fluids. Von Boltzmann, a leading German scientist, stated that until the counter-doctrines from England, amidst which Faraday lived, arrived, “we (in Germany and France) had all more or less absorbed with our mothers’ milk the ideas of magnetic and electric fluids acting directly at a distance.” He also noted, “The theory of Maxwell”—which is Faraday’s theory reformulated by Maxwell mathematically—“is so completely opposed to the ideas that have become familiar to us, that we must first dismiss all our previous views on the nature and operation of electric forces before we can understand it.” The difference in perspective between Faraday and the217 Continental electricians is best reflected by Faraday’s great interpreter, Maxwell, in the apologia he wrote in 1873 for his “Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism,” where he addressed the differences between this work and recent publications from Germany, stating:—

One reason of this is that before I began the study of electricity I resolved to read no mathematics on the subject till I had first read through Faraday’s “Experimental Researches on Electricity.” I was aware that there was supposed to be a difference between Faraday’s way of conceiving phenomena and that of the mathematicians. So that neither he nor they were satisfied with each other’s language. I had also the conviction that this discrepancy did not arise from either party being wrong. I was first convinced of this by Sir William Thomson [Lord Kelvin], to whose advice and assistance, as well as to his published papers, I owe most of what I have learned on this subject.

One reason for this is that before I started studying electricity, I decided not to read any math on the topic until I had first gone through Faraday’s “Experimental Researches on Electricity.” I knew there was thought to be a difference between Faraday’s way of understanding phenomena and that of the mathematicians. Because of this, neither he nor they were happy with each other’s terminology. I also firmly believed that this disagreement didn’t come from either group being wrong. I was initially convinced of this by Sir William Thomson [Lord Kelvin], to whom I owe a lot of what I’ve learned about this subject, thanks to his advice, assistance, and published papers.

As I proceeded with the study of Faraday, I perceived that his method of conceiving the phenomena was also a mathematical one, though not exhibited in the conventional form of mathematical symbols. I also found that these methods were capable of being expressed in the ordinary mathematical forms, and thus compared with those of the professed mathematicians.

As I continued studying Faraday, I realized that his way of understanding the phenomena was also mathematical, even though it wasn't shown in the usual format of math symbols. I also discovered that these methods could be expressed in standard mathematical forms, allowing for a comparison with those of trained mathematicians.

For instance, Faraday, in his mind’s eye, saw lines of force traversing all space where the mathematicians saw centres of force attracting at a distance. Faraday saw a medium where they saw nothing but distance. Faraday sought the seat of the phenomena in real actions going on in the medium; they were satisfied that they had found it in a power of action at a distance impressed on electric fluids.

For example, Faraday imagined lines of force moving through all of space, while the mathematicians viewed it as centers of force attracting from a distance. Faraday perceived a medium where they saw only distance. He looked for the source of the phenomena in actual actions occurring in the medium; they believed they had identified it as a power of action at a distance affecting electric fluids.

When I had translated what I considered to be Faraday’s ideas into a mathematical form, I found that in general the results of the two methods coincided, so that the same phenomena were accounted for and the same laws of action218 deduced by both methods, but that Faraday’s methods resembled those in which we begin with the whole and arrive at the parts by analysis, while the ordinary mathematical methods were founded on the principle of beginning with the parts and building up the whole by synthesis.

When I translated what I believed to be Faraday’s ideas into mathematical terms, I discovered that generally the results from both methods matched, meaning the same phenomena were explained and the same laws of action218 were derived by both methods. However, Faraday’s approach was similar to starting with the whole and breaking it down into parts through analysis, while the usual mathematical methods were based on the principle of starting with the parts and constructing the whole through synthesis.

I found, also, that several of the most fertile methods of research discovered by the mathematicians could be expressed much better in terms of ideas derived from Faraday than in their original form.

I found that many of the most effective research methods developed by mathematicians can be explained much better using concepts from Faraday than in their original format.

The whole theory, for instance, of potential, considered as a quantity which satisfies a certain partial differential equation, belongs essentially to the method which I have called of Faraday....

The entire theory of potential, viewed as a quantity that fulfills a specific partial differential equation, is fundamentally related to the approach I refer to as that of Faraday....

If by anything I have here written I may assist any student in understanding Faraday’s modes of thought and expression, I shall regard it as the accomplishment of one of my principal aims: to communicate to others the same delight which I have found myself in reading Faraday’s “Researches.”

If anything I've written here helps any student grasp Faraday's way of thinking and expressing ideas, I’ll consider it one of my main goals achieved: to share with others the same joy I experienced while reading Faraday’s “Researches.”

Clerk Maxwell may also be credited with the remark that Faraday’s work had had the result of banishing the term “the electric fluid” into the limbo of newspaper science.

Clerk Maxwell can also be credited with the observation that Faraday's work resulted in the elimination of the term "the electric fluid" from serious scientific discussion.

ELECTRIC LIGHT IN LIGHTHOUSES.

Faraday’s work for Trinity House continued during these last years of research work. He reported on such subjects as adulteration of white lead, impure oils, Chance’s lenses, lighthouse ventilation, and fog signals. Two systems of electric arc lighting for lighthouses—one by Watson, using batteries, the other by Holmes, using a magneto-electric machine—were examined in 1853 and 1854, but his report on them was adverse. He “could not put up in a lighthouse what has not been established beforehand, and is only experimental.” In 1856 he made five reports, in 1857 six, and in 1858 twelve219 reports to Trinity House, one of these being on the electric light at the South Foreland. In 1859 he reported on further trials in which Duboscq’s lamps were used. In 1860 he gave a final report on the practicability and utility of magneto-electric lighting, and expressed the hope it would be applied, as there was now no difficulty. In 1861 he inspected the machinery as established at the Dungeness lighthouse. In 1862 he gave no fewer than seventeen reports, visiting Dungeness, Grisnez, and the South Foreland. In 1863 he again visited Dungeness. In 1864 he made twelve reports, and examined the drawings and estimates for establishing the electric light at Portland. His last report was in 1865, upon the St. Bees’ light, and he then retired from this service.

Faraday’s work for Trinity House continued during the last years of his research. He reported on topics like the adulteration of white lead, impure oils, Chance’s lenses, lighthouse ventilation, and fog signals. He looked into two systems of electric arc lighting for lighthouses—one by Watson, using batteries, and the other by Holmes, using a magneto-electric machine—during 1853 and 1854, but he had a negative view on them. He stated he “could not install in a lighthouse something that hasn't been proven beforehand and is just experimental.” In 1856, he made five reports, in 1857 six, and in 1858 twelve219 reports to Trinity House, including one on the electric light at South Foreland. In 1859, he reported on more trials that used Duboscq’s lamps. In 1860, he provided a final report on the practicality and usefulness of magneto-electric lighting, expressing hope for its application, as there was now no barrier. In 1861, he inspected the machinery installed at the Dungeness lighthouse. In 1862, he presented no fewer than seventeen reports, visiting Dungeness, Grisnez, and South Foreland. In 1863, he returned to Dungeness. In 1864, he made twelve reports and examined the plans and estimates for establishing the electric light at Portland. His last report was in 1865, about the St. Bees’ light, after which he retired from this role.

His Friday night discourses were still continued during these years. In 1855 he gave one on “Ruhmkorff’s Induction-coil.” In 1856 he gave one on a process for silvering glass, and on finely divided gold. This latter subject, the optical properties of precipitated gold, formed the topic of the Bakerian lecture of that year—his last contribution to the Royal Society. He gave another discourse on the same subject in 1857, and also one on the conservation of force. In 1856, when investigating the crystallisation of water, he discovered the phenomenon of regelation of ice. In virtue of this property two pieces of ice will freeze solidly together under pressure, even when the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere is above the freezing point. This discovery led on the one hand to the220 explanation of glacier motions; on the other to important results in thermodynamic theory. In 1859 he gave two discourses, one on ozone, the other on phosphorescence and fluorescence. He also gave two in 1860, on lighthouse illumination by electric light, and on the electric silk-loom. In 1861 he discoursed on platinum and on De la Rue’s eclipse photographs. The last of his Friday night discourses was given on June 20th, 1862. It was on Siemens’s gas furnaces. He had been down at Swansea watching the furnaces in operation, and now proposed to describe their principle. It was rather a sad occasion, for it was but too evident that his powers were fast waning. Early in the evening he had the misfortune to burn the notes he had prepared, and became confused. He concluded with a touching personal explanation how with advancing years his memory had failed, and that in justice to others he felt it his duty to retire.

His Friday night lectures continued during these years. In 1855, he gave one on “Ruhmkorff’s Induction-coil.” In 1856, he discussed a process for silvering glass and finely divided gold. The latter topic, the optical properties of precipitated gold, formed the basis of the Bakerian lecture that year—his last contribution to the Royal Society. He presented another lecture on the same subject in 1857, along with one on the conservation of force. In 1856, while studying the crystallization of water, he discovered the phenomenon of regelation of ice. This property allows two pieces of ice to freeze solidly together under pressure, even when the surrounding temperature is above freezing. This discovery explained glacier movements and led to important results in thermodynamic theory. In 1859, he delivered two lectures, one on ozone and the other on phosphorescence and fluorescence. He presented two more in 1860, about lighthouse illumination using electric light and the electric silk-loom. In 1861, he spoke about platinum and De la Rue’s eclipse photographs. The last of his Friday night lectures was on June 20, 1862, about Siemens’s gas furnaces. He had been in Swansea observing the furnaces in action and intended to describe their principles. It was a rather sad occasion, as it was clear that his abilities were declining. Earlier that evening, he accidentally burned the notes he had prepared and got confused. He ended with a heartfelt explanation of how, with advancing age, his memory had faltered, and that out of consideration for others, he felt it was time to step back.

At intervals he still attempted to work at research. In 1860 he sent a paper to the Royal Society on the relations of electricity to gravity, but, on the advice of Professor (afterwards Sir George) Stokes, it was withdrawn. He had also in contemplation some experiments upon the time required in the propagation of magnetism, and began the construction of a complicated instrument, which was never finished.

At times, he still tried to focus on research. In 1860, he submitted a paper to the Royal Society about the relationship between electricity and gravity, but based on the advice of Professor (later Sir George) Stokes, it was withdrawn. He was also considering some experiments on how long it takes for magnetism to spread and started building a complex instrument, which he never completed.

HYPOTHESIS AND EXPERIMENT.

His very last experiment, as recorded in his laboratory notebook, is of extraordinary interest, as showing how his mind was still at work inquiring into the borderland of possible phenomena. It was on March 12th, 1862. He was inquiring into the effect of a221 magnetic field upon a beam of light, which he was observing with a spectroscope to ascertain whether there was any change produced in the refrangibility of the light. The entry concludes: “Not the slightest effect on the polarised or unpolarised ray was observed.” The experiment is of the highest interest in magneto-optics. The effect for which Faraday looked in vain in 1862 was discovered in 1897 by Zeeman. That Faraday should have conceived the existence of this obscure relation between magnetism and light is a striking illustration of the acuteness of mental vision which he brought to bear. Living and working amongst the appliances of his laboratory, letting his thoughts play freely around the phenomena, incessantly framing hypotheses to account for the facts, and as incessantly testing his hypotheses by the touchstone of experiment, never hesitating to push to their logical conclusion the ideas suggested by experiment, however widely they might seem to lead from the accepted modes of thought, he worked on with a scientific prevision little short of miraculous. His experiments, even those which at the time seemed unsuccessful, in that they yielded no positive result, have proved to be a mine of amazing richness. The volumes of his “Experimental Researches” are a veritable treasure-house of science.

His final experiment, noted in his lab notebook, is incredibly intriguing as it highlights how his mind was still actively exploring the edges of possible phenomena. It took place on March 12, 1862. He was investigating the impact of a221 magnetic field on a beam of light, which he observed with a spectroscope to see if there were any changes in the refrangibility of the light. The entry wraps up with: “Not the slightest effect on the polarized or unpolarized ray was observed.” This experiment holds significant interest in magneto-optics. The phenomenon that Faraday searched for in vain in 1862 was eventually discovered by Zeeman in 1897. Faraday’s ability to conceptualize the existence of this obscure connection between magnetism and light showcases the sharp mental clarity he possessed. Living and working among his laboratory tools, he allowed his thoughts to explore the phenomena freely, constantly forming hypotheses to explain the facts, and just as persistently testing those hypotheses through experiments, never shying away from following through on ideas suggested by his experiments, no matter how far they might deviate from accepted thinking. He worked with a scientific foresight that was almost miraculous. His experiments, even those that seemed unsuccessful at the time because they produced no positive results, have turned out to be an incredible source of knowledge. The volumes of his “Experimental Researches” are truly a treasure trove of science.


Although to avoid discontinuity the account of Faraday’s researches has in the previous chapter been followed to their close in 1862, we must now return to his middle period of life, when his activities at the Royal Institution were at their zenith.

Although to avoid gaps, the discussion of Faraday’s research in the previous chapter covered everything up to 1862, we now need to go back to the middle part of his life, when his work at the Royal Institution was at its peak.

BREAKDOWN OF HEALTH.

Mention has been made of the serious breakdown of Faraday’s health at the close of 1839. Dr. Latham, whom he consulted as to his attacks of giddiness, wrote to Brande:—

Mention has been made of the serious breakdown of Faraday’s health at the end of 1839. Dr. Latham, whom he consulted about his dizzy spells, wrote to Brande:—

Grosvenor Street,
December 1, 1839.

Grosvenor Street, December 1, 1839.

Dear Brande,—I have been seeing our friend Faraday these two or three days, and been looking after his health. I trust he has no ailment more than rest of body and mind will get rid of. But rest is absolutely necessary for him. Indeed, I think it would be hardly prudent for him to lecture again for the present. He looks up to his work; but, in truth, he is not fit, and if he is pressed he will suddenly break down. When we meet, I will talk the matter over with you.

Dear Brande,—I’ve been seeing our friend Faraday for the past few days and checking in on his health. I hope he doesn’t have any issues that a little rest for his body and mind can’t solve. But he really needs to rest. Honestly, I think it wouldn’t be wise for him to lecture again right now. He cares deeply about his work, but the truth is he’s not well enough, and if he’s pushed too hard, he could suddenly collapse. When we meet, I’ll discuss this with you.

Yours most sincerely,
P. M. Latham.

Best regards,
P. M. Latham.

The advice was taken. He gave up nearly all research work, but tried to go on with Friday night223 discourses and afternoon lectures in 1840. Then came a more serious breakdown, and he rested for nearly four years, with the exception of the Christmas lectures in 1841 and a few Friday discourses in 1842 and 1843. This illness caused him great distress of mind, mainly due to an idea that the physicians did not understand his condition. When in this state he sometimes set down pencil notes on scraps of paper to relieve his feelings. One such is the following:—

The advice was taken. He gave up almost all research work but tried to continue with Friday night223 talks and afternoon lectures in 1840. Then he experienced a more serious breakdown and rested for nearly four years, except for the Christmas lectures in 1841 and a few Friday talks in 1842 and 1843. This illness caused him a lot of mental distress, mainly because he felt that the doctors didn’t understand his condition. During this time, he sometimes wrote pencil notes on scraps of paper to express his feelings. One such note is the following:—

Whereas, according to the declaration of that true man of the world Talleyrand, the use of language is to conceal the thoughts; this is to declare in the present instance, when I say I am not able to bear much talking, it means really, and without any mistake, or equivocation, or oblique meaning, or implication, or subterfuge, or omission, that I am not able; being at present rather weak in the head, and able to work no more.

Whereas, according to the statement of the true diplomat Talleyrand, the purpose of language is to hide thoughts; this means in this case, when I say I can't handle much talking, it truly means, without any mistakes, ambiguity, or hidden meanings, that I can't; feeling quite weak in my head right now, and unable to do any more work.

During these times of enforced idleness he used to amuse himself with games of skill, with paperwork, and with visits to the theatre and to the Zoological Gardens. Mrs. Faraday left the following note:—

During these periods of forced inactivity, he would entertain himself with skill games, paperwork, and trips to the theater and the zoo. Mrs. Faraday left the following note:—

Michael was one of the earliest members of the Zoological Society, and the Gardens were a great resource to him when overwrought and distressed in the head. The animals were a continual source of interest, and we, or rather I, used to talk of the time when we should be able to afford a house within my walking distance of the entrance; for I much feared he could not continue to live in the Institution with the continual calls upon his time and thought; but he always shrank from the notion of living away from the R. I.

Michael was one of the earliest members of the Zoological Society, and the Gardens were a great escape for him when he felt overwhelmed and stressed. The animals were a constant source of fascination, and I often talked about the time when we’d be able to afford a house within my walking distance of the entrance; I worried that he couldn't keep living at the Institution with all the demands on his time and attention, but he always hesitated at the idea of living away from the R. I.

His niece, Miss Reid, told how fond he was of seeing acrobats, tumblers, dwarfs and giants; even224 a Punch and Judy show was an unfailing source of delight. When travelling in Switzerland, as he did on several occasions, accompanied by Mrs. Faraday and her brother, George Barnard, the artist, he kept a journal, which reveals his simple pleasures and enthusiasms. He is delighted with waterfalls and avalanches, watches the cowherd collecting his cows and the shepherd calling the sheep, which followed him, leaving the goats to straggle. On one such visit (in 1841), in order that he might not be absent on Sunday from his wife, he walked the whole distance from Leukerbad to Thun, over the Gemmi—a distance of 45 miles—in one day. At Interlaken, observing that clout-nail-making was practised as a local industry, he wrote: “I love a smith’s shop and everything relating to smithery. My father was a smith.”

His niece, Miss Reid, shared how much he enjoyed watching acrobats, tumblers, dwarfs, and giants; even a Punch and Judy show never failed to bring him joy. While traveling through Switzerland, which he did several times with Mrs. Faraday and her brother, the artist George Barnard, he kept a journal that reveals his simple pleasures and enthusiasms. He was thrilled by waterfalls and avalanches, watched the cowherd gathering his cows, and the shepherd calling his sheep, which followed him while the goats lagged behind. On one such visit (in 1841), so he wouldn’t be away from his wife on Sunday, he walked the entire distance from Leukerbad to Thun, over the Gemmi—a total of 45 miles—in one day. In Interlaken, noticing that clout-nail-making was a local industry, he wrote: “I love a smith’s shop and everything related to blacksmithing. My father was a smith.”

IMPRESSIONS OF LIEBIG.

In 1844 he was well enough to attend the British Association meeting at York. Liebig, who had also been there, wrote to him three months later with some reminiscences. What had struck him most was the tendency in England to ignore the more purely scientific works and to value only those with a “practical” bearing. “In Germany it is quite the contrary. Here, in the eyes of scientific men, no value, or at least but a trifling one, is placed on the practical results. The enrichment of science is alone considered worthy of attention.” Liebig further expressed himself dissatisfied with the meeting at York. He had been interested to make the acquaintance of so many celebrated men, but it was, strictly, “a feast given to the geologists, the other sciences serving only225 to decorate the table.” Then came a more personal note:—

In 1844, he was healthy enough to attend the British Association meeting in York. Liebig, who was also there, wrote to him three months later with some memories. What stood out to him the most was the tendency in England to overlook purely scientific works and to value only those with a “practical” application. “In Germany, it's quite the opposite. Here, in the eyes of scientists, no value, or at least very little, is placed on practical results. The advancement of science is what is considered worthy of attention.” Liebig also expressed his dissatisfaction with the meeting in York. He had been eager to meet so many renowned individuals, but it was, in essence, “a feast for the geologists, with other sciences merely serving to decorate the table.” Then came a more personal note:—

Often do my thoughts wander back to the period which I spent in England, among the many pleasant hours of which the remembrance of those passed with you and your amiable wife is to me always the dearest and most agreeable. With the purest pleasure I bring to mind my walk with her, in the botanical garden at York, when I was afforded a glance of the richness of her mind; what a rare treasure you possess in her! The breakfast in the little house with Snow Harris, and Graham, and our being together at Bishopthorpe, are still fresh in my memory.

Often, my thoughts drift back to the time I spent in England. Among all the wonderful moments, the ones I shared with you and your lovely wife are the ones I cherish the most. I fondly remember my walk with her in the botanical garden at York, where I caught a glimpse of her insightful mind; what a rare treasure you have in her! The breakfast at the little house with Snow Harris and Graham, and our time together at Bishopthorpe, are still vivid in my memory.

If Liebig was disposed to underrate the useful applications of science, Faraday certainly was not. Though his own research work was carried on with the single aim of scientific progress; though he himself never swerved aside into any branch research that might have yielded money; yet he was ever ready to examine, and even to lecture upon, the inventions of others. He accepted for the subjects of his Friday night discourses all sorts of topics—artificial stone, machinery for pen-making, lithography, Ruhmkorff’s induction coil, a process for silvering mirrors, and lighthouse illumination by electric light. His very last lecture was on Siemens’s gas-furnaces. He could be just as enthusiastic over the invention of another as over some discovery of his own. With respect to his lecture on the Ruhmkorff coil, Tyndall describes him in a passage which is interesting, as containing an epithet since adopted for another great man for whom Tyndall had less respect than for Faraday:—

If Liebig was inclined to underestimate the practical uses of science, Faraday definitely was not. Even though his own research was focused solely on advancing science and he never diverted his attention to any project that could have made him money, he was always eager to explore and even lecture on the inventions of others. He chose all kinds of topics for his Friday night talks—artificial stone, machinery for making pens, lithography, Ruhmkorff's induction coil, a process for silvering mirrors, and lighthouse lighting with electric light. His very last lecture was on Siemens’s gas furnaces. He could be just as excited about someone else's invention as he was about his own discoveries. Regarding his talk on the Ruhmkorff coil, Tyndall describes him in a passage that is notable, as it contains a term later used for another influential figure whom Tyndall respected less than Faraday:—

226

226

I well remember the ecstasy and surprise of the grand old man, evoked by effects which we should now deem utterly insignificant.

I clearly remember the excitement and surprise of the grand old man, triggered by things we would now consider totally insignificant.

Bence Jones says:—

Bence Jones says:—

When he brought the discoveries of others before his hearers, one object, and one alone, seemed to determine all he said and did, and that was, “without commendation and without censure,” to do the utmost that could be done for the discoverer.

When he presented the findings of others to his audience, one thing, and only one thing, seemed to guide everything he said and did, and that was to make every effort possible for the discoverer, “without praise and without blame.”

In so perfect a character it would be marvellous if there were not some flaw. His persistent ignoring of Sturgeon, and his attribution of the invention of the electromagnet to Moll and Henry, whose work was frankly based on Sturgeon’s, is simply inexplicable. He failed to appreciate the greatness of Dalton, and thought him an overrated man.

In such a perfect character, it would be amazing if there weren't some flaw. His constant disregard for Sturgeon, and his crediting the invention of the electromagnet to Moll and Henry, whose work was clearly based on Sturgeon’s, is just baffling. He didn't recognize the greatness of Dalton and considered him an overrated figure.

PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS.

Amid all his overflowing kindliness of heart, Faraday preserved other less obvious traits of character. Any act of injustice or meanness called forth an almost volcanic burst of indignation. Hot flashes of temper, fierce moments of wrath were by no means unknown. But he exercised a most admirable self-control, and a habitual discipline of soul that kept his temper under. Grim and forbidding, and even exacting he could show himself to an idle or unfaithful servant. There were those who feared as well as those who loved and admired him. Dr. Gladstone says of him that he was no “model of all the virtues,” dreadfully uninteresting, and discouraging to those who feel calm perfection out of their reach. “His inner life was a battle, with its wounds as well as its227 victory.” “It is true also,” he adds, “that with his great caution and his repugnance to moral evil, he was more disposed to turn away in disgust from an erring companion than to endeavour to reclaim him.”

Despite his overflowing kindness, Faraday had other less obvious character traits. Any act of injustice or meanness brought out an almost explosive anger in him. Sudden flashes of temper and fierce moments of fury weren't uncommon. Yet, he displayed remarkable self-control and a consistent discipline that managed his temper. He could be grim and demanding, especially towards a lazy or unfaithful servant. Some feared him, while others loved and admired him. Dr. Gladstone notes that he was not a “model of all the virtues,” and could be dreadfully uninteresting, discouraging to those who felt that calm perfection was out of reach. “His inner life was a struggle, with its wounds as well as its227 victories.” “It is also true,” he adds, “that with his great caution and aversion to moral wrongdoing, he was more likely to turn away in disgust from a wayward companion than to try to help him.”

For thirty years Faraday was the foremost of lecturers on science in London. From the first occasion when, in 1823, as Sir Roderick Murchison narrates, he was called upon unexpectedly to act as substitute for Professor Brande at one of his morning lectures at the Royal Institution (then held in the subterranean laboratory), down to the time of his latest appearance as a lecturer in 1862, he was without a rival as the exponent of natural science.

For thirty years, Faraday was the leading science lecturer in London. From the first time, in 1823, when, as Sir Roderick Murchison recounts, he was unexpectedly asked to fill in for Professor Brande at one of his morning lectures at the Royal Institution (which was then held in the underground laboratory), up until his last appearance as a lecturer in 1862, he had no equal in explaining natural science.

As no man could achieve and retain such a position without possessing both natural gifts and appropriate training, it is fitting to inquire what were those gifts and what the training which were so happily united in him.

As no man could reach and keep such a position without having both natural talents and proper training, it's appropriate to ask what those talents were and what training he received that were so well combined in him.

I was (he said) a very lively, imaginative person, and could believe in the Arabian Nights as easily as in the Encyclopædia; but facts were important to me, and saved me. I could trust a fact, and always cross-examined an assertion.

I was (he said) a very energetic, creative person, and could believe in the Arabian Nights just as easily as in the Encyclopedia; but facts mattered to me, and they kept me grounded. I could rely on a fact, and I always questioned a claim.

From the very first Faraday had an appreciation of the way in which public lectures should be given. In his notes of Davy’s fourth lecture of April, 1812, he wrote:—

From the very beginning, Faraday understood how public lectures should be delivered. In his notes from Davy’s fourth lecture in April 1812, he wrote:—

During the whole of these observations his delivery was easy, his diction elegant, his tone good, and his sentiments sublime.

Throughout all of these observations, his delivery was smooth, his language was refined, his tone was pleasant, and his ideas were profound.

His own first lecture was given in the kitchen of Abbott’s house, with home-made apparatus placed on228 the kitchen table. To Abbott, after only a few weeks of experience at the Royal Institution, he wrote the letters upon lectures and lecturers, to which allusion was made on p. 15. These show a most remarkably sound perception of the material and mental furniture requisite for success. From the third and fourth of them are culled the following excerpts:—

His very first lecture took place in the kitchen of Abbott's home, using homemade equipment set up on the kitchen table. After just a few weeks of experience at the Royal Institution, he wrote to Abbott about lectures and lecturers, as mentioned on p. 15. These letters demonstrate an impressively clear understanding of the knowledge and mindset needed for success. The following excerpts are taken from the third and fourth letters: excerpts:—

QUALIFICATIONS OF A LECTURER.

The most prominent requisite to a lecturer, though perhaps not really the most important, is a good delivery; for though to all true philosophers science and nature will have charms innumerable in every dress, yet I am sorry to say that the generality of mankind cannot accompany us one short hour unless the path is strewed with flowers. In order, therefore, to gain the attention of an audience (and what can be more disagreeable to a lecturer than the want of it?), it is necessary to pay some attention to the manner of expression. The utterance should not be rapid and hurried, and consequently unintelligible, but slow and deliberate, conveying ideas with ease from the lecturer, and infusing them with clearness and readiness into the minds of the audience. A lecturer should endeavour by all means to obtain a facility of utterance, and the power of clothing his thoughts and ideas in language smooth and harmonious, and at the same time simple and easy.

The most important requirement for a lecturer, although it may not be the most vital, is a good delivery. While true philosophers can appreciate the beauty of science and nature in any form, I regret to say that most people cannot stay engaged for even a short time unless the topic is presented in an appealing way. To capture the audience's attention—what could be more frustrating for a lecturer than not having it?—it's essential to focus on how you express yourself. Speak at a pace that is not rushed or chaotic, which would lead to confusion, but rather slow and intentional, making it easy for the audience to grasp your ideas clearly. A lecturer should strive to communicate smoothly and effectively, using language that is both graceful and straightforward.

With respect to the action of the lecturer, it is requisite that he should have some, though it does not here bear the importance that it does in other branches of oratory; for though I know of no species of delivery (divinity excepted) that requires less motion, yet I would by no means have a lecturer glued to the table or screwed on the floor. He must by all means appear as a body distinct and separate from the things around him, and must have some motion apart from that which they possess.

With regard to the lecturer's actions, it's essential that he has some movement, even though it's not as critical as in other areas of public speaking. While I know of no type of presentation (except in religious settings) that needs less physical movement, I definitely don't want a lecturer to be stuck to the table or anchored to the floor. He should stand out as a separate entity from his surroundings and should have some movement that is distinct from what’s around him.

A lecturer should appear easy and collected, undaunted and unconcerned, his thoughts about him, and his mind clear and free for the contemplation and description of his subject. His action should not be hasty and violent, but slow, easy, and229 natural, consisting principally in changes of the posture of the body, in order to avoid the air of stiffness or sameness that would otherwise be unavoidable. His whole behaviour should evince respect for his audience, and he should in no case forget that he is in their presence. No accident that does not interfere with their convenience should disturb his serenity, or cause variation in his behaviour; he should never, if possible, turn his back on them, but should give them full reason to believe that all his powers have been exerted for their pleasure and instruction.

A lecturer should come across as calm and composed, confident and at ease, with clear thoughts and an open mind to focus on and explain the topic. His movements shouldn’t be rushed or aggressive but instead slow, relaxed, and natural, mainly involving changes in his body posture to avoid any stiffness or monotony. His entire demeanor should show respect for the audience, and he must always remember that he is in their presence. No distraction that doesn’t affect their comfort should disrupt his calmness or alter his behavior; he should never, if possible, turn his back on them, but should give them every reason to feel that he is fully engaged in providing them with enjoyment and knowledge.

Some lecturers choose to express their thoughts extemporaneously immediately as they occur to the mind, whilst others previously arrange them and draw them forth on paper. But although I allow a lecturer to write out his matter, I do not approve of his reading it—at least, not as he would a quotation or extract.

Some instructors prefer to share their thoughts on the spot as they come to mind, while others plan them out in advance and jot them down. However, even though I permit a lecturer to write out their material, I don't think it's a good idea for them to read it word-for-word—at least not in the same way they would read a quote or excerpt.

A lecturer should exert his utmost effort to gain completely the mind and attention of his audience, and irresistibly to make them join in his ideas to the end of the subject. He should endeavour to raise their interest at the commencement of the lecture, and by a series of imperceptible gradations, unnoticed by the company, keep it alive as long as the subject demands it. A flame should be lighted at the commencement, and kept alive with unremitting splendour to the end. For this reason I very much disapprove of breaks in a lecture, and where they can by any means be avoided they should on no account find place.... For the same reason—namely, that the audience should not grow tired—I disapprove of long lectures; one hour is long enough for anyone. Nor should they be allowed to exceed that time.

A lecturer should put in their best effort to fully capture the attention and focus of the audience and to effortlessly engage them with his ideas throughout the entire topic. He should work to spark their interest at the start of the lecture, and through a series of subtle transitions, keep that interest alive for as long as the topic requires. A flame should be ignited at the beginning and kept burning brightly until the end. For this reason, I strongly disapprove of interruptions during a lecture, and they should be avoided by all means possible. Similarly—because we want to ensure the audience doesn’t get fatigued—I also disapprove of lengthy lectures; one hour is long enough for anyone. Lectures should not go beyond that time.

A lecturer falls deeply beneath the dignity of his character when he descends so low as to angle for claps and asks for commendation. Yet have I seen a lecturer even at this point. I have heard him causelessly condemn his own powers. I have heard him dwell for a length of time on the extreme care and niceness that the experiment he will make requires. I have heard him hope for indulgence when no indulgence was wanted, and I have even heard him declare that the experiment230 now made cannot fail, from its beauty, its correctness, and its application, to gain the approbation of all.... I would wish apologies to be made as seldom as possible, and generally only when the inconvenience extends to the company. I have several times seen the attention of by far the greater part of the audience called to an error by the apology that followed it.

A lecturer really drops their dignity when they stoop to fishing for applause and asking for praise. I've even seen a lecturer reach this level. I've heard them unnecessarily criticize their own abilities. I've listened as they went on about the extreme care and precision that their experiment requires. I've heard them ask for leniency when it wasn't needed, and I've even heard them claim that the experiment they’re about to present can’t fail, due to its beauty, accuracy, and relevance, and will earn everyone’s approval... I believe apologies should be made as rarely as possible, and usually just when the inconvenience affects the audience. I've often seen most of the audience’s attention drawn to a mistake by the apology that followed.

’Tis well, too, when the lecturer has the ready wit and the presence of mind to turn any casual circumstance to an illustration of his subject. Any particular circumstance that has become table-talk for the town, any local advantages or disadvantages, any trivial circumstance that may arise in company, give great force to illustrations aptly drawn from them, and please the audience highly, as they conceive they perfectly understand them.

It’s also great when the lecturer has the quick thinking and ability to make any random situation relate to his topic. Any local happening that everyone’s talking about, any benefits or drawbacks of the area, or any small event that comes up in conversation, can really strengthen the illustrations made from them, making the audience happy as they feel they completely get it.

Apt experiments (to which I have before referred) ought to be explained by satisfactory theory, or otherwise we merely patch an old coat with new cloth, and the whole [hole] becomes worse. If a satisfactory theory can be given, it ought to be given. If we doubt a received opinion, let us not leave the doubt unnoticed and affirm our own ideas, but state it clearly, and lay down also our objections. If the scientific world is divided in opinion, state both sides of the question, and let each one judge for himself by noticing the most striking and forcible circumstances on each side. Then, and then only, shall we do justice to the subject, please the audience, and satisfy our honour, the honour of a philosopher.

Relevant experiments (which I've mentioned before) should be explained by a solid theory; otherwise, we’re just patching an old coat with new fabric, making the whole thing worse. If we can provide a solid theory, we should. If we doubt a commonly accepted view, we shouldn't ignore the doubt and assert our own ideas, but instead clearly express it and outline our objections. If the scientific community is split in opinion, present both sides of the debate and allow each person to judge for themselves by considering the most significant and compelling points on each side. Only then will we do justice to the topic, satisfy the audience, and uphold our integrity, the integrity of a philosopher.

USE OF CRITICISM.

One who already had set before himself such high ideals could not fail at least to attempt to fulfil them. Accordingly, when in 1816 he began to lecture to the City Philosophical Society, he began to attend an evening class on elocution conducted by Mr. B. H. Smart, though the pinch of poverty made it difficult to him to afford the needful fees. Again, in 1823, previous to taking part in Brande’s laboratory lectures,231 he took private lessons in elocution from Smart, at the rate of half-a-guinea a lesson. After 1827, when he was beginning his regular courses of lectures in the theatre, he often used to get Mr. Smart to attend in order to criticise his delivery.

One who had already set such high ideals for himself couldn’t help but at least try to achieve them. So, when in 1816 he started lecturing to the City Philosophical Society, he also began attending an evening class on public speaking taught by Mr. B. H. Smart, even though his financial struggles made it hard to pay the necessary fees. Then, in 1823, before he participated in Brande’s laboratory lectures,231 he took private elocution lessons from Smart, costing half a guinea per session. After 1827, as he was starting his regular lecture series in the theatre, he frequently invited Mr. Smart to attend and critique his delivery.

Amongst the rules found in his manuscript notes were the following:—

Among the rules in his handwritten notes were the following:—

Never to repeat a phrase.

Never repeat a phrase.

Never to go back to amend.

Never go back to fix things.

If at a loss for a word, not to ch-ch-ch or eh-eh-eh, but to stop and wait for it. It soon comes, and the bad habits are broken and fluency soon acquired.

If you're struggling to find a word, don't say ch-ch-ch or eh-eh-eh; just pause and wait for it. It will come soon, and you'll break those bad habits and gain fluency quickly.

Never doubt a correction given to me by another.

Never question a correction made to me by someone else.

His niece, Miss Reid, who lived from 1830 to 1840 at the Institution with the Faradays, gave the following amongst her recollections:—

His niece, Miss Reid, who lived at the Institution with the Faradays from 1830 to 1840, shared the following in her memories:—

Mr. Magrath used to come regularly to the morning lectures, for the sole purpose of noting down for him any faults of delivery or defective pronunciation that could be detected. The list was always received with thanks; although his corrections were not uniformly adopted, he was encouraged to continue his remarks with perfect freedom. In early days he always lectured with a card before him with Slow written upon it in distinct characters. Sometimes he would overlook it and become too rapid; in this case, Anderson had orders to place the card before him. Sometimes he had the word Time on a card brought forward when the hour was nearly expired.

Mr. Magrath used to attend the morning lectures regularly, mainly to note any mistakes in delivery or pronunciation. The list he created was always appreciated; even though his corrections weren't always accepted, he was encouraged to share his feedback openly. In the beginning, he always had a card in front of him with the word Slow written on it in clear letters. Occasionally, he would forget it and speak too quickly; in those cases, Anderson was instructed to place the card in front of him. Sometimes he had a card with the word Time displayed when the hour was almost up.

AS LECTURER.

In spite of his recourse to aids in acquiring elocutionary excellence, his own style remained simple and unspoiled. “His manner,” says Bence Jones, “was so natural, that the thought of any art in his lecturing never occurred to anyone. For his Friday232 discourses, and for his other set lectures in the theatre, he always made ample preparation beforehand. His matter was always over-abundant. And, if his experiments were always successful, this was not solely attributable to his exceeding skill of hand. For, unrivalled as he was as a manipulator, in the cases in which he attempted to show complicated or difficult experiments, that which was to be shown was always well rehearsed beforehand in the laboratory. He was exceedingly particular about small and simple illustrations. He never merely told his hearers about an experiment, but showed it to them, however simple and well known it might be. To a young lecturer he once remarked: ‘If I said to my audience, “This stone will fall to the ground if I open my hand,” I should open my hand and let it fall. Take nothing for granted as known; inform the eye at the same time as you address the ear.’ He always endeavoured at the outset to put himself en rapport with his audience by introducing his subject on its most familiar side, and then leading on to that which was less familiar. Before the audience became aware of any transition, they were already assimilating new facts which were thus brought within their range. Nor did he stay his discourse upon the enunciation of facts merely. Almost invariably, as his allotted hour drew towards its close, he gave rein to his imagination. Those who had begun with him on the lower plane of simple facts and their correlations were bidden to consider the wider bearings of scientific principles and their relations to philosophy, to life, or to ethics. While he never forced a peroration, nor dragged in a quotation from233 the poets, his own scientific inspiration, as he outlined some wide-sweeping speculation or suggestion for future discoveries, amply supplied the fitting finale. If the rush of his ideas might sometimes be compared to tearing through a jungle, it at least never degenerated into sermonising; and never, save when he was physically ill, failed to arouse an enthusiastic glow of response in his hearers. ‘No attentive listener,’ says Mrs. Crosse, ‘ever came away from one of Faraday’s lectures without having the limits of his spiritual vision enlarged, or without feeling that his imagination had been stimulated to something beyond the mere expression of physical facts.’”

Despite his use of aids to improve his speaking skills, his style remained straightforward and genuine. “His manner,” says Bence Jones, “was so natural that no one ever thought he was using any tricks in his lectures. For his Friday232 talks and other lectures in the theater, he always prepared thoroughly in advance. He always had more material than he needed. And while his experiments were consistently successful, that wasn’t just because of his incredible skill. Although he was unmatched as a performer, he always practiced complicated or difficult experiments in the lab beforehand. He was very particular about using small and simple examples. He never just told his audience about an experiment; he showed it, no matter how simple or well-known it was. To a young lecturer, he once said, ‘If I told my audience, “This stone will fall to the ground if I open my hand,” I would open my hand and let it fall. Don’t assume they know anything; show the eye as you speak to the ear.’ He always tried to connect with his audience by starting with the most familiar aspects of his subject and then moving to less familiar ones. Before the audience even noticed a shift, they were already absorbing new information that was presented in a relatable way. He didn’t stop at just stating facts. As his time drew to a close, he often let his imagination run free. Those who started with him on the basic level of simple facts were invited to consider the broader implications of scientific principles and their connections to philosophy, life, or ethics. He never forced a conclusion or awkwardly quoted poets, as his scientific inspiration, while outlining big ideas or suggestions for future discoveries, naturally provided a fitting ending. Although the flow of his ideas might sometimes have felt like crashing through a jungle, it never turned into preaching; and except when he was physically unwell, he always sparked an enthusiastic response from his audience. ‘No attentive listener,’ says Mrs. Crosse, ‘ever left one of Faraday’s lectures without feeling that their spiritual vision had expanded, or without realizing that their imagination had been inspired to think beyond just physical facts.’”

He was not one who let himself dwell in illusions. When he did well he was perfectly conscious of the fact, and enjoyed a modest satisfaction. If he had failed of his best, he was conscious too of that. His deliberate act in giving up all other lectures at the time when his brain-troubles were gaining upon him, while retaining the Christmas lectures to juveniles, was thoroughly characteristic. Of one of his earlier courses of lectures he himself made—about 1832—the following note:—

He wasn’t someone who allowed himself to get lost in illusions. When he succeeded, he was fully aware of it and felt a humble satisfaction. If he didn’t perform at his best, he was aware of that too. His intentional decision to give up all other lectures while his brain issues were worsening, but still keeping the Christmas lectures for kids, was very much in line with his character. About one of his earlier lecture series from around 1832, he made the following note:—

The eight lectures on the operations of the laboratory at the Royal Institution, April, 1828, were not to my mind. There does not appear to be that opportunity of fixing the attention of the audience by a single clear, consistent, and connected chain of reasoning which occurs when a principle (sic) or one particular application is made.... I do not think the operations of the laboratory can be rendered useful and popular in lectures....

The eight lectures on the lab operations at the Royal Institution in April 1828 didn’t resonate with me. There doesn’t seem to be a chance to engage the audience with a single clear, consistent, and connected line of reasoning, like when a principle or a specific application is presented. I don't believe the lab operations can be effectively made engaging and popular in lectures.

The matter of these same lectures was, however, the basis of his book on Chemical Manipulation234 published in 1827. It went through three editions, and was reprinted in America. But in 1838 he declined to let a new edition be issued, as he considered the work out of date.

The content of these lectures formed the foundation for his book on Chemical Manipulation234 published in 1827. It went through three editions and was reprinted in America. However, in 1838, he decided not to allow a new edition to be published, as he believed the work was outdated.

Besides the note quoted above from the Faraday MS. occurs the following:—

Besides the note quoted above from the Faraday MS., there is the following:—

The six juvenile lectures given Christmas, 1827, were just what they ought to have been, both in matter and manner; but it would not answer to give an extended course in the same spirit.

The six youth lectures delivered at Christmas in 1827 were exactly what they needed to be, both in content and style; however, it wouldn't be effective to offer a longer series in the same approach.

Nineteen times did Faraday give the Christmas lectures. Those on the Chemistry of a Candle were given more than once; and were the last he gave, in 1860. They have been published, as were those on the Forces of Nature. The lectures on Metals he was urged to publish, but declined in the following terms:—

Nineteen times Faraday delivered the Christmas lectures. The ones on the Chemistry of a Candle were presented multiple times and were the last ones he gave in 1860. They have been published, just like those on the Forces of Nature. He was encouraged to publish the lectures on Metals but declined in the following terms:—

Royal Institution, January 3, 1859.

Royal Institution, January 3, 1859.

Dear Sir,—Many thanks to both you and Mr. Bentley. Mr. Murray made me an unlimited offer like that of Mr. Bentley’s many years ago, but for the reasons I am about to give you I had to refuse his kindness. He proposed to take them by shorthand, and so save me trouble, but I knew that would be a thorough failure; even if I cared to give time to the revision of the MS., still the lectures without the experiments and the vivacity of speaking would fall far behind those in the lecture-room as to effect. And then I do not desire to give time to them, for money is no temptation to me. In fact, I have always loved science more than money; and because my occupation is almost entirely personal I cannot afford to get rich. Again thanking you and Mr. Bentley, I remain,

Dear Sir,,—Thank you very much to both you and Mr. Bentley. Mr. Murray made me an unlimited offer similar to Mr. Bentley’s many years ago, but for the reasons I’m about to explain, I had to decline his generosity. He suggested taking them down in shorthand to save me some effort, but I knew that would be a total failure; even if I wanted to spend time revising the manuscript, the lectures would lack the experiments and the liveliness of speaking, making them far less effective than those delivered in the classroom. Additionally, I don’t want to dedicate time to them because money doesn’t motivate me. In fact, I’ve always preferred science over money; and since my work is almost entirely personal, I can’t afford to become wealthy. Once again, thank you and Mr. Bentley, I remain,

Very truly yours,
M. Faraday.

Sincerely, M. Faraday.

235

235

AN INSPIRED CHILD.

Of his lectures Lady Pollock wrote:—

Of his lectures, Lady Pollock wrote:—

He would play with his subject now and then, but very delicately; his sport was only just enough to enliven the attention. He never suffered an experiment to allure him away from his theme. Every touch of his hand was a true illustration of his argument.... But his meaning was sometimes beyond the conception of those whom he addressed. When, however, he lectured to children he was careful to be perfectly distinct, and never allowed his ideas to outrun their intelligence. He took great delight in talking to them, and easily won their confidence. The vivacity of his manner and of his countenance, and his pleasant laugh, the frankness of his whole bearing, attracted them to him. They felt as if he belonged to them; and indeed he sometimes, in his joyous enthusiasm, appeared like an inspired child.

He would occasionally play with his topic, but very subtly; his teasing was just enough to spark their interest. He never let an experiment distract him from his main theme. Every gesture of his hand was a genuine illustration of his point.... But sometimes his meaning was beyond what his audience could grasp. However, when he lectured to children, he made sure to be completely clear and never let his ideas exceed their understanding. He really enjoyed talking to them and easily gained their trust. The energy in his manner and his expression, along with his cheerful laugh and genuine demeanor, drew them to him. They felt like he was one of them; and indeed, sometimes in his joyful enthusiasm, he seemed like an inspired child.

... His quick sympathies put him so closely in relation with the child that he saw with the boy’s new wonder, and looked, and most likely felt for the moment, as if he had never seen the thing before. Quick feelings, quick movement, quick thought, vividness of expression and of perception, belonged to him. He came across you like a flash of light, and he seemed to leave some of his light with you. His presence was always stimulating.—St. Paul’s Magazine, June, 1870.

... His quick empathy connected him so closely with the child that he saw the boy's new sense of wonder and looked, probably feeling for a moment as if he had never seen it before. He had quick emotions, fast movements, sharp thoughts, and vibrant expressions and perceptions. He came at you like a flash of light, and he seemed to leave some of that light with you. His presence was always invigorating.—St. Paul’s Magazine, June, 1870.

A writer in the British Quarterly Review says:—

A writer in the British Quarterly Review says:—

He had the art of making philosophy charming, and this was due in no little measure to the fact that to grey-headed wisdom he united wonderful juvenility of spirit.... Hilariously boyish upon occasion he could be, and those who knew him best knew he was never more at home, that he never seemed so pleased, as when making an old boy of himself, as he was wont to say, lecturing before a juvenile audience at Christmas.

He had a talent for making philosophy engaging, which was largely because he combined the wisdom that comes with age with a youthful spirit. Sometimes he could be hilariously boyish, and those who knew him well understood that he felt most at home and happiest when he was acting like a kid himself, as he liked to put it, giving lectures to a young audience during Christmas.

Caroline Fox (in “Memories of Old Friends”), under date June 13th, 1851, wrote in her journal:—

Caroline Fox (in “Memories of Old Friends”), dated June 13th, 1851, wrote in her journal:—

236

236

We went to Faraday’s lecture on “Ozone.” He tried the various methods of making ozone which Schönbein had already performed in our kitchen, and he did them brilliantly. He was entirely at his ease, both with his audience and his chemical apparatus.

We attended Faraday’s lecture on “Ozone.” He demonstrated the different methods of making ozone that Schönbein had already done in our kitchen, and he executed them brilliantly. He was completely comfortable with both his audience and his chemical equipment.

In the diary of H. Crabb Robinson is an appreciation of Faraday of some interest:—

In H. Crabb Robinson's diary, there's a noteworthy appreciation of Faraday:—

May 8th, 1840.... Attended Carlyle’s second lecture. It gave great satisfaction, for it had uncommon thoughts and was delivered with unusual animation.... In the evening heard a lecture by Faraday. What a contrast to Carlyle! A perfect experimentalist with an intellect so clear. Within his sphere un uomo compito.

May 8th, 1840.... Attended Carlyle’s second lecture. It was very satisfying, as it had unique ideas and was presented with a lot of energy.... In the evening, I heard a lecture by Faraday. What a contrast to Carlyle! A perfect experimentalist with a clear intellect. Within his realm un uomo compito.

Many references to Faraday’s lectures occur in the life of Sir Richard Owen (published 1894), chiefly extracted from Mrs. Owen’s diary. Two or three extracts must suffice:—

Many references to Faraday’s lectures appear in the life of Sir Richard Owen (published 1894), mainly taken from Mrs. Owen’s diary. A couple of extracts should sufficient

1839, Jan. 8th. At eight o’clock with R. to the Royal Institution to hear Faraday lecture on electricity, galvanism, and the electric eel. Faraday is the beau idéal of a popular lecturer.

1839, Jan. 8th. At eight o’clock with R. to the Royal Institution to hear Faraday lecture on electricity, galvanism, and the electric eel. Faraday is the beau idéal of a popular lecturer.

1845, Jan. 31. To Faraday’s lecture at the Royal Institution. The largest crowd I have ever seen there. Many gentlemen were obliged to come into the ladies’ gallery, as they could not get seats elsewhere. After an exceedingly interesting lecture, Faraday said he had a few remarks to make on some new reform laws for the Institution. These remarks were admirably made, and no one could feel offended, although it was a direct attack on those gentlemen who helped to render the ladies very uncomfortable, sometimes by filling seats, and often front seats, in the part intended only for ladies. Wearing a hat in the library was one of the delinquencies, likewise sitting in the seats reserved for the directors, who were obliged by their office and duties to be last in. Mr.237 Faraday also remarked that the formation of two currents caused by certain gentlemen rushing upstairs the instant the lecture was over to fetch their lady friends was not conducive to the comfort of those coming downstairs. Everything taken very well.

1845, Jan. 31. To Faraday’s lecture at the Royal Institution. It was the largest crowd I have ever seen there. Many gentlemen had to go into the ladies’ gallery because they couldn’t find seats anywhere else. After an incredibly interesting lecture, Faraday said he had a few comments about some new reform laws for the Institution. These comments were excellently made, and no one could be offended, even though it was a direct critique of those gentlemen who made the ladies very uncomfortable, sometimes by taking seats, often front-row seats, in the area meant only for women. Wearing a hat in the library was one of the issues, as was sitting in the seats reserved for the directors, who had to be the last to enter due to their roles and responsibilities. Mr. 237 Faraday also pointed out that the rush of certain gentlemen hurrying upstairs immediately after the lecture ended to find their lady friends was not helpful for those coming downstairs. Everything was taken very well.

ROYAL INSTITUTION LECTURES.

1849, May 28th. With R. to Royal Institution. We got there just before three, and there was a crowded audience as usual to hear Faraday’s lecture. The poor man entered and attempted to speak, but he was suffering from inflammation or excessive irritation of the larynx, and after some painful efforts to speak, a general cry arose of “Postpone,” and someone, apparently in authority, made a short speech from the gallery. Mr. Faraday still wished to try and force his voice, saying he was well aware of the difficulty of getting back the carriages, etc., before the time for the lecture had elapsed, to say nothing of the disappointment to some; but every moment the cry increased. “No, no; you are too valuable to be allowed to injure yourself. Postpone, postpone.” Poor Faraday was quite overcome.

1849, May 28th. With R. to the Royal Institution. We arrived just before three, and as usual, there was a packed audience to hear Faraday’s lecture. The poor man walked in and tried to speak, but he was suffering from inflammation or severe irritation of the larynx, and after several painful attempts to talk, a general shout arose of “Postpone,” and someone, seemingly in charge, made a short speech from the gallery. Mr. Faraday still wanted to try and force his voice, saying he understood the difficulty of getting back the carriages, etc., before the lecture was supposed to finish, not to mention the disappointment for some; but with each passing moment, the calls grew louder. “No, no; you are too important to risk injuring yourself. Postpone, postpone.” Poor Faraday was completely overwhelmed.

The interrupted lecture was resumed after a fortnight’s interval; and he made up the full number of lectures by giving two extra discourses, at one of which the Prince Consort was present.

The interrupted lecture resumed after a two-week break, and he completed the total number of lectures by giving two additional talks, one of which was attended by the Prince Consort.

At another lecture [in 1856] Faraday explained the magnet and strength of attraction. He made us all laugh heartily; and when he threw a coalscuttle full of coals, a poker, and a pair of tongs at the great magnet, and they stuck there, the theatre echoed with shouts of laughter.

At another lecture [in 1856], Faraday explained the magnet and its strength of attraction. He had everyone laughing out loud, and when he tossed a coal scuttle full of coals, a poker, and a pair of tongs at the big magnet, and they stuck there, the theater erupted in cheers of laughter.

His friend De la Rive testified in striking terms to Faraday’s power as a speaker.

His friend De la Rive spoke highly of Faraday’s skill as a speaker.

Nothing can give a notion of the charm which he imparted to these improvised lectures, in which he knew how to combine animated, and often eloquent, language with a judgment and art in his experiments which added to the238 clearness and elegance of his exposition. He exerted an actual fascination upon his auditors; and when, after having initiated them into the mysteries of science, he terminated his lecture, as he was in the habit of doing, by rising into regions far above matter, space, and time, the emotion which he experienced did not fail to communicate itself to those who listened to him, and their enthusiasm had no longer any bounds.

Nothing can convey the charm he brought to these impromptu lectures, where he skillfully combined lively and often eloquent language with keen judgment and artistry in his experiments, enhancing the clarity and elegance of his presentation. He truly captivated his audience; and when he guided them through the mysteries of science and concluded his lecture, as was his custom, by elevating the discussion to realms beyond matter, space, and time, the emotion he felt was contagious, igniting boundless enthusiasm in those who listened to him.

Faraday remained all his life a keen observer of other lecturers. Visiting France in 1845, he went to hear Arago give an astronomical lecture. “He delivered it in an admirable manner to a crowded audience,” was his comment.

Faraday stayed a keen observer of other lecturers throughout his life. When he visited France in 1845, he attended an astronomical lecture by Arago. “He delivered it in an excellent way to a packed audience,” was his comment.

To the Secretary of the Institution, who in 1846 consulted him regarding evening lectures, he said:

To the Secretary of the Institution, who in 1846 consulted him about evening lectures, he said:

I see no objection to evening lectures if you can find a fit man to give them. As to popular lectures (which at the same time are to be respectable and sound), none are more difficult to find. Lectures which really teach will never be popular; lectures which are popular will never really teach. They know little of the matter who think science is more easily to be taught or learned than A B C; and yet who ever learned his A B C without pain and trouble? Still, lectures can (generally) inform the mind, and show forth to the attentive man what he really has to learn, and in their way are very useful, especially to the public. I think they might be useful to us now, even if they only gave an answer to those who, judging by their own earnest desire to learn, think much of them. As to agricultural chemistry, it is no doubt an excellent and a popular subject, but I rather suspect that those who know least of it think that most is known about it.

I have no problem with evening lectures if you can find a good speaker to deliver them. When it comes to popular lectures (which also need to be respectable and solid), those are much harder to come by. Lectures that actually teach will never be popular; lectures that are popular will never actually teach. People are mistaken if they think science is easier to teach or learn than the alphabet; yet, who really learned their A B C without effort and struggle? Still, lectures can (generally) inform the mind and show an attentive person what they really need to learn, and in their own way, they are quite useful, especially for the public. I believe they could benefit us now, even if they just provide answers to those who, judging by their strong desire to learn, hold them in high regard. As for agricultural chemistry, it's definitely a great and popular topic, but I suspect that those who know the least about it believe that the most is known.

USE OF MODELS AND CARDS.

His fondness for illustrating obscure points in his lectures by models has been more than once alluded to. He would improvise these out of wood, paper,239 wire, or even out of turnips or potatoes, with much dexterity of hand. In one of his unpublished manuscripts, dating about 1826, dealing with the then recently discovered phenomena of electromagnetism, occurs the following note:—

His knack for using models to explain obscure points in his lectures has been mentioned more than once. He would create these models out of wood, paper,239 wire, or even turnips or potatoes, showing impressive skill. In one of his unpublished manuscripts from around 1826, which discusses the newly discovered phenomena of electromagnetism, there is the following note:—

It is best for illustration to have a model of the constant position which the needle takes across the wire: le voila (Fig. 21).

It’s best to use a model to show the constant position that the needle takes across the wire: le voila (Fig. 21).

Fig. 21.

Many such simple models were used in his lectures. He leaned upon them to aid his defective memory; but they helped his audience quite as much as they aided him. Reference was made on p. 7 to his use of cards, on which to jot down notes of thoughts that occurred to him. One such runs as follows:—

Many of these simple models were used in his lectures. He relied on them to help his memory, but they benefited his audience just as much as they helped him. A mention was made on p. 7 about his use of cards to jot down notes of thoughts that came to him. One of them goes as follows:—

Remember to do one thing at once.
Also to finish a thing.
Also to do a little if I could not do much.

Remember to focus on one task at a time.
Make sure to complete what you start.
And do a little if I can't do much.

Pique about mathematics in chemists, and resolution to support the character of experiment—as better for the mass. Hence origin of the title Exp. researches.

Pique interest in mathematics among chemists, and a commitment to uphold the importance of experimentation—as better for the larger community. This is the origin of the title Exp. researches.

Influence of authority. Davy and difficulty of steering between self-sufficiency and dependance (sic) on others.

Influence of authority. Davy and the challenge of navigating between self-sufficiency and reliance (sic) on others.

240

240

Aim at high things, but not presumptuously.

Aim for great things, but not with arrogance.

Endeavour to succeed—expect not to succeed.

Endeavor to succeed—don’t expect to succeed.

Criticise one’s own view in every way by experiment—if possible, leave no objection to be put by others.

Criticize your own perspective in every possible way through experimentation—if you can, make sure there are no objections left for others to raise.

Faraday’s enthusiasm about experimental researches was at times unrestrained, and always contagious. Dumas describes how Faraday repeated for him the experimental demonstration of the action of magnetism on light. Having come to the final experiment, Faraday rubbed his hands excitedly, while his eyes lit up with fire, and his animated countenance told the passionate feelings which he brought to the discovery of scientific truth. On another occasion Plücker, of Bonn, then on a visit to London, showed Faraday in his own laboratory the action of a magnet upon the luminous electric discharge in vacuum tubes. “Faraday danced round them; and as he saw the moving arches of light, he cried: ‘Oh, to live always in it!’” Once a friend met him at Eastbourne in the midst of a tremendous storm, rubbing his hands together gleefully because he had been fortunate enough to see the lightning strike the church tower. To the Baroness Burdett-Coutts he once wrote inviting her to see some experiments upon spectrum analysis in his private room. The experiments, he wrote, will not be beautiful except to the intelligent.

Faraday’s excitement about experimental research was sometimes overwhelming, and it was always infectious. Dumas recalls how Faraday demonstrated the effect of magnetism on light for him. When he got to the final experiment, Faraday rubbed his hands together eagerly, his eyes sparkling with enthusiasm, and his animated expression conveyed the deep passion he felt for uncovering scientific truths. On another occasion, Plücker from Bonn, visiting London, showed Faraday in his lab how a magnet influenced the luminous electric discharge in vacuum tubes. “Faraday danced around them; as he watched the shifting arcs of light, he exclaimed: ‘Oh, to live always in it!’” Once, a friend encountered him at Eastbourne during a fierce storm, gleefully rubbing his hands together because he was lucky enough to witness lightning strike the church tower. He once wrote to Baroness Burdett-Coutts, inviting her to watch some experiments on spectrum analysis in his private room. The experiments, he wrote, will not be beautiful except to the intelligent.

Yet another reminiscence is to be found in the Memorials of Joseph Henry. It relates, probably, to the date of 1837, when Henry visited Europe.

Yet another memory can be found in the Memorials of Joseph Henry. It likely relates to the year 1837, when Henry went to Europe.

241

241

Henry loved to dwell on the hours that he and Bache had spent in Faraday’s society. I shall never forget Henry’s account of his visit to King’s College, London, where Faraday, Wheatstone, Daniell, and he had met to try and evolve the electric spark from the thermopile. Each in turn attempted it and failed. Then came Henry’s turn. He succeeded, calling in the aid of his discovery of the effect of a long interpolar wire wrapped around a piece of soft iron. Faraday became as wild as a boy, and, jumping up, shouted: “Hurrah for the Yankee experiment!”

Henry loved to reminisce about the hours he and Bache had spent in Faraday's company. I will never forget Henry's story about his visit to King’s College, London, where Faraday, Wheatstone, Daniell, and he met to try to create an electric spark from the thermopile. Each of them took a turn and failed. Then it was Henry's turn. He succeeded by using his discovery of the effect of a long interpolar wire wrapped around a piece of soft iron. Faraday got as excited as a kid, jumping up and shouting, “Hurrah for the Yankee experiment!”

The following memorandum was found on a slip of paper in Faraday’s “research drawer”:—

The following memo was found on a piece of paper in Faraday’s “research drawer”:—

THE FOUR DEGREES.

THE FOUR DEGREES.

The discoverer of a fact.

The fact discoverer.

The reconciling of it to known principles.

The reconciliation of it to known principles.

Discovery of a fact not reconcilable.

Discovery of a fact that can't be reconciled.

He who refers all to still more general principles.

He who ties everything back to even broader principles.

M.F.

M.F.

FREEDOM OF SPECULATION.

Faraday’s mind was of a very individual turn; he could not walk along the beaten tracks, but must pursue truth wherever it led him. His dogged tenacity for exact fact was accompanied by a perfect fearlessness of speculation. He would throw overboard without hesitation the most deeply-rooted notions if experimental evidence pointed to newer ideas. He had learned to doubt the idea of poles; so he outgrew the idea of atoms, which he considered an arbitrary conception. Many who heard his bold speculations and his free coinage of new terms deemed him vague and loose in thought. Nothing could be more untrue. He let his mind play freely about the facts; he framed thousands of hypotheses,242 only to let them go by if they were not supported by facts. “He is the wisest philosopher,” he said in a lecture on the nature of matter, “who holds his theory with some doubt—who is able to proportion his judgment and confidence to the value of the evidence set before him, taking a fact for a fact and a supposition for a supposition, as much as possible keeping his mind free from all source of prejudice; or, where he cannot do this (as in the case of a theory), remembering that such a source is there.”

Faraday had a very unique way of thinking; he couldn’t just follow the usual paths but had to chase down the truth wherever it led him. His relentless insistence on getting the facts was matched by his complete fearlessness toward speculation. He would easily discard long-held beliefs if experimental evidence suggested newer ideas. He had learned to question the concept of poles; in doing so, he moved beyond the idea of atoms, which he saw as an arbitrary notion. Many who heard his daring speculations and his creative use of new terms thought he was vague and inconsistent in his thinking. Nothing could be further from the truth. He allowed his mind to explore the facts freely; he created thousands of hypotheses,242 only to let them go if they weren’t backed by evidence. “He is the wisest philosopher,” he stated in a lecture about the nature of matter, “who holds his theory with some doubt—who can adjust his judgment and confidence according to the quality of the evidence presented to him, recognizing a fact for what it is and a supposition for what it is, while trying to keep his mind clear of any bias; or, when that’s not possible (as in the case of a theory), being aware that such bias exists.”

In one of his later experimental researches he wrote:—

In one of his later experimental studies he wrote:—

As an experimentalist, I feel bound to let experiment guide me into any train of thought which it may justify; being satisfied that experiment, like analysis, must lead to strict truth if rightly interpreted; and believing also that it is in its nature far more suggestive of new trains of thought and new conditions of natural power.

As an experimentalist, I feel compelled to let experiments direct me to any line of thought they may support; I'm confident that experiments, like analysis, will uncover strict truths if interpreted correctly; and I also believe that they inherently suggest new ideas and new possibilities in natural power.

WHY NO SUCCESSOR.

Perhaps it was this very freedom of thought which debarred him from enlisting other men as collaborators in his researches. His one assistant for thirty years, Sergeant Anderson, was indeed invaluable to him for his quality of implicit obedience. Other helpers in the laboratory he had none. Apparently he found his researches to be of too individual a character to permit him to deputise any part of his work. He was never satisfied when told about another’s experiment; he must perform it for himself. Often a discovery arose from some chance or trivial incident of an otherwise unsuccessful experiment. The power of “lateral vision,” which Tyndall has so strongly emphasised, was a prime factor in his243 successes. That power could not be delegated to any mere assistant. Many times did outsiders approach him, thinking to bring new facts to his notice; never, save on the solitary occasion when a Mr. William Jenkin drew his attention to the “extra-current” spark seen on the breaking of an electric circuit, did such novelties turn out to be really new. Alleged discoveries thus brought to him merely plagued him. He thought that anyone who had the wit to observe any really new phenomenon would be the person best qualified to work it out. His method was to work on alone, dwelling amidst his experiments until the mind, familiarising itself with the facts, was ready to suggest their correlations. It was sometimes urged against him as a complaint that he never took up any younger man to train him as his successor, even as Davy had taken up himself and trained him in scientific work. One of the miscellaneous notes, found after his death, throws some light on this:—

Perhaps it was this very freedom of thought that kept him from recruiting other people as collaborators in his research. His only assistant for thirty years, Sergeant Anderson, was invaluable to him for his quality of complete obedience. He had no other helpers in the lab. It seems he considered his research to be too personal to allow him to delegate any part of his work. He was never satisfied when someone told him about another’s experiment; he felt he needed to do it himself. Often, a discovery came from some random or minor incident in an otherwise failed experiment. The ability of “lateral vision,” which Tyndall emphasized so strongly, was a key factor in his successes. That ability couldn’t be passed on to any mere assistant. Many times, people approached him, thinking they could introduce new facts to him; only once, when a Mr. William Jenkin pointed out the “extra-current” spark seen when an electric circuit was broken, did such new ideas actually turn out to be novel. The so-called discoveries brought to him only frustrated him. He believed that anyone smart enough to notice a genuinely new phenomenon would also be the best person to work it out. His approach was to work alone, immersing himself in his experiments until his mind, becoming familiar with the facts, was ready to suggest their connections. It was sometimes criticized that he never took any younger man under his wing to train him as his successor, just like Davy had trained him in scientific work. One of the random notes found after his death sheds some light on this:—

It puzzles me greatly to know what makes the successful philosopher. Is it industry and perseverance with a moderate proportion of good sense and intelligence? Is not a modest assurance or earnestness a requisite? Do not many fail because they look rather to the renown to be acquired than to the pure acquisition of knowledge, and the delight which the contented mind has in acquiring it for its own sake? I am sure I have seen many who would have been good and successful pursuers of science, and have gained themselves a high name, but that it was the name and the reward they were always looking forward to—the reward of the world’s praise. In such there is always a shade of envy or regret over their minds, and I cannot imagine a man making discoveries in science under these feelings. As to Genius and its power,244 there may be cases; I suppose there are. I have looked long and often for a genius for our Laboratory, but have never found one. But I have seen many who would, I think, if they had submitted themselves to a sound self-applied discipline of mind, have become successful experimental Philosophers.

It really confuses me to figure out what makes a successful philosopher. Is it hard work and determination along with a decent amount of common sense and intelligence? Isn't a bit of modest confidence or seriousness necessary? Don’t many people fail because they're more focused on the fame they might gain rather than the genuine pursuit of knowledge and the joy that a satisfied mind finds in learning for its own sake? I know I've seen many who could have been great and successful in science and earned themselves a solid reputation, but they were always more concerned about the recognition and the rewards of public acclaim. Those kinds of people often carry a hint of envy or regret in their minds, and I can't imagine someone making scientific discoveries while feeling that way. As for genius and its power, I suppose there are some instances. I've looked long and hard for a genius for our Lab, but I haven't found one. However, I've seen many who, if they had committed themselves to a proper self-discipline of the mind, could have become successful experimental philosophers.

To Dr. Becker he wrote:

To Dr. Becker, he wrote:

I was never able to make a fact my own without seeing it; and the descriptions of the best works altogether failed to convey to my mind such a knowledge of things as to allow myself to form a judgment upon them. It was so with new things. If Grove, or Wheatstone, or Gassiot, or any other told me a new fact, and wanted my opinion either of its value, or the cause, or the evidence it could give on any subject, I never could say anything until I had seen the fact. For the same reason I never could work, as some Professors do most extensively, by students or pupils. All the work had to be my own.

I could never fully understand a fact without seeing it myself; and the descriptions of even the best works completely failed to give me the kind of knowledge I needed to form a judgment about them. This was especially true for new things. If Grove, Wheatstone, Gassiot, or anyone else told me a new fact and asked for my opinion on its value, the reason behind it, or the evidence it could provide on any topic, I could never say anything until I had actually seen the fact myself. For the same reason, I could never work, like some professors do extensively, through students or pupils. All the work had to come from me.

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE.

Of Faraday’s social life and surroundings during his meridional and later period much might be written. After his great researches of 1831 to 1836 scientific honours flowed in freely upon him, especially from foreign academies and universities; and the fame he won at home would have brought him, had he been so minded, an ample professional fortune and all the artificial amenities of Society which follow the successful money-maker. From all such mundane “success” he cut himself off when in 1831 he decided to abandon professional fee-earning, and to devote himself to the advancement of science. Probably the tenets of the religious body to which he belonged were a leading factor in compelling this decision. Not having laid upon him the necessity of providing for a family, and accustomed to live in an unostentatious245 style, he could contemplate the future without anxiety. With his pension, his Woolwich lectures, and his Trinity House appointment, Faraday was in no sense poor, though his Royal Institution professorship never brought him so much as £300 a year until after he was over sixty years of age; but on the other hand, his private charities were very numerous. How much of his income was spent in that way can never be known; for the very privacy of his deeds of kindness prevented any record from being kept. Certain it is that his gifts to the aged poor and sick must have amounted to several hundreds of pounds a year; for while his income for many years must have averaged at least £1,000 or £1,100, and his domestic expenditure could not have much exceeded half that sum, he does not seem to have attempted to save anything. Nor did he grudge time or strength to do kindly charitable acts in visiting the sick.

Of Faraday’s social life and surroundings during his middle and later years, a lot could be said. After his major research from 1831 to 1836, he received numerous scientific honors, particularly from foreign academies and universities. The fame he achieved at home would have earned him, if he had chosen, a comfortable professional income and all the societal perks that come with being a successful money-maker. However, he chose to distance himself from such worldly “success” when, in 1831, he decided to stop earning fees professionally and focus on advancing science. It’s likely that the beliefs of the religious group he was part of played a significant role in this decision. Since he wasn't obligated to support a family and lived simply, he could face the future without worry. With his pension, his Woolwich lectures, and his appointment at Trinity House, Faraday was not poor, even though his professorship at the Royal Institution didn’t pay him more than £300 a year until he was over sixty. On the other hand, he was very generous with his private charities. The exact amount of his charitable spending is unknown, as the private nature of his kindness meant there was no record. It's certain that his donations to the elderly poor and sick must have totaled several hundred pounds each year, considering that his income for many years was around £1,000 to £1,100, and his household expenses likely didn’t exceed half that amount. He didn’t seem to try to save anything. He also didn’t hesitate to spend time or energy on charitable acts, like visiting the sick.

From about the year 1834 he resolutely declined invitations to dinners and such social gaieties; not, as some averred, from any religious asceticism, but that he might the more unrestrainedly devote himself to his researches. “If,” says Mrs. Crosse, “Babbage, Wheatstone, Grove, Owen, Tyndall, and a host of other distinguished scientists, were to be met very generally in the society of the day, there was one man who was very conspicuous by his absence—this was Faraday! His biographers say that in earlier years he occasionally accepted Lady Davy’s invitations to dinner; but I never heard of his going anywhere, except in obedience to the commands of royalty.” He did indeed occasionally dine quietly with Sir Robert246 Peel or Earl Russell; and of the few public dinners he attended, he enjoyed most the annual banquet of the Royal Academy of Arts.

From around 1834, he firmly turned down invitations to dinners and other social events; not, as some claimed, out of any religious strictness, but so he could freely dedicate himself to his research. “If,” says Mrs. Crosse, “Babbage, Wheatstone, Grove, Owen, Tyndall, and many other notable scientists were often seen in the social circles of the time, there was one person who was very noticeable by his absence—this was Faraday! His biographers mention that in earlier years he sometimes accepted Lady Davy’s dinner invitations; but I've never heard of him going anywhere except when called upon by royalty.” He did occasionally have quiet dinners with Sir Robert246 Peel or Earl Russell; and of the few public dinners he attended, he enjoyed the annual banquet of the Royal Academy of Arts the most.

Faraday does not, however, appear to have had any very direct relations with the world of art. Once he was consulted by Lord John Russell as to the removal of Raphael’s cartoons from Hampton Court to the National Gallery. His advice was adverse, on account of the penetrating power of dust. Though a sufficiently good draughtsman to prepare his own drawings, he had little or no knowledge of the technicalities of painting. Yet his sensitive and enthusiastic temperament had much in common with that of the artist, and he enjoyed music, especially good music, greatly. In early life he played the flute and knew many songs by heart. He took bass parts in concerted singing, and is said to have sung correctly in time and tune. In his circle of acquaintanceship were numbered several painters of eminence—Turner, Landseer, and Stanfield. His brother-in-law, Mr. George Barnard, the late well-known water-colour artist, has written the following note:—

Faraday doesn’t seem to have had many direct connections with the art world. He was once asked by Lord John Russell for advice on moving Raphael’s cartoons from Hampton Court to the National Gallery. He advised against it because of the damage dust could cause. Although he was skilled enough to create his own drawings, he didn’t have much knowledge of painting techniques. Still, his sensitive and enthusiastic nature was similar to that of an artist, and he really enjoyed music, especially good music. In his younger years, he played the flute and knew many songs by heart. He sang bass in group performances and was said to have sung accurately in time and pitch. He counted several prominent painters among his acquaintances—Turner, Landseer, and Stanfield. His brother-in-law, Mr. George Barnard, the well-known watercolor artist, wrote the following note:—

My first and many following sketching trips were made with Faraday and his wife. Storms excited his admiration at all times, and he was never tired of looking into the heavens. He said to me once, “I wonder you artists don’t study the light and colour in the sky more, and try more for effect.” I think this quality in Turner’s drawings made him admire them so much. He made Turner’s acquaintance at Hullmandel’s, and afterwards often had applications from him for chemical information about pigments. Faraday always impressed upon Turner and other artists the great necessity there was to247 experiment for themselves, putting washes and tints of all their pigments in the bright sunlight, covering up one half, and noticing the effect of light and gases on the other....

My first sketching trips, as well as many afterward, were with Faraday and his wife. He was always captivated by storms and never tired of gazing at the sky. Once he said to me, “I’m surprised you artists don’t study the light and color in the sky more and aim for stronger effects.” I believe this aspect of Turner’s work was what he admired so much. He met Turner at Hullmandel’s and often reached out to him for information about pigments. Faraday constantly emphasized to Turner and other artists the importance of experimenting on their own, applying washes and tints of all their pigments in bright sunlight, covering one half, and observing how light and gases affected the other....

Faraday did not fish at all during these country trips, but just rambled about geologising or botanising.

Faraday didn’t fish at all during these country trips; he just wandered around studying geology or botany.

SCIENCE, LITERATURE, AND ART.

Earlier in his career, Faraday and his brother-in-law used to enjoy conversaziones of artists, actors, and musicians at Hullmandel’s. Sometimes they went up the river in Hullmandel’s eight-oar boat, camping gipsy-wise on the banks for dinner, and enjoying the singing of Signor Garcia and his wife and of his daughter, afterwards Madame Malibran. From these things, too, he withdrew very largely when he ceased to dine out, though he still liked to hear the opera and to visit the theatre. Curiously enough, he seems to have had very little in common with literary men. In the last half of the previous century there had been many intimate relations between the leaders of literature and those of science. The circle which included Watt, Boulton, and Wedgwood included also Priestley and Erasmus Darwin. In our own time the names of Darwin, Huxley, Hooker, and Tyndall are to be found in conjunction with those of Tennyson, Browning, and Jowett. But the biographies of literary men and artists of the period from 1830 to 1850 bear few references to Faraday. He moved in his own world, and that a world very much apart from literature or art. In his method of working he was indeed an artist, often feeling his way rather than calculating it, and arriving at his conclusions by what seemed insight rather than by any direct process of reasoning. The discovery of truth comes about in248 many ways; and if Faraday’s method in science was artistic rather than scientific, it was amply justified by the brilliant harvest of discoveries which it enabled him to reap.

Earlier in his career, Faraday and his brother-in-law used to enjoy gatherings with artists, actors, and musicians at Hullmandel’s. Sometimes, they would go up the river in Hullmandel’s eight-oar boat, camping like gypsies on the banks for dinner, and enjoying the singing of Signor Garcia, his wife, and his daughter, later known as Madame Malibran. He largely stepped away from these activities when he stopped dining out, though he still enjoyed listening to the opera and visiting the theater. Interestingly, he seemed to have very little in common with literary figures. In the last half of the previous century, there had been many close ties between leading literary figures and those in science. The circle that included Watt, Boulton, and Wedgwood also included Priestley and Erasmus Darwin. In our time, the names of Darwin, Huxley, Hooker, and Tyndall are associated with those of Tennyson, Browning, and Jowett. However, the biographies of literary figures and artists from 1830 to 1850 have few mentions of Faraday. He operated in his own realm, quite separate from literature or art. In his approach to work, he was indeed an artist, often feeling his way instead of calculating, and arriving at his conclusions through what seemed like insight rather than a direct reasoning process. The discovery of truth happens in many ways; and if Faraday’s approach to science was more artistic than scientific, it was more than justified by the remarkable achievements he made.

As is well known, Faraday never took out any patents for his discoveries; indeed, whenever in his investigations he seemed to come near to the point where they began to possess a marketable value from their application to the industries, he left them, to pursue his pioneering inquiries in other branches. He sought, indeed, for principles rather than for processes, for facts new to science rather than for merchantable inventions. When he had made the discovery of magneto-electric induction—the basis of all modern electric engineering—he carried the research to the point of constructing several experimental machines, and then abruptly turned away with these memorable words:—

As everyone knows, Faraday never patented any of his discoveries. In fact, whenever his research began to approach the point where it could be commercially valuable for industries, he moved on to explore other areas of inquiry. He was more interested in discovering principles than processes, and in uncovering facts that were new to science rather than creating sellable inventions. After he discovered magneto-electric induction—the foundation of all modern electrical engineering—he developed several experimental machines, but then suddenly walked away, saying these memorable words:—

I have rather, however, been desirous of discovering new facts and new relations dependent on magneto-electric induction than of exalting the force of those already obtained; being assured that the latter would find their full development hereafter.

I have actually been more interested in discovering new facts and new relationships related to magneto-electric induction than in enhancing the strength of those already established; I believe that the latter will be fully developed in the future.

PRACTICAL UTILITIES.

Several times was Faraday known, when asked about the possible utility of some new scientific discovery, to quote Franklin’s rejoinder: “What is the use of a baby?”

Several times, Faraday would quote Franklin’s response when asked about the potential usefulness of a new scientific discovery: “What is the use of a baby?”

It is narrated of him that on one occasion, at a Trinity House dinner, he and the Duke of Wellington had a little friendly chat, in the course of which the Duke advised Faraday to give his speculations “a practical turn as far as possible”—“a suggestion,”249 said Faraday, who always spoke of the veteran with pleasure, “full of weight, coming from such a man.” Faraday was, however, the last to despise the importance of industrial applications of science. In his unpublished manuscripts at the Royal Institution there are some curious references to trials which he made of a meat-canning process, invented about 1848 by a Mr. Goldner, of Finsbury. He also had fancies for other domestic applications, including wine-making. He used himself to bind his own note-books. To a Mr. Woolnough, who had written a book on the marbling of paper, he wrote a letter saying how much interest he felt in the subject, “because of its associations with my early occupation of bookbinding; and also because of the very beautiful principles of natural philosophy which it involves.” He even, on one occasion, produced a home-made pair of boots. His devotion to the practical applications of science is attested by his untiring work for improving the lighthouses of our coast. It is believed that his death was accelerated by a severe cold caught when on a visit of lighthouse inspection during stormy weather.

It’s said that once, at a Trinity House dinner, he and the Duke of Wellington had a friendly conversation. During their chat, the Duke encouraged Faraday to give his theories “a practical twist as much as possible”—“a suggestion,” Faraday remarked, who always spoke fondly of the veteran, “that carries a lot of weight, coming from such a man.” However, Faraday was the last to overlook the significance of practical uses for science. In his unpublished manuscripts at the Royal Institution, there are some interesting notes about experiments he conducted on a meat-canning method invented around 1848 by a Mr. Goldner from Finsbury. He also had ideas for other everyday applications, including wine-making. He would even bind his own notebooks. To a Mr. Woolnough, who wrote a book on paper marbling, he sent a letter expressing his interest in the topic, “because of its ties to my early work in bookbinding; and also because of the beautiful principles of natural philosophy involved.” He even made a pair of boots by hand on one occasion. His commitment to the practical applications of science is demonstrated through his relentless efforts to improve the lighthouses along our coast. It's believed that his passing was hastened by a bad cold he caught while inspecting a lighthouse during stormy weather.

Faraday was never ashamed of the circumstance of his having risen from a humble origin. In his letters he not unfrequently alludes to things that remind him of his bookbinding experiences, or of boyish episodes in his father’s smithy. Yet he had none of the vulgar pride of ascent which too often dogs the path of the self-made man. Severe self-discipline and genuine humility prevented either undue proclamation or awkward reticence respecting his early life. His elder brother Robert was a gasfitter.250 Faraday was not ashamed to help him to secure work in his trade, nor to give him the benefit of his scientific aid in perfecting appliances for ventilating by gas-burners. The following characteristic story was told by Frank Barnard:—

Faraday was never embarrassed about his humble beginnings. In his letters, he often refers to memories from his bookbinding days or boyhood moments in his father's workshop. However, he lacked the shallow pride that frequently accompanies those who have pulled themselves up by their bootstraps. His strong self-discipline and genuine humility kept him from boasting or being awkwardly reserved about his early life. His older brother Robert worked as a gasfitter. Faraday was not ashamed to help him find work in his field or to offer his scientific expertise in improving gas-burning ventilation systems. The following characteristic story was shared by Frank Barnard:—

Robert was throughout life a warm friend and admirer of his younger brother, and not a whit envious at seeing himself passed in the social scale by him. One day he was sitting in the Royal Institution just previous to a lecture by the young and rising philosopher, when he heard a couple of gentlemen behind him descanting on the natural gifts and rapid rise of the lecturer. The brother—perhaps not fully apprehending the purport of their talk—listened with growing indignation while one of them dilated on the lowness of Faraday’s origin. “Why,” said the speaker, “I believe he was a mere shoeblack at one time.” Robert could endure this no longer; but turning sharply round he demanded: “Pray, sir, did he ever black your shoes?” “Oh! dear no, certainly not,” replied the gentleman, much abashed at the sudden inquisition into the facts of the case.

Robert had always been a supportive friend and admirer of his younger brother, and he never felt jealous about being surpassed by him in social status. One day, he was sitting in the Royal Institution just before a lecture by the young and promising philosopher when he overheard a couple of gentlemen behind him discussing the natural talent and quick rise of the lecturer. Robert—perhaps not fully grasping the intent of their conversation—listened with growing frustration as one of them talked about Faraday's humble beginnings. “Why,” said the speaker, “I believe he was just a shoeblack at one point.” Robert couldn’t take it any longer; turning around sharply, he asked, “Excuse me, sir, did he ever black your shoes?” “Oh! dear no, certainly not,” the gentleman replied, clearly embarrassed by the unexpected questioning about the matter.

SPIRIT MEDIUMS EXPOSED.

In 1853 Faraday came before the public in a novel manner—as the exposer of the then rampant charlatanry of table-turning and spirit-rapping. The Athenæum for July 2nd contains a long letter from him on table-turning. He experimentally investigated the alleged phenomena as produced by three skilful mediums in séances at the house of a friend. His mechanical skill was more than a match, however, for that of the supposed spirits. When the observers assembled around the table placed their hands in the orthodox way upon the table-top, the table turned, apparently without any effort on the part of any one of the party. This was eminently251 satisfactory for the spirits. But when Faraday interposed between each hand and the table-top a simple roller-mechanism which, if any individual in the circle applied muscular forces tending to turn it, instantly indicated the fact, the table remained immovable. Faraday wrote merely describing the facts, and saying that the test apparatus was now on public view at 122, Regent Street. He ends thus:—

In 1853, Faraday introduced himself to the public in a new way—by exposing the widespread fraud of table-turning and spirit-rapping. The Athenæum on July 2nd features a lengthy letter from him discussing table-turning. He conducted experiments on the supposed phenomena produced by three skilled mediums in séances at a friend's house. His mechanical expertise easily surpassed that of the so-called spirits. When the observers gathered around the table placed their hands in the traditional manner on the table's surface, the table turned as if by magic, with no visible effort from anyone. This delighted the spirits. However, when Faraday placed a simple roller mechanism between each hand and the tabletop that would immediately show if anyone applied muscle to turn it, the table remained still. Faraday simply described the facts in his writing and noted that the test apparatus was on display for the public at 122, Regent Street. He concludes thus:—

I must bring this long description to a close. I am a little ashamed of it, for I think, in the present age, and in this part of the world, it ought not to have been required. Nevertheless, I hope it may be useful. There are many whom I do not expect to convince; but I may be allowed to say that I cannot undertake to answer such objections as may be made. I state my own convictions as an experimental philosopher, and find it no more necessary to enter into controversy on this point than on any other in science, as the nature of matter, or inertia, or the magnetisation of light, on which I may differ from others. The world will decide sooner or later in all such cases, and I have no doubt very soon and correctly in the present instance.

I need to wrap up this lengthy description. I'm a bit embarrassed about it because I believe that in today’s world and in this area, it shouldn’t have been necessary. Still, I hope it proves useful. There are many people I don’t expect to convince; however, I should point out that I can't respond to any objections that may come up. I’m expressing my own beliefs as someone who conducts experiments, and I find it just as unnecessary to engage in debate about this as I would with any other scientific topic, like the nature of matter, inertia, or the magnetization of light, where I might hold different views. Eventually, the world will make a decision in all these cases, and I’m confident it will happen soon and correctly in this one.

This exposure excited great interest at the time, and there was an active correspondence in The Times. The spiritualists, instead of appreciating the services to truth rendered by the man of science, railed bitterly at him. Even the refined and noble spirit of Mrs. Browning was so dominated by the superstition of the moment that, as shown by her recently published letters, she denounced Faraday in singularly acrimonious terms, and taunted him for shallow materialism! What Faraday thought of the hubbub evoked by his action is best learned from a letter252 which he addressed three weeks later to his friend Schönbein:—

This revelation sparked a lot of interest at the time, and there was a lively exchange in The Times. The spiritualists, instead of recognizing the contributions to truth made by the scientist, angrily attacked him. Even the refined and noble spirit of Mrs. Browning was so overwhelmed by the superstition of the time that, as shown by her recently published letters, she harshly criticized Faraday and mocked him for being a shallow materialist! What Faraday thought about the commotion stirred up by his actions is best understood from a letter252 that he wrote three weeks later to his friend Schönbein:—

I have not been at work except in turning the tables upon the table-turners, nor should I have done that, but that so many inquiries poured in upon me, that I thought it better to stop the inpouring flood by letting all know at once what my views and thoughts were. What a weak, credulous, incredulous, unbelieving, superstitious, bold, frightened, what a ridiculous world ours is, as far as concerns the mind of man. How full of inconsistencies, contradictions, and absurdities it is. I declare that, taking the average of many minds that have recently come before me (and apart from that spirit which God has placed in each), and accepting for a moment that average as a standard, I should far prefer the obedience, affections, and instinct of a dog before it. Do not whisper this, however, to others. There is One above who worketh in all things, and who governs even in the midst of that misrule to which the tendencies and powers of men are so easily perverted.

I haven’t been working much except for turning the tables on the skeptics, and I wouldn't have done that if so many questions hadn’t come my way. I thought it was better to address everyone at once with my views and thoughts. What a weak, gullible, skeptical, disbelieving, superstitious, bold, frightened, ridiculous world we live in, especially when it comes to the human mind. It’s so full of inconsistencies, contradictions, and absurdities. Honestly, if I take the average of many minds that have crossed my path recently (setting aside the unique spirit each person has), I would much rather trust the loyalty, affection, and instincts of a dog over it. But please, don’t share this with anyone else. There’s Someone above who works through all things and governs even amid the chaos that the tendencies and powers of people can easily lead to.

He declined an invitation in 1855 to see manifestations by the medium Home, saying that he had “lost too much time about such matters already.” Nine years later the Brothers Davenport invited him to witness their cabinet “manifestations.” Again he declined, and added: “I will leave the spirits to find out for themselves how they can move my attention. I am tired of them.”

He turned down an invitation in 1855 to see the medium Home's demonstrations, saying that he had “already wasted too much time on such things.” Nine years later, the Davenport Brothers invited him to watch their cabinet “manifestations.” Once more, he declined and added: “I’ll let the spirits figure out how to get my attention. I’m tired of them.”

In this year he wrote to The Times respecting the disgraceful and insanitary condition of the river Thames. In Punch of the following week appeared a cartoon representing Faraday presenting his card to old Father Thames, who rises holding his nose to avoid the stench.

In this year, he wrote to The Times about the shameful and unhealthy state of the river Thames. In the following week's Punch, a cartoon showed Faraday handing his card to old Father Thames, who is depicted holding his nose to avoid the smell.

FAILURE OF MEMORY.

With increasing age the infirmity of loss of253 memory made itself increasingly felt. He alludes frequently to this in his letters. To one friend who upbraided him gently for not having replied to a letter he says: “Do you remember that I forget?” To another he says he is forgetting how to spell such words as “withhold” and “successful.” To Matteucci, in 1849, he bemoans how, after working for six weeks at certain experiments, he found, on looking back to his notes, he had ascertained all the same results eight or nine months before, and had entirely forgotten them! In the same year he wrote to Dr. Percy:—

With age, the problem of memory loss became more noticeable. He often mentions this in his letters. To one friend who gently scolded him for not replying to a letter, he wrote: “Do you remember that I forget?” To another, he admitted he was forgetting how to spell words like “withhold” and “successful.” In 1849, he expressed to Matteucci how, after spending six weeks on certain experiments, he discovered that he had already achieved the same results eight or nine months earlier, and he had completely forgotten about it! That same year, he wrote to Dr. Percy:—

I cannot be on the Committee; I avoid everything of that kind, that I may keep my stupid head a little clear. As to being on a Committee and not working, that is worse still.

I can't be on the Committee; I stay away from that sort of thing to keep my head a bit clear. As for being on a Committee and not contributing, that's even worse.

In 1859, in a letter to his niece, Mrs. Deacon, filled mainly with religious thoughts, he says: “My worldly faculties are slipping away day by day. Happy is it for all of us that the true good lies not in them.”

In 1859, in a letter to his niece, Mrs. Deacon, mostly filled with religious thoughts, he says: “My worldly abilities are fading away day by day. It's a blessing for all of us that true goodness doesn’t depend on them.”

From the journals of Walter White comes the following anecdote under date December 22nd, 1858:—

From the journals of Walter White comes the following anecdote dated December 22nd, 1858:—

Mr. Faraday called to enquire on the part of Sir Walter Trevelyan whether a MS. of meteorological observations made in Greenland would be acceptable. The question answered, I expressed my pleasure at seeing him looking so well, and asked him if he were writing a paper for the Royal. He shook his head. “No: I am too old.” “Too old? Why, age brings wisdom.” “Yes, but one may overshoot the wisdom.” “You cannot mean that you have outlived your wisdom?” “Something like it, for my memory is gone. If I make an experiment, I forget before twelve hours are over whether the result was positive or negative; and how can I write a paper254 while that is the case? No, I must content myself with giving my lectures to children.”

Mr. Faraday called to check on behalf of Sir Walter Trevelyan if a manuscript of meteorological observations made in Greenland would be acceptable. After the question was answered, I expressed my happiness at seeing him looking so well and asked if he was writing a paper for the Royal. He shook his head. “No: I’m too old.” “Too old? Come on, age brings wisdom.” “Yes, but you can also go past the point of wisdom.” “You can't be saying you've outgrown your wisdom?” “Kind of, because my memory is gone. If I conduct an experiment, I forget within twelve hours whether the outcome was positive or negative; how can I write a paper while that’s the case? No, I have to be content with giving my lectures to children.”

From another source we learn of a hitherto unrecorded incident which happened to Mr. Joseph Newton, for some time an assistant in the Royal Mint. While arranging some precious material on the Royal Institution theatre lecture-table, previous to a lecture on the Mint and minting operations by Professor Brande, Mr. Newton noticed an elderly, spare, and very plainly-dressed individual watching his movements. Imagining that this person was a superior messenger of the Institution, Mr. Newton volunteered some information as to the coinage of gold. “I suppose,” said the Mint employee, “you have been some years at the Royal Institution?” “Well, yes, I have, a good many,” responded the dilapidated one. “I hope they treat you pretty liberally—I mean, that they give you a respectable ‘screw,’ for that is the main point.” “Ah! I agree with you there. I think that the labourer is worthy of his hire, and I shouldn’t mind being paid a little better.” Mr. Newton’s surprise, on returning to the Royal Institution in the evening, to find that the man whom he had so recently patronised was none other than the illustrious but modest Michael Faraday can better be imagined than described.

From another source, we learn about an incident that hasn't been recorded before, involving Mr. Joseph Newton, who was an assistant at the Royal Mint for some time. While he was setting up some valuable materials on the lecture table at the Royal Institution theater before a lecture on the Mint and minting processes by Professor Brande, Mr. Newton noticed an elderly, thin man in very plain clothes watching him. Thinking this person was a high-ranking messenger from the Institution, Mr. Newton offered some information about gold coinage. “I suppose,” said the Mint employee, “you’ve been at the Royal Institution for a number of years?” “Well, yes, I have, quite a few,” replied the shabby man. “I hope they treat you fairly—I mean, that they pay you a decent salary, since that’s what really matters.” “Ah! I agree with you there. I think a worker deserves to be compensated well, and I wouldn’t mind being paid a bit more.” Mr. Newton’s surprise when he returned to the Royal Institution that evening and discovered that the man he had so recently looked down on was none other than the renowned yet humble Michael Faraday is something that’s better felt than explained.

A pretty instance, given on the authority of Lady Pollock, may be recorded of the feeling aroused by Faraday’s presence when he returned to his accustomed seat in the lecture-room of the Royal Institution, after a protracted absence occasioned by illness:—

A nice example, based on what Lady Pollock said, can be noted about the emotions stirred by Faraday’s presence when he returned to his usual spot in the lecture room at the Royal Institution after being away for a long time due to illness:—

255

255

As soon as his presence was recognised, the whole audience rose simultaneously and burst into a spontaneous utterance of welcome, loud and long. Faraday stood in acknowledgment of this enthusiastic greeting, with his fine head slightly bent; and then a certain resemblance to the pictures and busts of Lord Nelson, which was always observable in his countenance, was very apparent. His hair had grown white and long, his face had lengthened, and the agility of his movement was gone. The eyes no longer flashed with the fire of the soul, but they still radiated kindly thought; and ineffaceable lines of intellectual force and energy were stamped upon his face.

As soon as people recognized him, the entire audience stood up at once and erupted into a loud and heartfelt welcome. Faraday acknowledged this enthusiastic greeting, bowing his head slightly. At that moment, the resemblance to the pictures and busts of Lord Nelson, which was always noticeable in his features, was especially clear. His hair had turned white and grown long, his face had become longer, and he no longer moved with the same agility. His eyes didn't sparkle with the same fire as before, but they still radiated kindness; and indelible lines of intellectual strength and energy were etched on his face.

HONOURS OFFERED AND DECLINED.

In 1857 he was offered the Presidency of the Royal Society. A painting preserved in the rooms of the Royal Society records the scene when Lord Wrottesley, Grove, and Gassiot waited upon him as a deputation from the Council, to press on him his acceptance of the highest place which science has to offer. He hesitated and finally declined, even as he had declined the suggestion of knighthood years before. “Tyndall,” he said in private to his successor, “I must remain plain Michael Faraday to the last; and let me now tell you, that if I accepted the honour which the Royal Society desires to confer upon me, I could not answer for the integrity of my intellect for a single year.” He also declined the Presidency of the Royal Institution, which he had served for fifty years. His one desire was for rest. “The reverent affection of his friends was,” said Tyndall, “to him infinitely more precious than all the honours of official life.”

In 1857, he was offered the presidency of the Royal Society. A painting displayed in the Royal Society's rooms captures the moment when Lord Wrottesley, Grove, and Gassiot visited him as a delegation from the Council, urging him to accept the highest position in the field of science. He hesitated and ultimately declined, just as he had turned down the offer of a knighthood years earlier. “Tyndall,” he told his successor in private, “I must remain plain Michael Faraday to the end; and let me now tell you that if I accepted the honor the Royal Society wants to give me, I couldn't guarantee the clarity of my mind for even a year.” He also turned down the presidency of the Royal Institution, where he had served for fifty years. His only wish was for peace and quiet. “The deep respect of his friends was,” said Tyndall, “to him far more valuable than any honors from official life.”

Allusion has been made to Faraday’s tender and chivalrous regard for his wife. Extracts from two letters, written in 1849 and 1863 respectively, must here suffice to complete the story:—

Allusion has been made to Faraday’s caring and chivalrous feelings for his wife. Excerpts from two letters, written in 1849 and 1863 respectively, will suffice to complete the story:—

256

256

Birmingham, Dr. Percy’s:
Thursday evening, September 13, 1849.

Birmingham, Dr. Percy’s Office:
Thursday evening, September 13, 1849.

My Dearest Wife,—I have just left Dr. Percy’s hospitable table to write to you, my beloved, telling you how I have been getting on. I am very well, excepting a little faceache; and very kindly treated here. They all long most earnestly for your presence, for both Mrs. and Dr. Percy are anxious you should come; and this I know, that the things we have seen would delight you, but then I doubt your powers of running about as we do; and though I know that if time were given you could enjoy them, yet to press the matter into a day or two would be a failure. Besides this, after all, there is no pleasure like the tranquil pleasures of home, and here—even here—the moment I leave the table, I wish I were with you IN QUIET. Oh! what happiness is ours! My runs into the world in this way only serve to make me esteem that happiness the more. I mean to be at home on Saturday night, but it may be late first, so do not be surprised at that; for if I can, I should like to go on an excursion to the Dudley caverns, and that would take the day....

My Beloved Wife,—I just left Dr. Percy’s welcoming dinner to write to you, my love, and tell you how I've been doing. I'm doing well, except for a bit of a toothache, and I’m being treated very kindly here. Everyone is really eager for you to be here; both Mrs. and Dr. Percy want you to come. I know the things we've seen would truly delight you, but I worry about how well you'd keep up with our activities. I know that if you had enough time, you would enjoy them, but trying to squeeze it all into a day or two wouldn't work out. Besides, there’s no joy like the peaceful pleasures of home, and here—even here—the moment I leave the table, I wish I were with you In silence. Oh! what happiness we share! My little trips like this only make me cherish that happiness more. I plan to be home on Saturday night, but it might be late, so don’t be surprised if I am. If I get the chance, I’d like to go on a trip to the Dudley caverns, and that would take the whole day....

Write to me, dearest. I shall get your letter on Saturday morning, or perhaps before.

Write to me, my dear. I'll get your letter on Saturday morning, or maybe even sooner.

Love to father, Margery, and Jenny, and a thousand loves to yourself, dearest,

Love to Father, Margery, and Jenny, and a thousand loves to you, my dearest,

From your affectionate husband,
M. Faraday.

From your loving husband,
M. Faraday.

* * * * *

5, Claremont Gardens, Glasgow:
Monday, August 14, 1863.

5, Claremont Gardens, Glasgow:
Monday, August 14, 1863.

Dearest,—Here is the fortnight complete since I left you and the thoughts of my return to our home crowd in strongly upon my mind. Not that we are in any way uncared for, or left by our dear friends, save as I may desire for our own retirement. Everybody has overflowed with kindness, but you know their manner, and their desire, by your own experience with me.257 I long to see you, dearest, and to talk over things together, and call to mind all the kindness I have received. My head is full, and my heart also, but my recollection rapidly fails, even as regards the friends that are in the room with me. You will have to resume your old function of being a pillow to my mind, and a rest, a happy-making wife.

Dear,—It’s been two weeks since I left you, and thoughts of returning to our home weigh heavily on my mind. It's not that we're neglected or abandoned by our dear friends, except maybe for the quiet time I wish for us. Everyone has been incredibly kind, but you know their way and their intentions from your own experiences with me.257 I really miss you, dearest, and can’t wait to talk things over together and remember all the kindness I've received. My mind is busy and my heart is full, but my memory is fading quickly, even about the friends in the room with me. You’ll need to take up your old role of being my support, a source of comfort, and a joyful wife.

My love to my dear Mary. I expect to find you together, but do not assume to know how things may be.

My love to my dear Mary. I hope to find you both together, but don’t assume I know how things might be.

Jeannie’s love with mine, and also Charlotte’s, and a great many others which I cannot call to mind.

Jeannie’s love for mine, along with Charlotte’s, and many others that I can’t remember.

Dearest, I long to see and be with you, whether together or separate.

Dearest, I miss you and want to be with you, whether we’re together or apart.

Your husband, very affectionate,
M. Faraday

Your husband is very affectionate, M. Faraday

THE WIFE AND THE QUEEN.

In 1858 the Queen, at the suggestion of Prince Albert, who much esteemed and valued Faraday’s genius, placed at his disposal for life a comfortable house on the green near Hampton Court. Faraday’s only hesitation in accepting the offer was a doubt whether he could afford the needful repairs. On a hint of this reaching the Queen, she at once directed that it should be put into thorough repair inside and out. He still kept his rooms at the Royal Institution, and continued to live there occasionally.

In 1858, the Queen, at the suggestion of Prince Albert, who highly regarded Faraday's genius, offered him a comfortable house on the green near Hampton Court for life. Faraday hesitated to accept the offer mainly because he was unsure if he could afford the necessary repairs. When the Queen learned about his concern, she immediately ordered that the house be fully repaired inside and out. He continued to keep his rooms at the Royal Institution and lived there occasionally.

With the increasing infirmities of age, his anxieties for his wife seemed to be the only trouble that marred the serenity of his thought. Lady Pollock’s narrative gives the following particulars:—

With the growing challenges of age, his worries about his wife appeared to be the only thing that disturbed the peace of his mind. Lady Pollock’s story provides the following details:—

Sometimes he was depressed by the idea of his wife left without kin—of the partner of his hopes and cares deprived of him. She had been the first love of his ardent soul; she was the last; she had been the brightest dream of his youth, and she was the dearest comfort of his age; he never ceased for an258 instant to feel himself happy with her; and he never for one hour ceased to care for her happiness. It was no wonder, then, that he felt anxiety about her. But he would rally from such a trouble with his great religious trust, and looking at her with moist eyes, he would say, “I must not be afraid; you will be cared for, my wife; you will be cared for.”

Sometimes he felt down about the thought of his wife being left alone—of the person he hoped and cared for being without him. She had been the first love of his passionate heart; she was the last; she had been the brightest dream of his youth, and she was the most cherished comfort in his later years; he never stopped feeling happy with her for a moment; and he never stopped wanting her to be happy. So it’s no surprise that he worried about her. But he would shake off such worries with his strong faith, and looking at her with teary eyes, he would say, “I must not be afraid; you will be taken care of, my wife; you will be taken care of.”

There are some who remember how tenderly he used to lead her to her seat at the Royal Institution when she was suffering from lameness; how carefully he used to support her; how watchfully he used to attend all her steps. It did the heart good to see his devotion, and to think what the man was and what he had been.

There are some who remember how gently he used to lead her to her seat at the Royal Institution when she was dealing with a limp; how carefully he used to support her; how attentively he used to watch over her every step. It warmed the heart to see his dedication and to reflect on what the man was and what he had been.

Fig. 22.Faraday's house at Hampton Court.
CLOSE OF SCIENTIFIC CAREER.

Gradually his powers waned. He gave his last juvenile lectures at Christmas, 1860; and in October, 1861, being now seventy years of age, he resigned his259 Professorship, while retaining the superintendence of the laboratory. “Nothing,” he wrote to the managers, “would make me happier in the things of this life than to make some scientific discovery or development, and by that to justify the Board in their desire to retain me in my position here.” His last research in the laboratory was made on March 12, 1862. On June 20th he gave his last Friday night discourse—on Siemens’s gas furnaces. He had, as his notes show, already made up his mind to announce his retirement, and the lecture was a sad and touching occasion, for the failure of his powers was painfully evident. He continued for two years longer, and with surprising activity, to work for Trinity House on the subject of lighthouse illumination by the electric light. In 1865 he resigned these duties to Dr. Tyndall. In 1864 he resigned his eldership in the Sandemanian church. In March, 1865, he resigned the position of superintendent of the house and laboratories of the Royal Institution. He continued to attend the Friday evening meetings; but his tottering condition of frame and mind was apparent to all. All through the winter of 1865 and 1866 he became very feeble. Yet he took an interest in Mr. Wilde’s description of his new magneto-electric machine. Almost the last pleasure he showed on any scientific matter was when viewing the long spark of a Holtz’s influence machine. He still enjoyed looking at sunsets and storms. All through the summer and autumn of 1866 and the spring of 1867 his physical powers waned. He was faithfully and lovingly tended by his wife and his devoted niece, Jane Barnard. He was scarcely able to move,260 but his mind “overflowed” with the consciousness of the affectionate regard of those around him. He gradually sank into torpor, saying nothing and taking little notice of anything. Sitting in his chair in his study, he died peacefully and painlessly on the 26th of August, 1867. On the 30th of August he was quietly buried in Highgate Cemetery, his remains being committed to the earth, in accordance with the custom of the religious body to which he belonged, in perfect silence. None but personal friends were present, the funeral being by his own verbal and written wishes strictly simple and private. A simple unadorned tombstone marks the last resting-place of Michael Faraday.

Gradually, his strength declined. He delivered his final lectures for young audiences at Christmas in 1860, and in October 1861, at the age of seventy, he resigned from his259 Professorship, though he remained in charge of the laboratory. “Nothing,” he wrote to the managers, “would make me happier in this life than to make a scientific discovery or advancement, which would justify the Board’s desire to keep me in my position here.” His last research in the lab took place on March 12, 1862. On June 20, he gave his final Friday night talk—on Siemens’s gas furnaces. His notes indicate he had already decided to announce his retirement, making the lecture a sad and emotional event, as the decline in his abilities was painfully clear. He continued for two more years, surprisingly active, working for Trinity House on lighthouse illumination using electric lights. In 1865, he handed over these responsibilities to Dr. Tyndall. He also stepped down from his eldership in the Sandemanian church in 1864. By March 1865, he had resigned as superintendent of the house and laboratories at the Royal Institution. He kept attending the Friday evening meetings, but it was clear to everyone that he was physically and mentally frail. Throughout the winter of 1865 and 1866, he became quite weak. Still, he showed interest in Mr. Wilde’s description of a new magneto-electric machine. One of the last things that brought him joy related to science was watching the long spark from a Holtz’s influence machine. He continued to appreciate sunsets and storms. All through the summer and fall of 1866 and the spring of 1867, his physical strength diminished. His wife and devoted niece, Jane Barnard, lovingly cared for him. He was barely able to move,260 but his mind “overflowed” with the awareness of the love from those around him. He gradually fell into a state of inactivity, saying little and paying little attention to anything. Sitting in his chair in his study, he died peacefully and without pain on August 26, 1867. On August 30, he was quietly buried in Highgate Cemetery, his remains laid to rest in accordance with the customs of his religious community, all in perfect silence. Only close friends attended, as the funeral was conducted exactly as he had verbally and in writing requested: simply and privately. A plain, unadorned tombstone marks the final resting place of Michael Faraday.


Between Faraday and the scientific men of his time there subsisted many various relations. The influence which he exerted as a lecturer and as an experimental investigator was unique; but, apart from such influences, those relations were mainly confined to individual friendships. With the organisation of science he had relatively very little to do. We have seen how highly he prized the honour of admission to the Fellowship of the Royal Society; and it remains to be told of the gratification with which he accepted the scientific honours which he received from almost every academy and university in Europe. Yet he took little part in the work of scientific societies as such. Four years after his election as F.R.S. he served on the Council, and he remained on till 1831. He served again in 1833 and 1835. He was not, however, satisfied with the management of the Royal Society, nor with the way in which its Fellowship was at that time bestowed on men who had no real claims on science, but were nominated through influence. Echoes of this262 discontent are to be found in various pamphlets of the day by Moll, Babbage, South, and others. Faraday, who edited Moll’s pamphlet on the “Decline of Science,” is believed to have had an even larger share in its production. In 1830 the really scientific men amongst the Fellows desired to place Sir John Herschel as President; the less scientific preferred the Duke of Sussex. Faraday took the unusual step of speaking on the question, advocating the principle that eminence in science should be the sole qualification for the Presidency. At the same meeting Herschel moved, and Faraday seconded, a plan for reforming the Council by nominating a list of fifty Fellows from whose number the Council should be chosen. They carried their plan, and Faraday’s name was amongst those so selected to serve. But the presidential election went in favour of the Duke of Sussex by 119 to 110 votes. After 1835 Faraday never served again on the Council. In 1843 he wrote to Matteucci:—

Between Faraday and the scientists of his time, there were many different kinds of relationships. The impact he had as a lecturer and an experimental investigator was exceptional; however, aside from these influences, most of those relationships were limited to personal friendships. He had relatively little involvement in the organization of science. We saw how much he valued the honor of being admitted to the Fellowship of the Royal Society, and it’s also worth noting the satisfaction he felt when he accepted scientific honors from nearly every academy and university in Europe. Still, he didn’t participate much in the activities of scientific societies as such. Four years after being elected F.R.S., he served on the Council and remained there until 1831. He served again in 1833 and 1835. However, he was not pleased with how the Royal Society was managed or how its Fellowship was awarded at that time to people who had no genuine claims to science but were nominated due to connections. Signs of this262 dissatisfaction can be found in various pamphlets from that era by Moll, Babbage, South, and others. Faraday, who edited Moll’s pamphlet on the “Decline of Science,” is thought to have contributed significantly to its creation. In 1830, the true scientists among the Fellows wanted to elect Sir John Herschel as President, while the less scientific preferred the Duke of Sussex. Faraday took the unusual step of addressing this issue, advocating that excellence in science should be the only qualification for the Presidency. At the same meeting, Herschel proposed, and Faraday supported, a plan to reform the Council by nominating a list of fifty Fellows from whom the Council members would be chosen. They succeeded in their plan, and Faraday’s name was included among those selected to serve. However, the presidential election was won by the Duke of Sussex, with 119 votes to 110. After 1835, Faraday never served on the Council again. In 1843, he wrote to Matteucci:—

I think you are aware that I have not attended at the Royal Society, either meetings or council, for some years. Ill health is one reason, and another that I do not like the present constitution of it, and want to restrict it to scientific men. As these my opinions are not acceptable, I have withdrawn from any management in it (still sending scientific communications if I discover anything I think worthy). This, of course, deprives me of power there.

I believe you know that I haven’t been to the Royal Society, either for meetings or council, in several years. One reason is my health issues, and another is that I dislike the current structure and want to limit it to scientific professionals. Since my views aren’t welcomed, I’ve stepped back from any involvement in its management (though I still share scientific findings if I come across something I consider significant). This, of course, means I have no influence there.

REFORM IN THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

Two months earlier he wrote to Grove, who at that time was carrying out the long-needed reforms, sympathising, but declining to co-operate:—

Two months earlier, he wrote to Grove, who was in the process of implementing the long-overdue reforms, expressing sympathy but refusing to collaborate:—

263

263

Royal Institution,
December 21, 1842.

Royal Institution,
December 21, 1842.

My dear Grove,—... As to the Royal Society, you know my feeling towards it is for what it has been, and I hope may be. Its present state is not wholesome. You are aware that I am not on the council, and have not been for years, and have been to no meeting there for years; but I do hope for better times. I do not wonder at your feeling—all I meant to express was a wish that its circumstances and character should improve, and that it should again become a desirable reunion of all really scientific men. It has done much, is now doing much, in some parts of science, as its magnetic observations show, and I hope will some day become altogether healthy.

Dear Grove,—... Regarding the Royal Society, you know that I have strong feelings about what it used to be, and what I hope it can become. Its current state is not great. You know I'm not on the council, and I haven't been for years, nor have I attended any meetings in a long time; but I still hope for better days ahead. I understand your feelings—I just wanted to express a desire for its circumstances and character to improve, and for it to once again be a welcoming gathering for all genuinely scientific people. It has achieved a lot and is currently contributing significantly in some areas of science, as its magnetic observations indicate, and I hope that one day it will be completely healthy.

Ever, my dear Grove, yours sincerely,
M. Faraday.

Always, my dear Grove, sincerely yours,
M. Faraday

Though he continued down to 1860 to send researches for publication to the Royal Society, he seldom attended its meetings.56 He was not even present in November, 1845, on the occasion of the reading of his paper on the action of the magnet on light. In 1857 he declined the Presidency, though urged by the unanimous wish of the Council, as narrated on p. 225.

Though he kept sending research for publication to the Royal Society until 1860, he rarely attended their meetings.56 He was even absent in November 1845 when his paper on the effect of magnetism on light was presented. In 1857, he turned down the Presidency, despite being encouraged by the unanimous request of the Council, as mentioned in p. 225.

Though in the meridian of his active life, he took264 no part in the founding of the British Association in 1831, but was at the Oxford meeting in 1832, being one of the four scientific men (p. 65) selected to receive the honorary degree of D.C.L. on that occasion. He also communicated a paper on Electro-chemical Decomposition to the B.A. meeting at Cambridge in 1833. He acted as president of the Chemical Section of the Association in 1837 at Liverpool, and in 1846 at Southampton; and he was chosen as vice-president of the Association itself in the years 1844, at York (p. 224); 1849, at Birmingham (p. 256); and 1853, at Hull. He delivered evening discourses in 1847, at Oxford, on Magnetic and Diamagnetic Phenomena; and in 1849, at Birmingham, on Mr. Gassiot’s Battery. He also contributed to the proceedings at the meetings at Ipswich in 1851 and at Liverpool in 1854.

Though he was very active in his life, he did not participate in founding the British Association in 1831 but attended the Oxford meeting in 1832, where he was one of the four scientists (p. 65) chosen to receive the honorary D.C.L. degree. He also presented a paper on Electro-chemical Decomposition at the B.A. meeting in Cambridge in 1833. He served as president of the Chemical Section of the Association in 1837 in Liverpool and in 1846 in Southampton; he was elected vice-president of the Association itself in 1844 at York (p. 224), 1849 at Birmingham (p. 256), and 1853 in Hull. He gave evening lectures in 1847 at Oxford on Magnetic and Diamagnetic Phenomena, and in 1849 at Birmingham on Mr. Gassiot’s Battery. He also participated in the meetings at Ipswich in 1851 and at Liverpool in 1854.

His comparative aloofness from scientific organisations arose probably from the exceedingly individual nature of his own researches—to which allusion was made on p. 242—rather than from any lack of sympathy. He had no jealousy of co-operation in science. To Tyndall, then at Marburg, he wrote in 1850 rejoicing at the circumstance that the work on the magnetic properties of crystals was being taken up by others. “It is wonderful,” he says, “how much good results from different persons working at the same matter. Each one gives views and ideas new to the rest. When science is a republic, then it gains; and though I am no republican in other matters, I am in that.” Other causes there were, doubtless, tending to his isolation,265 amongst them an old jealousy, now long dead, against the Royal Institution on the part of some of the Fellows of the Royal Society. Above all, probably, was his detestation of controversy.

His somewhat distant approach to scientific organizations likely stemmed from the highly individualistic nature of his own research—mentioned on p. 242—rather than any lack of support. He wasn't envious of collaboration in science. In 1850, he wrote to Tyndall, who was then in Marburg, expressing his happiness that the work on the magnetic properties of crystals was being taken up by others. “It's amazing,” he said, “how much good comes from different people working on the same topic. Each person brings fresh perspectives and ideas to the table. When science operates like a republic, it thrives; and although I’m not a republican in other matters, I believe in that concept.” There were certainly other factors contributing to his isolation, including an outdated jealousy—now long gone—toward the Royal Institution from some of the Fellows of the Royal Society. But above all, it was likely his strong dislike of controversy. 265

PRIORITY IN SCIENTIFIC DISCOVERY.
PRIORITY IN PUBLICATION.

Priority in scientific discovery was a matter which deeply concerned one whose life was devoted to scientific pioneering. To any question as to scientific priority between himself and other workers he was keenly sensitive. This was, indeed, natural in one who had voluntarily relinquished fortune, and retired from lucrative professional work, in the sole and single aim of advancing natural knowledge. His single-minded and sensitive nature made him particularly scrupulous in all such matters, and his early experiences must have added to the almost excessive keenness of his perceptions. Having had in 1823, when still merely assistant to Davy, to bear the double burden of a serious misunderstanding with Dr. Wollaston as to the originality of his discovery of the electro-magnetic rotations, and of a serious estrangement from his master arising out of the liquid chlorine discovery—an estrangement which threatened to cause his election to the Royal Society to be indefinitely postponed—he was in later life especially precise in dating and publishing his own researches. In 1831 there arose, concerning his great discovery of magneto-electric induction, a curious misunderstanding. His discovery was, as we have seen, made in September and October. He collected his results and arranged them in the splendid memoir—the first in the series of “Experimental Researches in Electricity”—which was read at the266 Royal Society on November 24th. The résumé of his work, which he wrote five days later to Phillips, is given on pages 114–117. A fortnight later he wrote a shorter and hasty letter in the same way to his friend, M. Hachette of Paris—a letter which Faraday subsequently well termed “unfortunate,” in view of the consequences that followed. M. Hachette, a week later, communicated Faraday’s letter to the Académie des Sciences on December 26th. It was published in Le Temps of December 28th. At that date the complete memoir read to the Royal Society was not yet printed or circulated. The consequence was that two Italian physicists, MM. Nobili and Antinori, seeing the brief letter, and “considering that the subject was given to the philosophical world for general pursuit,” immediately began researches on magneto-electric induction in ignorance of Faraday’s full work. Their results they embodied in a paper, in which they claimed to have “verified, extended, and, perhaps, rectified the results of the English philosopher,” accusing him of errors both in experiment and theory, and even of a breach of good faith as to what he had said about Arago’s rotations. This paper they dated January 31st, 1832; but it was published in the belated number of the Antologia for November, 1831, where its appearance at an apparently earlier date than Faraday’s original paper in the Philosophical Transactions made many Continental readers suppose that the researches of Nobili and Antinori preceded those of Faraday. In June, 1832, Faraday published in the Philosophical Magazine a translation of Nobili’s memoir, with his267 own annotations; and later in the year he wrote to Gay Lussac a long letter on the errors of Nobili and Antinori. He showed how, in spite of his efforts to clear up the misunderstanding, in spite of his having sent several months previously to MM. Nobili and Antinori copies of his original papers, no correction or retractation had been made by them; and he concluded by a dignified protest that none might say he had been too hasty to write that which might have been avoided. It may be taken that the rule now recognised as to priority of scientific publication—namely, that it dates from the day when the discoverer communicates it formally to any of the recognised learned societies—was virtually established by Faraday’s example. It will be remembered that writing to De la Rive in 1845, to tell him of his diamagnetic discoveries, he begged him to keep the matter secret, adding: “I ought (in order to preserve the respect due to the Royal Society) not to write a description to any one until the paper has been received or even read there.” To younger men he inculcated the necessity of proper and prompt publication of their researches if they would reap the benefit of their work. To Sir William Crookes, then a rising young chemist, he said: “Work, Finish, Publish.” Writing in 1853 to Professor Matteucci, who had been annoyed with him for allowing Du Bois Reymond, with whom Matteucci had had some controversy about priority, to dedicate his book to him, Faraday says: “Who has not to put up in his day with insinuations and misrepresentations in the accounts of his proceedings given by others, bearing for the268 time the present injustice, which is often unintentional, and often originates in hasty temper, and committing his fame and character to the judgment of the men of his own and future time?”... “I see that that moves you which would move me most—namely, the imputation of a want of good faith—and I cordially sympathise with any one who is so charged unjustly. Such cases have seemed to me almost the only ones for which it is worth while entering into controversy.”... “These polemics of the scientific world are very unfortunate things; they form the great stain to which the beautiful edifice of scientific truth is subject. Are they inevitable?

Priority in scientific discovery was something that deeply concerned someone whose life was dedicated to scientific innovation. He was very sensitive to any questions about scientific priority between himself and other researchers. This was natural for someone who had willingly given up wealth and stepped away from a profitable career solely to advance natural knowledge. His focused and sensitive nature made him particularly careful in such matters, and his early experiences likely heightened his already sharp perceptions. In 1823, when he was still just an assistant to Davy, he had to deal with a serious misunderstanding with Dr. Wollaston regarding the originality of his discovery of electro-magnetic rotations, as well as a significant fallout with his mentor over the discovery of liquid chlorine—this fallout threatened to delay his election to the Royal Society indefinitely. As a result, he became particularly precise about dating and publishing his own research in later years. In 1831, a strange misunderstanding arose concerning his major discovery of magneto-electric induction. As we noted, he made this discovery in September and October. He compiled and organized his results into an impressive paper—the first in the series titled “Experimental Researches in Electricity”—which he presented at the Royal Society on November 24. The summary of his work, which he wrote five days later to Phillips, is provided on pages 114–117. A fortnight later, he sent a shorter, hasty letter in a similar fashion to his friend, M. Hachette of Paris—a letter that Faraday later described as “unfortunate,” considering the resulting consequences. M. Hachette communicated Faraday’s letter to the Académie des Sciences on December 26th, which was published in Le Temps on December 28th. By that time, the complete paper presented to the Royal Society had not yet been printed or distributed. As a result, two Italian physicists, MM. Nobili and Antinori, reading the brief letter and “considering that the subject was open for general investigation,” immediately began their research on magneto-electric induction without knowing about Faraday’s complete work. They summarized their findings in a paper, claiming to have “verified, extended, and possibly rectified the results of the English philosopher,” accusing him of errors in both experiment and theory, and even of failing to uphold good faith regarding his statements about Arago’s rotations. They dated their paper January 31st, 1832, but it was published in a later issue of the Antologia for November 1831, leading many readers on the continent to mistakenly believe that the research of Nobili and Antinori preceded that of Faraday. In June 1832, Faraday published a translation of Nobili’s paper in the Philosophical Magazine, along with his own annotations; later that year, he wrote a lengthy letter to Gay Lussac addressing the errors made by Nobili and Antinori. He pointed out that despite his efforts to clarify the misunderstanding and having sent copies of his original papers to MM. Nobili and Antinori months earlier, they had yet to correct or retract anything. He concluded with a dignified protest, stating that no one could say he acted too hastily in writing what might have been avoided. It can be concluded that the rule now recognized regarding priority in scientific publication—that it dates from the day the discoverer formally communicates it to any recognized learned society—was essentially established by Faraday’s example. Remember that when he wrote to De la Rive in 1845 about his diamagnetic discoveries, he urged him to keep it confidential, adding: “I ought (to maintain the respect due to the Royal Society) not to write a description to anyone until the paper has been received or even read there.” He emphasized to younger researchers the importance of properly and promptly publishing their findings if they wanted to benefit from their work. To Sir William Crookes, then a promising young chemist, he advised: “Work, Finish, Publish.” In a letter from 1853 to Professor Matteucci, who had been upset with him for allowing Du Bois Reymond—who had a dispute over priority with Matteucci—to dedicate his book to him, Faraday stated: “Who hasn’t had to endure insinuations and misrepresentations concerning his actions reported by others, bearing the current injustice, which is often unintentional, and usually stems from rashness, while trusting his reputation and character to the judgment of his contemporaries and those in the future?”... “I see that what troubles you is what would trouble me most—namely, being accused of a lack of good faith—and I empathize with anyone unjustly charged. Such situations seem to be the only ones worth entering into controversy over.”... “These debates in the scientific community are very unfortunate; they are the significant blemish on the beautiful structure of scientific truth. Are they inevitable?

Controversy whether in religion or science was to him alike detestable. He took no part in politics. A letter to Tyndall (see “Faraday as a Discoverer,” p. 39), written after the latter had told him of a rather heated discussion at the British Association meeting in 1855, speaks of his own efforts at forbearance. He says:—

Controversy, whether in religion or science, was equally repugnant to him. He stayed out of politics. In a letter to Tyndall (see “Faraday as a Discoverer,” p. 39), written after Tyndall described a heated debate at the British Association meeting in 1855, he mentions his own attempts at patience. He says:—

These great meetings, of which I think very well altogether, advance science chiefly by bringing scientific men together and making them to know and be friends with each other; and I am sorry when that is not the effect in every part of their course.... The real truth never fails ultimately to appear.... It is better to be blind to the results of partisanship, and quick to see good will. One has more happiness in oneself in endeavouring to follow the things that make for peace. You can hardly imagine how often I have been heated in private when opposed, as I have thought unjustly and superciliously, and yet I have striven, and succeeded I hope, in keeping down replies of the like kind. And I know I have never lost by it.

These important meetings, which I think are great overall, primarily advance science by bringing scientists together and helping them get to know and befriend each other; I’m disappointed when this doesn’t happen at every stage of their interactions.... The real truth always comes out in the end.... It’s better to ignore the outcomes of bias and focus on goodwill. You find more happiness within yourself by trying to promote peace. You can't imagine how often I've gotten upset in private when I felt I was being opposed unfairly and condescendingly, yet I've made an effort, and I hope succeeded, in holding back similar responses. And I know I’ve never regretted it.

269

269

HATRED OF CONTROVERSY.

During the years when he was examining the apparatus of rival inventors for lighthouse illumination, he could calmly hear them described as Mr. So-and-So’s electric lights, all the while knowing that it was his own discovery of magneto-electric induction which had made the mechanical production of electric light possible. Yet he fired up if anyone dared to revive the priority dispute between Davy and Stephenson as to the invention of the safety lamp. “Disgraceful subject,” was his own comment. In his dispute with Snow Harris as to the design of lightning rods, in which, as it is now known, Snow Harris was right; in his dispute with Airy over the curved lines of force; in his minor difficulties over Hare’s pile and Becquerel’s magnetic observations, none could either assert his own position with more simple dignity, nor admit with greater frankness the rights of his rival.

During the years he was looking into the equipment of other inventors for lighthouse lighting, he could calmly listen to them being referred to as Mr. So-and-So’s electric lights, all while knowing that his own discovery of magneto-electric induction was what made the mechanical production of electric light possible. Yet he would get upset if anyone dared to bring up the priority argument between Davy and Stephenson regarding the invention of the safety lamp. “A disgraceful topic,” he would say. In his disagreement with Snow Harris about the design of lightning rods, where it’s now known that Snow Harris was correct; in his dispute with Airy over the curved lines of force; in his minor disagreements over Hare’s pile and Becquerel’s magnetic observations, no one could assert their own position with more simple dignity, nor acknowledge the rights of their rival with greater honesty.

To Hare he wrote:—

To Hare he texted:—

You must excuse me, however, for several reasons from answering it [Hare’s letter] at any length; the first is my distaste for controversy, which is so great that I would on no account our correspondence should acquire that character. I have often seen it do great harm, and yet remember few cases in natural knowledge where it has helped much either to pull down error or advance truth. Criticism, on the other hand, is of much value.

You have to forgive me for not responding in detail to Hare's letter for several reasons. First, I really dislike controversy, and I definitely don't want our correspondence to turn into that. I've seen it cause a lot of damage, and honestly, I can't think of many instances in science where it has effectively eliminated falsehoods or promoted the truth. On the other hand, criticism is quite valuable.

When we reflect how large a part of his experimental researches was devoted to establishing the relations between the various forces of nature, we cannot but think that Faraday must have regarded with somewhat mixed feelings the publication in 1846 of Sir William Grove’s volume on the Correlation of270 Forces. He had, in June, 1834, given a course of lectures on the mutual relation of chemical and electrical phenomena, and had dealt therein with the conversion of chemical and electrical power into heat, and had speculated on the inclusion of gravitation in these mutual relations. In 1853 Faraday marked the old lecture notes of these lectures with his initials, and endorsed them with the words “Correlation of Physical Forces.” Probably none rejoiced more than he that Grove had undertaken the work of popularising the notion which for a score of years had been familiar to himself. Yet he was keen to resent an unjust reflection, as is shown by his letter to Richard Phillips, republished in Vol. II. of the “Experimental Researches,” p. 229, respecting Dr. John Davy’s Life of Sir Humphry.

When we think about how much of his experimental research focused on the relationships between the various forces of nature, we can't help but believe that Faraday must have had mixed feelings about the publication in 1846 of Sir William Grove’s book on the Correlation of 270 Forces. He had given a series of lectures in June 1834 about the connections between chemical and electrical phenomena, discussing how chemical and electrical energy could be converted into heat, and speculating about the role of gravity in these relationships. In 1853, Faraday marked his old lecture notes with his initials and labeled them “Correlation of Physical Forces.” No one probably celebrated more than he did that Grove took on the task of popularizing the idea that had been well-known to him for about twenty years. However, he was quick to defend himself against any unfair criticism, as evidenced by his letter to Richard Phillips, which is reprinted in Vol. II of the “Experimental Researches,” p. 229, regarding Dr. John Davy’s biography of Sir Humphry.

Faraday has himself left on record (p. 10) that when he wrote to Davy asking to be taken into his employment, his motive was his desire “to escape from trade, which I thought vicious and selfish, and to enter into the service of Science, which, I imagined, made its pursuers amiable and liberal.” Davy had smiled at this boyish notion, and had told him that the experience of a few years would correct his ideas. Years afterwards he spoke of this matter to Mrs. Andrew Crosse in an interview which she has recorded:—

Faraday himself recorded (p. 10) that when he wrote to Davy asking for a job, his motive was his desire “to escape from trade, which I thought was corrupt and self-serving, and to enter the service of Science, which I believed made its followers kind and generous.” Davy had laughed off this childish idea and told him that a few years of experience would change his perspective. Years later, he discussed this topic with Mrs. Andrew Crosse in an interview she has documented:—

After viewing the ample appliances for experimental research, and feeling much impressed by the scientific atmosphere of the place, I turned and said, “Mr. Faraday, you must be very happy in your position and with your pursuits, which elevate you entirely out of the meaner aspects and lower aims of common life.”

After checking out the many tools for experimental research and being really impressed by the scientific vibe of the place, I turned and said, “Mr. Faraday, you must really enjoy your position and your work, which completely lift you above the petty aspects and lower goals of everyday life.”

271

271

He shook his head, and with that wonderful mobility of countenance which was characteristic, his expression of joyousness changed to one of profound sadness, and he replied: “When I quitted business and took to science as a career, I thought I had left behind me all the petty meannesses and small jealousies which hinder man in his moral progress; but I found myself raised into another sphere, only to find poor human nature just the same everywhere—subject to the same weaknesses and the same self-seeking, however exalted the intellect.”

He shook his head, and with that remarkable change in his face that was so characteristic of him, his joyful expression turned into one of deep sadness, and he said: “When I left business to pursue a career in science, I thought I had left all the small-mindedness and petty jealousy behind that hold people back in their moral growth; but I found myself in a different world, only to discover that human nature is the same everywhere—subject to the same weaknesses and the same self-interest, no matter how brilliant the mind.”

These were his words as well as I can recollect; and, looking at that good and great man, I thought I had never seen a countenance which so impressed me with the characteristic of perfect unworldliness.

These were his words as best as I can remember; and, looking at that good and great man, I felt I had never seen a face that impressed me with such a quality of complete lack of worldly concerns.

HONOURS AND TITLES.

Probably few men have ever been recipients of so many scientific honours as Faraday. Beginning in the year 1823 with his election as a corresponding member of the Académie des Sciences of Paris, and as an honorary member of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, the list of his diplomas and distinctions—some ninety-seven in number—ended in 1864 with his election as Associate of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Naples. It included honours from almost every academy and university of Europe. These honours Faraday valued very highly; and whilst he consigned his various gold medals to a mere wooden box, his diplomas were kept with the utmost care in a special diploma book, in which they were mounted and indexed. To Mr. Spring Rice, who in 1838 asked him for a list of his titles, he replied, enclosing the list, and adding this remark: “One title, namely that of F.R.S., was sought and paid for; all the rest are spontaneous offerings of kindness and goodwill from272 the bodies named.” Years afterwards he was asked by Lord Wrottesley to advise the Government as to how the position of science or of the cultivators of science in England might be improved. The letter is so characteristic that it cannot be spared:—

Probably few men have ever received as many scientific honors as Faraday. Starting in 1823 with his election as a corresponding member of the Académie des Sciences of Paris and as an honorary member of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, the list of his diplomas and distinctions—totaling ninety-seven—concluded in 1864 with his election as Associate of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Naples. He received honors from nearly every academy and university in Europe. Faraday valued these honors highly; while he stored his various gold medals in a simple wooden box, he kept his diplomas with great care in a special diploma book, where they were mounted and indexed. To Mr. Spring Rice, who asked him for a list of his titles in 1838, he replied with the list attached, adding this comment: “One title, namely that of F.R.S., was sought and paid for; all the rest are spontaneous offerings of kindness and goodwill from272 the bodies named.” Years later, he was asked by Lord Wrottesley to advise the Government on how the situation of science or its practitioners in England could be improved. The letter is so characteristic that it cannot be spared:—

Royal Institution: March 10, 1854.

Royal Institution: March 10, 1854.

My Lord,—I feel unfit to give a deliberate opinion on the course it might be advisable for the Government to pursue if it were anxious to improve the position of science and its cultivators in our country. My course of life, and the circumstances which make it a happy one for me, are not those of persons who conform to the usages and habits of society. Through the kindness of all, from my Sovereign downwards, I have that which supplies all my need; and in respect of honours, I have, as a scientific man, received from foreign countries and sovereigns those which, belonging to very limited and select classes, surpass in my opinion anything that it is in the power of my own to bestow.

My Lord,—I feel unqualified to provide a thoughtful opinion on what actions the Government should take if it truly wants to enhance the status of science and its practitioners in our country. My life experiences and the circumstances that make me happy aren’t typical of those who follow societal norms. Thanks to the kindness of everyone, from my Sovereign down to others, I have all that I need; and regarding honors, as a scientist, I have received accolades from foreign nations and rulers that, being from very exclusive circles, in my view, exceed anything that my own country could offer.

I cannot say that I have not valued such distinctions; on the contrary, I esteem them very highly, but I do not think I have ever worked for or sought after them. Even were such to be now created here, the time is past when these would possess any attraction for me....

I can't say that I don't appreciate such distinctions; on the contrary, I value them quite a bit, but I don't think I've ever worked for or chased after them. Even if they were to be created here now, the time has passed when they would have any appeal for me...

Without thinking of the effect it might have upon distinguished men of science, or upon the minds of those who, stimulated to exertion, might become distinguished, I do think that a government should, for its own sake, honour the men who do honour and service to the country. I refer now to honours only, not to beneficial rewards. Of such honours, I think, there are none. Knighthoods and baronetcies are sometimes conferred with such intentions, but I think them utterly unfit for that purpose. Instead of conferring distinction, they confound the man who is one of twenty, or perhaps fifty, with hundreds of others. They depress rather than exalt him, for they tend to lower the especial distinction of mind to the commonplace of society. An intelligent country273 ought to recognise the scientific men amongst its people as a class. If honours are conferred upon eminence in any class, as that of the law or the army, they should be in this also. The aristocracy of the class should have other distinctions than those of lowly and high-born, rich and poor, yet they should be such as to be worthy of those whom the sovereign and the country should delight to honour; and, being rendered very desirable, and even enviable, in the eyes of the aristocracy by birth, should be unattainable except to that of science. Thus much, I think, the Government and the country ought to do, for their own sake and the good of science, more than for the sake of the men who might be thought worthy of such distinction. The latter have attained to their fit place, whether the community at large recognise it or not....

Without considering how it might affect prominent scientists or inspire those who might strive for greatness, I believe that a government should, for its own benefit, honor the individuals who bring honor and service to the country. I'm talking about honors here, not material rewards. I think there are no true honors. Knighthoods and baronetcies are sometimes given with this intent, but I find them completely unsuitable for that purpose. Instead of recognizing an individual, they group someone who is one of twenty or maybe fifty with countless others. They diminish rather than elevate him, as they tend to reduce the unique distinction of intelligence to the ordinary level of society. An informed nation273 should acknowledge scientists among its citizens as a distinct class. If honors are granted for excellence in any field, like law or the military, they should be awarded in this field as well. The leading figures in this class should have different distinctions beyond those of social status and wealth, which should be of such quality that both the sovereign and the nation would be proud to honor them. These honors should be highly desirable and even enviable in the eyes of the aristocracy of birth, yet attainable only through scientific achievement. I believe this is what the government and the nation ought to do, for their own sake and the advancement of science, more than for the sake of those who might deserve such distinction. The latter have already earned their rightful place, whether society acknowledges it or not....

I have the honour to be, my lord, your very faithful servant,

I am honored to be, my lord, your loyal servant,

M. Faraday.

M. Faraday.

HOW SCIENCE CAN BE HONOURED.

To Professor Andrews he wrote in 1843 in a similar strain:—

To Professor Andrews he wrote in 1843 in a similar strain:—

I have always felt that there is something degrading in offering rewards for intellectual exertion, and that societies or academies, or even kings and emperors, should mingle in the matter does not remove the degradation, for the feeling which is hurt is a point above their condition, and belongs to the respect which a man owes to himself.... Still, I think rewards and honours good if properly distributed; but they should be given for what a man has done, and not offered for what he is to do.

I have always thought there’s something demeaning about giving rewards for intellectual effort, and the involvement of societies, academies, kings, or emperors doesn’t change that. The feeling that’s hurt is above their status and is tied to the respect a person has for themselves. Still, I believe rewards and honors can be good if they are handed out fairly; however, they should be given for what someone has accomplished, not for what they are expected to achieve in the future.

When a friend wrote to him on hearing a rumour that he had himself been knighted, his reply, published years after in the London Review, was: “I am happy that I am not a Sir, and do not intend (if it depends upon me) to become one. By the Prussian274 knighthood57 I do feel honoured; in the other I should not.”

When a friend reached out to him after hearing a rumor that he had been knighted, his response, published years later in the London Review, was: “I’m glad I’m not a Sir, and I don’t plan (as long as it’s up to me) to become one. While I do feel honored by the Prussian knighthood27457, I wouldn’t feel the same about the other.”

On one occasion he commented rather sarcastically upon the British Government and its stinginess as compared with those of all other civilised countries in its aids to scientific progress. This complaint is equally justified to-day. To many it may be news that England pays to its Astronomer Royal—who must obviously be a person of very high scientific qualifications—a salary less than those paid to the five assistant under-secretaries in the Colonial and Foreign Offices; less than that paid to the sergeants-at-arms in the Houses of Parliament; less than that paid to the person appointed Director of Clothing in the War Office. Enlightened England!

On one occasion, he sarcastically remarked on the British Government's stinginess compared to other civilized countries regarding its support for scientific progress. This complaint is still relevant today. It may surprise many to learn that England pays its Astronomer Royal—which should be someone with very high scientific qualifications—a salary that's less than what the five assistant under-secretaries in the Colonial and Foreign Offices earn; less than what the sergeants-at-arms in the Houses of Parliament are paid; and less than what the person appointed as Director of Clothing in the War Office receives. Enlightened England!

Faraday did not deem the pursuit of science to be necessarily incompatible with what he termed “professional business”—that is, expert work. Until the day when he abandoned all professional engagements, so as to devote himself to researches, he had been receiving a considerable and growing income from this source. But he objected to the indignities to which this work exposed him from lawyers, who would not understand that he took no partisan view. He could not endure the browbeating of cross-examining counsel. The late Lord Cardwell was witness to a gentle but crushing reproof which he once administered to a barrister who attempted to bully him. A writer in the British Quarterly Review275 attributes to a specific case his determination to cease expert work.

Faraday didn't think that pursuing science had to clash with what he called “professional business”—meaning expert work. Up until the day he left all professional responsibilities to focus entirely on research, he was earning a significant and increasing income from this line of work. However, he disliked the disrespect he faced from lawyers who failed to understand that he didn't have a biased perspective. He couldn’t stand the intimidation from cross-examining lawyers. The late Lord Cardwell witnessed a mild but firm reprimand that Faraday once delivered to a barrister who tried to bully him. A writer in the British Quarterly Review275 links his decision to stop expert work to a specific case.

He gave evidence once in a judicial case, when the scientific testimony, starting from given premises, was so diverse that the presiding judge, in summing up launched something like a reproach at the scientific witnesses. “Science has not shone this day,” was his lordship’s remark. From that time forth no one ever saw Faraday as a scientific witness before a law tribunal.

He testified once in a court case, where the scientific evidence, based on certain assumptions, was so varied that the judge, in his summary, seemed to criticize the scientific witnesses. “Science hasn’t impressed today,” was the judge’s comment. After that, no one ever saw Faraday as a scientific witness in court again.

UNIVERSITY DEGREES IN SCIENCE.

Amongst the honours received by Faraday there was one of which, in 1838, he said that he felt it equal to any other he had received—namely, that of Member of the Senate of the University of London, to which position he was nominated in 1836 by the Crown. For twenty-seven years he remained a senator, and when, in 1859, the project for creating degrees in science was on foot, he was one of the committee who drew up a report and scheme of examination for the Senate. To the Rev. John Barlow he wrote on this matter:—

Among the honors Faraday received, there was one that he felt was as important as any other he had received—specifically, the title of Member of the Senate of the University of London, to which he was appointed in 1836 by the Crown. He served as a senator for twenty-seven years, and when the plan to create degrees in science was being discussed in 1859, he was part of the committee that drafted a report and examination scheme for the Senate. He wrote to Rev. John Barlow about this matter:—

The Senate of the University accepted and approved of the report of the Committee for Scientific Degrees, so that that will go forward (if the Government approve), and will come into work next year. It seems to give much satisfaction to all who have seen it, though the subject is beset with difficulties; for when the depth and breadth of science came to be considered, and an estimate was made of how much a man ought to know to obtain a right to a degree in it, the amount in words seemed to be so enormous as to make me hesitate in demanding it from the student; and though in the D.S. one could divide the matter and claim eminence in one branch of science, rather than good general knowledge in all, still in the B.S., which is a progressive degree, a more extended though a more superficial acquaintance seemed to be required. In fact, the matter is so new, and there is so little that can276 serve as a previous experience in the founding and arranging these degrees, that one must leave the whole endeavour to shape itself as the practice and experience accumulates.

The Senate of the University accepted and approved the report from the Committee for Scientific Degrees, so it will move forward (if the Government approves), and will be implemented next year. It seems to please everyone who has seen it, even though the topic is filled with challenges; when considering the depth and breadth of science and estimating how much someone should know to earn a degree, the amount in words seemed so overwhelming that I hesitated to ask it from the student. While in the D.S. one could specialize and claim excellence in one area of science instead of having broad knowledge in all, in the B.S., which is a progressive degree, a wider but more general understanding seemed necessary. In fact, this matter is so new, and there's so little previous experience to guide us in establishing and organizing these degrees, that we must allow the entire endeavor to develop as practice and experience grow.

When, in 1863, his feebleness impelled him to resign this position, he wrote to Dr. Carpenter:—

When, in 1863, his weakness forced him to resign from this position, he wrote to Dr. Carpenter:—

The position of a senator is one that should not be held by an inactive man to the exclusion of an active one. It has rejoiced my heart to see the progress of the University, and of education under its influence and power; and that delight I hope to have so long as life shall be spared to me.

The role of a senator shouldn't be filled by someone who is inactive while an active person is sidelined. It has truly made me happy to witness the advancements of the University and the positive impact of education because of it; I hope to keep feeling this joy for as long as I live.

He had little sympathy with either text-book science or with mere examinations. “I have far more confidence,” he wrote, “in the one man who works mentally and bodily at a matter than in the six who merely talk about it. Nothing is so good as an experiment which, whilst it sets error right, gives an absolute advancement in knowledge.” In another place he wrote:—“Let the imagination go, guarding it by judgment and principles, but holding it in and directing it by experiment.” For book-learned chemistry and mere chemical theory, apart from experimental facts, he had an undisguised contempt. Writing to General Portlock on the subject of chemical education, he stated that he had been one of the Senate of the University of London appointed to consider especially the best method of examination. They had decided on examination by papers, accompanied by vivâ voce. “We think,” he added, “that no numerical value can be attached to the questions, because everything depends on how they are answered.” Then, referring to the teaching at Woolwich, he says, “My instructions always have277 been to look to the note-books for the result.” “Lectures alone cannot be expected to give more than a general idea of this most extensive branch of science, and it would be too much to expect that young men who at the utmost hear only fifty lectures on chemistry should be able to answer with much effect, in writing, to questions set down on paper, when we know by experience that daily work for eight hours in practical laboratories for three months does not go very far to confer such ability.”

He had little sympathy for either textbook science or just exams. “I have much more faith,” he wrote, “in the one person who engages both mentally and physically with a subject than in the six who only discuss it. Nothing is better than an experiment that not only corrects errors but also leads to a real increase in knowledge.” Elsewhere, he said: “Let the imagination run wild, but keep it in check with judgment and principles, and guide it through experiments.” He had an open disdain for book-learned chemistry and mere chemical theory, apart from actual experimental facts. Writing to General Portlock about chemical education, he mentioned that he was part of the Senate of the University of London tasked with figuring out the best way to conduct examinations. They had decided on paper examinations, along with vivâ voce. “We believe,” he added, “that no numerical value can be applied to the questions, as everything depends on how they are answered.” Then, talking about teaching at Woolwich, he said, “My instructions have always been to refer to the notebooks for the results.” “Lectures alone can only provide a general idea of this vast field of science, and it would be unrealistic to expect that young men who at most attend only fifty chemistry lectures could effectively respond in writing to questions presented on paper, especially since we know from experience that daily work for eight hours in practical laboratories for three months doesn't get them very far in achieving that skill.”

SCIENCE AND THE UNIVERSITIES.

He had, at an earlier date, declined to be appointed as examiner in the University. He had previously declined the professorship of chemistry in University College; and he had also declined the chemical chair in the University of Edinburgh. This was not, however, from any want of sympathy with university work, or failure to appreciate the ideal of a university as a seat of learning. Writing to Tyndall, in 1851, about another university—that at Toronto—he said: “I trust it is a place where a man of science and a true philosopher is required, and where, in return, such a man would be nourished and cherished in proportion to his desire to advance natural knowledge.”

He had, at an earlier time, turned down the offer to be an examiner at the University. He had also passed on the chemistry professorship at University College, and he had rejected the chemical chair at the University of Edinburgh. This wasn’t due to a lack of interest in university work or an inability to value the concept of a university as a hub of learning. Writing to Tyndall in 1851 about another university—Toronto—he said, “I hope it’s a place where a scientist and a genuine philosopher is needed, and where, in return, such a person would be supported and valued according to his desire to promote natural knowledge.”

At the same time he had an exceeding repugnance to the custom of expecting candidates for professorial chairs to produce “testimonials” of their qualifications. When his intimate friend Richard Phillips was a candidate for the very chair which Faraday refused at University College, Faraday declined on principle to give a testimonial. “I should indeed have thought,” he added, “his character had been278 known to be such that it would rather have been degraded than established by certificates.”

At the same time, he had a strong dislike for the practice of requiring candidates for teaching positions to provide "testimonials" of their qualifications. When his close friend Richard Phillips was a candidate for the same position that Faraday turned down at University College, Faraday refused on principle to provide a testimonial. "I would have thought," he added, "his character was well enough known that it would be more degraded than validated by certificates."

Similarly, in 1851, he told Tyndall, then an applicant for the Chair of Physics at Toronto, that he had in every case refused for many years past to give any on the application of candidates. “Nevertheless,” he added, “I wish to say that when I am asked about a candidate by those who have the choice or appointment, I never refuse to answer.”

Similarly, in 1851, he told Tyndall, who was then applying for the Chair of Physics at Toronto, that he had consistently declined to provide any recommendations for many years. “However,” he added, “I want to make it clear that when someone who has the power to choose or appoint asks me about a candidate, I always respond.”

SCIENCE IN EDUCATION.

On general education, Faraday’s ideas were much in advance of his time. From the epoch when as a young man he lectured to the City Philosophical Society on the means of obtaining knowledge and on mental inertia, down to the close of his career, he consistently advocated the cultivation of the experimental method and the use of science as a means of training the faculties. A concise account of his views is to be found in the lecture he gave in 1854 before the Prince Consort on “Mental Education,” a lecture which prescribes the self-educating discipline of scientific study and experiment as a means of correcting deficiency of judgment. It included a powerful plea for suspense of judgment and for the cultivation of the faculty of proportionate judgment. In 1862 he was examined at some length by the Royal Commissioners upon Public Schools. With them he pleaded strongly for the introduction of science into the school curricula; and when asked at what age it might be serviceable to introduce science-teaching, replied: “I think one can hardly tell that until after experience for some few years. All I can say is this that at my juvenile lectures at Christmas time I have279 never found a child too young to understand intelligently what I told him; they came to me afterwards with questions which proved their capability.”

On general education, Faraday’s ideas were well ahead of his time. From when he was a young man giving lectures to the City Philosophical Society about how to gain knowledge and on mental inertia, right to the end of his career, he consistently supported the experimental method and the use of science as a way to develop the mind. A clear outline of his views can be found in the lecture he delivered in 1854 before the Prince Consort on “Mental Education,” which advocates for self-educating through scientific study and experimentation to help improve judgment. It included a strong argument for holding off on quick judgments and for developing the ability to make balanced judgments. In 1862, he was thoroughly questioned by the Royal Commissioners on Public Schools. He passionately argued for incorporating science into school curricula, and when asked at what age science education might be beneficial, he responded: “I think it’s hard to say until we have some experience over a few years. All I can share is that during my youth lectures at Christmas, I have never met a child too young to understand what I taught them; they would come up to me afterward with questions that showed their understanding.”

One passage from the close of a lecture given in 1858 deserves to be recorded for its fine appreciation of “the kind of education which science offers to man”:—

One passage from the end of a lecture given in 1858 deserves to be noted for its great insight into “the kind of education that science offers to man”:—

It teaches us to be neglectful of nothing, not to despise the small beginnings—they precede of necessity all great things.... It teaches a continual comparison of the small and great, and that under differences almost approaching the infinite, for the small as often contains the great in principle as the great does the small; and thus the mind becomes comprehensive. It teaches to deduce principles carefully, to hold them firmly, or to suspend the judgment, to discover and obey law, and by it to be bold in applying to the greatest what we know of the smallest. It teaches us, first by tutors and books, to learn that which is already known to others, and then by the light and methods which belong to science to learn for ourselves and for others; so making a fruitful return to man in the future for that which we have obtained from the men of the past. Bacon in his instruction tells us that the scientific student ought not to be as the ant, who gathers merely, nor as the spider who spins from her own bowels, but rather as the bee who both gathers and produces.

It teaches us not to overlook anything, not to underestimate the small beginnings—they are necessary for all great things to follow.... It encourages a continuous comparison of the small and great, despite the almost infinite differences, because the small often contains the essence of the great just as the great contains the small; this way, our minds become more expansive. It instructs us to carefully deduce principles, to hold them firmly, or to withhold judgment, to discover and follow the law, and to confidently apply what we understand from the smallest to the greatest. It teaches us, first through teachers and books, to learn what others already know, and then, through the insights and methods of science, to learn for ourselves and for others; thus, we can give back to humanity in the future what we have gained from those in the past. Bacon, in his guidance, tells us that the scientific student should not be like the ant, who merely collects, nor like the spider, who creates from herself, but rather like the bee, who both gathers and produces.

All this is true of the teaching afforded by any part of physical science. Electricity is often called wonderful, beautiful; but it is so only in common with the other forces of nature. The beauty of electricity or of any other force is not that the power is mysterious, and unexpected, touching every sense at unawares in turn, but that it is under law, and that the taught intellect can even now govern it largely. The human mind is placed above, and not beneath it, and it is in such a point of view that the mental education afforded by science is rendered super-eminent in dignity, in practical application and utility; for by enabling the mind to apply the natural power through law, it conveys the gifts of God to man.

All this applies to the teachings of any area of physical science. Electricity is often described as wonderful and beautiful; but it is so only like the other forces of nature. The beauty of electricity or any other force isn't that its power is mysterious or surprising, affecting every sense unexpectedly in turn, but that it is governed by law, and that educated minds can largely control it. The human mind is above, not beneath it, and from this perspective, the mental education offered by science is extraordinarily dignified, practical, and useful; because by helping the mind apply natural power through laws, it brings the gifts of God to humanity.

280

280

ON MATHEMATICS.

A peculiar interest attaches to Faraday’s attitude towards the study of mathematics. He who had never had any schooling beyond the common school of his parish had not advanced beyond the simplest algebra in his mastery over symbolic reasoning. Several times in his “Experimental Researches” he deplores what he termed “my imperfect mathematical knowledge.” Of Poisson’s theory of magnetism he said: “I am quite unfit to form a judgment.” Dr. Scoffern repeats a pleasantry of Faraday’s having on a certain occasion boasted that he had once in the course of his life performed a mathematical operation—when he turned the handle of Babbage’s calculating machine. Certain it is that he went through the whole of his magnificent researches without once using even a sine or a cosine, or anything more recondite than the simple rule-of-three. He expressed the same kind of regret at his unfamiliarity with the German language—“the language of science and knowledge,” as he termed it in writing to Du Bois Reymond—which prevented him from reading the works of Professor “Ohms.” Nevertheless he valued the mathematical powers of others, and counselled Tyndall to work out his experimental results, “so that the mathematicians may be able to take it up.” Yet he never relaxed his preference for proceeding along the lines of experimental investigation. His curious phrase (p. 239) as to his pique respecting mathematics is very significant, as is also his note of jubilation in his letter to Phillips (p. 117) at finding that pure experiment can successfully rival mathematics in unravelling the mysteries which had eluded the efforts281 of Poisson and Arago. He himself attributed to his defective memory his want of hold upon symbolic reasoning. To Tyndall he wrote in 1851, when thanking him for a copy of one of his scientific memoirs:—

A unique interest surrounds Faraday’s perspective on studying mathematics. He, who had only attended the local parish school, had only reached the most basic level of algebra in his understanding of symbolic reasoning. Throughout his “Experimental Researches,” he often expressed regret over what he called “my imperfect mathematical knowledge.” Regarding Poisson’s theory of magnetism, he remarked: “I am quite unfit to form a judgment.” Dr. Scoffern recounted a joke Faraday made once, claiming he had only done a mathematical operation in his life—when he turned the handle of Babbage’s calculating machine. It is clear that he completed all his remarkable research without using even a sine or cosine, or anything more complex than simple ratio calculations. He similarly lamented his lack of familiarity with the German language—“the language of science and knowledge,” as he referred to it in a letter to Du Bois Reymond—which kept him from reading the works of Professor “Ohms.” Despite this, he appreciated the mathematical abilities of others and advised Tyndall to analyze his experimental results “so that the mathematicians may be able to take it up.” Still, he never gave up his preference for following the path of experimental investigation. His curious remark (p. 239) about his frustration with mathematics is quite telling, just like his note of joy in his letter to Phillips (p. 117) when he discovered that pure experimentation could effectively compete with mathematics in solving the mysteries that had baffled Poisson and Arago. He attributed his struggles with symbolic reasoning to his poor memory. To Tyndall, he wrote in 1851, thanking him for a copy of one of his scientific memoirs:—

Such papers as yours make me feel more than ever the loss of memory I have sustained, for there is no reading them, or at least retaining the argument, under such deficiency.

Such papers as yours make me feel more than ever the loss of memory I've experienced, because I can't read them, or at least keep the argument in mind, with this shortcoming.

Mathematical formulæ more than anything require quickness and surety in receiving and retaining the true value of the symbols used; and when one has to look back at every moment to the beginning of a paper, to see what H or A or B mean, there is no making way. Still, though I cannot hold the whole train of reasoning in my mind at once, I am able fully to appreciate the value of the results you arrive at, and it appears to me that they are exceedingly well established and of very great consequence. These elementary laws of action are of so much consequence in the development of the nature of a power which, like magnetism, is as yet new to us.

Mathematical formulas require speed and certainty in understanding and remembering the true meaning of the symbols used. If you constantly have to refer back to the beginning of a document to figure out what H, A, or B means, progress becomes impossible. However, even though I can't keep the entire reasoning process in my mind at once, I can fully appreciate the significance of your findings. It seems to me that they are extremely well-established and very important. These basic laws of action are crucial for developing an understanding of a force like magnetism, which is still new to us.

Again to Clerk Maxwell, in 1857, he wrote:—

Again to Clerk Maxwell, in 1857, he wrote:—

There is one thing I would be glad to ask you. When a mathematician engaged in investigating physical actions and results has arrived at his own conclusions, may they not be expressed in common language as fully, clearly, and definitely as in mathematical formulæ? If so, would it not be a great boon to such as we to express them so—translating them out of their hieroglyphics that we also might work upon them by experiment? I think it must be so, because I have always found that you could convey to me a perfectly clear idea of your conclusions, which, though they may give me no full understanding of the steps of your process, gave me the results neither above nor below the truth, and so clear in character that I can think and work from them.

There’s something I’d like to ask you. When a mathematician studying physical actions and outcomes arrives at their own conclusions, can those conclusions be expressed in everyday language just as fully, clearly, and definitively as they are in mathematical formulas? If so, wouldn’t it be a huge benefit for people like us to have them translated out of their complex symbols so we could also test them through experiments? I believe it must be possible because I’ve always found that you can communicate your conclusions to me very clearly. While I might not fully grasp the details of your process, I still get results that are neither exaggerated nor understated, and are clear enough that I can think and work from them.

If this be possible, would it not be a good thing if mathematicians, writing on these subjects, were to give us their282 results in this popular useful working state as well as in that which is their own and proper to them?

If this is possible, wouldn't it be great if mathematicians writing about these topics could share their findings in a way that's useful and accessible to everyone, in addition to their technical presentations?

The achievement of Faraday in finding for the expression of electromagnetic laws means which, though not symbolic, were simple, accurate, and in advance of the mathematics of his time, has been alluded to on page 217. Liebig, in his discourse on “Induction and Deduction,” refers to Faraday thus:—

The achievement of Faraday in discovering the expression of electromagnetic laws means that, although not symbolic, they were straightforward, precise, and ahead of the mathematics of his time, has been mentioned on page 217. Liebig, in his discussion on “Induction and Deduction,” refers to Faraday therefore:—

I have heard mathematical physicists deplore that Faraday’s records of his labours were difficult to read and understand, that they often resembled rather abstracts from a diary. But the fault was theirs, not Faraday’s. To physicists who have approached physics by the road of chemistry, Faraday’s memoirs sound like an admirably beautiful music.

I have heard mathematical physicists complain that Faraday’s notes on his work were hard to read and comprehend, often resembling excerpts from a diary. But the issue was theirs, not Faraday’s. For physicists who have come to physics through chemistry, Faraday’s memoirs sound like beautifully crafted music.

MAXWELL AND VON HELMHOLTZ.

Von Helmholtz, in his Faraday lecture of 1881, has also touched on this aspect.

Von Helmholtz, in his Faraday lecture of 1881, has also mentioned this aspect.

Now that the mathematical interpretation of Faraday’s conceptions regarding the nature of electric and magnetic forces has been given by Clerk Maxwell, we see how great a degree of exactness and precision was really hidden behind the words which to Faraday’s contemporaries appeared either vague or obscure; and it is in the highest degree astonishing to see what a large number of general theorems, the methodical deduction of which requires the highest powers of mathematical analysis, he found by a kind of intuition, with the security of instinct, without the help of a single mathematical formula.

Now that Clerk Maxwell has provided a mathematical interpretation of Faraday’s ideas about electric and magnetic forces, we can see the impressive level of accuracy and precision that was concealed behind the terms that seemed vague or unclear to Faraday’s peers. It's incredibly surprising to realize how many general theorems he discovered through a sort of intuition, almost instinctively, without relying on any mathematical formulas.

Two other passages from Von Helmholtz are worthy of being added:—

Two other passages from Von Helmholtz are worth being added:—

And now, with a quite wonderful sagacity and intellectual precision, Faraday performed in his brain the work of a great mathematician without using a single mathematical formula.283 He saw with his mind’s eye that magnetised and dielectric bodies ought to have a tendency to contract in the direction of the lines of force, and to dilate in all directions perpendicular to the former, and that by these systems of tensions and pressures in the space which surrounds electrified bodies, magnets, or wires conducting electric currents, all the phenomena of electrostatic, magnetic, electromagnetic attraction, repulsion, and induction could be explained, without recurring at all to forces acting directly at a distance. This was the part of his path where so few could follow him; perhaps a Clerk Maxwell, a second man of the same power and independence of intellect, was needed to reconstruct in the normal methods of science the great building the plan of which Faraday had conceived in his mind, and attempted to make visible to his contemporaries.

And now, with remarkable insight and intellectual clarity, Faraday mentally carried out the work of a great mathematician without using any math formulas.283 He envisioned that magnetized and dielectric materials should tend to contract in the direction of the lines of force and expand in all directions perpendicular to those lines. He understood that these systems of tension and pressure in the space surrounding electrified bodies, magnets, or wires carrying electric currents could explain all the phenomena of electrostatic, magnetic, electromagnetic attraction, repulsion, and induction, without having to reference forces acting directly at a distance. This was the part of his journey where so few could keep up with him; perhaps a Clerk Maxwell or another person of equal intellect and independence was needed to reconstruct in standard scientific methods the grand structure that Faraday had envisioned in his mind and tried to make clear to his contemporaries.

Nobody can deny that this new theory of electricity and magnetism, originated by Faraday and developed by Maxwell, is in itself well consistent, in perfect and exact harmony with all the known facts of experience, and does not contradict any one of the general axioms of dynamics, which have been hitherto considered as the fundamental truths of all natural science, because they have been found valid, without any exception, in all known processes of nature.

Nobody can deny that this new theory of electricity and magnetism, introduced by Faraday and expanded by Maxwell, is internally consistent, perfectly aligned with all known experiences, and doesn't contradict any of the fundamental principles of dynamics that have been regarded as the basic truths of all natural science, since they have consistently been validated in all observed natural processes.

And, after dealing with the phenomena discussed by Faraday, Von Helmholtz adds these pregnant words:—

And after addressing the phenomena discussed by Faraday, Von Helmholtz adds these significant words:—

Nevertheless, the fundamental conceptions by which Faraday was led to these much-admired discoveries have not received an equal amount of consideration. They were very divergent from the trodden path of scientific theory, and appeared rather startling to his contemporaries. His principal aim was to express in his new conceptions only facts, with the least possible use of hypothetical substances and forces. This was really an advance in general scientific method, destined to purify science from the last remnants of metaphysics. Faraday was not the first, and not the only man,284 who had worked in this direction, but perhaps nobody else at his time did it so radically.

Nevertheless, the core ideas that led Faraday to these highly regarded discoveries haven't received as much attention. They were quite different from the established scientific theories and seemed rather surprising to his peers. His main goal was to convey facts in his new ideas with minimal use of hypothetical substances and forces. This was truly a step forward in scientific methodology, aimed at clearing science of the last remnants of metaphysics. Faraday wasn't the first or the only person to work in this way, but perhaps no one else at that time approached it so fundamentally.

Clerk Maxwell said of him:

Maxwell said of him:

The way in which Faraday made use of his lines of force in co-ordinating the phenomena of electric induction shows him to have been a mathematician of high order, and one from whom the mathematicians of the future may derive valuable and fertile methods.

The way Faraday used his lines of force to connect the phenomena of electric induction demonstrates that he was a top-notch mathematician, someone from whom future mathematicians can gain valuable and innovative methods.

It is fitting to include in this review of Faraday’s place in relation to the mathematical side of physics some words of Lord Kelvin, taken from his preface to the English edition of Hertz’s “Electric Waves”:—

It makes sense to add to this review of Faraday’s role in the math side of physics some comments from Lord Kelvin, taken from his preface to the English edition of Hertz’s “Electric Waves

Faraday, with his curved lines of electric force, and his dielectric efficiency of air and of liquid and solid insulators, resuscitated the idea of a medium through which, and not only through which but by which, forces of attraction or repulsion, seemingly acting at a distance, are transmitted.

Faraday, with his curved lines of electric force and his dielectric efficiency of air as well as liquid and solid insulators, revived the concept of a medium through which, and not only through which but by which, forces of attraction or repulsion that seem to act at a distance are transmitted.

The long struggle of the first half of the eighteenth century was not merely on the question of a medium to serve for gravific mechanism, but on the correctness of the Newtonian law of gravitation as a matter of fact, however explained. The corresponding controversy in the nineteenth century was very short, and it soon became obvious that Faraday’s idea of the transmission of electric force by a medium not only did not violate Coulomb’s law of relation between force and distance, but that, if real, it must give a thorough explanation of that law. Nevertheless, after Faraday’s discovery of the different specific inductive capacities of different insulators, twenty years passed before it was generally accepted in Continental Europe. But before his death, in 1867, he had succeeded in inspiring the rising generation of the scientific world with something approaching to faith that electric force is transmitted by a medium called ether, of which, as had been believed by the whole scientific world for forty years,285 light and radiant heat are transverse vibrations. Faraday himself did not rest with this theory of electricity alone. The very last time I saw him at work at the Royal Institution was in an underground cellar, which he had chosen for freedom from disturbance, and he was arranging experiments to test the time of propagation of magnetic force from an electromagnet through a distance of many yards of air to a fine steel needle, polished to reflect light; but no result came from those experiments. About the same time, or soon after, certainly not long before the end of his working time, he was engaged (I believe at the Shot Tower, near Waterloo Bridge, on the Surrey side) in efforts to discover relations between gravity and magnetism, which also led to no result.

The lengthy struggle of the first half of the eighteenth century wasn't just about finding a medium for gravitational mechanics; it was also about the accuracy of Newton's law of gravitation, regardless of how it was explained. The related debate in the nineteenth century was much shorter, and it quickly became clear that Faraday’s concept of transmitting electric force through a medium not only didn’t contradict Coulomb’s law linking force and distance, but if it were real, it would fully explain that law. Still, after Faraday discovered the differing specific inductive capacities of various insulators, it took twenty years for this to be widely accepted in Continental Europe. However, by the time of his death in 1867, he had inspired the next generation of scientists to have a belief that electric force is transmitted through a medium called ether, which, as the entire scientific community had believed for forty years,285 consists of transverse vibrations of light and radiant heat. Faraday himself didn't stop with just this theory of electricity. The last time I saw him working at the Royal Institution was in an underground cellar he chose for its quietness, where he was setting up experiments to measure how long it took for magnetic force to travel from an electromagnet through many yards of air to a finely polished steel needle that reflected light; however, those experiments yielded no results. Around the same time, or not long before he stopped working, he was involved (I believe at the Shot Tower near Waterloo Bridge on the Surrey side) in trying to find connections between gravity and magnetism, which also produced no results.

KELVIN’S APPRECIATION.

Lord Kelvin, who was himself the first to perceive that Faraday’s ideas were not inconsistent with mathematical expression, and to direct Clerk Maxwell and others to this view, had, in 1854, delighted the old man by bringing mathematical support to the conception of lines of force. In 1857 he sent to Faraday a copy of one of his papers, and received in acknowledgment a letter of warm encouragement, which, however, does not appear to have been preserved. Lord Kelvin’s reply is its own best commentary:—

Lord Kelvin, who was the first to realize that Faraday’s ideas could actually be expressed mathematically, and to guide Clerk Maxwell and others to this perspective, had, in 1854, made the old man happy by providing mathematical backing for the idea of lines of force. In 1857, he sent Faraday a copy of one of his papers and received a letter in return that expressed enthusiastic encouragement, although it seems this letter hasn’t been kept. Lord Kelvin’s response serves as the best commentary:—

Such expressions from you would be more than a sufficient reward for anything I could ever contemplate doing in science. I feel strongly how little I have done to deserve them, but they will encourage me with a stronger motive than I have ever had before to go on endeavouring to see in the direction you have pointed, which I long ago learned to believe is the direction in which we must look for a deeper insight into nature.

Such expressions from you would be more than enough reward for anything I could ever imagine doing in science. I really feel like I haven't done much to deserve them, but they will inspire me with a stronger motivation than I've ever had before to keep striving to see in the direction you've pointed out, which I learned long ago is where we need to look for a deeper understanding of nature.


The name of Glasites or Sandemanians is given to a small sect of Christians which separated from the Scottish Presbyterian Church about 1730 under the leadership of the Rev. John Glas. Most of the congregations which sprang up in England were formed in consequence of the dissemination of the writings and by the preaching of Robert Sandeman, son-in-law and successor of Glas. Hence the double name. The Sandemanian Church in London was constituted about 1760. It still has a chapel in Barnsbury, though the sect as a whole—never numerous—has dwindled to a small remnant.58 The religious census of 1851 showed but six congregations in England and six in Scotland. As it never was a proselytising body, it is probable that it has diminished since that date. John Glas was deposed in 1728 by the Presbyterian Courts from his position as minister in the Scottish Church, because he taught287 that the Church should be governed only by the doctrines of Christ and His apostles, and not be subject to any League or Covenant. He held that the formal establishment by any nation of a professed religion was the subversion of primitive Christianity; that Christ did not come to establish any worldly authority, but to give a hope of eternal life to His people whom He should choose of His own sovereign will; that “the Bible,” and it alone, with nothing added to it nor taken away from it by man, was the sole and sufficient guide for each individual, at all times and in all circumstances; that faith in the divinity and work of Christ is the gift of God, and that the evidence of this faith is obedience to the commandment of Christ.

The name Glasites or Sandemanians refers to a small group of Christians who broke away from the Scottish Presbyterian Church around 1730, led by Rev. John Glas. Most of the congregations that formed in England did so due to the spread of writings and preaching by Robert Sandeman, who was Glas's son-in-law and successor. This is why the group has the two names. The Sandemanian Church in London was established around 1760 and still has a chapel in Barnsbury, although as a whole, the sect—never large—has shrunk to a small remnant.58 The religious census of 1851 recorded only six congregations in England and six in Scotland. Since it was never a proselytizing group, it has likely diminished since then. John Glas was removed from his position as a minister in the Scottish Church in 1728 by the Presbyterian Courts because he believed that the Church should be governed solely by the teachings of Christ and His apostles, not bound by any League or Covenant. He argued that the formal establishment of any religion by a nation undermined primitive Christianity; that Christ didn't come to establish any worldly authority but to offer hope of eternal life to His chosen people; that “the Bible” alone, without any additions or alterations by humans, was the only sufficient guide for individuals at all times and in all situations; that faith in Christ's divinity and work is a gift from God, and that the evidence of this faith is obedience to Christ’s commandments.

THE SANDEMANIAN CREED.

The tenets of Glas are somewhat obscure and couched in mystical language. They prescribe a spiritual union which binds its members into one body as a Church without its being represented by any corresponding outward ecclesiastical polity. He died in 1773. Sandeman, who spent most of his life in preaching these doctrines, died about the same time in New England. He caused to be inscribed on his tomb that “he boldly contended for the ancient faith that the bare death of Jesus Christ, without a deed or thought on the part of man, is sufficient to present the chief of sinners spotless before God.”

The principles of Glas are a bit unclear and expressed in a mystical way. They emphasize a spiritual connection that unites its members into one body as a Church, without being represented by any official church structure. He passed away in 1773. Sandeman, who dedicated most of his life to preaching these beliefs, died around the same time in New England. He had inscribed on his tomb that “he boldly contended for the ancient faith that the mere death of Jesus Christ, without any action or thought from humans, is enough to present the worst of sinners as flawless before God.”

A PRIMITIVE CHURCH.

The Sandemanians try—so far as modern conditions permit—to live up to the practice of the Christian Church as it was in the time of the Apostles. At their chapel they “broke bread”288 every Lord’s day in the forenoon, making this a common meal between the morning and afternoon services, and taking their places by casting lots. And weekly, at their simple celebration of the Lord’s Supper at the close of the afternoon service, before partaking, they collect money for the support of the poor and for expenses. In some places they dined together at one another’s houses instead of at the chapel. “They esteem the lot as a sacred thing. The washing of the feet is also retained: not, it would seem, on any special occasion, but the ablution is performed ‘whenever it can be an act of kindness to a brother to do so.’ Another peculiarity of this religious body is their objection to second marriages.”59 Members are received into the Church on the confession of sin and profession of faith made publicly at one of the afternoon services. In admitting a new member they give the kiss of charity. They deem it wrong to save up money; “the Lord will provide” being an essential item of faith. Traces of this curious fatalism may be found in one of Faraday’s letters to his wife (p. 52). He seems always to have spent his surplus income on charity. The Sandemanians have neither ordained ministers nor paid preachers. In each congregation, however, there are chosen elders (presbyters or bishops), of whom there must always be a plurality, and of whom two at least must be present at every act of discipline. The elders take it in turns to preside at the worship, and are elected by the unanimous choice of the congregation. The sole289 qualification for this office, which is unpaid, is that earnestness of purpose and sincerity of life which would have been required in Apostolic times for the office of bishop or presbyter. No difference of opinion is tolerated, but is met by excommunication, which amongst families so connected by marriage produces much unhappiness, since they hold to the Apostle’s injunction, “With such an one, no, not to eat.”

The Sandemanians try, as much as modern circumstances allow, to follow the practices of the Christian Church as it was during the time of the Apostles. At their chapel, they share a meal together every Sunday morning, making it a common meal between the morning and afternoon services, and they take their seats by drawing lots. Each week, during their simple celebration of the Lord’s Supper at the end of the afternoon service, they collect money beforehand for supporting the poor and covering expenses. In some places, they have meals together at each other’s homes instead of at the chapel. “They consider the lot to be sacred. They also practice foot washing, not just on special occasions, but whenever it can be a kind act for a brother.” Another unique aspect of this group is their disapproval of second marriages. Members join the Church by publicly confessing their sins and professing their faith during one of the afternoon services. When accepting a new member, they give a kiss of charity. They believe it's wrong to save money, holding the belief that “the Lord will provide” is a core aspect of their faith. Evidence of this peculiar fatalism can be found in one of Faraday’s letters to his wife. He consistently spent his extra income on charity. The Sandemanians do not have ordained ministers or paid preachers. However, in each congregation, there are elected elders (presbyters or bishops), and there must always be more than one elder present for any disciplinary action. The elders take turns leading worship and are chosen unanimously by the congregation. The only requirement for this unpaid role is the earnestness of purpose and sincerity of life that would have been expected in Apostolic times for the office of bishop or presbyter. No differing opinions are allowed and are met with excommunication, which leads to much distress among families bonded by marriage, as they adhere to the Apostle's instruction, “With such a person, do not even eat.”

The foregoing summary is needed to enable the reader to comprehend the relationship of Faraday to this body. His father and grandfather had belonged to this sect. In 1763 there was a congregation at Kirkby Stephen (the home of Faraday’s mother) numbering about thirty persons; and there appears to have been a chapel—now used as a barn—in Clapham. A strong religious feeling had been dominant in the Faraday family through the preceding generation. James Faraday, on his removal to London, there joined the Sandemanian congregation, which at that time met in a small chapel in St. Paul’s Alley, Barbican, since pulled down. It had, when founded in 1762, held its first meetings in the hall of the Glovers’ Company, and later in Bull and Mouth Street, till 1778. James Faraday’s wife, mother of Michael Faraday, never formally joined the Sandemanian Church, though a regular attendant of the congregation. Michael Faraday was from a boy brought up in the practice of attending this simple worship, and in the atmosphere of this primitive religious faith. Doubtless such surroundings exercised a moulding influence on his mind and character. The attitude of abstinence from attempts to proselytise, on the part290 of the church, finds its reflex in Faraday’s habitual reticence, towards all save only the most intimate of friends, on matters of religious faith. “Never once,” says Professor Tyndall, “during an intimacy of fifteen years, did he mention religion to me, save when I drew him on to the subject. He then spoke to me without hesitation or reluctance; not with any apparent desire to ‘improve the occasion,’ but to give me such information as I sought. He believed the human heart to be swayed by a power to which science or logic opened no approach; and right or wrong, this faith, held in perfect tolerance of the faiths of others, strengthened and beautified his life.”

The summary above helps the reader understand Faraday's connection to this community. His father and grandfather were part of this group. In 1763, there was a congregation in Kirkby Stephen (Faraday’s mother’s hometown) with about thirty members; there also seemed to be a chapel—now a barn—in Clapham. A strong religious passion had been present in the Faraday family for the previous generation. When James Faraday moved to London, he joined the Sandemanian congregation, which at that time met in a small chapel in St. Paul's Alley, Barbican, which has since been demolished. When it was established in 1762, it held its first meetings in the hall of the Glovers’ Company, later moving to Bull and Mouth Street until 1778. James Faraday’s wife, Michael Faraday’s mother, never officially joined the Sandemanian Church, although she regularly attended the congregation. From a young age, Michael Faraday was raised with this simple worship and in the atmosphere of this early religious faith. Such an environment undoubtedly influenced his thoughts and character. The church’s practice of not trying to convert others is reflected in Faraday’s typical reserve concerning religious matters, except with his closest friends. “Never once,” states Professor Tyndall, “during our fifteen years of friendship, did he bring up religion unless I prompted him. When he did talk about it, he did so without hesitation or reluctance; not with any intention to ‘improve the occasion,’ but simply to provide the information I was looking for. He believed the human heart is swayed by a power that science or logic cannot reach; and whether right or wrong, this belief, held with complete tolerance for others' beliefs, enriched and beautified his life.”

HIS PROFESSION OF FAITH.

Of his spiritual history down to the time of his marriage very little is known, for he made no earlier profession of faith. It is not to be supposed that he who was so scrupulous of truth, so single-minded in every relation of life, would accept the religious belief of his fathers without satisfying his conscience as to the rightness of its claims. Yet none of his letters or writings of that period show any trace60 of that stress of soul through which at one time or another every291 sincere and earnest seeker after truth must pass before he finds anchorage. Certain it is that he clung with warm attachment to the little self-contained sect amongst whom he had been brought up. Its influence, though contracting his activities by precluding all Christian communion or effort outside their circle, and cutting him off from so much that other Christian bodies hold good, fenced him effectually from dreams of worldliness, and furnished him with that very detachment which was most essential to his scientific pursuits. One month after his marriage he made his confession of sin and profession of faith before the Sandemanian Church. It was an act of humility the more striking in that it was done without any consultation with his wife, to whom he was so closely attached, and who was already a member of the congregation. When she asked him why he had not told her what he was about to do, he replied: “That is between me and my God.”

Of his spiritual journey leading up to his marriage, very little is known, as he didn’t make an earlier declaration of faith. It's hard to believe that someone who was so meticulous about truth and so straightforward in every aspect of life would just accept his family’s religious beliefs without thoroughly examining whether they were justified. Yet, none of his letters or writings from that time reveal any signs of the inner turmoil that every sincere and earnest seeker of truth must go through before they find stability. One thing is clear: he held a strong affection for the small, insular group he was raised in. While that sect limited his activities by excluding him from all Christian fellowship or efforts outside their community, and separated him from much of what other Christian groups valued, it effectively protected him from worldly distractions and provided him with the detachment that was crucial for his scientific work. One month after his marriage, he confessed his sins and professed his faith before the Sandemanian Church. It was a humble act, particularly striking because he did it without discussing it with his wife, to whom he was very close and who was already part of the congregation. When she asked him why he hadn’t told her about his decision, he replied, “That is between me and my God.”

In 1844 he wrote to Lady Lovelace as follows:—

In 1844, he wrote to Lady Lovelace as follows:—

“You speak of religion, and here you will be sadly disappointed in me. You will perhaps remember that I guessed, and not very far aside, your tendency in this respect. Your confidence in me claims in return mine to you, which indeed I have no hesitation in giving on fitting occasions, but these I think are very few, for in my mind religious conversation is generally in vain. There is no philosophy in my religion. I am of a very small and despised sect of Christians, known, if known at all, as Sandemanians, and our hope is founded on the faith that is in Christ. But though292 the natural works of God can never by any possibility come in contradiction with the higher things that belong to our future existence, and must with everything concerning Him ever glorify Him, still I do not think it at all necessary to tie the study of the natural sciences and religion together, and, in my intercourse with my fellow creatures, that which is religious and that which is philosophical have ever been two distinct things.”

“You talk about religion, and you'll probably be disappointed in me. You might recall I correctly sensed your views on this. Your trust in me deserves my trust in you, which I’m willing to offer on appropriate occasions, although I believe those occasions are quite rare since, to me, discussions about religion usually go nowhere. There is no philosophy in my religion. I belong to a very small and overlooked group of Christians known, if at all, as Sandemanians, and our hope is based on faith in Christ. However, even though God’s natural works will never contradict the greater truths about our future existence and must always honor Him, I don’t believe it’s necessary to connect the study of natural sciences to religion. In my interactions with others, I’ve always seen religious and philosophical matters as two separate topics.”

His own views were stated by himself at the commencement of a lecture on Mental Education in 1854:—

His own views were stated by himself at the start of a lecture on Mental Education in 1854:—

High as man is placed above the creatures around him, there is a higher and far more exalted position within his view; and the ways are infinite in which he occupies his thoughts about the fears, or hopes, or expectations of a future life. I believe that the truth of that future cannot be brought to his knowledge by any exertion of his mental powers, however exalted they may be; that it is made known to him by other teaching than his own, and is received through simple belief of the testimony given. Let no one suppose for a moment that the self-education I am about to commend, in respect of the things of this life, extends to any considerations of the hope set before us, as if man by reasoning could find out God. It would be improper here to enter upon this subject further than to claim an absolute distinction between religious and ordinary belief. I shall be reproached with the weakness of refusing to apply those mental operations which I think good in respect of high things to the very highest. I am content to bear the reproach.

As high as humans are above the creatures around them, there is a higher and much more exalted position within their view; and there are countless ways they can occupy their thoughts with fears, hopes, or expectations about life after death. I believe that the truth of that future can't be discovered through any exertion of mental powers, no matter how great they are; it's revealed to them through teachings beyond their own understanding and is accepted through simple belief in the testimony provided. Let no one think for a second that the self-education I'm about to recommend, regarding the matters of this life, applies to the considerations of the hope presented to us, as if humans could reason their way to understanding God. It's inappropriate to delve deeper into this subject beyond asserting a clear distinction between religious belief and ordinary belief. I expect I’ll be criticized for refusing to apply those mental processes that I find valuable regarding lofty matters to the very highest ones. I'm willing to accept that criticism.

One of his friends wrote: “When he entered the meeting-house he left his science behind, and he would listen to the prayer and exhortation of the most illiterate brother of his sect with an293 attention which showed how he loved the word of truth, from whomsoever it came.”

One of his friends wrote: “When he walked into the meeting house, he put aside his knowledge and listened to the prayer and preaching of the least educated member of his group with an attention that showed how much he valued the truth, no matter who spoke it.”

AS ELDER AND PREACHER.

“The most remarkable event,” says Dr. Bence Jones, “of his life in 1840 was his election as an elder of the Sandemanian Church. During that period when in London he preached on alternate Sundays.” This was not an entirely new duty, for he had been occasionally called upon by the elders, from the date of his admission in 1821, to exhort the brethren at the week-day evening meetings, or to read the Scriptures in the congregation. Bence Jones says that, though no one could lecture like Faraday, many might preach with more effect. The eager and vivacious manner of the lecture-room was exchanged for a devout earnestness that was in complete contrast. His addresses have been described as a patchwork of texts cited rapidly from the Old and New Testaments; and they were always extempore, though he prepared careful notes on a piece of card beforehand. Of these, samples are given in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters.” His first discourse as an elder was on Matt. xi. 28–30, dilating on Christ’s character and example. “Learn of Me.” The ground of humility of Christians must be the infinite distance between them and their Pattern. He quoted 1 John ii. 6; 1 Peter ii. 21; Phil. iii. 17; 1 Cor. xi. 1; and 1 Cor. xiv. 1.

“The most remarkable event,” says Dr. Bence Jones, “of his life in 1840 was his election as an elder of the Sandemanian Church. During that time in London, he preached on alternate Sundays.” This wasn’t completely new for him, as he had occasionally been asked by the elders, since he joined in 1821, to encourage the members at the weeknight meetings or to read the Scriptures during gatherings. Bence Jones mentions that while no one could deliver a lecture like Faraday, many could preach more effectively. The enthusiastic and lively tone of the lecture room was replaced by a sincere devotion that stood in stark contrast. His sermons were often described as a mix of rapidly cited verses from the Old and New Testaments; they were always delivered spontaneously, even though he prepared detailed notes on a piece of card beforehand. Examples of these notes can be found in Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters.” His first sermon as an elder was based on Matt. xi. 28–30, focusing on Christ’s character and example. “Learn of Me.” The foundation of Christians’ humility must be the vast difference between them and their Model. He quoted 1 John ii. 6; 1 Peter ii. 21; Phil. iii. 17; 1 Cor. xi. 1; and 1 Cor. xiv. 1.

An exceedingly vivid view of Faraday as elder of the Church was given in 188661 by the late Mr. C. C. Walker, himself at one time a member of294 the Sandemanian congregation in London; a congregation, moreover, which included several persons of distinction—Cornelius Varley, the engraver, and George Barnard, the water-colour painter.

An exceptionally clear perspective of Faraday as a leader in the Church was presented in 188661 by the late Mr. C. C. Walker, who was once a member of294 the Sandemanian congregation in London; a group that also included several notable individuals—Cornelius Varley, the engraver, and George Barnard, the watercolor painter.

At Faraday’s chapel there was a presiding elder, supported by the rest of the elders on two rows of seats elevated across the end of the chapel, one row above the other. The ground floor was filled with the old-fashioned high pews, and there was a gallery above on both sides, also with pews. Faraday sat in a pew on the ground floor, about the middle. There was a large table on the floor of the chapel in front of the elders’ seats. The presiding elder usually preached. Such was the place Faraday worshipped in, situated at the end of a narrow dirty court, surrounded by squalid houses of the poorest of the poor, and so little known that although I knew every street, lane and alley of the whole district, and this alley itself, at the bottom of which the chapel was, I never knew of the existence of the meeting-house till I learned about thirty-five years ago that there was a chapel there to which the world-renowned Faraday not only went, but where he preached. This led me to make a search, and to my great delight, I found it, though with some difficulty. Although the neighbourhood was uncleanly, not so was the interior of the chapel, nor the dining room, with its tables and forms, all of which were spotless.

At Faraday’s chapel, there was a lead elder supported by the other elders seated in two rows elevated at the end of the chapel, one row above the other. The ground floor was filled with traditional high pews, and there was a gallery above on both sides, also featuring pews. Faraday sat in a pew on the ground floor, roughly in the middle. In front of the elders’ seats, there was a large table on the chapel floor. The lead elder typically preached. This was the place where Faraday worshipped, located at the end of a narrow, dirty courtyard, surrounded by run-down houses of the poorest community. It was so little known that even though I was familiar with every street, lane, and alley in the entire district, including the alley where the chapel was situated, I had never heard of the meeting house until I discovered about thirty-five years ago that there was a chapel there that the world-famous Faraday not only attended but also preached at. This discovery led me to search for it, and to my great joy, I found it, though it took some effort. Although the neighborhood was dirty, the interior of the chapel and the dining room, with its tables and benches, were all spotless.

Faraday’s father was a blacksmith, and worshipped here. He brought up his family religiously, and Faraday from his earliest days attended the chapel. Here he met Miss Barnard, his future wife. Mr. Barnard was a respectable “working silversmith,” as manufacturing silversmiths were then called, to distinguish them from the shopkeepers who then, as now, called themselves “silversmiths,” though frequently making none of the goods they sell. His manufactory was for a time at Amen Court, Paternoster Row; afterwards it was removed to a large building erected by the firm at Angel Street, near the General Post Office, and the business has since been carried on by the sons and grandsons.

Faraday's dad was a blacksmith and worshipped here. He raised his family with strong religious values, and Faraday attended the chapel from a young age. It was here that he met Miss Barnard, who would become his wife. Mr. Barnard was a reputable "working silversmith," a term used back then to differentiate them from shopkeepers who called themselves "silversmiths," even though they often didn't make any of the items they sold. His workshop was initially at Amen Court on Paternoster Row; later, it moved to a large building constructed by the firm on Angel Street, near the General Post Office, and the business has since been continued by his sons and grandsons.

295

295

RELIGIOUS SERVICE.

Mr. Barnard and his family worshipped at the Sandemanian Chapel. To this chapel Faraday walked every Sunday morning from his earliest days; he never kept a carriage, and on religious principles would not hire a cab or omnibus on the Lord’s day.62

Mr. Barnard and his family went to the Sandemanian Chapel. Faraday walked to this chapel every Sunday morning from a young age; he never owned a carriage and, for religious reasons, wouldn’t hire a cab or bus on Sundays.62

The service commenced at eleven in the morning and lasted till about one, after which the members—“brothers and sisters,” as they called each other—had their midday meal “in common” in the room attached to the chapel, which has already been referred to. The afternoon worship usually ended about five o’clock, after partaking of the Lord’s Supper. The services were very much like those of the Congregationalists, and consisted of extempore prayers, hymns, reading the Scripture, and a sermon, usually by the presiding elder. Faraday had been an elder for a great many years, and for a considerable time was the presiding elder, and consequently preached; but during this time relinquished his office. There was one peculiarity in the service; the Scriptures were not read by the presiding elder, but he called on one of the members to read; and when Faraday was there—which he always was when in London—the presiding elder named “Brother Michael Faraday,” who then left his pew, passing along the aisle, out of the chapel, up the stairs at the back, and reappeared behind the presiding elder’s seat, who had already opened the large Bible in front of him, and pointed out the chapter to be read. It was one of the richest treats that it has been my good fortune to enjoy to hear Faraday read the Bible. The reader was quite unaware what he was to read until it was selected and when one chapter of the Old Testament was finished another would be given, probably from the New Testament. Usually three chapters were read, and sometimes four, in succession; but if it had been half a dozen there would have been no weariness, for the perfection of the reading, with its clearness of pronunciation, its judicious emphasis,296 the rich musical voice, and the perfect charm of the reader, with his natural reverence, made it a delight to listen. I have heard most of those who are considered our best readers in church and chapel, but have never heard a reader that I considered equal to Faraday.

The service started at eleven in the morning and went on until around one, after which the members—referring to each other as “brothers and sisters”—shared their midday meal together in the room connected to the chapel, which has been mentioned earlier. The afternoon worship typically wrapped up around five o’clock, following the Lord’s Supper. The services were quite similar to those of the Congregationalists, featuring spontaneous prayers, hymns, Scripture readings, and a sermon, usually given by the presiding elder. Faraday had been an elder for many years and was the presiding elder for a significant time, during which he preached; however, he later stepped down from that role. One unique aspect of the service was that the Scriptures were not read by the presiding elder; instead, he would call on a member to read. When Faraday was present—which he always was when in London—the presiding elder would announce “Brother Michael Faraday,” prompting him to leave his pew, walk down the aisle, exit the chapel, go up the stairs at the back, and reappear behind the presiding elder’s seat, who would have already opened the large Bible in front of him and pointed out the chapter to be read. It was one of the greatest experiences I had the pleasure of enjoying to hear Faraday read the Bible. The reader had no idea what he would be reading until it was chosen, and after finishing one chapter of the Old Testament, another would likely come from the New Testament. Usually, three chapters were read, sometimes four in a row; however, even if it were six chapters, there would be no fatigue, because the excellence of the reading—with its clear pronunciation, thoughtful emphasis, rich musical voice, and the natural reverence of the reader—made it a joy to listen. I have heard most of those considered our best readers in church and chapel, but I have never encountered a reader I thought was as good as Faraday.

At this distance of time his tones are always in my ears.

At this distance in time, I can still hear his voice clearly.

* * * * *

I was told by members of the chapel that he was most assiduous in visiting the poorer brethren and sisters at their own homes, comforting them in their sorrows and afflictions, and assisting them from his own purse. Indeed, they said, he was continually pressed to be the guest of the high and noble (which we may well believe), but he would, if possible, decline, preferring to visit some poor sister in trouble, assist her, take a cup of tea with her, read the Bible and pray. Though so full of religion, he was never obtrusive with it; it was too sacred a thing.

I was told by members of the chapel that he was very dedicated to visiting the poorer men and women at their homes, comforting them in their struggles and helping them financially. In fact, they mentioned he was often urged to be a guest of the wealthy and influential (which we can easily believe), but he would, whenever possible, turn them down, preferring to visit a troubled woman in need, help her, have a cup of tea with her, read the Bible, and pray. Even though he was deeply religious, he never imposed it on others; it was too sacred for that.

Tyndall has preserved another vivid reminiscence of Faraday’s inner life, which he wrote down after one of the earliest dinners which he had in the Royal Institution.

Tyndall has captured another vivid memory of Faraday’s inner life, which he recorded after one of the earliest dinners he had at the Royal Institution.

“At two o’clock he came down for me. He, his niece, and myself formed the party. ‘I never give dinners,’ he said; ‘I don’t know how to give dinners; and I never dine out. But I should not like my friends to attribute this to a wrong cause. I act thus for the sake of securing time for work, and not through religious motives as some imagine.’ He said grace. I am almost ashamed to call his prayer a ‘saying’ of grace. In the language of Scripture, it might be described as the petition of a son into whose heart God had sent the Spirit of His Son, and who with absolute trust asked a blessing from his Father. We dined on roast beef, Yorkshire pudding,297 and potatoes, drank sherry, talked of research and its requirements, and of his habit of keeping himself free from the distractions of society. He was bright and joyful—boylike, in fact, though he is now sixty-two. His work excites admiration, but contact with him warms and elevates the heart. Here, surely, is a strong man. I love strength, but let me not forget the example of its union with modesty, tenderness, and sweetness, in the character of Faraday.”

“At two o’clock, he came down for me. He, his niece, and I made up the group. ‘I never host dinners,’ he said; ‘I don’t know how to host dinners; and I never eat out. But I wouldn’t want my friends to think this is due to a misunderstanding. I do this to make sure I have time for work, not for religious reasons as some might think.’ He said grace. I almost feel embarrassed to call his prayer a ‘saying’ of grace. In biblical terms, it could be described as the heartfelt request of a son who has been filled with the Spirit of his Father, asking for a blessing with complete trust. We had roast beef, Yorkshire pudding, and potatoes, drank sherry, talked about research and its demands, and about his routine of staying away from society's distractions. He was lively and cheerful—almost boyish, in fact, even though he is now sixty-two. His work inspires admiration, but being around him warms and uplifts the heart. Here, for sure, is a strong man. I admire strength, but I must remember the example of its combination with humility, gentleness, and kindness in Faraday's character.”

There is a story told by the Abbé Moigno that one day at Faraday’s request he introduced him to Cardinal Wiseman. In the frank interview which followed, the Cardinal did not hesitate to ask Faraday whether, in his deepest conviction, he believed all the Church of Christ, holy, catholic, and apostolic, was shut up in the little sect in which he was officially an elder. “Oh, no!” was Faraday’s reply; “but I do believe from the bottom of my soul that Christ is with us.”

There’s a story told by Abbé Moigno that one day, at Faraday’s request, he introduced him to Cardinal Wiseman. During their candid conversation, the Cardinal didn’t hesitate to ask Faraday whether he truly believed that the entire Church of Christ, holy, catholic, and apostolic, was confined to the small group in which he was officially an elder. “Oh, no!” was Faraday’s response; “but I genuinely believe with all my heart that Christ is with us.”

ELDERSHIP INTERRUPTED.

The course of Faraday’s eldership was, however, interrupted. It was expected of an elder that he should attend every Sunday. One Sunday he was absent. When it was discovered that his absence was due to his having been “commanded” to dine with the Queen at Windsor, and that so far from expressing penitence, he was prepared to defend his action, his office became vacant. He was even cut off from ordinary membership. Nevertheless, he continued for years to attend the meetings just as before. He would even return from the provincial meetings of the British Association to London for the Sunday, so as not to be absent. In 1860 he was received back as298 an elder, which office he held again for about three years and a half, and finally resigned it in 1864.

The course of Faraday’s time as an elder was, however, interrupted. Elders were expected to attend every Sunday. One Sunday he was absent. When it was found out that he missed church because he had been “invited” to have dinner with the Queen at Windsor, and that instead of feeling sorry, he was ready to defend his decision, he lost his position. He was even removed from regular membership. Still, he continued to attend the meetings just like before for years. He would even travel back from the provincial meetings of the British Association to London for Sunday, so he wouldn’t miss it. In 1860 he was welcomed back as298 an elder, a role he held again for about three and a half years, and he finally stepped down in 1864.

It is doubtful whether Faraday ever attempted to form any connected ideas as to the nature or method of operation of the Divine government of the physical world, in which he had such a whole-souled belief. Newton has left us such an attempt. Kant in his own way has put forward another. So did Herschel; and so in our time have the authors of “The Unseen Universe.” To Faraday all such “natural theology” would have seemed vain and aimless. It was no part of the lecturer on natural philosophy to speculate as to final causes behind the physical laws with which he dealt. Nor, on the other hand, was it the slightest use to the Christian to inquire in what way God ruled the universe: it was enough that He did rule it.

It’s unclear if Faraday ever tried to connect his thoughts about the nature or method of how divine control operates in the physical world, which he believed in wholeheartedly. Newton gave us one attempt, and Kant presented another in his own way. Herschel did too, and in our time, so have the authors of “The Unseen Universe.” To Faraday, all that “natural theology” would have seemed pointless and without purpose. It wasn’t the job of the natural philosophy lecturer to speculate on the ultimate reasons behind the physical laws he studied. Similarly, it was of no use to Christians to question how God managed the universe; it was enough to know that He did manage it.

RELIGION AND SCIENCE.

Faraday’s mental organisation, which made it possible for him to erect an absolute barrier between his science and his religion, was an unusual one. The human mind is seldom built in such rigid compartments that a man whose whole life is spent in analysing, testing, and weighing truths in one department of knowledge, can cut himself off from applying the same testing and inquiring processes in another department. The founder of the sect had taught them that the Bible alone, with nothing added to it or taken away from it by man, was the only and sufficient guide for the soul. Apparently Faraday never admitted the possibility of human flaw in the printing, editing, translation, collation, or construction of the Bible. He apparently never even desired to know how it compared with the oldest manuscripts, or what was299 the evidence for the authenticity of the various versions. Having once accepted the views of his sect as to the absolute inspiration of the English Bible as a whole, he permitted no subsequent question to be raised as to its literal authority. Tyndall once described this attitude of mind in his own trenchant way by saying that when Faraday opened the door of his oratory he closed that of his laboratory. The saying may seem hard, but it is essentially true. To few indeed is such a limitation of character possible: possibly it may be unique. We may reverence the frank single-minded simplicity of soul which dwelt in Faraday, and may yet hold that, whatever limitation was right for him, others would do wrong if they refused to bring the powers of the mind—God-given as they believe—to bear upon the discovery of truth in the region of Biblical research. Yet may none of them dream of surpassing in transparent honesty of soul, in genuine Christian humility, in the virtues of kindness, earnestness, and sympathetic devotion, the great and good man who denied himself that freedom.

Faraday’s way of thinking, which allowed him to create a strict separation between his science and his religion, was quite rare. Most people’s minds aren’t structured in such rigid compartments that someone who spends their whole life analyzing, testing, and weighing truths in one field can completely detach themselves from using the same testing and inquiry in another area. The founder of the sect taught them that the Bible alone, with nothing added or taken away by humans, was the only and complete guide for the soul. It seems Faraday never acknowledged the possibility of human errors in the printing, editing, translation, collection, or construction of the Bible. He apparently never even wanted to know how it compared with the oldest manuscripts or what evidence existed for the authenticity of the various versions. Once he accepted his sect's views on the absolute inspiration of the English Bible as a whole, he allowed no further questions about its literal authority. Tyndall once described this mindset clearly, saying that when Faraday opened the door to his oratory, he closed the door to his laboratory. This saying might seem harsh, but it’s fundamentally true. Very few people can maintain such a limitation of character; it may be unique. We can admire the straightforward, single-minded simplicity of soul that was in Faraday, but we also believe that, while this limitation may have been right for him, others would be mistaken if they refused to utilize their God-given minds to search for truth in Biblical research. Yet, none of them should dream of outdoing him in transparent honesty of soul, genuine Christian humility, kindness, earnestness, and sympathetic devotion—the great and good man who chose to limit himself.

301

301

FOOTNOTES

1 Faraday’s usual place of work at bookbinding was a little room on the left of the entrance. (See the story of his visit there with Tyndall in after years, as narrated in Tyndall’s “Faraday,” p. 8.)

1 Faraday's typical workspace for bookbinding was a small room to the left of the entrance. (See the story of his visit there with Tyndall in later years, as described in Tyndall’s “Faraday,” p. 8.)

2 Still preserved in Faraday’s Diploma-book, now in the possession of the Royal Society.

2 Still kept in Faraday’s Diploma-book, which is currently held by the Royal Society.

3 An account of this machine will be found in the Argonaut, vol. ii., p. 33.

3 An account of this machine can be found in the Argonaut, vol. ii., p. 33.

4 “When he [Faraday] was young, poor, and altogether unknown, Masquerier was kind to him; and now that he is a great man he does not forget his old friend.”—Diary of H. Crabb Robinson, vol. iii., p. 375.

4 “When he [Faraday] was young, struggling, and completely unknown, Masquerier was kind to him; and now that he is a prominent figure, he doesn't forget his old friend.”—Diary of H. Crabb Robinson, vol. iii., p. 375.

5 He always sat in the gallery over the clock.

5 He always sat in the balcony above the clock.

6 See Dr. Paris’s “Life of Davy,” vol. ii., p. 2; or Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” vol. i., p. 47.

6 See Dr. Paris’s “Life of Davy,” vol. ii., p. 2; or Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” vol. i., p. 47.

7 His duties as laid down by the managers were these:—“To attend and assist the lecturers and professors in preparing for, and during lectures. Where any instruments or apparatus may be required, to attend to their careful removal from the model-room and laboratory to the lecture-room, and to clean and replace them after being used, reporting to the managers such accidents as shall require repair, a constant diary being kept by him for that purpose. That in one day in each week he be employed in keeping clean the models in the repository, and that all the instruments in the glass cases be cleaned and dusted at least once within a month.”

7 His responsibilities as outlined by the managers were these:—“To attend and help the lecturers and professors in preparing for and during lectures. If any instruments or equipment are needed, to carefully move them from the model room and laboratory to the lecture room, and to clean and return them after use, reporting to the managers any accidents that need repairs, while keeping a regular diary for that purpose. That one day each week he be tasked with cleaning the models in the repository, and that all the instruments in the display cases be cleaned and dusted at least once a month.”

8 The City Philosophical Society was given up at the time when Mechanics’ Institutes were started in London, Tatum selling his apparatus to that established in Fleet Street, the forerunner of the Birkbeck Institution. Many of the City Society’s members joined the Society of Arts.

8 The City Philosophical Society was dissolved when the Mechanics’ Institutes began in London, with Tatum selling his equipment to the one established in Fleet Street, which later became the Birkbeck Institution. Many members of the City Society became part of the Society of Arts.

9 Two passages may be quoted. “Finally, Sir H. has no valet except myself ... and ’tis the name more than the thing which hurts.” “When I return home, I fancy I shall return to my old profession of bookseller, for books still continue to please me more than anything else.”

9 Two quotes can be referenced. “In the end, Sir H. has no servant except me ... and it’s the name more than the reality that stings.” “When I get back home, I imagine I’ll go back to my former job as a bookseller, since books still make me happier than anything else.”

10 The meeting at which it was actually originated was held under the presidency of Sir Joseph Banks, P.R.S., nominally as a meeting for the Assistance of the Poor!

10 The meeting where it was actually started took place under the leadership of Sir Joseph Banks, P.R.S., officially as a meeting for the Assistance of the Poor!

11 A writer in the Quarterly Journal of Science for 1868, p. 50, says: “We have reason to know that Davy was slightly annoyed that the certificate proposing Faraday for election should have originated with Richard Phillips, and that he should not have been consulted before that gentleman was allowed to take the matter in hand.” This is absurd, because the President was by long-standing etiquette debarred from signing the certificates of any but foreign members, as the certificate book of the Royal Society attests.

11 A writer in the Quarterly Journal of Science for 1868, p. 50, says: “We have reason to know that Davy was a bit annoyed that the certificate proposing Faraday for election came from Richard Phillips and that he wasn’t consulted before that gentleman took charge of the matter.” This is ridiculous, because the President, according to long-standing etiquette, was not allowed to sign the certificates for anyone other than foreign members, as the certificate book of the Royal Society confirms.

12 See p. 12.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

13 Liddon’s “Life of E. B. Pusey” (1893), p. 219.

13 Liddon’s “Life of E. B. Pusey” (1893), p. 219.

14 For this information and many particulars of this transaction I am indebted to Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.R.S.

14 For this information and many details about this transaction, I owe thanks to Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.R.S.

15 “It was probably in a four-wheeled velocipede that Faraday was accustomed, some thirty years ago, to work his way up and down the steep roads near Hampstead and Highgate. This machine appears to have been of his own construction, and was worked by levers and a crank axle in the same manner as the rest of the four-wheeled class.”—The Velocipede: its past, its present, and its future. By J. F. B. Firth. London, 1869.

15 “It was probably in a four-wheeled velocipede that Faraday was used to riding, about thirty years ago, as he moved up and down the steep roads near Hampstead and Highgate. This vehicle seems to have been built by him, and it was operated by levers and a crank axle in the same way as other four-wheeled models.”—The Velocipede: its past, its present, and its future. By J. F. B. Firth. London, 1869.

16 Except on nickel and cobalt, which are also para-magnetic metals.

16 Except for nickel and cobalt, which are also paramagnetic metals.

17 For a graphic account by Hansteen of the circumstances of Oersted’s discovery, see Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” vol. ii. p. 390.

17 For a detailed description by Hansteen of the events surrounding Oersted’s discovery, see Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” vol. ii. p. 390.

18 “To the effect which takes place in this conductor [or uniting wire] and in the surrounding space, we shall give the name of the conflict of electricity.”...

18 “We’ll call the effect happening in this conductor [or connecting wire] and the space around it the conflict of electricity.”

“From the preceding facts we may likewise collect that this conflict performs circles; for without this condition, it seems impossible that the one part of the uniting wire, when placed below the magnetic pole, should drive it towards the east, and when placed above it towards the west; for it is the nature of a circle that the motions in opposite parts should have an opposite direction.”—H. C. Oersted, Ann. of Phil., Oct., 1820, pp. 273–276.

“From the earlier facts, we can also gather that this conflict moves in circles; because without this condition, it seems impossible for one part of the connecting wire, when placed below the magnetic pole, to push it towards the east, and when placed above it to push it towards the west; as it's the nature of a circle that the movements in opposite areas should have opposite directions.” —H.C. Oersted, Ann. of Phil., Oct., 1820, pp. 273–276.

19 This is an error due to haste in writing.

19 This is a mistake caused by rushing while writing.

20 See a paper by the author in the Philosophical Magazine for June, 1895, entitled “Note on a Neglected Experiment of Ampère.”

20 See a paper by the author in the Philosophical Magazine from June 1895, called “Note on a Neglected Experiment of Ampère.”

21 Compare Dumas, “Éloge Historique de Michel Faraday,” p. xxxiii., who gives the above statement. Arago’s own account to the Académie differs slightly.

21 Compare Dumas, “Éloge Historique de Michel Faraday,” p. xxxiii., who provides the above statement. Arago’s own account to the Académie varies slightly.

22 This ring Faraday is represented as holding in his hand in the beautiful marble statue by Foley which stands in the Entrance Hall of the Royal Institution. The ring itself is still preserved at the Royal Institution amongst the Faraday relics. The accompanying cut (Fig. 4) is facsimiled from Faraday’s own sketch in his laboratory note-book.

22 This ring that Faraday is shown holding in his hand in the beautiful marble statue by Foley, located in the Entrance Hall of the Royal Institution. The ring itself is still kept at the Royal Institution among the Faraday memorabilia. The accompanying cut (Fig. 4) is taken directly from Faraday’s own sketch in his lab notebook.

23 Now in the possession of the author, to whom it was given by his kinswoman Lady Wilson, youngest daughter of Richard Phillips.

23 Now owned by the author, who received it from his relative Lady Wilson, the youngest daughter of Richard Phillips.

24 The day of the Annual Meeting and election of Council of the Royal Society.

24 The day of the Annual Meeting and election of the Council of the Royal Society.

25 This is a slip in the description; the momentary current induced in the secondary wire on making the current in the primary is inverse: it is succeeded by a momentary direct current when the primary current is stopped.

25 This is a mistake in the description; the brief current created in the secondary wire when the primary current is turned on is inverse: it's followed by a brief direct current when the primary current is turned off.

26 This doubtless refers to Whewell, of Cambridge, whom he was in the habit of consulting on questions of nomenclature.

26 This definitely refers to Whewell from Cambridge, who he often consulted about naming issues.

27 A man of fashion who had, without any claim to distinction, wormed himself into scientific society, posed as a savant, and had delivered a high-flown oration on botany at the Royal Institution.

27 A stylish man who, without any real qualifications, had ingratiated himself into the scientific community, pretended to be an expert, and had given an extravagant speech on botany at the Royal Institution.

28 The use of this term, as distinguished from production, to distinguish between the primary generation of a current in a voltaic cell, a thermopile, or a friction-machine, by chemical or molecular action, and its indirect production without contact or communication of any material sort, as by motion of a wire near a magnet or by secondary influence from a neighbouring primary current while that current is varying in strength or proximity, is exceedingly significant. Faraday’s own meaning in adopting it is best grasped by referring to p. 1 of the “Experimental Researches”:—

28 The use of this term, as different from production, is meant to differentiate between the initial generation of a current in a voltaic cell, a thermopile, or a friction-machine, through chemical or molecular action, and its indirect generation without any material contact or communication, such as by moving a wire near a magnet or through secondary influence from an adjacent primary current when that current is changing in strength or distance. Faraday’s own intent in using it is best understood by looking at p. 1 of the “Experimental Research:—

“On the Induction of Electric Currents.”... The general term induction which, as it has been received into scientific language, may also, with propriety, be used to express the power which electrical currents may possess of inducing any particular state upon matter in their immediate neighbourhood.... I propose to call this action of the current from the voltaic battery volta-electric induction ... but as a distinction in language is still necessary, I propose to call the agency thus exerted by ordinary magnets magneto-electric or magne-electric induction.

“On the Induction of Electric Currents.”... The term induction, as it's used in scientific discussions, can also rightfully refer to the ability of electrical currents to influence the state of surrounding matter.... I suggest calling the effect of the current from the voltaic battery volta-electric induction ... but since we still need a linguistic distinction, I propose to refer to the action produced by regular magnets as magneto-electric or magne-electric induction.

29 “Experimental Researches,” i. 25, art. 85. This copper disc is still preserved at the Royal Institution. It was shown in action by the author of this work, at a lecture at the Royal Institution delivered April 11th, 1891. Fig. 6 is reproduced in facsimile from Faraday’s laboratory note-book.

29 “Experimental Researches,” i. 25, art. 85. This copper disc is still kept at the Royal Institution. It was demonstrated by the author of this work during a lecture at the Royal Institution on April 11th, 1891. Fig. 6 is reproduced in facsimile from Faraday’s laboratory notebook.

30 “Experimental Researches,” i. art. 135.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ “Experimental Researches,” vol. i, art. 135.

31 Ib., art. 155.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib., section 155.

32 Ib., art. 158.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib., art. 158.

33 Ib., art. 219.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib., art. 219.

34 “Experimental Researches,” i. art. 220.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ "Experimental Researches," i. art. 220.

35 Ib., art. 222.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib., art. 222.

36 Ib., iii. art. 3192.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib., iii. art. 3192.

37 “Ann. Chim. Phys.,” li. 76, 1832.

37 “Ann. Chim. Phys.,” vol. 76, 1832.

38 The great magnet of the Royal Society, which was at this time lent to Mr. Christie.

38 The powerful magnet of the Royal Society, which was currently loaned to Mr. Christie.

39 [Original footnote by Faraday.] By magnetic curves, I mean the lines of magnetic force, however modified by the juxtaposition of poles, which would be depicted by iron filings; or those to which a very small magnetic needle would form a tangent.

39 [Original footnote by Faraday.] By magnetic curves, I mean the lines of magnetic force, regardless of how they change based on the arrangement of poles, which could be shown by iron filings; or those to which a tiny magnetic needle would align itself.

40 The entire uselessness as well as the misleading effects of such unscientific nomenclature might well be taken to heart by those electrophysiologists and electrotherapeutists who still indulge in the jargon of “franklinisation,” “faradisation,” and “galvanisation.”

40 The total uselessness and misleading effects of such unscientific terminology should definitely be considered by those electrophysiologists and electrotherapists who still use terms like "franklinization," "faradization," and "galvanization."

41 In modern language this would be called the time-integral of the discharge. The statement is strictly true if the galvanometer (as was the case with Faraday’s) is one of relatively long period of oscillation.

41 In today's terms, this would be referred to as the time-integral of the discharge. This statement is completely accurate if the galvanometer (as was true with Faraday’s) has a relatively long period of oscillation.

42 From ἄνω upwards and ὁδός a way; and κατά downwards and ὁδός a way. The words cathode and cation are now more usually spelled kathode and kation. Faraday sometimes spelled the word cathion (Exp. Res. Art. 1351), as did also Whewell (Hist. of Ind. Sciences, vol. iii. p. 166).

42 From ἄνω upwards and ὁδός a way; and κατά downwards and ὁδός a way. The words cathode and cation are now more commonly spelled kathode and kation. Faraday sometimes spelled the word cathion (Exp. Res. Art. 1351), as did also Whewell (Hist. of Ind. Sciences, vol. iii. p. 166).

43 Literally, the travellers, the things which are going.

43 Literally, the travelers, the things that are happening.

44 The term induction appears to have been originally used, in contradistinction to contact or conduction, to connote those effects which apparently are in the class of actions at a distance. Thus we may have induction of a charge by a charge, or of a magnet-pole by a magnet-pole. To these Faraday had added the induction of a current by a current, and the induction of a current by a moving magnet. Amid such varying adaptations of the word induction, there is much gain in allotting to the electrostatic induction of charges by charges the distinguishing name of influence, as suggested by Priestley.

44 The term induction seems to have originally been used, in contrast to contact or conduction, to refer to those effects that are related to actions at a distance. So we might have induction of a charge by another charge, or of a magnet pole by another magnet pole. Faraday also added the induction of a current by another current, and the induction of a current by a moving magnet. Given the various uses of the word induction, it makes sense to refer to the electrostatic induction of charges by charges as influence, as Priestley suggested.

45 “Faraday as a Discoverer,” p. 67.

45 “Faraday as a Discoverer,” p. 67.

46 Newton’s third letter to Bentley.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Newton's third letter to Bentley.

47 Faraday’s definition is:—“By a diamagnetic, I mean a body through which lines of magnetic force are passing, and which does not by their action assume the usual magnetic state of iron or loadstone.” It was thus a term strictly analogous to the term dielectric used for bodies through which lines of electric force might pass.

47 Faraday’s definition is:—“By a diamagnetic, I mean a material through which magnetic lines of force travel, and which does not naturally take on the typical magnetic properties of iron or lodestone due to their influence.” It was therefore a term that was directly analogous to the term dielectric used for substances through which electric lines of force might pass.

48 i.e. Specimen No. 174. Its composition was equal parts by weight of boracic acid, oxide of lead, and silica.

48 i.e. Specimen No. 174. Its composition was equal parts by weight of boric acid, lead oxide, and silica.

49 Subsequent investigation has reduced this figure to about 186,400 miles per second, or about 30,000,000,000 centimetres per second.

49 Further investigation has brought this number down to around 186,400 miles per second, or about 30,000,000,000 centimeters per second.

50 The accompanying diagram (Fig. 20) was not given by Faraday. It was pencilled by the author more than twenty years ago in the margin of his copy of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” vol. iii., p. 450, opposite this passage.

50 The accompanying diagram (Fig. 20) was not provided by Faraday. It was drawn by the author over twenty years ago in the margin of his copy of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” vol. iii., p. 450, across from this passage.

51 The discourse was to have been delivered by Wheatstone himself, who, however, at the last moment, overcome by the shyness from which he suffered to an almost morbid degree, quitted the Institution, and left the delivery of the discourse to Faraday.

51 The talk was supposed to be given by Wheatstone himself, but at the last minute, he was so overwhelmed by his extreme shyness that he left the Institution and handed the talk over to Faraday.

52 The italics here are mine. S. P. T.

52 The italics here are mine. S. P. T.

53 It is right to add that what, according to the theory explained in the text, must be the correct explanation of the peculiar phenomena of magnetic induction depending on magnecrystallic properties was clearly stated in the form of a conjecture by Faraday in his twenty-second series in the following terms: “Or we might suppose that the crystal is a little more apt for magnetic induction, or a little less apt for diamagnetic induction, in the direction of the magnecrystallic axis than in other directions” (Sir William Thomson, Philosophical Magazine, 1851, or “Papers on Electrostatics and Magnetism,” p. 476).

53 It’s important to note that what the text describes as the correct explanation for the unique phenomena of magnetic induction, based on magnecrystallic properties, was articulated as a hypothesis by Faraday in his twenty-second series with the following statement: “Or we might assume that the crystal is somewhat more suited for magnetic induction, or somewhat less suited for diamagnetic induction, along the magnecrystallic axis than in other directions” (Sir William Thomson, Philosophical Magazine, 1851, or “Papers on Electrostatics and Magnetism,” p. 476).

54 This is exactly Stokes’s theorem of “tubes” of force. S. P. T.

54 This is exactly Stokes’s theorem about “tubes” of force. S. P. T.

55 The italics are mine. S. P. T.

55 The italics are mine. S. P. T.

56 Once again did Faraday intervene in Royal Society affairs at the crucial time when Lord Rosse was elected President in 1848. The following excerpts from the journals of Walter White show the cause:—

56 Once again, Faraday stepped in during the Royal Society's affairs at a key moment when Lord Rosse was elected President in 1848. The following excerpts from the journals of Walter White show the reason:—

“November 25th.—There have been many secret conferences this week—much trimming and time-serving. Alas for human nature!”

“November 25th.—There have been a lot of secret meetings this week—lots of compromises and opportunism. Alas for human nature!”

“November 30th.—The eventful day, the ballot begun. Mr. Faraday made some remarks about the list.”

“November 30th.—The exciting day, the voting started. Mr. Faraday made some comments about the list.”

57 He was a Chevalier of the Prussian Order of Merit, also Commander in the Legion of Honour, and Knight Commander of the Order of St. Maurice and St. Lazarus.

57 He was a Chevalier of the Prussian Order of Merit, also a Commander in the Legion of Honour, and a Knight Commander of the Order of St. Maurice and St. Lazarus.

58 Faraday’s nephew, Frank Barnard, stated in 1871 that the London congregation included amongst its members not more than twenty men, mostly quite poor, only seven or eight of them being masters of their own businesses, and that Faraday was for some time the wealthiest man of the fraternity.

58 Faraday’s nephew, Frank Barnard, said in 1871 that the London group had no more than twenty members, mostly very poor, with only seven or eight of them being business owners, and that for a while, Faraday was the richest member of the group.

59 C. M. Davies: “Unorthodox London,” page 284.

59 C. M. Davies: “Unorthodox London,” page 284.

60 A letter from his nephew, Frank Barnard, to Dr. Gladstone says: “I believe that in his younger days he had his period of hesitation, of questioning in that great argument. I have heard that, so alive was he to the necessity of investigating anything that seemed important, he visited Joanna Southcote, perhaps to learn what that woman’s pretensions were: I think he was a mere lad at that time. But this period once passed, he questioned no more, for the more he saw that Nature was mighty, the more he felt that God was mightier; and to any cavillings upon the doubts of Colenso or the reality of the Mosaic cosmogony, I believe he would simply have replied in the apostle’s words: ‘Is anything too hard for God?’...

60 A letter from his nephew, Frank Barnard, to Dr. Gladstone says: “I believe that during his younger years he went through a phase of doubt and questioning in that big debate. I’ve heard that he was so eager to investigate anything important that he visited Joanna Southcote, maybe to find out what her claims were: I think he was just a kid at that time. But once that phase passed, he stopped questioning, because the more he saw the power of Nature, the more he felt that God was even more powerful; and to any criticisms regarding Colenso's doubts or the reality of the Mosaic creation story, I believe he would have simply answered with the apostle’s words: ‘Is anything too hard for God?’...

“I once heard him say from the pulpit, ‘I hope none of my hearers will in these matters listen to the thing called philosophy.’”

“I once heard him say from the pulpit, ‘I hope none of my listeners will in these matters pay attention to something called philosophy.’”

61 Manchester Guardian, November 27.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Manchester Guardian, November 27.

62 [This is not altogether accurate. Certainly in his later life Faraday used to hire a cab to take him and Mrs. Faraday to the chapel. S. P. T.]

62 [This isn't completely true. In fact, later in his life, Faraday would hire a cab to take him and Mrs. Faraday to the chapel. S. P. T.]

INDEX

  • Abbott, Benjamin, 7, 8, 97, 227;
  • letters to, 7, 9, 15, 22, 25, 26, 41, 44, 228
  • Acoustical researches, 136
  • Action at a distance unthinkable, 128, 153, 157, 216
  • Admiralty, Scientific adviser to the, 68
  • Æther, the, Speculations upon, 193, 213
  • Airy, Sir George, Dispute with, 269
  • Aloofness from scientific organisations, 264
  • Ampère, Andrée Marie:
  • Meeting with, 19;
  • his researches, 80, 82, 85, 105, 126
  • Analyst, Faraday’s professional work as, 51, 61, 63, 274
  • Anderson, Sergeant:
  • engaged as assistant, 96;
  • his implicit obedience, 97, 242
  • Andrews, Professor T., Letter to, 273
  • Apparatus, Simplicity of, 239
  • Arago, F.:
  • Meeting with, 34, 238;
  • his notations, 106, 116, 118;
  • his philosophical reserve, 107
  • Armstrong, Lord, on electrification of steam, 170
  • Artists amongst acquaintances, 246
  • Astley’s Theatre, 51
  • Athenæum Club, 59
  • Atmospheric magnetism, 206, 209, 210
  • Atoms or centres of force, 241
  • Autobiographical notes, 8, 17, 50, 58, 70, 71, 73, 76, 223, 243
  • B.
  • Babbage, Charles, 107, 116, 262
  • Barnard, Edward, 46
  • ——, Frank, 250, 286
  • ——, George, 46, 51, 74, 89, 224, 246, 294
  • ——, Miss Jane, 46, 259
  • ——, —— Sarah (Mrs. Faraday), 46, 294
  • Becker, Dr., Letter to, 244
  • Bence Jones’s “Life and Letters of Faraday,” 7, 26, 40, 43, 48, 57, 58, 78, 108, 199, 226, 231, 293
  • Benzol, Discovery of, 94, 101
  • Bidwell, S., magnetic action of light, 184
  • Biographies of Faraday (see Introduction)
  • Boltzmann:
  • on crystalline dielectrics, 166;
  • on the doctrines of Faraday and Maxwell, 216
  • Bookbinding, 5, 6, 17, 249
  • Bookselling, 5, 17, 26, 31
  • Books by Faraday:
  • “On the Means of Obtaining Knowledge,” 41;
  • “Chemical Manipulations,” 101, 233;
  • “On Alleged Decline of Science in England” (editor), 110;
  • “Experimental Researches in Electricity and Magnetism,” 102;
  • “Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics,” 76;
  • “On the Prevention of Dry Rot in Timber,” 149;
  • “Chemistry of a Candle,” 234;
  • “The Forces of Nature,” 234302
  • Boots, a home-made pair of, 249
  • Brande, W. F., Prof., 39, 57
  • Breakdown in health, 170, 199, 222, 259
  • British Association, 64, 224, 264, 268, 297
  • Browning, Mrs. E. B., denounces Faraday, 251
  • Burdett-Coutts, Baroness, Letter to, 240
  • C.
  • Cards, Use of, to assist memory, 7, 239
  • Charge, electric, Query as to seat of, 154
  • ——, The nature of an electric, 152
  • Charitable gifts, 245, 296
  • Chemical researches, 45, 82, 87;
  • analysis of caustic lime, 76;
  • new chlorine compounds, 87;
  • liquefaction of chlorine, 93;
  • discovery of benzol, 94;
  • sulpho-naphthalic acid, 100
  • Chemistry, How to examine in, 277
  • Children and Faraday, 233, 235
  • Chlorine, Liquefaction of, 55, 91
  • Christmas lectures, 33, 37, 61, 101, 233, 234, 235, 258
  • City Philosophical Society, 14, 16, 40, 41, 230
  • Clerk Maxwell, J.:
  • article on Faraday, 135;
  • theory of conduction, 155;
  • electromagnetic theory of light, 199;
  • on Faraday’s conception of electric action, 217;
  • letter to, on mathematics, 281
  • Closing days of Faraday’s life, 259
  • Coinage of new words, 116, 143, 144, 163, 188, 205
  • Commonplace books, 40, 89
  • Conduction, Theory of, 155
  • Conservation of energy, 167, 219
  • Contact theory of cells, 168
  • Continent, Visits to, 16, 17, 74, 224
  • Controversy, Detestation of, 268
  • Convolutions of the forces of nature, 167, 172, 269, 270
  • Copper disc experiment, 113
  • Criticism, Uses of, 14, 231, 240, 269
  • Crosse, Mrs. A., Reminiscences of, 233, 245, 270
  • Crystallisation in relation to electric properties, 166, 167
  • Crystals in the magnetic field, 200, 202
  • Current, Conception of a, 146, 163
  • Cutting the magnetic lines, 134, 213
  • Crookes, Sir W., Advice to, 267
  • D.
  • Dalton, John, 65, 226
  • Dance, Mr., gives Faraday tickets, 8;
  • message to, 30
  • Daniell, Prof. J. F., 64
  • Davy, Sir Humphry:
  • lectures of, 8, 36, 227;
  • note to Faraday, 11;
  • engages Faraday, 12;
  • travels abroad, 17;
  • his aristocratic leanings, 25;
  • researches on electric arc, 37;
  • invention of safety lamp, 37, 42, 269;
  • writes to Faraday, 44, 45;
  • misunderstanding with, 56;
  • his jealousy of Faraday, 56, 59;
  • his electromagnetic discovery, 80;
  • and the liquefaction of chlorine, 93
  • Davy-Faraday laboratory, The, 36
  • De la Rive, Auguste, 29, 66, 105, 237;
  • letters to, 29, 185
  • —— —— ——, Gustave, 20, 28, 116, 141;
  • letters to, 83, 85, 91, 207, 267
  • De la Rue, Warren:
  • his lecture, 39;
  • his eclipse photographs, 219
  • Diamagnetic, A, 179
  • —— polarity, 192, 210
  • Diamagnetism, Discovery of, 186
  • Dielectric medium, 153, 159, 163
  • Diploma-book, 271
  • Discharge, electric, Forms of, 137, 162
  • —— ——, Dark, 162
  • Discoveries, Value of, 63, 224, 248
  • Displacement currents, 166
  • Doctrine of conservation of energy, 167, 219
  • —— of correlation of forces, 172, 269, 270
  • —— of electrons, 148
  • Domestic affairs, 49, 69, 244, 257
  • Doubtful knowledge, Aversion for, 46, 92
  • Dry rot in timber, 149303
  • Dumas:
  • Reminiscences by, 20, 59, 240;
  • and Arago’s copper, 106;
  • discovery of oxalamide, 137
  • E.
  • Eddy-currents, Effects due to, 107, 191, 204
  • Education, Views on, 278
  • Eel, The electric, 167
  • Electric light for lighthouses, 218, 269
  • Electrical machine, Faraday’s own, 6
  • —— ——, The “new,” 121
  • Electrochemical laws, 141, 147
  • Electrodes, 143
  • Electrolysis, 143
  • Electrolytes, 143
  • Electromagnetic rotations discovered, 51, 83, 87
  • Electromagnetism, Foundations of, 77
  • Electrons, Doctrine of, 148
  • Electrotonic state, 116, 126, 166, 215
  • Elocution, Lessons in, 43, 230
  • Enthusiasm, 15, 89, 225, 240
  • Ether, The (see Æther)
  • Evolution of electricity from magnetism, 108, 114
  • Examinations in chemistry, 277
  • Experiment, Love of, 117, 230, 276
  • —— the touchstone of hypothesis, 221
  • —— versus mathematics, 117, 239, 280
  • Experimental researches in electricity and magnetism:
  • the first series, 113;
  • the last series, 216;
  • Clerk Maxwell on, 218
  • Expert work, 51, 61, 63, 274
  • Explosions in the laboratory, 94
  • F.
  • Faraday, James, 1, 2, 224
  • Faraday, Michael:
  • born, 1;
  • schooling of, 2;
  • goes as errand boy, 3;
  • apprenticed as bookbinder and stationer, 5;
  • journeyman bookbinder, 9;
  • attends Tatum’s lectures, 6;
  • attends Sir H. Davy’s lectures, 8;
  • acts as Davy’s amanuensis, 10;
  • engaged at Royal Institution, 12;
  • his foreign tour with Davy, 16;
  • visits Paris, 18;
  • visits Florence, 21;
  • visits Geneva, 22, 28;
  • returns to Royal Institution, 34;
  • lectures at City Philosophical Society, 40, 43;
  • loyalty to Davy, 42, 59, 269;
  • begins original work, 46;
  • falls in love, 46;
  • his poem to Miss Barnard, 46;
  • his wedding, 49;
  • made superintendent of laboratory, 49, 98;
  • discovers electromagnetic rotations, 51;
  • elected F.R.S., 59;
  • made D.C.L. of Oxford, 65;
  • awarded Copley Medal, 69;
  • declines professorship in London University, 66;
  • receives a pension in Civil List, 72;
  • appointed adviser to Trinity House, 67;
  • appointed elder in Sandemanian church, 293;
  • discovers magneto-electric induction, 112, 115;
  • discovers magneto-optic rotation, 176;
  • discovers diamagnetism, 186;
  • readmitted to Sandemanian church, 297;
  • exposes spiritualistic phenomena, 250;
  • declines Presidency of Royal Society, 255;
  • declines presidency of Royal Institution, 255;
  • resigns professorship at Royal Institution, 259;
  • resigns advisership to Trinity House, 259;
  • resigns eldership in Sandemanian church, 259;
  • decease and funeral, 260
  • ——, Robert, 1, 2, 6, 249, 250
  • ——, Sarah (Mrs. Faraday), 49, 50, 51, 223, 225, 255, 257, 291;
  • letters to, 47, 48, 52, 53, 256
  • Faraday’s father, 1, 2, 224, 289
  • —— mother, 1, 2, 12, 17, 22, 33, 41, 69, 289
  • Fatalism, 52, 288
  • Fees for professional work, 51, 61, 244, 274
  • Field, The magnetic; first use of this term, 188
  • Fishes, electrical, Researches on, 20, 139, 167
  • Fluids, Alleged electric and magnetic, 212, 216, 218
  • Foreign travel, 16, 17, 74, 224
  • Fox, Caroline, Reminiscences of, 235
  • Fraser’s Magazine and Faraday’s pension, 72304
  • Fresnel’s announcement, 105
  • Friday evenings at the Royal Institution, 33, 60, 100, 101, 149, 166, 170, 192, 203, 219, 220, 225, 232, 236, 259
  • Fuller, John, founds the Fullerian professorships, 36
  • Funeral, 260
  • G.
  • Gases, Liquefaction of, 55, 91, 171
  • ——, Magnetic properties of, 204, 208
  • Gassiot, J. P., Reminiscences by, 13
  • German language, Views on the, 280
  • Gladstone, Dr. J. Hall, 69, 290
  • Glass, Researches on, 95
  • Glassites (see Sandemanians)
  • Gold, Optical properties of, 219
  • Gravity in relation to electricity, 204, 220, 285
  • ——, Speculations as to, 195, 203
  • Grove, Sir Wm., 263, 269
  • Gymnotus, 167
  • H.
  • Hachette, Letter to, 266
  • Hampton Court, House at, 257, 258
  • Hare, R., Letter to, 269
  • Harris, Sir W. Snow, 64, 269
  • Heat, Effect of, on magnetism, 208
  • Heavy-glass, 100, 176
  • Helmholtz, Prof. H. von, 282, 283
  • Henry, Professor Joseph, Reminiscence by, 241
  • Herschel, Sir John, 57, 95, 107, 116, 131, 262, 297
  • Home life, 49, 69, 223, 244, 257
  • Honours awarded to Faraday, 69, 199, 244, 255, 271
  • ——, scientific, Views on, 271
  • Hypotheses, Free use of, 221, 241
  • I.
  • Ice a non-conductor, 140
  • ——, Regelation of, 219
  • Identity of electricity from different sources, 137
  • Imagination, Use of the, 160, 227, 276
  • Incandescent electric lamps, 199
  • Income, 68, 245
  • Indignation against wrong, 227
  • Induced currents, 114
  • Induction (electromagnetic), Discovery of, 114
  • —— (electrostatic), or influence, 153
  • ——, Meaning of the term, 119
  • Inductive capacity, 159
  • Influence (see Induction)
  • Inner conflicts, 226, 290
  • Iodine, Davy’s experiments on, 19, 24, 27
  • Ions, Origin of term, 144, 145
  • J.
  • Jenkin, Wm., observes spark at break, 150, 243
  • Jones (see Bence Jones)
  • Journals of foreign travel, 18, 224
  • Juvenile lectures at Royal Institution, 33, 37, 61, 101, 233, 234, 235, 258
  • K.
  • Keble, Rev. J., and the hodge-podge of philosophers, 65
  • Kelvin, Lord:
  • theory of electromotive forces, 148;
  • on theory of magnetic permeability in æolotropic media, 201;
  • on Faraday’s views of electricity, 284;
  • letter from, 285
  • Kerr, Dr. John:
  • electro-optic discovery, 173;
  • magneto-optic discovery, 182
  • Kindliness, 226
  • Knighthood no honour, 273
  • Kundt, Aug., magneto-optic discovery, 182
  • L.
  • Laboratories at Albemarle Street, 36, 51, 66, 80, 84, 96
  • Lateral effects of current, 151, 165, 170
  • Lectures at Royal Institution:
  • Davy’s, 8, 36;
  • Faraday’s first, 227;
  • Juvenile, 33, 37, 61, 101, 233, 234, 235, 258;
  • afternoon, 37, 166
  • ——, Friday night discourses, 33, 60, 100, 101, 149, 166, 170, 192, 203, 219, 220, 225, 232, 236, 259305
  • Lectures at the London Institution, 101
  • —— at the British Association, 264
  • —— at St. George’s Hospital, 166
  • —— at Woolwich, 66, 101
  • Lecturing, Views about, 16, 226, 232, 238
  • Letters from Faraday to:
  • Abbott, B., 7, 9, 15, 22, 25, 26, 41, 44, 228;
  • Andrews, T., 273;
  • Barnard, Miss Sarah, 47, 48;
  • Becker, Dr., 244;
  • Burdett-Coutts, Baroness, 240;
  • Davy, Sir H., 10;
  • De la Rive, A., 29, 185;
  • De la Rive, G., 83, 85, 91, 207, 267;
  • Deacon, Mrs., 253;
  • Faraday, Mrs., 52, 53, 256;
  • Grove, Sir Wm., 263;
  • Hare, R., 269;
  • Lovelace, Lady, 291;
  • Matteucci, Prof. C., 253, 262, 267;
  • Melbourne, Lord, 71;
  • Moore, Miss, 207;
  • Murray, Mr. John, 234;
  • Paris, Dr. J. A., 10, 93;
  • Percy, Dr. J., 253;
  • Phillips, R., 61, 109, 114, 194, 270, 277;
  • Riebau, G., 30;
  • Royet, Dr. P., 99;
  • Schönbein, Professor, 206, 252;
  • the Deputy-Master of Trinity House, 67;
  • Tyndall, Prof. J., 210, 264, 268, 277, 278, 280;
  • Whewell, Rev. W., 145;
  • Young, Dr. T., 97
  • —— to Faraday:
  • From Sir H. Davy, 44, 45;
  • from Baron Liebig, 225;
  • from Sir W. Thomson (Lord Kelvin), 285;
  • from Rev. W. Whewell, 116, 144, 145, 163, 205
  • Liebig, J. von, Reminiscences by, 224, 282
  • Light, Action of magnetism on, 176
  • ——, Electromagnetic theory of, 197, 199, 213
  • Lighthouses, Scientific work for, 67, 199, 218, 259
  • Lines of force, 113, 133, 195, 208, 211, 213, 285;
  • vibrations of, 195
  • Liquefaction of gases, 55, 91, 171
  • London University (see University)
  • Love of children, 233, 235
  • ——, Poetical diatribe against, and recantation, 40, 47
  • Lovelace, Lady, Letter to, 291
  • Love-letters of Faraday, 47, 48, 52, 58, 256
  • M.
  • Magnecrystallic forces, 201
  • Magnetic lines, 113, 133, 195, 213, 214
  • Magnetisation by light, 183
  • —— of light, 176
  • Magnetism and cold, 167
  • —— of gases, 204
  • —— of rotation, Alleged, 106, 121
  • Magneto-electric discovery, 95, 112
  • —— induction, 115
  • —— light, 120, 130, 218, 259
  • —— machines, 122, 125, 126, 218, 259
  • Magneto-optical researches, 176, 182, 220
  • Magrath, E., 7, 14, 60, 231
  • Marcet, Mrs., Conversations on Chemistry, 6
  • Masquerier teaches Faraday to draw, 8
  • Mathematics versus experiment, 117, 239, 280
  • ——, Faraday’s views on, 280, 281
  • —— and Faraday’s methods, 217, 282
  • Matteucci, C., Letters to, 253, 262, 267
  • Maxwell (see Clerk Maxwell)
  • Mayo, Herbert, Impromptu by, 117
  • Meat-canning processes, 243
  • Medium, Action in a, 157, 213, 216
  • ——, The part played by the, 128, 153, 158, 194, 213
  • Melbourne, Lord, and Faraday’s pension, 69
  • Memory, Troubles of a defective, 7, 63, 74, 253
  • Mental education, Views on, 278, 292
  • Models, Use of, 104, 239
  • Moigno, Abbé, Reminiscence by, 297
  • Moll, G.:
  • his electromagnets, 120;
  • pamphlet on “Decline of Science,” 110, 262
  • Moore, Miss, Letter to, 207
  • Morichini’s experiments on magnetisation by light, 21, 183306
  • Murchison, Sir R., Reminiscence by, 227
  • Music, Enjoyment of, 246
  • N.
  • Natural theology, Views on, 298
  • New electrical machine, 121
  • Newman, Rev. J. H., and the British Association, 65
  • Newton, Mr. Jos., Reminiscence by, 254
  • Nobili and Antinori, their mistake, 266
  • Non-inductive winding, 150
  • Notebooks a better test than examinations, 277
  • ——, Faraday’s own, 8, 50, 73, 87, 90, 91, 108, 111, 118, 129, 141, 143, 150, 153, 156, 167, 177, 180, 181, 182, 220
  • O.
  • Oersted’s discovery of electromagnetism, 77, 78
  • Optical glass, Research on, 95, 100
  • —— illusions, Research on, 136
  • —— relations of electricity, 91, 149, 155, 167, 172, 174, 175
  • —— —— of magnetism, 176, 182, 220
  • Order and method, 68, 99, 200
  • Owen, Lady, Reminiscences by, 236
  • Oxford and the philosophers, 64
  • Oxygen, Magnetic properties of, 208
  • P.
  • Paris, Dr. J. A., Letters to, 10, 93
  • Passive state of iron, 167
  • Peel, Sir Robert, 69, 70, 246
  • Pension:
  • declined, 71;
  • accepted, 72
  • Percy, Dr. John, Letter to, 253
  • Permeability, Magnetic, in crystals, 201
  • —— ——, Research on, 206
  • Personal appearance, 4, 18, 74, 255
  • Phillips, Richard, 7, 44, 52, 54, 57, 59, 61, 84, 87, 193;
  • letters to, 61, 109, 114, 194, 270, 277
  • Phosphorescence, Lectures on, 136, 219
  • Plücker, Julius:
  • on magneto-optic action, 203;
  • shows electric discharge, 240
  • Poetry by Faraday, 40, 47
  • Poisson:
  • on Arago’s rotations, 107;
  • on magnetic theory, 201
  • Polar forces in crystals, 94, 200, 202
  • Polemics in science hateful, 268
  • Poles are only doors, 141, 241
  • Politics, Indifference to, 19, 21, 33, 268
  • Pollock, Lady, Reminiscences by, 235, 254, 257
  • Practical applications of science, 63, 216, 224, 248, 259
  • Preaching, Style of, 293
  • Preservation of Raphael’s cartoons, 246
  • Prince Consort, H.R.H. the, 237, 257, 278
  • Principle of all dynamo machines, 216
  • Priority in discovery, 265
  • Professional work for fees, 51, 61, 274
  • —— —— relinquished, 61, 274, 275
  • Professorship of Chemistry at University College, The, 66, 277;
  • declined, 66
  • Professorships at the Royal Institution, 36
  • Proportional judgment advocated, 242
  • Public Schools Commission, Evidence given before, 278
  • Punch, Caricature in, 252
  • Pusey and science, 65
  • Q.
  • Quarterly Journal of Science, 39, 46, 75, 76, 82, 88, 92, 94, 104
  • Queen Victoria, 257, 297
  • R.
  • Radiant matter, 40
  • Rain torpedo, The, 20
  • Ray-vibrations, Thoughts on, 193
  • Regelation of ice, 219
  • Reid, Miss, Reminiscences by, 223, 231
  • Religious belief, 51, 289, 291307
  • Religious character, 71, 244, 245
  • Remuneration of science, 44, 68, 244, 274
  • Repulsions, magnetic, New, 190
  • Research, Royal Institution as place for, 37
  • —— unhampered by other duties, 37
  • Researches, Original:
  • the four degrees of, 241;
  • Faraday’s first, 76;
  • Faraday’s last, 220;
  • division into periods, 75;
  • summary of, 216
  • Residences:
  • Weymouth Street, 2;
  • Royal Institution, 13, 68;
  • Hampton Court Cottage, 258
  • Retardation of discharge, 161
  • Riebau, George:
  • Faraday’s employer, 3, 7, 22;
  • Faraday apprenticed to, 51;
  • letters and messages to, 29, 34
  • Ring, The famous experiment with the, 108
  • Robinson, H. Crabb, Reminiscences by, 8, 236
  • Röntgen on displacement currents, 166
  • Rotation of plane of polarisation of light, 177
  • Rotations, electromagnetic, Discovery of, 51, 83, 87
  • Royal Institution:
  • foundation of, 35;
  • Davy’s lectures at, 8, 36, 39;
  • precarious state of, 22, 29, 35, 36, 68;
  • laboratories of, 36;
  • lectures at the, 37, 166;
  • Christmas lectures, 33, 37, 61, 101, 233, 234, 235, 258;
  • Friday night meetings, 33, 60, 100, 101, 149, 166, 170, 192, 203, 219, 220, 225, 232, 236, 259;
  • Presidency offered and declined, 255
  • Royal Society:
  • first papers read to the, 52, 263;
  • candidature for Fellowship in the, 56, 57, 59;
  • Faraday’s election as Fellow of the, 59;
  • committee on optical glass, 95, 99;
  • Member of Council, 136, 261;
  • Presidency offered to him, 255, 263;
  • dissatisfaction with, 262
  • Ruhmkorff’s induction-coil, 219, 225
  • Rumford, Benjamin Count of:
  • founds the Royal Institution, 35;
  • Faraday dines with, 34
  • S.
  • Sacrifice for Science, 63, 64, 234, 244
  • Safety-lamp:
  • Faraday aids Davy to invent the, 42;
  • controversy about, 269
  • Salaries paid to scientific men, 44, 68, 244, 274
  • Sandemanians, 4, 51, 286
  • Schönbein, Prof., Letters to, 206, 252
  • Science in education, 279
  • —— teaching, Views on, 278
  • Scientific societies, 261
  • Scoffern, Dr., Anecdote by, 280
  • Self-induction investigated, 150, 151
  • Sermons, Faraday’s, 293
  • Shaftesbury, Earl of, 69
  • Sirium, alias Vestium, 46, 77
  • Sisters, His letters to his, 32
  • Smart, B. H., teaches elocution, 43, 230
  • Snow-Harris (see Harris)
  • Social character, 245
  • Society of Arts, 14
  • Source of electromotive force in cell, 168
  • South, Sir James, 6, 57, 69, 70, 97, 262
  • Spark from a magnet, 64, 119, 130
  • Specific inductive capacity, 159
  • Spiritualists, Opinion of, 251
  • Steel, Research on, 82
  • Stinginess of British Government towards science, 274
  • Sturgeon, W.:
  • his invention of the electromagnet, 102, 226;
  • on Arago’s rotations, 107
  • Submarine cables, 161
  • Sunday observance, 24, 51, 55, 224, 295, 297
  • T.
  • Table-turning explained, 251
  • Tatum’s lectures, 6, 14
  • Testimonials of candidates, Repugnance to, 277
  • Thames impurities, 252
  • Thomson, Sir W. (see Kelvin)
  • Thoughts on ray-vibrations, 193
  • Thunderstorms enjoyed, 240
  • Time of propagation of magnetism, 220, 284308
  • Toronto, what its university might have been, 277, 278
  • Torpedo, The, 20
  • Trinity House, Scientific adviser to, 67, 199, 218, 259
  • Tubes of force, 211
  • Turner, J. W. M., R.A., Advice to, about pigments, 246
  • Tyndall, Prof.:
  • reminiscences by, 4, 49, 74, 175, 187, 225, 255, 290, 296, 299;
  • his “Faraday as a Discoverer,” 4, 130, 157, 169, 202;
  • letters to, 210, 264, 268, 277, 278, 280
  • U.
  • Utility of discoveries, 63, 224, 248
  • University College, Professorship in, 66, 277
  • University of London:
  • Senator of, 275;
  • degrees in science, 275
  • V.
  • Varley, Cornelius, 5, 294
  • Velocipede riding, 74
  • Vesuvius, Ascents of, 22, 33
  • Vibrations, Thoughts on ray-, 193
  • Visits to the sick, 245, 296
  • Volta, Count Alessandro, Meeting with, 22
  • Volta-electric induction, 115
  • Voltameter, 146
  • W.
  • Water, On freezing of, 203
  • Wellington, The Duke of, on practical application of discovery, 248
  • Wheatstone, Sir Charles:
  • on velocity of discharge, 149, 161;
  • his electric chronoscope, 192
  • Whewell, Rev. W., Correspondence with, about terms, 116, 144, 145, 163, 205
  • White, Walter, Reminiscences by, 253, 263
  • William IV., King, 72, 73
  • Wiseman, Cardinal, Meeting with, 297
  • Wollaston, Dr. W. H., Misunderstanding with, 51, 56, 57, 58, 84, 89
  • Woolwich Academy lectures, 66, 101
  • Working, Method of, 66, 242, 247
  • Y.
  • Young, Dr. T., Letter from, 97
  • Z.
  • Zeeman’s magneto-optic discovery, 220

Printed by Cassell & Company, Limited, La Belle Sauvage, London, E.C.

Printed by Cassell & Company, Limited, La Belle Sauvage, London, E.C.

Transcriber’s Notes

Punctuation, some hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they were not changed. The original book inconsistently followed “electro” with a hyphen, and that has not been changed here.

Punctuation, some hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent whenever a clear preference was found in the original book; otherwise, they were left unchanged. The original book inconsistently used a hyphen with “electro,” and that has not been changed here.

Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left unbalanced.

Simple typos were corrected; unbalanced quotation marks were fixed when the change was clear, and otherwise left unbalanced.

Running page headers in the original book are shown here with a gray background (in ereaders that support shaded backgrounds), placed between paragraphs and near the topics to which they refer.

Running page headers in the original book are shown here with a gray background (in e-readers that support shaded backgrounds), placed between paragraphs and near the topics they refer to.

Footnotes, originally at the bottoms of pages, have been renumbered into a single sequence, collected, and moved to just above the Index.

Footnotes, which used to be at the bottom of pages, have been renumbered into a single sequence, gathered, and moved just above the Index.

The index was reformatted slightly and was not checked systematically for proper alphabetization or correct page references.

The index was updated a bit and wasn't systematically checked for proper alphabetization or accurate page references.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!